Freescale MC9S12G128F0VFTR Mc9s12g family reference manual Datasheet

MC9S12G Family
Reference Manual
S12
Microcontrollers
MC9S12GRMV1
Rev.1.10
February 10, 2012
freescale.com
To provide the most up-to-date information, the revision of our documents on the World Wide Web will be
the most current. Your printed copy may be an earlier revision. To verify you have the latest information
available, refer to:
http://freescale.com/
A full list of family members and options is included in the appendices.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
2
The following revision history table summarizes changes contained in this document.
Revision History
Date
Revision
Level
Apr, 2011
1.00
• Public relasease for the launch of the S12G96 and the S12G128
May, 2011
1.01
• Updated Chapter 1, “Device Overview MC9S12G-Family”
(Reason: Typos and formatting)
• Updated Appendix A, “Electrical Characteristics”
(Reason: Updated electricals)
Jun, 2011
1.02
• Updated Appendix A, “Electrical Characteristics”
(Reason: Updated electricals)
Jun, 2011
1.03
• Updated Appendix A, “Electrical Characteristics”
(Reason: Updated electricals)
Jul, 2011
1.04
• Updated Appendix A, “Electrical Characteristics”
(Reason: Updated electricals)
Jul, 2011
1.05
• Updated Appendix A, “Electrical Characteristics”
(Reason: Updated electricals)
1.06
• Updated Chapter 2, “Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV0)”
(Reason: Updated spec)
• Updated Appendix A, “Electrical Characteristics”
(Reason: Updated electricals)
Jan, 2012
1.07
• Updated Chapter 1, “Device Overview MC9S12G-Family”
(Reason: Typos and formatting)
• Updated Chapter 2, “Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)”
(Reason: Updated spec)
• Updated Chapter 3, “5V Analog Comparator (ACMPV1)”
(Reason: Typos and formatting)
• Updated Chapter 4, “Reference Voltage Attenuator (RVAV1)”
(Reason: Typos and formatting)
• Updated Appendix A, “Electrical Characteristics”
(Reason: Updated electricals)Added Appendix E, “Notes on the S12GS32”
Feb, 2012
1.08
• Updated Appendix A, “Electrical Characteristics”
(Reason: Updated electricals)
Feb, 2012
1.09
• Updated Appendix A, “Electrical Characteristics”
(Reason: Fixed typos)
Feb, 2012
1.10
• Updated Chapter 1, “Device Overview MC9S12G-Family”
(Reason: Updated mask set numbers and part IDs)
Nov, 2011
Description
This document contains information for all constituent modules, with the exception of the CPU. For CPU
information please refer to CPU12-1 in the CPU12 & CPU12X Reference Manual
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
3
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
4
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Chapter 2
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Chapter 3
5V Analog Comparator (ACMPV1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Chapter 4
Reference Voltage Attenuator (RVAV1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Chapter 5
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Chapter 6
Interrupt Module (S12SINTV1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
Chapter 7
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
Chapter 8
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275
Chapter 9
Security (S12XS9SECV2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Chapter 10
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU) . . . . . . . . .323
Chapter 11
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371
Chapter 12
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
Chapter 13
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417
Chapter 14
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441
Chapter 15
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465
Chapter 16
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3) . . . . . .477
Chapter 17
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
Chapter 18
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561
Chapter 19
Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599
Chapter 20
Timer Module (TIM16B8CV3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627
Chapter 21
16 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG16K1V1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .655
Chapter 22
32 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG32K1V1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703
Chapter 23
48 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG48K1V1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .755
Chapter 24
64 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG64K1V1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .807
Chapter 25
96 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG96K1V1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .859
Chapter 26
128 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG128K1V1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .911
Chapter 27
192 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG192K2V1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .963
Chapter 28
240 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG240K2V1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015
Appendix A
Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1067
Appendix B
Detailed Register Address Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1115
Appendix C
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1135
Appendix D
Package Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1137
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
5
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
6
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.1
1.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.2.1 MC9S12G-Family Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.2.2 Chip-Level Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.3 Module Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.3.1 S12 16-Bit Central Processor Unit (CPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.3.2 On-Chip Flash with ECC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.3.3 On-Chip SRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.3.4 Port Integration Module (PIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.3.5 Main External Oscillator (XOSCLCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.3.6 Internal RC Oscillator (IRC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.3.7 Internal Phase-Locked Loop (IPLL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.3.8 System Integrity Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.3.9 Timer (TIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.3.10 Pulse Width Modulation Module (PWM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.3.11 Controller Area Network Module (MSCAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.3.12 Serial Communication Interface Module (SCI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.3.13 Serial Peripheral Interface Module (SPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.3.14 Analog-to-Digital Converter Module (ADC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.3.15 Reference Voltage Attenuator (RVA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.3.16 Digital-to-Analog Converter Module (DAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.3.17 Analog Comparator (ACMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.3.18 On-Chip Voltage Regulator (VREG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.3.19 Background Debug (BDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.3.20 Debugger (DBG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.4 Key Performance Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.5 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.6 Family Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.6.1 Part ID Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.7 Signal Description and Device Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.7.1 Pin Assignment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.7.2 Detailed Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
1.7.3 Power Supply Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
1.8 Device Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
1.8.1 S12GN16 and S12GN32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
1.8.2 S12GN48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
1.8.3 S12G48 and S12G64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
1.8.4 S12G96 and S12G128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
1.8.5 S12G192 and S12G240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
1.8.6 S12GA192 and S12GA240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
1.9 System Clock Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
1.10 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
1.10.1 Chip Configuration Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
7
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.10.2 Low Power Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Resets and Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
1.12.1 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
1.12.2 Interrupt Vectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
1.12.3 Effects of Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
COP Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Autonomous Clock (ACLK) Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
ADC External Trigger Input Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
ADC Special Conversion Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
ADC Result Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
ADC VRH/VRL Signal Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Chapter 2
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.1.2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
2.1.3 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
2.1.4 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
PIM Routing - External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
2.2.1 Package Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
2.2.2 Prioritization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
2.2.3 Signals and Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
PIM Routing - Functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
2.3.1 Pin BKGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.3.2 Pins PA7-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.3.3 Pins PB7-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.3.4 Pins PC7-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.3.5 Pins PD7-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
2.3.6 Pins PE1-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
2.3.7 Pins PT7-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
2.3.8 Pins PS7-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
2.3.9 Pins PM3-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
2.3.10 Pins PP7-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
2.3.11 Pins PJ7-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
2.3.12 Pins AD15-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
PIM Ports - Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
2.4.1 Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
2.4.2 Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
2.4.3 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
PIM Ports - Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
2.5.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
2.5.2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
2.5.3 Pin Configuration Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
8
Freescale Semiconductor
2.6
2.5.4 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Initialization/Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
2.6.1 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
2.6.2 Port Data and Data Direction Register writes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
2.6.3 Enabling IRQ edge-sensitive mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
2.6.4 ADC External Triggers ETRIG3-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
2.6.5 Emulation of Smaller Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Chapter 3
5V Analog Comparator (ACMPV1)
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
External Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
3.6.1 Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
3.6.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Initialization/Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
3.8.1 VDDX Over-Voltage Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Chapter 4
Reference Voltage Attenuator (RVAV1)
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
External Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
4.6.1 Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
4.6.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Chapter 5
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
5.1
5.2
5.3
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
5.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
5.1.2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
5.1.3 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
5.1.4 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
5.1.5 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
9
5.4
5.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
5.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
5.4.1 MCU Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
5.4.2 Memory Map Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
5.4.3 Unimplemented and Reserved Address Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
5.4.4 Prioritization of Memory Accesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
5.4.5 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Chapter 6
Interrupt Module (S12SINTV1)
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
6.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
6.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
6.1.3 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
6.1.4 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
6.3.1 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
6.4.1 S12S Exception Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
6.4.2 Interrupt Prioritization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
6.4.3 Reset Exception Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
6.4.4 Exception Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Initialization/Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
6.5.1 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
6.5.2 Interrupt Nesting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
6.5.3 Wake Up from Stop or Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Chapter 7
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
7.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
7.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
7.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
7.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
7.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
7.3.3 Family ID Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
7.4.1 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
7.4.2 Enabling and Activating BDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
7.4.3 BDM Hardware Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
10
Freescale Semiconductor
7.4.4
7.4.5
7.4.6
7.4.7
7.4.8
7.4.9
7.4.10
7.4.11
Standard BDM Firmware Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
BDM Command Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
BDM Serial Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Serial Interface Hardware Handshake Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Hardware Handshake Abort Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
SYNC — Request Timed Reference Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Instruction Tracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Serial Communication Time Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Chapter 8
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
8.1.1 Glossary Of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
8.1.2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
8.1.3 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
8.1.4 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
8.1.5 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
8.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
8.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
8.4.1 S12SDBG Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
8.4.2 Comparator Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
8.4.3 Match Modes (Forced or Tagged) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
8.4.4 State Sequence Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
8.4.5 Trace Buffer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
8.4.6 Tagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
8.4.7 Breakpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
8.5.1 State Machine scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
8.5.2 Scenario 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
8.5.3 Scenario 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
8.5.4 Scenario 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
8.5.5 Scenario 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
8.5.6 Scenario 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
8.5.7 Scenario 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
8.5.8 Scenario 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
8.5.9 Scenario 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
8.5.10 Scenario 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
8.5.11 Scenario 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
11
Chapter 9
Security (S12XS9SECV2)
9.1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
9.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
9.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
9.1.3 Securing the Microcontroller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
9.1.4 Operation of the Secured Microcontroller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
9.1.5 Unsecuring the Microcontroller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
9.1.6 Reprogramming the Security Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
9.1.7 Complete Memory Erase (Special Modes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Chapter 10
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
10.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
10.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
10.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
10.1.3 S12CPMU Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
10.2 Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
10.2.1 RESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
10.2.2 EXTAL and XTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
10.2.3 VDDR — Regulator Power Input Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
10.2.4 VSS — Ground Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
10.2.5 VDDA, VSSA — Regulator Reference Supply Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
10.2.6 VDDX, VSSX— Pad Supply Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
10.2.7 VDD — Internal Regulator Output Supply (Core Logic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
10.2.8 VDDF — Internal Regulator Output Supply (NVM Logic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
10.2.9 API_EXTCLK — API external clock output pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
10.3 Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
10.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
10.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
10.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
10.4.1 Phase Locked Loop with Internal Filter (PLL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
10.4.2 Startup from Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
10.4.3 Stop Mode using PLLCLK as Bus Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
10.4.4 Full Stop Mode using Oscillator Clock as Bus Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
10.4.5 External Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
10.4.6 System Clock Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
10.5 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
10.5.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
10.5.2 Description of Reset Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
10.5.3 Power-On Reset (POR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
10.5.4 Low-Voltage Reset (LVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
10.6 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
10.6.1 Description of Interrupt Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
12
Freescale Semiconductor
10.7 Initialization/Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
10.7.1 General Initialization information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
10.7.2 Application information for COP and API usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Chapter 11
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
11.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
11.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
11.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
11.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
11.2 Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
11.2.1 Detailed Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
11.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
11.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
11.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
11.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
11.4.1 Analog Sub-Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
11.4.2 Digital Sub-Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
11.5 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
11.6 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Chapter 12
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
12.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
12.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
12.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
12.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
12.2 Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
12.2.1 Detailed Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
12.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
12.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
12.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
12.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
12.4.1 Analog Sub-Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
12.4.2 Digital Sub-Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
12.5 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
12.6 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Chapter 13
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
13.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
13.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
13.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
13.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
13
13.2 Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
13.2.1 Detailed Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
13.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
13.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
13.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
13.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
13.4.1 Analog Sub-Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
13.4.2 Digital Sub-Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
13.5 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
13.6 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Chapter 14
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
14.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
14.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
14.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
14.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
14.2 Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
14.2.1 Detailed Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
14.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
14.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
14.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
14.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
14.4.1 Analog Sub-Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
14.4.2 Digital Sub-Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
14.5 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
14.6 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Chapter 15
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V)
15.1 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
15.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
15.2.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
15.2.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
15.2.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
15.3 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
15.3.1 DACU Output Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
15.3.2 AMP Output Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
15.3.3 AMPP Input Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
15.3.4 AMPM Input Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
15.4 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
15.4.1 Register Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
15.4.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
15.5 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
14
Freescale Semiconductor
15.5.1
15.5.2
15.5.3
15.5.4
15.5.5
15.5.6
15.5.7
Functional Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Mode “Off” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Mode “Operational Amplifier” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Mode “Unbuffered DAC” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Mode “Unbuffered DAC with Operational Amplifier” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Mode “Buffered DAC” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Analog output voltage calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Chapter 16
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
16.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
16.1.2 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
16.1.3 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
16.1.4 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
16.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
16.2.1 RXCAN — CAN Receiver Input Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
16.2.2 TXCAN — CAN Transmitter Output Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
16.2.3 CAN System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
16.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
16.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
16.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
16.3.3 Programmer’s Model of Message Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
16.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
16.4.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
16.4.2 Message Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
16.4.3 Identifier Acceptance Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
16.4.4 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
16.4.5 Low-Power Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
16.4.6 Reset Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
16.4.7 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
16.5 Initialization/Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
16.5.1 MSCAN initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
16.5.2 Bus-Off Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Chapter 17
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
17.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
17.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
17.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
17.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
17.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
17.2.1 PWM7 - PWM0 — PWM Channel 7 - 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
17.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
15
17.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
17.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
17.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
17.4.1 PWM Clock Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
17.4.2 PWM Channel Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
17.5 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
17.6 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Chapter 18
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
18.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
18.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
18.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
18.1.3 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
18.1.4 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
18.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
18.2.1 TXD — Transmit Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
18.2.2 RXD — Receive Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
18.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
18.3.1 Module Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
18.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
18.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
18.4.1 Infrared Interface Submodule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
18.4.2 LIN Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
18.4.3 Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
18.4.4 Baud Rate Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
18.4.5 Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
18.4.6 Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
18.4.7 Single-Wire Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
18.4.8 Loop Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
18.5 Initialization/Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
18.5.1 Reset Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
18.5.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
18.5.3 Interrupt Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
18.5.4 Recovery from Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
18.5.5 Recovery from Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
Chapter 19
Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
19.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
19.1.1 Glossary of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
19.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
19.1.3 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
19.1.4 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
16
Freescale Semiconductor
19.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
19.2.1 MOSI — Master Out/Slave In Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
19.2.2 MISO — Master In/Slave Out Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
19.2.3 SS — Slave Select Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
19.2.4 SCK — Serial Clock Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
19.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
19.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
19.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
19.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
19.4.1 Master Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
19.4.2 Slave Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
19.4.3 Transmission Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
19.4.4 SPI Baud Rate Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
19.4.5 Special Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
19.4.6 Error Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
19.4.7 Low Power Mode Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
Chapter 20
Timer Module (TIM16B8CV3)
20.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
20.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
20.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
20.1.3 Block Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
20.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
20.2.1 IOC7 — Input Capture and Output Compare Channel 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
20.2.2 IOC6 - IOC0 — Input Capture and Output Compare Channel 6-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
20.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
20.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
20.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
20.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
20.4.1 Prescaler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
20.4.2 Input Capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
20.4.3 Output Compare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
20.4.4 Pulse Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
20.4.5 Event Counter Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
20.4.6 Gated Time Accumulation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
20.5 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
20.6 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
20.6.1 Channel [7:0] Interrupt (C[7:0]F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
20.6.2 Pulse Accumulator Input Interrupt (PAOVI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
20.6.3 Pulse Accumulator Overflow Interrupt (PAOVF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
20.6.4 Timer Overflow Interrupt (TOF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
17
Chapter 21
16 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG16K1V1)
21.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
21.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
21.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
21.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
21.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
21.3 Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
21.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
21.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
21.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
21.4.1 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
21.4.2 IFR Version ID Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
21.4.3 Internal NVM resource (NVMRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
21.4.4 Flash Command Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
21.4.5 Allowed Simultaneous P-Flash and EEPROM Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
21.4.6 Flash Command Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
21.4.7 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
21.4.8 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
21.4.9 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
21.5 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
21.5.1 Unsecuring the MCU using Backdoor Key Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
21.5.2 Unsecuring the MCU in Special Single Chip Mode using BDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
21.5.3 Mode and Security Effects on Flash Command Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
21.6 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Chapter 22
32 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG32K1V1)
22.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
22.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
22.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
22.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
22.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
22.3 Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
22.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
22.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
22.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
22.4.1 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
22.4.2 IFR Version ID Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
22.4.3 Internal NVM resource (NVMRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
22.4.4 Flash Command Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
22.4.5 Allowed Simultaneous P-Flash and EEPROM Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
22.4.6 Flash Command Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
22.4.7 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
18
Freescale Semiconductor
22.4.8 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
22.4.9 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
22.5 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
22.5.1 Unsecuring the MCU using Backdoor Key Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
22.5.2 Unsecuring the MCU in Special Single Chip Mode using BDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
22.5.3 Mode and Security Effects on Flash Command Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
22.6 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
Chapter 23
48 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG48K1V1)
23.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
23.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
23.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
23.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
23.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
23.3 Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
23.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
23.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
23.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782
23.4.1 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782
23.4.2 IFR Version ID Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782
23.4.3 Internal NVM resource (NVMRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783
23.4.4 Flash Command Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783
23.4.5 Allowed Simultaneous P-Flash and EEPROM Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788
23.4.6 Flash Command Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
23.4.7 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
23.4.8 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804
23.4.9 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804
23.5 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804
23.5.1 Unsecuring the MCU using Backdoor Key Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804
23.5.2 Unsecuring the MCU in Special Single Chip Mode using BDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
23.5.3 Mode and Security Effects on Flash Command Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
23.6 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
Chapter 24
64 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG64K1V1)
24.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
24.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
24.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
24.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809
24.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
24.3 Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 811
24.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 811
24.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
19
24.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
24.4.1 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
24.4.2 IFR Version ID Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
24.4.3 Internal NVM resource (NVMRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834
24.4.4 Flash Command Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834
24.4.5 Allowed Simultaneous P-Flash and EEPROM Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839
24.4.6 Flash Command Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840
24.4.7 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 854
24.4.8 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
24.4.9 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
24.5 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
24.5.1 Unsecuring the MCU using Backdoor Key Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
24.5.2 Unsecuring the MCU in Special Single Chip Mode using BDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856
24.5.3 Mode and Security Effects on Flash Command Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 857
24.6 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 857
Chapter 25
96 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG96K1V1)
25.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 859
25.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860
25.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860
25.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 861
25.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862
25.3 Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863
25.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863
25.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866
25.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885
25.4.1 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885
25.4.2 IFR Version ID Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885
25.4.3 Internal NVM resource (NVMRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 886
25.4.4 Flash Command Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 886
25.4.5 Allowed Simultaneous P-Flash and EEPROM Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891
25.4.6 Flash Command Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 892
25.4.7 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
25.4.8 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
25.4.9 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
25.5 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
25.5.1 Unsecuring the MCU using Backdoor Key Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
25.5.2 Unsecuring the MCU in Special Single Chip Mode using BDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908
25.5.3 Mode and Security Effects on Flash Command Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909
25.6 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
20
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 26
128 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG128K1V1)
26.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911
26.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
26.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
26.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913
26.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914
26.3 Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915
26.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915
26.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919
26.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937
26.4.1 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937
26.4.2 IFR Version ID Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937
26.4.3 Internal NVM resource (NVMRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938
26.4.4 Flash Command Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938
26.4.5 Allowed Simultaneous P-Flash and EEPROM Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943
26.4.6 Flash Command Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944
26.4.7 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958
26.4.8 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959
26.4.9 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959
26.5 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959
26.5.1 Unsecuring the MCU using Backdoor Key Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959
26.5.2 Unsecuring the MCU in Special Single Chip Mode using BDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960
26.5.3 Mode and Security Effects on Flash Command Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961
26.6 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961
Chapter 27
192 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG192K2V1)
27.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963
27.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964
27.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964
27.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965
27.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966
27.3 Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967
27.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967
27.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971
27.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989
27.4.1 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989
27.4.2 IFR Version ID Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989
27.4.3 Internal NVM resource (NVMRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990
27.4.4 Flash Command Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990
27.4.5 Allowed Simultaneous P-Flash and EEPROM Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995
27.4.6 Flash Command Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996
27.4.7 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
21
27.4.8 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010
27.4.9 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010
27.5 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011
27.5.1 Unsecuring the MCU using Backdoor Key Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011
27.5.2 Unsecuring the MCU in Special Single Chip Mode using BDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012
27.5.3 Mode and Security Effects on Flash Command Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012
27.6 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012
Chapter 28
240 KByte Flash Module (S12FTMRG240K2V1)
28.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015
28.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016
28.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016
28.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017
28.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018
28.3 Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019
28.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019
28.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023
28.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1041
28.4.1 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1041
28.4.2 IFR Version ID Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1041
28.4.3 Internal NVM resource (NVMRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042
28.4.4 Flash Command Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042
28.4.5 Allowed Simultaneous P-Flash and EEPROM Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1047
28.4.6 Flash Command Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048
28.4.7 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1061
28.4.8 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062
28.4.9 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062
28.5 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1063
28.5.1 Unsecuring the MCU using Backdoor Key Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1063
28.5.2 Unsecuring the MCU in Special Single Chip Mode using BDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064
28.5.3 Mode and Security Effects on Flash Command Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064
28.6 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064
Appendix A
Electrical Characteristics
A.1 General
A.1.1
A.1.2
A.1.3
A.1.4
A.1.5
A.1.6
A.1.7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067
Parameter Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068
Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068
Current Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1069
Absolute Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1069
ESD Protection and Latch-up Immunity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1070
Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1071
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
22
Freescale Semiconductor
A.2
A.3
A.4
A.5
A.6
A.7
A.8
A.9
A.10
A.11
A.12
A.13
A.14
A.15
A.16
A.1.8 Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1072
I/O Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076
Supply Currents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1078
A.3.1 Measurement Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1079
ADC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083
A.4.1 ADC Operating Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083
A.4.2 Factors Influencing Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1084
A.4.3 ADC Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085
A.4.4 ADC Temperature Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091
ACMP Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1092
DAC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093
NVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1094
A.7.1 Timing Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1094
A.7.2 NVM Reliability Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1102
Phase Locked Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103
A.8.1 Jitter Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103
A.8.2 Electrical Characteristics for the PLL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105
Electrical Characteristics for the IRC1M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105
Electrical Characteristics for the Oscillator (XOSCLCP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106
Reset Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106
Electrical Specification for Voltage Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107
Chip Power-up and Voltage Drops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108
MSCAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108
SPI Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109
A.15.1 Master Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109
A.15.2 Slave Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111
ADC Conversion Result Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113
Appendix B
Detailed Register Address Map
B.1 Detailed Register Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115
Appendix C
Ordering Information
Appendix D
Package Information
D.1
D.2
D.3
D.4
D.5
D.6
100 LQFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138
64 LQFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141
48 LQFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1144
48 QFN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146
32 LQFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149
20 TSSOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1152
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
23
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
24
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Revision History
Version
Number
Revision
Date
Rev 0.21
15-Oct-2010
• Corrected Table 1-28
• Typos and formatting
Rev 0.22
8-Nov-2010
• Reformatted Section 1.8, “Device Pinouts”
• Typos and formatting
Rev 0.23
3-Jan-2010
•
•
•
•
Corrected Figure 1-4
Corrected Figure 1-6
Corrected Figure 1-9
Typos and formatting
Rev 0.24
8-Feb-2010
•
•
•
•
•
•
Added Section 1.14, “Autonomous Clock (ACLK) Configuration”
Corrected Figure 1-12
Corrected Figure 1-10
Corrected Figure 1-13
Corrected Figure 1-11
Typos and formatting
Rev 0.25
18-Feb-2011
•
•
•
•
•
•
Added Section 1.14, “Autonomous Clock (ACLK) Configuration”
Corrected Figure 1-12
Corrected Figure 1-10
Corrected Figure 1-13
Corrected Figure 1-11
Typos and formatting
Rev 0.26
21-Feb-2011
•
•
•
•
Updated Table 1-1(added temperatur sensor feature)
Updated Section 1.3.14, “Analog-to-Digital Converter Module (ADC)”
Updated Table 1-31
Typos and formatting
Description of Changes
Rev 0.27
1-Apr-2011
Rev 0.28
11-May-2011
•
Rev 0.29
10-Jan-2011
• Corrected Figure 1-4
Rev 0.30
10-Feb-2012
• Updated Table 1-5(added mask set 1N75C)
• Typos and formatting
1.1
• Typos and formatting
Introduction
The MC9S12G-Family is an optimized, automotive, 16-bit microcontroller product line focused on
low-cost, high-performance, and low pin-count. This family is intended to bridge between high-end 8-bit
microcontrollers and high-performance 16-bit microcontrollers, such as the MC9S12XS-Family. The
MC9S12G-Family is targeted at generic automotive applications requiring CAN or LIN/J2602
communication. Typical examples of these applications include body controllers, occupant detection, door
modules, seat controllers, RKE receivers, smart actuators, lighting modules, and smart junction boxes.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
25
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
The MC9S12G-Family uses many of the same features found on the MC9S12XS- and MC9S12P-Family,
including error correction code (ECC) on flash memory, a fast analog-to-digital converter (ADC) and a
frequency modulated phase locked loop (IPLL) that improves the EMC performance.
The MC9S12G-Family is optimized for lower program memory sizes down to 16k. In order to simplify
customer use it features an EEPROM with a small 4 bytes erase sector size.
The MC9S12G-Family deliver all the advantages and efficiencies of a 16-bit MCU while retaining the low
cost, power consumption, EMC, and code-size efficiency advantages currently enjoyed by users of
Freescale’s existing 8-bit and 16-bit MCU families. Like the MC9S12XS-Family, the MC9S12G-Family
run 16-bit wide accesses without wait states for all peripherals and memories. The MC9S12G-Family is
available in 100-pin LQFP, 64-pin LQFP, 48-pin LQFP/QFN, 32-pin LQFP and 20-pin TSSOP package
options and aims to maximize the amount of functionality especially for the lower pin count packages. In
addition to the I/O ports available in each module, further I/O ports are available with interrupt capability
allowing wake-up from stop or wait modes.
1.2
Features
This section describes the key features of the MC9S12G-Family.
1.2.1
MC9S12G-Family Comparison
Table 1-1 provides a summary of different members of the MC9S12G-Family and their features. This
information is intended to provide an understanding of the range of functionality offered by this
microcontroller family.
Table 1-1. MC9S12G-Family Overview1
Feature
S12GN16 S12GN32 S12GN48 S12G48 S12G64 S12G96 S12G128 S12G192 S12GA192 S12G240 S12GA240
CPU
CPU12V1
Flash memory
[kBytes]
16
32
48
48
64
96
128
192
192
240
240
EEPROM
[Bytes]
512
1024
1536
1536
2048
3072
4096
4096
4096
4096
4096
RAM [Bytes]
1024
2048
4096
4096
4096
8192
8192
11264
11264
11264
11264
MSCAN
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SCI
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
SPI
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
16-Bit Timer
channels
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8-Bit PWM
channels
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
10-Bit ADC
channels
8
8
12
12
12
12
12
16
—
16
—
12-Bit ADC
channels
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
16
—
16
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
26
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-1. MC9S12G-Family Overview1
Feature
S12GN16 S12GN32 S12GN48 S12G48 S12G64 S12G96 S12G128 S12G192 S12GA192 S12G240 S12GA240
Temperature
Sensor
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
YES
—
YES
RVA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
YES
—
YES
8-Bit DAC
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
—
2
ACMP (analog
comparator)
1
1
1
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
PLL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
External osc
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Internal 1 MHz
RC oscillator
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
20-pin TSSOP
Yes
Yes
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
32-pin LQFP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
—
—
—
—
—
—
48-pin LQFP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
48-pin QFN
Yes
Yes
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
64-pin LQFP
—
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
100-pin LQFP
—
—
—
—
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Supply voltage
3.13 V – 5.5 V
Execution speed
1
Static – 25 MHz
Not all peripherals are available in all package types
Table 1-2shows the maximum number of peripherals or peripheral channels per package type. Not all
peripherals are available at the same time. The maximum number of peripherals is also limited by the
device chosen as per Table 1-1.
Table 1-2. Maximum Peripheral Availability per Package
20 TSSOP
32 LQFP
48 LQFP,
48 QNFN
64 LQFP
100 LQFP
MSCAN
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
SCI0
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
SCI1
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
SCI2
—
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
SPI0
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
SPI1
—
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
SPI2
—
—
—
Yes
Yes
Timer Channels
4=0…3
6=0…5
8=0…7
8=0…7
8=0…7
8-Bit PWM Channels
4=0…3
6=0…5
8=0…7
8=0…7
8=0…7
ADC channels
6=0…5
8=0…7
12 = 0 … 11
16 = 0 … 15
16 = 0 … 15
Peripheral
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
27
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-2. Maximum Peripheral Availability per Package
20 TSSOP
32 LQFP
48 LQFP,
48 QNFN
64 LQFP
100 LQFP
DAC0
—
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
DAC1
—
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
ACMP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
—
Total GPIO
14
26
40
54
86
Peripheral
1.2.2
Chip-Level Features
On-chip modules available within the family include the following features:
• S12 CPU core
• Up to 240 Kbyte on-chip flash with ECC
• Up to 4 Kbyte EEPROM with ECC
• Up to 11 Kbyte on-chip SRAM
• Phase locked loop (IPLL) frequency multiplier with internal filter
• 4–16 MHz amplitude controlled Pierce oscillator
• 1 MHz internal RC oscillator
• Timer module (TIM) supporting up to eight channels that provide a range of 16-bit input capture,
output compare, counter, and pulse accumulator functions
• Pulse width modulation (PWM) module with up to eight x 8-bit channels
• Up to 16-channel, 10 or 12-bit resolution successive approximation analog-to-digital converter
(ADC)
• Up to two 8-bit digital-to-analog converters (DAC)
• Up to one 5V analog comparator (ACMP)
• Up to three serial peripheral interface (SPI) modules
• Up to three serial communication interface (SCI) modules supporting LIN communications
• Up to one multi-scalable controller area network (MSCAN) module (supporting CAN protocol
2.0A/B)
• On-chip voltage regulator (VREG) for regulation of input supply and all internal voltages
• Autonomous periodic interrupt (API)
• Precision fixed voltage reference for ADC conversions
• Optional reference voltage attenuator module to increase ADC accuracy
1.3
Module Features
The following sections provide more details of the modules implemented on the MC9S12G-Family family.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
28
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.3.1
S12 16-Bit Central Processor Unit (CPU)
S12 CPU is a high-speed 16-bit processing unit:
• Full 16-bit data paths supports efficient arithmetic operation and high-speed math execution
• Includes many single-byte instructions. This allows much more efficient use of ROM space.
• Extensive set of indexed addressing capabilities, including:
— Using the stack pointer as an indexing register in all indexed operations
— Using the program counter as an indexing register in all but auto increment/decrement mode
— Accumulator offsets using A, B, or D accumulators
— Automatic index predecrement, preincrement, postdecrement, and postincrement (by –8 to +8)
1.3.2
On-Chip Flash with ECC
On-chip flash memory on the MC9S12G-Family family features the following:
• Up to 240 Kbyte of program flash memory
— 32 data bits plus 7 syndrome ECC (error correction code) bits allow single bit error correction
and double fault detection
— Erase sector size 512 bytes
— Automated program and erase algorithm
— User margin level setting for reads
— Protection scheme to prevent accidental program or erase
• Up to 4 Kbyte EEPROM
— 16 data bits plus 6 syndrome ECC (error correction code) bits allow single bit error correction
and double fault detection
— Erase sector size 4 bytes
— Automated program and erase algorithm
— User margin level setting for reads
1.3.3
•
1.3.4
•
•
•
•
On-Chip SRAM
Up to 11 Kbytes of general-purpose RAM
Port Integration Module (PIM)
Data registers and data direction registers for ports A, B, C, D, E, T, S, M, P, J and AD when used
as general-purpose I/O
Control registers to enable/disable pull devices and select pullups/pulldowns on ports T, S, M, P, J
and AD on per-pin basis
Single control register to enable/disable pull devices on ports A, B, C, D and E, on per-port basis
and on BKGD pin
Control registers to enable/disable open-drain (wired-or) mode on ports S and M
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
29
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1.3.5
•
1.3.6
•
1.3.7
•
Interrupt flag register for pin interrupts on ports P, J and AD
Control register to configure IRQ pin operation
Routing register to support programmable signal redirection in 20 TSSOP only
Routing register to support programmable signal redirection in 100 LQFP package only
Package code register preset by factory related to package in use, writable once after reset. Also
includes bit to reprogram routing of API_EXTCLK in all packages.
Control register for free-running clock outputs
Main External Oscillator (XOSCLCP)
Loop control Pierce oscillator using a 4 MHz to 16 MHz crystal
— Current gain control on amplitude output
— Signal with low harmonic distortion
— Low power
— Good noise immunity
— Eliminates need for external current limiting resistor
— Transconductance sized for optimum start-up margin for typical crystals
— Oscillator pins can be shared w/ GPIO functionality
Internal RC Oscillator (IRC)
Trimmable internal reference clock.
— Frequency: 1 MHz
— Trimmed accuracy over –40˚C to +125˚C ambient temperature range:
±1.0% for temperature option C and V (see Table A-4)
±1.3% for temperature option M (see Table A-4)
Internal Phase-Locked Loop (IPLL)
Phase-locked-loop clock frequency multiplier
— No external components required
— Reference divider and multiplier allow large variety of clock rates
— Automatic bandwidth control mode for low-jitter operation
— Automatic frequency lock detector
— Configurable option to spread spectrum for reduced EMC radiation (frequency modulation)
— Reference clock sources:
– External 4–16 MHz resonator/crystal (XOSCLCP)
– Internal 1 MHz RC oscillator (IRC)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
30
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.3.8
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
System Integrity Support
Power-on reset (POR)
System reset generation
Illegal address detection with reset
Low-voltage detection with interrupt or reset
Real time interrupt (RTI)
Computer operating properly (COP) watchdog
— Configurable as window COP for enhanced failure detection
— Initialized out of reset using option bits located in flash memory
Clock monitor supervising the correct function of the oscillator
1.3.9
•
•
•
Timer (TIM)
Up to eight x 16-bit channels for input capture or output compare
16-bit free-running counter with 7-bit precision prescaler
In case of eight channel timer Version an additional 16-bit pulse accumulator is available
1.3.10
•
Up to eight channel x 8-bit or up to four channel x 16-bit pulse width modulator
— Programmable period and duty cycle per channel
— Center-aligned or left-aligned outputs
— Programmable clock select logic with a wide range of frequencies
1.3.11
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pulse Width Modulation Module (PWM)
Controller Area Network Module (MSCAN)
1 Mbit per second, CAN 2.0 A, B software compatible
— Standard and extended data frames
— 0–8 bytes data length
— Programmable bit rate up to 1 Mbps
Five receive buffers with FIFO storage scheme
Three transmit buffers with internal prioritization
Flexible identifier acceptance filter programmable as:
— 2 x 32-bit
— 4 x 16-bit
— 8 x 8-bit
Wakeup with integrated low pass filter option
Loop back for self test
Listen-only mode to monitor CAN bus
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
31
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
•
•
Bus-off recovery by software intervention or automatically
16-bit time stamp of transmitted/received messages
1.3.12
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Up to three SCI modules
Full-duplex or single-wire operation
Standard mark/space non-return-to-zero (NRZ) format
Selectable IrDA 1.4 return-to-zero-inverted (RZI) format with programmable pulse widths
13-bit baud rate selection
Programmable character length
Programmable polarity for transmitter and receiver
Active edge receive wakeup
Break detect and transmit collision detect supporting LIN 1.3, 2.0, 2.1 and SAE J2602
1.3.13
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Serial Communication Interface Module (SCI)
Serial Peripheral Interface Module (SPI)
Up to three SPI modules
Configurable 8- or 16-bit data size
Full-duplex or single-wire bidirectional
Double-buffered transmit and receive
Master or slave mode
MSB-first or LSB-first shifting
Serial clock phase and polarity options
1.3.14
Analog-to-Digital Converter Module (ADC)
Up to 16-channel, 10-bit/12-bit1 analog-to-digital converter
— 3 us conversion time
— 8-/101-bit resolution
— Left or right justified result data
— Wakeup from low power modes on analog comparison > or <= match
— Continuous conversion mode
— External triggers to initiate conversions via GPIO or peripheral outputs such as PWM or TIM
— Multiple channel scans
— Precision fixed voltage reference for ADC conversions
—
• Pins can also be used as digital I/O including wakeup capability
1. 12-bit resolution only available on S12GA192 and S12GA240 devices.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
32
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.3.15
•
Attenuation of ADC reference voltage with low long-term drift
1.3.16
•
•
•
•
Background Debug (BDM)
Non-intrusive memory access commands
Supports in-circuit programming of on-chip nonvolatile memory
1.3.20
•
•
On-Chip Voltage Regulator (VREG)
Linear voltage regulator with bandgap reference
Low-voltage detect (LVD) with low-voltage interrupt (LVI)
Power-on reset (POR) circuit
Low-voltage reset (LVR)
1.3.19
•
•
Analog Comparator (ACMP)
Low offset, low long-term offset drift
Selectable interrupt on rising, falling, or rising and falling edges of comparator output
Option to output comparator signal on an external pin
Option to trigger timer input capture events
1.3.18
•
•
•
•
Digital-to-Analog Converter Module (DAC)
1 digital-analog converter channel (per module) with:
— 8 bit resolution
— full and reduced output voltage range
— buffered or unbuffered analog output voltage usable
operational amplifier stand alone usable
1.3.17
•
•
•
•
Reference Voltage Attenuator (RVA)
Debugger (DBG)
Trace buffer with depth of 64 entries
Three comparators (A, B and C)
— Access address comparisons with optional data comparisons
— Program counter comparisons
— Exact address or address range comparisons
Two types of comparator matches
— Tagged This matches just before a specific instruction begins execution
— Force This is valid on the first instruction boundary after a match occurs
Four trace modes
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
33
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
•
1.4
Four stage state sequencer
Key Performance Parameters
The key performance parameters of S12G devices feature:
• Continuous Operating voltage of 3.15 V to 5.5 V
• Operating temperature (TA) of –40˚C to 125˚C
• Junction temperature (TJ) of up to 150˚C
• Bus frequency (fBus) of dc to 25 MHz
• Packaging:
— 100-pin LQFP, 0.5 mm pitch, 14 mm x 14 mm outline
— 64-pin LQFP, 0.5 mm pitch, 10 mm x 10 mm outline
— 48-pin LQFP, 0.5 mm pitch, 7 mm x 7 mm outline
— 48-pin QFN, 0.5 mm pitch, 7 mm x 7 mm outline
— 32-pin LQFP, 0.8 mm pitch, 7 mm x 7 mm outline
— 20 TSSOP, 0.65 mm pitch, 4.4 mm x 6.5 mm outline
1.5
Block Diagram
Figure 1-1 shows a block diagram of the MC9S12G-Family.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
34
Freescale Semiconductor
TIM
16-bit 6 … 8 channel
Timer
CPU12-V1
PE1
Low Power Pierce
XTAL Oscillator
RESET
PD[7:0]
Interrupt Module
PTB
3-5V IO Supply
VDDX1/VSSX1
VDDX2/VSSX2
VDDX3/VSSX3
DACU
DAC1
AMPM Digital-Analog
AMP
Converter
AMPP
PTC
PC[7:0]
Internal RC Oscillator
Reset Generation
and Test Entry
PWM
8-bit 6 … 8 channel
Pulse Width Modulator
PWM0
PWM1
PWM2
PWM3
PWM4
PWM5
PWM6
PWM7
RXCAN
CAN
TXCAN
msCAN 2.0B
RXD
SCI2
TXD
Asynchronous Serial IF
SCI0
Asynchronous Serial IF
SCI1
Asynchronous Serial IF
SPI0
Synchronous Serial IF
SPI1
Synchronous Serial IF
PTD
PB[7:0]
PLL with Frequency
Modulation option
PTA
TEST
PA[7:0]
Clock Monitor
COP Watchdog
Real Time Interrupt
Auton. Periodic Int.
EXTAL
PTE
PE0
Debug Module
3 comparators
64 Byte Trace Buffer
Single-wire Background
Debug Module
BKGD
IOC0
IOC1
IOC2
IOC3
IOC4
IOC5
IOC6
IOC7
SPI2
Synchronous Serial IF
RXD
TXD
RXD
TXD
MISO
MOSI
SCK
SS
MISO
MOSI
SCK
SS
MISO
MOSI
SCK
SS
PTAD
(WU Int)
PAD[15:0]
PTT
Voltage Regulator
Input: 3.13V – 5.5V
AN[15:0]
PT0
PT1
PT2
PT3
PT4
PT5
PT6
PT7
PTP (Wake-up Int)
VDDR
VSS
DAC0
Digital-Analog
Converter
VDDA
VSSA
VRH
PP0
PP1
PP2
PP3
PP4
PP5
PP6
PP7
PTM
0.5K … 4K bytes EEPROM with ECC
ADC
12-bit 16 ch. or
10-bit 8...16 ch.
Analog-Digital
Converter
PM0
PM1
PM2
PM3
PTS
1K … 11K bytes RAM
ACMP
Analog
Comparator
PS0
PS1
PS2
PS3
PS4
PS5
PS6
PS7
PTJ (Wake-up Int)
16K … 240K bytes Flash with ECC
RVA
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
PJ0
PJ1
PJ2
PJ3
PJ4
PJ5
PJ6
PJ7
Block Diagram shows the maximum configuration!
Not all pins or all peripherals are available on all devices and packages.
Rerouting options are not shown.
Figure 1-1. MC9S12G-Family Block Diagram
1.6
Family Memory Map
Table 1-3 shows the MC9S12G-Family register memory map.
Table 1-3. Device Register Memory Map
Address
0x0000–0x0009
Module
PIM (Port Integration Module)
Size
(Bytes)
10
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
35
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Address
Size
(Bytes)
Module
0x000A–0x000B
MMC (Memory Map Control)
2
0x000C–0x000D
PIM (Port Integration Module)
2
0x000E–0x000F
Reserved
2
0x0010–0x0017
MMC (Memory Map Control)
8
0x0018–0x0019
Reserved
2
0x001A–0x001B
Device ID register
2
0x001C–0x001F
PIM (Port Integration Module)
4
0x0020–0x002F
DBG (Debug Module)
16
0x0030–0x0033
Reserved
4
0x0034–0x003F
CPMU (Clock and Power Management)
12
0x0040–0x006F
TIM (Timer Module <= 8 channels)
48
0x0070–0x009F
ADC (Analog to Digital Converter <= 16 channels)
48
0x00A0–0x00C7
PWM (Pulse-Width Modulator <= 8 channels)
40
0x00C8–0x00CF
SCI0 (Serial Communication Interface)
8
0x00D0–0x00D7
SCI1 (Serial Communication Interface)1
8
0x00D8–0x00DF
SPI0 (Serial Peripheral Interface)
8
0x00E0–0x00E7
Reserved
8
2
0x00E8–0x00EF
SCI2 (Serial Communication Interface)
8
0x00F0–0x00F7
SPI1 (Serial Peripheral Interface)3
8
0x00F8–0x00FF
4
SPI2 (Serial Peripheral Interface)
8
0x0100–0x0113
FTMRG control registers
20
0x0114–0x011F
Reserved
12
INT (Interrupt Module)
1
0x0121–0x013F
Reserved
31
0x0140–0x017F
5
CAN
64
0x0180–0x023F
Reserved
192
0x0240–0x025F
PIM (Port Integration Module)
0x0260–0x0261
6
ACMP (Analog Comparator)
0x0262–0x0275
PIM (Port Integration Module)
0x0120
32
2
20
7
RVA (Reference Voltage Attenuator)
1
0x0277–0x027F
PIM (Port Integration Module)
9
0x0280–0x02EF
Reserved
112
0x02F0–0x02FF
CPMU (Clock and Power Management)
16
0x0300–0x03BF
Reserved
192
0x03C0–0x03C7
DAC0 (Digital to Analog Converter)8
0x0276
8
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
36
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Address
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Size
(Bytes)
Module
0x03C8–0x03CF
DAC1 (Digital to Analog Converter)8
8
0x03D0–0x03FF
Reserved
48
The SCI1 is not available on the S12GN8, S12GN16, S12GN32, and S12GN32 devices
The SCI2 is not available on the S12GN8, S12GN16, S12GN32, , S12GN32, S12G48,
and S12G64 devices
The SPI1 is not available on the S12GN8, S12GN16, S12GN24, and S12GN32 devices
The SPI2 is not available on the S12GN8, S12GN16, S12GN32, , S12GN32, S12G48,
and S12G64 devices
The CAN is not available on the S12GN8, S12GN16, S12GN24, S12GN32, and
S12GN48 devices
The ACMP is only available on the S12GN8, S12GN16, S12GN24, S12GN32,
S12GN48,S12GN48, S12G48, and S12G64 devices
The RVA is only available on the S12GA192 and S12GA240 devices
DAC0 and DAC1 are only available on the S12GA192 and S12GA240 devices
NOTE
Reserved register space shown in Table 1-3 is not allocated to any module.
This register space is reserved for future use. Writing to these locations has
no effect. Read access to these locations returns zero.
Figure 1-2 shows S12G CPU and BDM local address translation to the global memory map as a graphical
representation. In conjunction Table 1-4 shows the address ranges and mapping to 256K global memory
space for P-Flash, EEPROM and RAM. The whole 256K global memory space is visible through the
P-Flash window located in the 64k local memory map located at 0x8000 - 0xBFFF using the PPAGE
register.
Table 1-4. MC9S12G-Family Memory Parameters
S12GN16
S12GN32
S12G48
S12GN48
S12G64
S12G96
S12G128
16KB
32KB
48KB
64KB
96KB
128KB
192KB
240KB
PF_LOW
0x3C000
0x38000
0x34000
0x30000
0x28000
0x20000
0x10000
0x04000
PF_LOW_UNP
(unpaged)1
0xC000
0x8000
0x4000
—
—
—
—
—
0x0F
0x0E 0x0F
0x0D 0x0F
0x0C 0x0F
0x0A 0x0F
0x08 0x0F
0x04 0x0F
0x01 0x0F
512
1024
1536
2048
3072
4096
4096
4096
0x05FF
0x07FF
0x09FF
0x0BFF
0x0FFF
0x13FF
0x13FF
0x13FF
Feature
P-Flash size
PPAGES
EEPROM
[Bytes]
EEPROM_HI
S12G192 S12G240
S12GA192 S12GA240
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
37
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-4. MC9S12G-Family Memory Parameters
S12GN16
S12GN32
S12G48
S12GN48
S12G64
S12G96
S12G128
RAM [Bytes]
1024
2048
4096
4096
8192
8192
11264
11264
RAM_LOW
0x3C00
0x3800
0x3000
0x3000
0x2000
0x2000
0x1400
0x1400
Unpaged Flash
space left2
—
—
—
0x0C000x2FFF
0x10000x1FFF
0x14000x1FFF
—
—
Unpaged Flash2
—
—
—
9KB
4KB
3KB
—
—
Feature
S12G192 S12G240
S12GA192 S12GA240
1
While for memory sizes <64K the whole 256k space could be addressed using the PPAGE, it is more efficient to use
an unpaged memory model
2
Page 0xC
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
38
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Local CPU and BDM
Memory Map
Global Memory Map
Register Space
Register Space
EEPROM
EEPROM
Flash Space
Page 0xC
Unimplemented
RAM
RAM
0x0000
0x0400
0x4000
NVMRES=0
Flash Space
Page 0xD
NVMRES=1
0x0_0000
0x0_0400
0x0_4000
Internal
Flash
NVM
Space
Resources
Page 0x1
0x0_8000
0x8000
Paging Window
Flash Space
Page 0x2
0x3_0000
0xC000
Flash Space
Flash Space
Page 0xF
Page 0xC
0x3_4000
0xFFFF
Flash Space
Page 0xD
0x3_8000
Flash Space
Page 0xE
0x3_C000
Flash Space
Page 0xF
0x3_FFFF
Figure 1-2. MC9S12G Global Memory Map
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
39
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.6.1
Part ID Assignments
The part ID is located in two 8-bit registers PARTIDH and PARTIDL (addresses 0x001A and 0x001B).
The read-only value is a unique part ID for each revision of the chip. Table 1-5 shows the assigned part ID
number and Mask Set number.
Table 1-5. Assigned Part ID Numbers
Device
Mask Set Number
Part ID
MC9S12GA240
0N95B
0xF080
MC9S12G240
0N95B
0xF080
MC9S12GA192
0N95B
0xF080
MC9S12G192
0N95B
0xF080
MC9S12G128
0N51A
0xF180
MC9S12G96
0N51A
0xF180
MC9S12G64
MC9S12G48
MC9S12GN48
MC9S12GN32
MC9S12GN16
1
0xF2801
1N75C2
0xF2812
1
0xF2801
1N75C2
0xF2812
0N75C1
0xF2801
1N75C2
0xF2812
3
0xF3803
1N48A4
0xF3814
0N48A3
0xF3803
1N48A4
0xF3814
0N75C
0N75C
0N48A
1
Only available in 48-pin LQFP and 64-pin LQFP
Only available in 32-pin LQFP
3 Only available in 48-pin LQFP and 48-pin QFN
4
Only available in 20-pin TSSOP and 32-pin LQFP
2
1.7
Signal Description and Device Pinouts
This section describes signals that connect off-chip. It includes a pinout diagram, a table of signal
properties, and detailed discussion of signals. It is built from the signal description sections of the
individual IP blocks on the device.
1.7.1
Pin Assignment Overview
Table 1-6 provides a summary of which ports are available for each package option.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
40
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-6. Port Availability by Package Option
Port
20 TSSOP
32 LQFP
48 LQFP
48 QFN
64 LQFP
100 LQFP
Port AD/ADC Channels
6
8
12
16
16
Port A pins
0
0
0
0
8
Port B pins
0
0
0
0
8
Port C pins
0
0
0
0
8
Port D pins
0
0
0
0
8
Port E pins
2
2
2
2
2
Port J
0
0
4
8
8
Port M
0
2
2
4
4
Port P
0
4
6
8
8
Port S
4
6
8
8
8
Port T
2
4
6
8
8
Sum of Ports
14
26
40
54
86
I/O Power Pairs VDDX/VSSX
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
3/3
NOTE
To avoid current drawn from floating inputs, the input buffers of all
non-bonded pins are disabled.
1.7.2
Detailed Signal Descriptions
This section describes the signal properties. The relation between signals and package pins is described in
section 1.8 Device Pinouts.
1.7.2.1
RESET — External Reset Signal
The RESET signal is an active low bidirectional control signal. It acts as an input to initialize the MCU to
a known start-up state, and an output when an internal MCU function causes a reset. The RESET pin has
an internal pull-up device.
1.7.2.2
TEST — Test Pin
This input only pin is reserved for factory test. This pin has an internal pull-down device.
NOTE
The TEST pin must be tied to ground in all applications.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
41
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.7.2.3
BKGD / MODC — Background Debug and Mode Pin
The BKGD/MODC pin is used as a pseudo-open-drain pin for the background debug communication. It
is used as a MCU operating mode select pin during reset. The state of this pin is latched to the MODC bit
at the rising edge of RESET. The BKGD pin has an internal pull-up device.
1.7.2.4
EXTAL, XTAL — Oscillator Signal
EXTAL and XTAL are the crystal driver and external clock signals. On reset all the device clocks are
derived from the internal reference clock. XTAL is the oscillator output.
1.7.2.5
PAD[15:0] / KWAD[15:0] — Port AD Input Pins of ADC
PAD[15:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. These signals can have a pull-up or pull-down
device selected and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull devices are disabled.
1.7.2.6
PA[7:0] — Port A I/O Signals
PA[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. The signals can have pull-up devices, enabled by a
single control bit for this signal group. Out of reset the pull-up devices are disabled .
1.7.2.7
PB[7:0] — Port B I/O Signals
PB[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. The signals can have pull-up devices, enabled by a
single control bit for this signal group. Out of reset the pull-up devices are disabled .
1.7.2.8
PC[7:0] — Port C I/O Signals
PC[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. The signals can have pull-up devices, enabled by a
single control bit for this signal group. Out of reset the pull-up devices are disabled .
1.7.2.9
PD[7:0] — Port D I/O Signals
PD[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. The signals can have pull-up device, enabled by a
single control bit for this signal group. Out of reset the pull-up devices are disabled.
1.7.2.10
PE[1:0] — Port E I/O Signals
PE[1:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. The signals can have pull-down device, enabled by a
single control bit for this signal group. Out of reset the pull-down devices are enabled.
1.7.2.11
PJ[7:0] / KWJ[7:0] — Port J I/O Signals
PJ[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. The signals can be configured on per signal basis as
interrupt inputs with wakeup capability (KWJ[7:0]). They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull devices are enabled .
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
42
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.7.2.12
PM[3:0] — Port M I/O Signals
PM[3:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull devices are disabled. The signals can be configured
on per pin basis to open-drain mode.
1.7.2.13
PP[7:0] / KWP[7:0] — Port P I/O Signals
PP[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. The signals can be configured on per signal basis as
interrupt inputs with wakeup capability (KWP[7:0]). They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull devices are disabled .
1.7.2.14
PS[7:0] — Port S I/O Signals
PS[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull-up devices are enabled. The signals can be configured
on per pin basis in open-drain mode.
1.7.2.15
PT[7:0] — Port TI/O Signals
PT[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull devices are disabled .
1.7.2.16
AN[15:0] — ADC Input Signals
AN[15:0] are the analog inputs of the Analog-to-Digital Converter.
1.7.2.17
1.7.2.17.1
ACMP Signals
ACMPP — Non-Inverting Analog Comparator Input
ACMPP is the non-inverting input of the analog comparator.
1.7.2.17.2
ACMPM — Inverting Analog Comparator Input
ACMPM is the inverting input of the analog comparator.
1.7.2.17.3
ACMPO — Analog Comparator Output
ACMPO is the output of the analog comparator.
1.7.2.18
1.7.2.18.1
DAC Signals
DACU[1:0] Output Pins
These analog pins is used for the unbuffered analog output Voltages from the DAC0 and the DAC1 resistor
network output, when the according mode is selected.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
43
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.7.2.18.2
AMP[1:0] Output Pins
These analog pins are used for the buffered analog outputs Voltage from the operational amplifier outputs,
when the according mode is selected.
1.7.2.18.3
AMPP[1:0] Input Pins
These analog input pins areused as input signals for the operational amplifiers positive input pins when the
according mode is selected.
1.7.2.18.4
AMPM[1:0] Input Pins
These analog input pins are used as input signals for the operational amplifiers negative input pin when the
according mode is selected.
1.7.2.19
1.7.2.19.1
SPI Signals
SS[2:0] Signals
Those signals are associated with the slave select SS functionality of the serial peripheral interfaces
SPI2-0.
1.7.2.19.2
SCK[2:0] Signals
Those signals are associated with the serial clock SCK functionality of the serial peripheral interfaces
SPI2-0.
1.7.2.19.3
MISO[2:0] Signals
Those signals are associated with the MISO functionality of the serial peripheral interfaces SPI2-0. They
act as master input during master mode or as slave output during slave mode.
1.7.2.19.4
MOSI[2:0] Signals
Those signals are associated with the MOSI functionality of the serial peripheral interfaces SPI2-0. They
act as master output during master mode or as slave input during slave mode.
1.7.2.20
1.7.2.20.1
SCI Signals
RXD[2:0] Signals
Those signals are associated with the receive functionality of the serial communication interfaces SCI2-0.
1.7.2.20.2
TXD[2:0] Signals
Those signals are associated with the transmit functionality of the serial communication interfaces SCI2-0.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
44
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.7.2.21
1.7.2.21.1
CAN signals
RXCAN Signal
This signal is associated with the receive functionality of the scalable controller area network controller
(MSCAN).
1.7.2.21.2
TXCAN Signal
This signal is associated with the transmit functionality of the scalable controller area network controller
(MSCAN).
1.7.2.22
PWM[7:0] Signals
The signals PWM[7:0] are associated with the PWM module outputs.
1.7.2.23
1.7.2.23.1
Internal Clock outputs
ECLK
This signal is associated with the output of the divided bus clock (ECLK).
NOTE
This feature is only intended for debug purposes at room temperature.
It must not be used for clocking external devices in an application.
1.7.2.23.2
ECLKX2
This signal is associated with the output of twice the bus clock (ECLKX2).
NOTE
This feature is only intended for debug purposes at room temperature.
It must not be used for clocking external devices in an application.
1.7.2.23.3
API_EXTCLK
This signal is associated with the output of the API clock (API_EXTCLK).
1.7.2.24
IOC[7:0] Signals
The signals IOC[7:0] are associated with the input capture or output compare functionality of the timer
(TIM) module.
1.7.2.25
IRQ
This signal is associated with the maskable IRQ interrupt.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
45
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.7.2.26
XIRQ
This signal is associated with the non-maskable XIRQ interrupt.
1.7.2.27
ETRIG[3:0]
These signals are inputs to the Analog-to-Digital Converter. Their purpose is to trigger ADC conversions.
1.7.3
Power Supply Pins
MC9S12G power and ground pins are described below. Because fast signal transitions place high,
short-duration current demands on the power supply, use bypass capacitors with high-frequency
characteristics and place them as close to the MCU as possible.
NOTE
All ground pins must be connected together in the application.
1.7.3.1
VDDX[3:1]/VDDX, VSSX[3:1]/VSSX— Power and Ground Pins for I/O Drivers
External power and ground for I/O drivers. Bypass requirements depend on how heavily the MCU pins are
loaded. All VDDX pins are connected together internally. All VSSX pins are connected together
internally.
NOTE
Not all VDDX[3:1]/VDDX and VSSX[3:1]VSSX pins are available on all
packages. Refer to section 1.8 Device Pinouts for further details.
1.7.3.2
VDDR — Power Pin for Internal Voltage Regulator
Power supply input to the internal voltage regulator.
NOTE
On some packages VDDR is bonded to VDDX and the pin is named
VDDXR. Refer to section 1.8 Device Pinouts for further details.
1.7.3.3
VSS — Core Ground Pin
The voltage supply of nominally 1.8V is derived from the internal voltage regulator. The return current
path is through the VSS pin.
1.7.3.4
VDDA, VSSA — Power Supply Pins for DAC,ACMP, RVA, ADC and
Voltage Regulator
These are the power supply and ground input pins for the digital-to-analog converter, the analog
comparator, the reference voltage attenuator, the analog-to-digital converter and the voltage regulator.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
46
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
NOTE
On some packages VDDA is connected with VDDXR and the common pin
is named VDDXRA.
Also the VSSA is connected to VSSX and the common pin is named
VSSXA. See section Section 1.8, “Device Pinouts” for further details.
1.7.3.5
VRH — Reference Voltage Input Pin
VRH is the reference voltage input pin for the digital-to-analog converter and the analog-to-digital
converter. Refer to Section 1.18, “ADC VRH/VRL Signal Connection” for further details.
On some packages VRH is tied to VDDA or VDDXRA. Refer to section 1.8
Device Pinouts for further details.
1.7.3.6
Power and Ground Connection Summary
Table 1-7. Power and Ground Connection Summary
Mnemonic
Nominal Voltage
Description
VDDR
3.15V – 5.0 V
VSS
0V
VDDX[3:1]
3.15V – 5.0 V
VSSX[3:1]
0V
VDDX
3.15V – 5.0 V
VSSX
0V
VDDA
3.15V – 5.0 V
VSSA
0V
VDDXR
3.15V – 5.0 V
External power supply for I/O drivers and internal voltage regulator. For the 48-pin package
the VDDX and VDDR supplies are combined on one pin.
VDDXRA
3.15V – 5.0 V
External power supply for I/O drivers, internal voltage regulator and analog-to-digital
converter. For the 20- and 32-pin package the VDDX, VDDR and VDDA supplies are
combined on one pin.
VSSXA
0V
Return ground for I/O driver and VDDA analog supply
VRH
3.15V – 5.0 V
Reference voltage for the analog-to-digital converter.
External power supply for internal voltage regulator.
Return ground for the logic supply generated by the internal regulator
External power supply for I/O drivers. The 100-pin package features 3 I/O supply pins.
Return ground for I/O drivers. The100-pin package provides 3 ground pins
External power supply for I/O drivers, All packages except 100-pin feature 1 I/O supply.
Return ground for I/O drivers. All packages except 100-pin provide 1 I/O ground pin.
External power supply for the analog-to-digital converter and for the reference circuit of the
internal voltage regulator.
Return ground for VDDA analog supply
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
47
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.8
Device Pinouts
1.8.1
1.8.1.1
S12GN16 and S12GN32
Pinout 20-Pin TSSOP
SCK0/IOC3/PS6
SS0/TXD0/PWM3/ECLK/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG3/PS7
RESET
VRH/VDDXRA
VSSXA
EXTAL/RXD0/PWM0/IOC2/ETRIG0/PE0
VSS
XTAL/TXD0/PWM1/IOC3/ETRIG1/PE1
TEST
BKGD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
S12GN16
S12GN32
20-Pin TSSOP
PS5/IOC2/MOSI0
PS4/ETRIG2/PWM2/RXD0/MISO0
PAD5/KWAD5/ETRIG3/PWM3/IOC3/TXD0/AN5/ACMPM
PAD4/KWAD4/ETRIG2/PWM2/IOC2/RXD0/AN4/ACMPP
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3/ACMPO
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PT0/IOC0/XIRQ
PT1/IOC1/IRQ
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
Figure 1-3. 20-Pin TSSOP Pinout for S12GN16 and S12GN32
Table 1-8. 20-Pin TSSOP Pinout for S12GN16 and S12GN32
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package
Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
6th
Func
7th
Func
8th
Func
1
PS6
IOC3
SCK0
—
—
—
—
—
2
PS7
ETRIG3
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
PWM3
TXD0
SS0
3
RESET
—
—
—
—
—
4
VDDXRA
VRH
—
—
—
5
VSSXA
—
—
—
6
PE01
ETRIG0
PWM0
7
VSS
—
8
PE11
9
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
—
VDDX
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
IOC2
RXD0
EXTAL
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ETRIG1
PWM1
IOC3
TXD0
XTAL
—
—
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
TEST
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
10
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
Always on
Up
11
PT1
IOC1
IRQ
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
12
PT0
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
13
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
—
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
14
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
—
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
15
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
—
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
48
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-8. 20-Pin TSSOP Pinout for S12GN16 and S12GN32
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
1
Package
Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
6th
Func
7th
Func
8th
Func
16
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
ACMPO
—
—
—
—
17
PAD4
KWAD4
ETRIG2
PWM2
IOC2
RXD0
AN4
18
PAD5
KWAD5
ETRIG3
PWM3
IOC3
TXD0
19
PS4
ETRIG2
PWM2
RXD0
MISO0
20
PS5
IOC2
MOSI0
—
—
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
ACMPP
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
AN5
ACMPM
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
49
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Pinout 32-Pin LQFP
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
PM1/TXD1
PM0/RXD1
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/PWM5/SS0
PS6/IOC5/SCK0
PS5/IOC4/MOSI0
PS4/PWM4/MISO0
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
1.8.1.2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
S12GN16
s12GN32
32-Pin LQFP
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7/ACMPM
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6/ACMPP
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5/ACMPO
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
RESET
VRH/VDDXRA
VSSXA
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
BKGD
Figure 1-4. 32-Pin LQFP OPinout for S12GN16 and S12GN32
Table 1-9. 32-Pin LQFP OPinout for S12GN16 and S12GN32
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
RESET
—
—
—
—
VDDX
2
VDDXRA
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
VSSXA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CTRL
Reset
State
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
50
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-9. 32-Pin LQFP OPinout for S12GN16 and S12GN32
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
4
PE01
EXTAL
—
—
—
5
VSS
—
—
—
6
PE11
XTAL
—
7
TEST
—
8
BKGD
9
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
—
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
MODC
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
10
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
11
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
12
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
13
PT3
IOC3
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
14
PT2
IOC2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
15
PT1
IOC1
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
16
PT0
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
17
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
18
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
19
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
20
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
21
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
22
PAD5
KWAD5
AN5
ACMPO
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
23
PAD6
KWAD6
AN6
ACMPP
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
24
PAD7
KWAD7
AN7
ACMPM
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
25
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
26
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
27
PS4
PWM4
MISO0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
28
PS5
IOC4
MOSI0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
29
PS6
IOC5
SCK0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
30
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
PWM5
SS0
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
31
PM0
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
32
PM1
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
51
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
Pinout 48-Pin LQFP/QFN
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
PM1
PM0
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3
PS2
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
VSSA
VDDA/VRH
1.8.1.3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
S12GN16
S12GN32
48-Pin LQFP/QFN
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/ACMPM
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/ACMPP
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/ACMPO
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
RESET
VDDXR
VSSX
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
KWJ0/PJ0
KWJ1/PJ1
KWJ2/PJ2
KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
Figure 1-5. 48-Pin LQFP/QFN Pinout for S12GN16 and S12GN32
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
52
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-10. 48-Pin LQFP/QFN Pinout for S12GN16 and S12GN32
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
RESET
—
—
—
—
VDDX
2
VDDXR
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
VSSX
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
1
PE0
EXTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
5
VSS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6
PE11
XTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
7
TEST
—
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
8
PJ0
KWJ0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
9
PJ1
KWJ1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
10
PJ2
KWJ2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
11
PJ3
KWJ3
—
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
12
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
13
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
14
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
15
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
16
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
17
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
18
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
19
PT5
IOC5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
20
PT4
IOC4
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
21
PT3
IOC3
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
22
PT2
IOC2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
23
PT1
IOC1
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
24
PT0
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
25
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
26
PAD8
KWAD8
—
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
27
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
CTRL
Reset
State
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
53
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-10. 48-Pin LQFP/QFN Pinout for S12GN16 and S12GN32
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
1
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
28
PAD9
KWAD9
ACMPO
—
—
29
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
30
PAD10
KWAD10
ACMPP
31
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
32
PAD11
KWAD11
ACMPM
33
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
34
PAD5
KWAD5
AN5
35
PAD6
KWAD6
36
PAD7
37
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
AN6
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
KWAD7
AN7
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
VDDA
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
38
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
40
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
41
PS2
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
42
PS3
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
43
PS4
MISO0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
44
PS5
MOSI0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
45
PS6
SCK0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
46
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
47
PM0
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
48
PM1
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
—
—
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
1.8.2
1.8.2.1
S12GN48
Pinout 32-Pin LQFP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
54
Freescale Semiconductor
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
PM1/TXD1
PM0/RXD1
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/PWM5/SS0
PS6/IOC5/SCK0
PS5/IOC4/MOSI0
PS4/PWM4/MISO0
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
S12GN48
32-Pin LQFP
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7/ACMPM
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6/ACMPP
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5/ACMPO
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
RESET
VRH/VDDXRA
VSSXA
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
BKGD
Figure 1-6. 32-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GN48
Table 1-11. 32-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GN48
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
RESET
—
—
—
—
VDDX
2
VDDXRA
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
VSSXA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
PE01
EXTAL
—
—
—
—
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
CTRL
Reset
State
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
55
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-11. 32-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GN48
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
5
VSS
—
—
—
—
6
PE11
XTAL
—
—
7
TEST
—
—
8
BKGD
MODC
9
PP0
10
1
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
—
—
—
—
—
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
11
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
12
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
13
PT3
IOC3
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
14
PT2
IOC2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
15
PT1
IOC1
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
16
PT0
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
17
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
18
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
19
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
20
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
21
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
22
PAD5
KWAD5
AN5
ACMPO
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
23
PAD6
KWAD6
AN6
ACMPP
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
24
PAD7
KWAD7
AN7
ACMPM
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
25
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
26
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
27
PS4
PWM4
MISO0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
28
PS5
IOC4
MOSI0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
29
PS6
IOC5
SCK0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
30
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
PWM5
SS0
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
31
PM0
RXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
32
PM1
TXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
56
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Pinout 48-Pin LQFP
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
PM1
PM0
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3/TXD1
PS2/RXD1
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
VSSA
VDDA/VRH
1.8.2.2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
S12GN48
48-Pin LQFP
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/AN11/ACMPM
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/AN10/ACMPP
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/AN9/ACMPO
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8/AN8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
RESET
VDDXR
VSSX
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
MISO1/KWJ0/PJ0
MOSI1/KWJ1/PJ1
SCK1/KWJ2/PJ2
SS1/KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
Figure 1-7. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GN48
Table 1-12. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GN48
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Power
Supply
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
RESET
—
—
—
—
VDDX
2
VDDXR
—
—
—
—
—
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
PULLUP
—
—
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
57
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-12. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GN48
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
3
VSSX
—
—
—
—
4
PE01
EXTAL
—
—
5
VSS
—
—
6
PE11
XTAL
7
TEST
8
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
—
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
PJ0
KWJ0
MISO1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
9
PJ1
KWJ1
MOSI1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
10
PJ2
KWJ2
SCK1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
11
PJ3
KWJ3
SS1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
12
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
13
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
14
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
15
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
16
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
17
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
18
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
19
PT5
IOC5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
20
PT4
IOC4
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
21
PT3
IOC3
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
22
PT2
IOC2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
23
PT1
IOC1
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
24
PT0
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
25
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
26
PAD8
KWAD8
AN8
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
27
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
28
PAD9
KWAD9
AN9
ACMPO
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
29
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
30
PAD10
KWAD10
AN10
ACMPP
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
31
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
—
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
58
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-12. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GN48
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
1
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
32
PAD11
KWAD11
AN11
ACMPM
33
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
34
PAD5
KWAD5
AN5
35
PAD6
KWAD6
36
PAD7
37
5th
Func
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
AN6
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
KWAD7
AN7
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
VDDA
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
38
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
40
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
41
PS2
RXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
42
PS3
TXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
43
PS4
MISO0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
44
PS5
MOSI0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
45
PS6
SCK0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
46
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
47
PM0
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
48
PM1
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
59
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Pinout 64-Pin LQFP
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
PJ7/KWJ7
PM3
PM2
PM1
PM0
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3/TXD1
PS2/RXD1
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
VSSA
VDDA
VRH
1.8.2.3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
S12GN48
64-Pin LQFP
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
PAD15/KWAD15
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD14/KWAD14
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD13/KWAD13
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD12/KWAD12
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/AN11/ACMPM
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/AN10/ACMPP
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/AN9/ACMPO
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8/AN8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
KWP6/PP6
KWP7/PP7
PT7
PT6
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
KWJ6/PJ6
KWJ5/PJ5
KWJ4/PJ4
RESET
VDDX
VDDR
VSSX
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
MISO1/KWJ0/PJ0
MOSI1/KWJ1/PJ1
SCK1/KWJ2/PJ2
SS1/KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
Figure 1-8. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GN48
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
60
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-13. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GN48
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
PJ6
KWJ6
—
—
—
2
PJ5
KWJ5
—
—
3
PJ4
KWJ4
—
4
RESET
—
5
VDDX
6
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VDDR
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7
VSSX
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
PE01
EXTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
9
VSS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
PE11
XTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
11
TEST
—
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
12
PJ0
KWJ0
MISO1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
13
PJ1
KWJ1
MOSI1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
14
PJ2
KWJ2
SCK1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
15
PJ3
KWJ3
SS1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
16
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
17
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
18
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
19
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
20
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
21
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
22
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
23
PP6
KWP6
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
24
PP7
KWP7
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
25
PT7
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
26
PT6
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
27
PT5
IOC5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
61
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-13. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GN48
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
28
PT4
IOC4
—
—
—
29
PT3
IOC3
—
—
30
PT2
IOC2
—
31
PT1
IOC1
32
PT0
33
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
34
PAD8
KWAD8
AN8
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
35
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
36
PAD9
KWAD9
AN9
ACMPO
—
VDDA
PER0ADPPS0AD
Disabled
37
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
38
PAD10
KWAD10
AN10
ACMPP
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
39
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
40
PAD11
KWAD11
AN11
ACMPM
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
41
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
42
PAD12
KWAD12
—
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
43
PAD5
KWAD5
AN5
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
44
PAD13
KWAD13
—
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
45
PAD6
KWAD6
AN6
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
46
PAD14
KWAD14
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
47
PAD7
KWAD7
AN7
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
48
PAD15
KWAD15
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
49
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50
VDDA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
51
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
52
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
53
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
54
PS2
RXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
55
PS3
TXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
56
PS4
MISO0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
62
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-13. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GN48
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
1
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
57
PS5
MOSI0
—
—
—
58
PS6
SCK0
—
—
59
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
60
PM0
—
61
PM1
62
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
PM2
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
63
PM3
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
64
PJ7
KWJ7
—
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
63
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.8.3
S12G48 and S12G64
Pinout 32-Pin LQFP
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
PM1/TXD1/TXCAN
PM0/RXD1/RXCAN
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/PWM5/SS0
PS6/IOC5/SCK0
PS5/IOC4/MOSI0
PS4/PWM4/MISO0
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
1.8.3.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
S12G48
S12G64
32-Pin LQFP
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7/ACMPM
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6/ACMPP
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5/ACMPO
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
RESET
VRH/VDDXRA
VSSXA
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
BKGD
Figure 1-9. 32-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G48 and S12G64
Table 1-14. 32-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G48 and S12G64
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
RESET
—
—
—
—
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
VDDX
Reset
State
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
64
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-14. 32-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G48 and S12G64
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
2
VDDXRA
VRH
—
—
—
3
VSSXA
—
—
—
4
PE01
EXTAL
—
5
VSS
—
6
1
PE1
7
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
—
—
—
—
—
—
XTAL
—
—
—
—
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
TEST
—
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
8
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
9
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
10
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
11
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
12
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
13
PT3
IOC3
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
14
PT2
IOC2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
15
PT1
IOC1
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
16
PT0
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
17
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
18
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
19
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
20
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
21
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
22
PAD5
KWAD5
AN5
ACMPO
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
23
PAD6
KWAD6
AN6
ACMPP
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
24
PAD7
KWAD7
AN7
ACMPM
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
25
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
26
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
27
PS4
PWM4
MISO0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
28
PS5
IOC4
MOSI0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
29
PS6
IOC5
SCK0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
30
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
PWM5
SS0
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
65
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-14. 32-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G48 and S12G64
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
31
PM0
RXD1
RXCAN
—
—
32
PM1
TXD1
TXCAN
—
—
1
Internal Pull
Resistor
Power
Supply
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
Pinout 48-Pin LQFP
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
PM1/TXCAN
PM0/RXCAN
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3/TXD1
PS2/RXD1
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
VSSA
VDDA/VRH
1.8.3.2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
S12G48
S12G64
48-Pin LQFP
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/AN11/ACMPM
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/AN10/ACMPP
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/AN9/ACMPO
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8/AN8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
RESET
VDDXR
VSSX
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
MISO1/KWJ0/PJ0
MOSI1/KWJ1/PJ1
SCK1/KWJ2/PJ2
SS1/KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
Figure 1-10. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G48 and S12G64
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
66
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-15. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G48 and S12G64
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
RESET
—
—
—
—
VDDX
2
VDDXR
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
VSSX
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
1
PE0
EXTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
5
VSS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6
PE11
XTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
7
TEST
—
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
8
PJ0
KWJ0
—
MISO1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
9
PJ1
KWJ1
—
MOSI1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
10
PJ2
KWJ2
—
SCK1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
11
PJ3
KWJ3
—
SS1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
12
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
13
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
14
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
15
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
16
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
17
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
18
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
19
PT5
IOC5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
20
PT4
IOC4
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
21
PT3
IOC3
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
22
PT2
IOC2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
23
PT1
IOC1
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
24
PT0
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
25
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
26
PAD8
KWAD8
AN8
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
27
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
CTRL
Reset
State
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
67
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-15. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G48 and S12G64
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
1
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
28
PAD9
KWAD9
AN9
ACMPO
—
29
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
30
PAD10
KWAD10
AN10
ACMPP
31
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
32
PAD11
KWAD11
AN11
ACMPM
33
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
34
PAD5
KWAD5
AN5
35
PAD6
KWAD6
36
PAD7
37
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
AN6
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
KWAD7
AN7
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
VDDA
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
38
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
40
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
41
PS2
RXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
42
PS3
TXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
43
PS4
MISO0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
44
PS5
MOSI0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
45
PS6
SCK0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
46
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
47
PM0
RXCAN
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
48
PM1
TXCAN
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
—
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
68
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Pinout 64-Pin LQFP
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
PJ7/KWJ7
PM3
PM2
PM1/TXCAN
PM0/RXCAN
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3/TXD1
PS2/RXD1
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
VSSA
VDDA
VRH
1.8.3.3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
S12G48
S12G64
64-pin LQFP
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
PAD15/KWAD15
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD14/KWAD14
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD13/KWAD13
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD12/KWAD12
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/AN11/ACMPM
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/AN10/ACMPP
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/AN9/ACMPO
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8/AN8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
KWP6/PP6
KWP7/PP7
PT7
PT6
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
KWJ6/PJ6
KWJ5/PJ5
KWJ4/PJ4
RESET
VDDX
VDDR
VSSX
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
MISO1/KWJ0/PJ0
MOSI1/KWJ1/PJ1
SCK1/KWJ2/PJ2
SS1/KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
Figure 1-11. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G48 and S12G64
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
69
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-16. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G48 and S12G64
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
PJ6
KWJ6
—
—
—
2
PJ5
KWJ5
—
—
3
PJ4
KWJ4
—
4
RESET
—
5
VDDX
6
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VDDR
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7
VSSX
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
PE01
EXTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
9
VSS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
PE11
XTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
11
TEST
—
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
12
PJ0
KWJ0
MISO1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
13
PJ1
KWJ1
MOSI1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
14
PJ2
KWJ2
SCK1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
15
PJ3
KWJ3
SS1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
16
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
17
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
18
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
19
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
20
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
21
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
22
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
23
PP6
KWP6
—
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
24
PP7
KWP7
—
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
25
PT7
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
26
PT6
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
27
PT5
IOC5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
70
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-16. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G48 and S12G64
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
28
PT4
IOC4
—
—
—
29
PT3
IOC3
—
—
30
PT2
IOC2
—
31
PT1
IOC1
32
PT0
33
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
34
PAD8
KWAD8
AN8
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
35
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
36
PAD9
KWAD9
AN9
ACMPO
—
VDDA
PER0ADPPS0AD
Disabled
37
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
38
PAD10
KWAD10
AN10
ACMPP
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
39
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
40
PAD11
KWAD11
AN11
ACMPM
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
41
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
42
PAD12
KWAD12
—
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
43
PAD5
KWAD5
AN5
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
44
PAD13
KWAD13
—
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
45
PAD6
KWAD6
AN6
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
46
PAD14
KWAD14
—
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
47
PAD7
KWAD7
AN7
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
48
PAD15
KWAD15
—
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
49
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50
VDDA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
51
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
52
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
53
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
54
PS2
RXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
55
PS3
TXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
56
PS4
MISO0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
71
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-16. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G48 and S12G64
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
57
PS5
MOSI0
—
—
—
58
PS6
SCK0
—
—
59
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
60
PM0
RXCAN
61
PM1
62
1
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
TXCAN
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
PM2
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
63
PM3
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
64
PJ7
KWJ7
—
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
72
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.8.4
Pinout 48-Pin LQFP
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
PM1/TXD2/TXCAN
PM0/RXD2/RXCAN
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3/TXD1
PS2/RXD1
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
VSSA
VDDA/VRH
1.8.4.1
S12G96 and S12G128
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
S12G96
S12G128
48-Pin LQFP
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/AN11
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/AN10
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/AN9
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8/AN8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
RESET
VDDXR
VSSX
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
MISO1/PWM6/KWJ0/PJ0
MOSI1/IOC6/KWJ1/PJ1
SCK1/IOC7/KWJ2/PJ2
SS1/PWM7/KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
Figure 1-12. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G96 and S12G128
Table 1-17. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G96 and S12G128
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
RESET
—
—
—
—
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
VDDX
Reset
State
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
73
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-17. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G96 and S12G128
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
2
VDDXR
—
—
—
—
3
VSSX
—
—
—
4
PE01
EXTAL
—
5
VSS
—
6
PE1
1
7
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
—
—
—
—
—
—
XTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
TEST
—
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
8
PJ0
KWJ0
PWM6
MISO1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
9
PJ1
KWJ1
IOC6
MOSI1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
10
PJ2
KWJ2
IOC7
SCK1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
11
PJ3
KWJ3
PWM7
SS1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
12
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
13
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
14
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
15
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
16
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
17
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
18
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
19
PT5
IOC5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
20
PT4
IOC4
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
21
PT3
IOC3
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
22
PT2
IOC2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
23
PT1
IOC1
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
24
PT0
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
25
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
26
PAD8
KWAD8
AN8
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
27
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
28
PAD9
KWAD9
AN9
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
29
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
30
PAD10
KWAD10
AN10
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
—
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
74
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-17. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G96 and S12G128
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
1
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
31
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
—
32
PAD11
KWAD11
AN11
—
33
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
34
PAD5
KWAD5
35
PAD6
36
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
AN5
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
KWAD6
AN6
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
PAD7
KWAD7
AN7
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
37
VDDA
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
38
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
40
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
41
PS2
RXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
42
PS3
TXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
43
PS4
MISO0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
44
PS5
MOSI0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
45
PS6
SCK0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
46
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
47
PM0
RXD2
RXCAN
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
48
PM1
TXD2
TXCAN
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
75
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Pinout 64-Pin LQFP
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
PJ7/KWJ7/SS2
PM3/TXD2
PM2/RXD2
PM1/TXCAN
PM0/RXCAN
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3/TXD1
PS2/RXD1
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
VSSA
VDDA
VRH
1.8.4.2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
S12G96
S12G128
64-Pin LQFP
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
PAD15/KWAD15
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD14/KWAD14
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD13/KWAD13
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD12/KWAD12
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/AN11
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/AN10
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/AN9
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8/AN8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
PWM6/KWP6/PP6
PWM7/KWP7/PP7
IOC7/PT7
IOC6/PT6
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
SCK2/KWJ6/PJ6
MOSI2/KWJ5/PJ5
MISO2/KWJ4/PJ4
RESET
VDDX
VDDR
VSSX
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
MISO1/KWJ0/PJ0
MOSI1/KWJ1/PJ1
SCK1/KWJ2/PJ2
SS1/KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
Figure 1-13. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G96 and S12G128
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
76
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-18. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G96 and S12G128
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
PJ6
KWJ6
SCK2
—
—
2
PJ5
KWJ5
MOSI2
—
3
PJ4
KWJ4
MISO2
4
RESET
—
5
VDDX
6
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VDDR
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7
VSSX
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
PE01
EXTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
9
VSS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
PE11
XTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
11
TEST
—
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
12
PJ0
KWJ0
MISO1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
13
PJ1
KWJ1
MOSI1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
14
PJ2
KWJ2
SCK1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
15
PJ3
KWJ3
SS1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
16
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
17
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
18
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
19
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
20
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
21
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
22
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
23
PP6
KWP6
PWM6
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
24
PP7
KWP7
PWM7
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
25
PT7
IOC7
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
26
PT6
IOC6
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
27
PT5
IOC5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
77
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-18. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G96 and S12G128
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
28
PT4
IOC4
—
—
—
29
PT3
IOC3
—
—
30
PT2
IOC2
—
31
PT1
IOC1
32
PT0
33
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
34
PAD8
KWAD8
AN8
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
35
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
36
PAD9
KWAD9
AN9
—
—
VDDA
PER0ADPPS0AD
Disabled
37
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
38
PAD10
KWAD10
AN10
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
39
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
40
PAD11
KWAD11
AN11
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
41
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
42
PAD12
KWAD12
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
43
PAD5
KWAD5
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
44
PAD13
KWAD13
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
45
PAD6
KWAD6
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
46
PAD14
KWAD14
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
47
PAD7
KWAD7
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
48
PAD15
KWAD15
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
49
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50
VDDA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
51
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
52
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
53
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
54
PS2
RXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
55
PS3
TXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
56
PS4
MISO0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
AN5
AN6
AN7
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
78
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-18. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G96 and S12G128
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
1
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
57
PS5
MOSI0
—
—
—
58
PS6
SCK0
—
—
59
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
60
PM0
RXCAN
61
PM1
62
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
TXCAN
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
PM2
RXD2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
63
PM3
TXD2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
64
PJ7
KWJ7
SS2
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
79
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Pinout 100-Pin LQFP
S12G96
S12G128
100-Pin LQFP
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
VRH
PC7
PC6
PC5
PC4
PAD15/KWAD15/
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD14/KWAD14
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD13/KWAD13
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD12/KWAD12
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/AN11
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/AN10
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/AN9
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8/AN8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PC3
PC2
PC1
PC0
API_EXTCLK/PB1
ECLKX2/PB2
PB3
PWM0/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
PWM6/KWP6/PP6
PWM7/KWP7/PP7
VDDX3
VSSX3
IOC7/PT7
IOC6/PT6
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IOC1/PT1
IOC0/PT0
IRQ/PB4
XIRQ/PB5
PB6
PB7
SCK2/KWJ6/PJ6
MOSI2/KWJ5/PJ5
MISO2/KWJ4/PJ4
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
RESET
VDDX1
VDDR
VSSX1
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7
MISO1/KWJ0/PJ0
MOSI1/KWJ1/PJ1
SCK1/KWJ2/PJ2
SS1/KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
ECLK/PB0
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
PJ7/KWJ7/SS2
PM3/TXD2
PM2/RXD2
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PM1/TXCAN
PM0/RXCAN
VDDX2
VSSX2
PS7/API_EXTCLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3/TXD1
PS2/RXD1
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
VSSA
VDDA
1.8.4.3
Figure 1-14. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G96 and S12G128
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
80
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-19. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G96 and S12G128
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
1
PJ6
KWJ6
SCK2
—
2
PJ5
KWJ5
MOSI2
3
PJ4
KWJ4
4
PA0
5
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
MISO2
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
PA1
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
6
PA2
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
7
PA3
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
8
RESET
—
—
—
VDDX
9
VDDX1
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
VDDR
—
—
—
—
—
—
11
VSSX1
—
—
—
—
—
—
12
PE01
EXTAL
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
13
VSS
—
—
—
—
—
—
14
PE11
XTAL
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
15
TEST
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
16
PA4
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
17
PA5
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
18
PA6
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
19
PA7
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
20
PJ0
KWJ0
MISO1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
21
PJ1
KWJ1
MOSI1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
22
PJ2
KWJ2
SCK1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
23
PJ3
KWJ3
SS1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
24
BKGD
MODC
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
25
PB0
ECLK
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
26
PB1
API_EXTCLK
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
27
PB2
ECLKX2
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
81
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-19. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G96 and S12G128
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
28
PB3
—
—
—
29
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
30
PP1
KWP1
31
PP2
32
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
ETRIG1
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
33
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
34
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
35
PP6
KWP6
PWM6
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
36
PP7
KWP7
PWM7
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
37
VDDX3
—
—
—
—
—
—
38
VSSX3
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
PT7
IOC7
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
40
PT6
IOC6
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
41
PT5
IOC5
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
42
PT4
IOC4
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
43
PT3
IOC3
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
44
PT2
IOC2
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
45
PT1
IOC1
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
46
PT0
IOC0
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
47
PB4
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
48
PB5
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
49
PB6
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
50
PB7
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
51
PC0
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
52
PC1
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
53
PC2
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
54
PC3
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
55
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
56
PAD8
KWAD8
AN8
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
82
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-19. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G96 and S12G128
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
57
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
58
PAD9
KWAD9
AN9
59
PAD2
KWAD2
60
PAD10
61
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
AN2
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
KWAD10
AN10
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
62
PAD11
KWAD11
AN11
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
63
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
64
PAD12
KWAD12
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
65
PAD5
KWAD5
AN5
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
66
PAD13
KWAD13
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
67
PAD6
KWAD6
AN6
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
68
PAD14
KWAD14
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
69
PAD7
KWAD7
AN7
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
70
PAD15
KWAD15
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
71
PC4
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
72
PC5
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
73
PC6
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
74
PC7
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
75
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
76
VDDA
—
—
—
—
—
—
77
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
78
PD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
79
PD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
80
PD2
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
81
PD3
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
82
PS0
RXD0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
83
PS1
TXD0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
84
PS2
RXD1
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
85
PS3
TXD1
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
83
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-19. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G96 and S12G128
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
1
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
86
PS4
MISO0
—
—
87
PS5
MOSI0
—
88
PS6
SCK0
89
PS7
90
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
API_EXTCLK
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
VSSX2
—
—
—
—
—
—
91
VDDX2
—
—
—
—
—
—
92
PM0
RXCAN
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
93
PM1
TXCAN
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
94
PD4
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
95
PD5
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
96
PD6
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
97
PD7
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
98
PM2
RXD2
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
99
PM3
TXD2
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
100
PJ7
KWJ7
SS2
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
84
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.8.5
Pinout 48-Pin LQFP
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
PM1/TXD2/TXCAN
PM0/RXD2/RXCAN
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3/TXD1
PS2/RXD1
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
VSSA
VDDA/VRH
1.8.5.1
S12G192 and S12G240
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
S12G192
S12G240
48-Pin LQFP
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/AN11
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/AN10
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/AN9
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8/AN8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
RESET
VDDXR
VSSX
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
MISO1/PWM6/KWJ0/PJ0
MOSI1/IOC6/KWJ1/PJ1
SCK1/IOC7/KWJ2/PJ2
SS1/PWM7/KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
Figure 1-15. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G192 and S12G240
Table 1-20. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G192 and S12G240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
RESET
—
—
—
—
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
VDDX
Reset
State
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
85
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-20. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G192 and S12G240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
2
VDDXR
—
—
—
—
3
VSSX
—
—
—
4
PE01
EXTAL
—
5
VSS
—
6
PE1
1
7
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
—
—
—
—
—
—
XTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
TEST
—
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
8
PJ0
KWJ0
PWM6
MISO1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
9
PJ1
KWJ1
IOC6
MOSI1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
10
PJ2
KWJ2
IOC7
SCK1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
11
PJ3
KWJ3
PWM7
SS1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
12
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
13
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
14
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
15
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
16
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
17
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
18
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
19
PT5
IOC5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
20
PT4
IOC4
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
21
PT3
IOC3
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
22
PT2
IOC2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
23
PT1
IOC1
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
24
PT0
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
25
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
26
PAD8
KWAD8
AN8
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
27
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
28
PAD9
KWAD9
AN9
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
29
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
30
PAD10
KWAD10
AN10
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
86
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-20. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G192 and S12G240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
1
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
31
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
—
32
PAD11
KWAD11
AN11
—
33
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
34
PAD5
KWAD5
35
PAD6
36
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
AN5
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
KWAD6
AN6
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
PAD7
KWAD7
AN7
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
37
VDDA
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
38
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
40
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
41
PS2
RXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
42
PS3
TXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
43
PS4
MISO0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
44
PS5
MOSI0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
45
PS6
SCK0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
46
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
47
PM0
RXD2
RXCAN
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
48
PM1
TXD2
TXCAN
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
87
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Pinout 64-Pin LQFP
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
PJ7/KWJ7/SS2
PM3/TXD2
PM2/RXD2
PM1/TXCAN
PM0/RXCAN
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3/TXD1
PS2/RXD1
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
VSSA
VDDA
VRH
1.8.5.2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
S12G192
S12G240
64-Pin LQFP
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
PAD15/KWAD15/AN15
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD14/KWAD14/AN14
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD13/KWAD13/AN13
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD12/KWAD12/AN12
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/AN11
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/AN10
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/AN9
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8/AN8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
PWM6/KWP6/PP6
PWM7/KWP7/PP7
IOC7/PT7
IOC6/PT6
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
SCK2/KWJ6/PJ6
MOSI2/KWJ5/PJ5
MISO2/KWJ4/PJ4
RESET
VDDX
VDDR
VSSX
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
MISO1/KWJ0/PJ0
MOSI1/KWJ1/PJ1
SCK1/KWJ2/PJ2
SS1/KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
Figure 1-16. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G192 and S12G240
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
88
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-21. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G192 and S12G240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
PJ6
KWJ6
SCK2
—
—
2
PJ5
KWJ5
MOSI2
—
3
PJ4
KWJ4
MISO2
4
RESET
—
5
VDDX
6
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VDDR
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7
VSSX
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
PE01
EXTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
9
VSS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
PE11
XTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
11
TEST
—
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
12
PJ0
KWJ0
MISO1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
13
PJ1
KWJ1
MOSI1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
14
PJ2
KWJ2
SCK1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
15
PJ3
KWJ3
SS1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
16
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
17
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
18
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
19
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
20
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
21
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
22
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
23
PP6
KWP6
PWM6
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
24
PP7
KWP7
PWM7
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
25
PT7
IOC7
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
26
PT6
IOC6
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
27
PT5
IOC5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
89
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-21. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G192 and S12G240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
28
PT4
IOC4
—
—
—
29
PT3
IOC3
—
—
30
PT2
IOC2
—
31
PT1
IOC1
32
PT0
33
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
34
PAD8
KWAD8
AN8
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
35
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
36
PAD9
KWAD9
AN9
—
—
VDDA
PER0ADPPS0AD
Disabled
37
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
38
PAD10
KWAD10
AN10
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
39
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
40
PAD11
KWAD11
AN11
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
41
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
42
PAD12
KWAD12
AN12
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
43
PAD5
KWAD5
AN5
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
44
PAD13
KWAD13
AN13
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
45
PAD6
KWAD6
AN6
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
46
PAD14
KWAD14
AN14
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
47
PAD7
KWAD7
AN7
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
48
PAD15
KWAD15
AN15
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
49
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50
VDDA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
51
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
52
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
53
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
54
PS2
RXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
55
PS3
TXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
56
PS4
MISO0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
90
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-21. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G192 and S12G240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
1
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
57
PS5
MOSI0
—
—
—
58
PS6
SCK0
—
—
59
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
60
PM0
RXCAN
61
PM1
62
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
TXCAN
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
PM2
RXD2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
63
PM3
TXD2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
64
PJ7
KWJ7
SS2
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
91
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Pinout 100-Pin LQFP
S12G192
S12G240
100-Pin LQFP
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
VRH
PC7
PC6
PC5
PC4
PAD15/KWAD15/AN15
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD14/KWAD14/AN14
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD13/KWAD13/AN13
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD12/KWAD12/AN12
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/AN11
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/AN10
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/AN9
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8/AN8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PC3
PC2
PC1
PC0
API_EXTCLK/PB1
ECLKX2/PB2
PB3
PWM0/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
PWM6/KWP6/PP6
PWM7/KWP7/PP7
VDDX3
VSSX3
IOC7/PT7
IOC6/PT6
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IOC1/PT1
IOC0/PT0
IRQ/PB4
XIRQ/PB5
PB6
PB7
SCK2/KWJ6/PJ6
MOSI2/KWJ5/PJ5
MISO2/KWJ4/PJ4
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
RESET
VDDX1
VDDR
VSSX1
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7
MISO1/KWJ0/PJ0
MOSI1/KWJ1/PJ1
SCK1/KWJ2/PJ2
SS1/KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
ECLK/PB0
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
PJ7/KWJ7/SS2
PM3/TXD2
PM2/RXD2
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PM1/TXCAN
PM0/RXCAN
VDDX2
VSSX2
PS7/API_EXTCLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3/TXD1
PS2/RXD1
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
VSSA
VDDA
1.8.5.3
Figure 1-17. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G192 and S12G240
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
92
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-22. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G192 and S12G240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
1
PJ6
KWJ6
SCK2
—
2
PJ5
KWJ5
MOSI2
3
PJ4
KWJ4
4
PA0
5
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
MISO2
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
PA1
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
6
PA2
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
7
PA3
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
8
RESET
—
—
—
VDDX
9
VDDX1
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
VDDR
—
—
—
—
—
—
11
VSSX1
—
—
—
—
—
—
12
PE01
EXTAL
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
13
VSS
—
—
—
—
—
—
14
PE11
XTAL
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
15
TEST
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
16
PA4
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
17
PA5
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
18
PA6
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
19
PA7
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
20
PJ0
KWJ0
MISO1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
21
PJ1
KWJ1
MOSI1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
22
PJ2
KWJ2
SCK1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
23
PJ3
KWJ3
SS1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
24
BKGD
MODC
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
25
PB0
ECLK
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
26
PB1
API_EXTCLK
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
27
PB2
ECLKX2
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
93
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-22. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G192 and S12G240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
28
PB3
—
—
—
29
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
30
PP1
KWP1
31
PP2
32
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
ETRIG1
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
33
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
34
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
35
PP6
KWP6
PWM6
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
36
PP7
KWP7
PWM7
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
37
VDDX3
—
—
—
—
—
—
38
VSSX3
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
PT7
IOC7
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
40
PT6
IOC6
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
41
PT5
IOC5
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
42
PT4
IOC4
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
43
PT3
IOC3
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
44
PT2
IOC2
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
45
PT1
IOC1
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
46
PT0
IOC0
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
47
PB4
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
48
PB5
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
49
PB6
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
50
PB7
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
51
PC0
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
52
PC1
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
53
PC2
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
54
PC3
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
55
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
56
PAD8
KWAD8
AN8
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
94
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-22. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G192 and S12G240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
57
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
58
PAD9
KWAD9
AN9
59
PAD2
KWAD2
60
PAD10
61
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
AN2
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
KWAD10
AN10
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
62
PAD11
KWAD11
AN11
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
63
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
64
PAD12
KWAD12
AN12
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
65
PAD5
KWAD5
AN5
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
66
PAD13
KWAD13
AN13
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
67
PAD6
KWAD6
AN6
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
68
PAD14
KWAD14
AN14
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
69
PAD7
KWAD7
AN7
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
70
PAD15
KWAD15
AN15
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
71
PC4
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
72
PC5
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
73
PC6
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
74
PC7
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
75
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
76
VDDA
—
—
—
—
—
—
77
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
78
PD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
79
PD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
80
PD2
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
81
PD3
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
82
PS0
RXD0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
83
PS1
TXD0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
84
PS2
RXD1
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
85
PS3
TXD1
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
95
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-22. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12G192 and S12G240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
1
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
86
PS4
MISO0
—
—
87
PS5
MOSI0
—
88
PS6
SCK0
89
PS7
90
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
API_EXTCLK
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
VSSX2
—
—
—
—
—
—
91
VDDX2
—
—
—
—
—
—
92
PM0
RXCAN
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
93
PM1
TXCAN
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
94
PD4
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
95
PD5
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
96
PD6
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
97
PD7
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
98
PM2
RXD2
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
99
PM3
TXD2
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
100
PJ7
KWJ7
SS2
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
96
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.8.6
Pinout 48-Pin LQFP
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
PM1/TXD2/TXCAN
PM0/RXD2/RXCAN
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3/TXD1
PS2/RXD1
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
VSSA
VDDA/VRH
1.8.6.1
S12GA192 and S12GA240
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
S12GA192
S12GA240
48-Pin LQFP
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/AN11/DACU0/AMP0
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/AN10/DACU1/AMP1
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/AN9
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8/AN8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
RESET
VDDXR
VSSX
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
MISO1/PWM6/KWJ0/PJ0
MOSI1/IOC6/KWJ1/PJ1
SCK1/IOC7/KWJ2/PJ2
SS1/PWM7/KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
Figure 1-18. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GA192 and S12GA240
Table 1-23. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GA192 and S12GA240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
RESET
—
—
—
—
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
VDDX
Reset
State
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
97
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-23. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GA192 and S12GA240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
2
VDDXR
—
—
—
—
3
VSSX
—
—
—
4
PE01
EXTAL
—
5
VSS
—
6
PE1
1
7
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
—
—
—
—
—
—
XTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
TEST
—
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
8
PJ0
KWJ0
PWM6
MISO1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
9
PJ1
KWJ1
IOC6
MOSI1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
10
PJ2
KWJ2
IOC7
SCK1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
11
PJ3
KWJ3
PWM7
SS1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
12
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
13
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
14
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
15
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
16
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
17
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
18
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
19
PT5
IOC5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
20
PT4
IOC4
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
21
PT3
IOC3
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
22
PT2
IOC2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
23
PT1
IOC1
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
24
PT0
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
25
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
26
PAD8
KWAD8
AN8
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
27
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
28
PAD9
KWAD9
AN9
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
29
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
30
PAD10
KWAD10
AN10
DACU1
AMP1
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
98
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-23. 48-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GA192 and S12GA240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
1
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
31
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
—
32
PAD11
KWAD11
AN11
DACU0
33
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
34
PAD5
KWAD5
35
PAD6
36
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
AMP0
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
AN5
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
KWAD6
AN6
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
PAD7
KWAD7
AN7
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
37
VDDA
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
38
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
40
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
41
PS2
RXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
42
PS3
TXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
43
PS4
MISO0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
44
PS5
MOSI0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
45
PS6
SCK0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
46
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
47
PM0
RXD2
RXCAN
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
48
PM1
TXD2
TXCAN
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
99
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Pinout 64-Pin LQFP
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
PJ7/KWJ7/SS2
PM3/TXD2
PM2/RXD2
PM1/TXCAN
PM0/RXCAN
PS7/API_EXTCLK/ECLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3/TXD1
PS2/RXD1
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
VSSA
VDDA
VRH
1.8.6.2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
S12GA192
S12GA240
64-Pin LQFP
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
PAD15/KWAD15/AN15/DACU0
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD14/KWAD14/AN14/AMPP0
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD13/KWAD13/AN13/AMPM0
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD12/KWAD12/AN12
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/AN11/AMP0
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/AN10/DACU1/AMP1
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/AN9
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8/AN8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PWM0/API_EXTCLK/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ECLKX2/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
PWM6/KWP6/PP6
PWM7/KWP7/PP7
IOC7/PT7
IOC6/PT6
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IRQ/IOC1/PT1
XIRQ/IOC0/PT0
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
SCK2/KWJ6/PJ6
MOSI2/KWJ5/PJ5
MISO2/KWJ4/PJ4
RESET
VDDX
VDDR
VSSX
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
MISO1/KWJ0/PJ0
MOSI1/KWJ1/PJ1
SCK1/KWJ2/PJ2
SS1/KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
Figure 1-19. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GA192 and S12GA240
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
100
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-24. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GA192 and S12GA240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
1
PJ6
KWJ6
SCK2
—
—
2
PJ5
KWJ5
MOSI2
—
3
PJ4
KWJ4
MISO2
4
RESET
—
5
VDDX
6
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VDDR
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7
VSSX
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
PE01
EXTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
9
VSS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
PE11
XTAL
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
11
TEST
—
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
12
PJ0
KWJ0
MISO1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
13
PJ1
KWJ1
MOSI1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
14
PJ2
KWJ2
SCK1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
15
PJ3
KWJ3
SS1
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
16
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
17
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
API_EXTCLK
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
18
PP1
KWP1
ETRIG1
ECLKX2
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
19
PP2
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
20
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
21
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
22
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
23
PP6
KWP6
PWM6
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
24
PP7
KWP7
PWM7
—
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
25
PT7
IOC7
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
26
PT6
IOC6
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
27
PT5
IOC5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
101
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-24. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GA192 and S12GA240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
28
PT4
IOC4
—
—
—
29
PT3
IOC3
—
—
30
PT2
IOC2
—
31
PT1
IOC1
32
PT0
33
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
IOC0
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
34
PAD8
KWAD8
AN8
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
35
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
36
PAD9
KWAD9
AN9
—
VDDA
PER0ADPPS0AD
Disabled
37
PAD2
KWAD2
AN2
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
38
PAD10
KWAD10
AN10
DACU1
AMP1
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
39
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
40
PAD11
KWAD11
AN11
AMP0
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
41
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
42
PAD12
KWAD12
AN12
—
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
43
PAD5
KWAD5
AN5
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
44
PAD13
KWAD13
AN13
AMPM0
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
45
PAD6
KWAD6
AN6
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
46
PAD14
KWAD14
AN14
AMPP0
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
47
PAD7
KWAD7
AN7
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
48
PAD15
KWAD15
AN15
DACU0
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
49
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50
VDDA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
51
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
52
PS0
RXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
53
PS1
TXD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
54
PS2
RXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
55
PS3
TXD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
56
PS4
MISO0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
102
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-24. 64-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GA192 and S12GA240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
1
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func
5th
Func
57
PS5
MOSI0
—
—
—
58
PS6
SCK0
—
—
59
PS7
API_EXTCLK
ECLK
60
PM0
RXCAN
61
PM1
62
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
TXCAN
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
PM2
RXD2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
63
PM3
TXD2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
64
PJ7
KWJ7
SS2
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
103
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Pinout 100-Pin LQFP
S12GA192
S12GA240
100-Pin LQFP
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
VRH
PC7/DACU1
PC6/AMPP1
PC5/AMPM1
PC4
PAD15/KWAD15/AN15/DACU0
PAD7/KWAD7/AN7
PAD14/KWAD14/AN14/AMPP0
PAD6/KWAD6/AN6
PAD13/KWAD13/AN13/AMPM0
PAD5/KWAD5/AN5
PAD12/KWAD12/AN12
PAD4/KWAD4/AN4
PAD11/KWAD11/AN11/AMP0
PAD3/KWAD3/AN3
PAD10/KWAD10/AN10/AMP1
PAD2/KWAD2/AN2
PAD9/KWAD9/AN9
PAD1/KWAD1/AN1
PAD8/KWAD8/AN8
PAD0/KWAD0/AN0
PC3
PC2
PC1
PC0
API_EXTCLK/PB1
ECLKX2/PB2
PB3
PWM0/ETRIG0/KWP0/PP0
PWM1/ETRIG1/KWP1/PP1
PWM2/ETRIG2/KWP2/PP2
PWM3/ETRIG3/KWP3/PP3
PWM4/KWP4/PP4
PWM5/KWP5/PP5
PWM6/KWP6/PP6
PWM7/KWP7/PP7
VDDX3
VSSX3
IOC7/PT7
IOC6/PT6
IOC5/PT5
IOC4/PT4
IOC3/PT3
IOC2/PT2
IOC1/PT1
IOC0/PT0
IRQ/PB4
XIRQ/PB5
PB6
PB7
SCK2/KWJ6/PJ6
MOSI2/KWJ5/PJ5
MISO2/KWJ4/PJ4
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
RESET
VDDX1
VDDR
VSSX1
EXTAL/PE0
VSS
XTAL/PE1
TEST
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7
MISO1/KWJ0/PJ0
MOSI1/KWJ1/PJ1
SCK1/KWJ2/PJ2
SS1/KWJ3/PJ3
BKGD
ECLK/PB0
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
PJ7/KWJ7/SS2
PM3/TXD2
PM2/RXD2
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PM1/TXCAN
PM0/RXCAN
VDDX2
VSSX2
PS7/API_EXTCLK/SS0
PS6/SCK0
PS5/MOSI0
PS4/MISO0
PS3/TXD1
PS2/RXD1
PS1/TXD0
PS0/RXD0
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
VSSA
VDDA
1.8.6.3
Figure 1-20. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GA192 and S12GA240
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
104
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-25. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GA192 and S12GA240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
1
PJ6
KWJ6
SCK2
—
2
PJ5
KWJ5
MOSI2
3
PJ4
KWJ4
4
PA0
5
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
MISO2
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
PA1
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
6
PA2
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
7
PA3
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
8
RESET
—
—
—
VDDX
9
VDDX1
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
VDDR
—
—
—
—
—
—
11
VSSX1
—
—
—
—
—
—
12
PE01
EXTAL
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
13
VSS
—
—
—
—
—
—
14
PE11
XTAL
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PDPEE
Down
15
TEST
—
—
—
N.A.
RESET pin
Down
16
PA4
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
17
PA5
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
18
PA6
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
19
PA7
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPAE
Disabled
20
PJ0
KWJ0
MISO1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
21
PJ1
KWJ1
MOSI1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
22
PJ2
KWJ2
SCK1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
23
PJ3
KWJ3
SS1
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
24
BKGD
MODC
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/BKPUE
Up
25
PB0
ECLK
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
26
PB1
API_EXTCLK
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
27
PB2
ECLKX2
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
PULLUP
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
105
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-25. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GA192 and S12GA240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
28
PB3
—
—
—
29
PP0
KWP0
ETRIG0
30
PP1
KWP1
31
PP2
32
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
PWM0
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
ETRIG1
PWM1
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
KWP2
ETRIG2
PWM2
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
PP3
KWP3
ETRIG3
PWM3
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
33
PP4
KWP4
PWM4
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
34
PP5
KWP5
PWM5
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
35
PP6
KWP6
PWM6
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
36
PP7
KWP7
PWM7
—
VDDX
PERP/PPSP
Disabled
37
VDDX3
—
—
—
—
—
—
38
VSSX3
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
PT7
IOC7
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
40
PT6
IOC6
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
41
PT5
IOC5
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
42
PT4
IOC4
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
43
PT3
IOC3
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
44
PT2
IOC2
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
45
PT1
IOC1
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
46
PT0
IOC0
—
—
VDDX
PERT/PPST
Disabled
47
PB4
IRQ
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
48
PB5
XIRQ
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
49
PB6
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
50
PB7
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPBE
Disabled
51
PC0
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
52
PC1
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
53
PC2
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
54
PC3
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
55
PAD0
KWAD0
AN0
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
56
PAD8
KWAD8
AN8
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
106
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-25. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GA192 and S12GA240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
57
PAD1
KWAD1
AN1
—
58
PAD9
KWAD9
AN9
59
PAD2
KWAD2
60
PAD10
61
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
AN2
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
KWAD10
AN10
AMP1
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
PAD3
KWAD3
AN3
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
62
PAD11
KWAD11
AN11
AMP0
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
63
PAD4
KWAD4
AN4
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
64
PAD12
KWAD12
AN12
—
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
65
PAD5
KWAD5
AN5
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
66
PAD13
KWAD13
AN13
AMPM0
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
67
PAD6
KWAD6
AN6
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
68
PAD14
KWAD14
AN14
AMPP0
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
69
PAD7
KWAD7
AN7
—
VDDA
PER1AD/PPS1AD
Disabled
70
PAD15
KWAD15
AN15
DACU0
VDDA
PER0AD/PPS0AD
Disabled
71
PC4
—
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
72
PC5
AMPM1
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
73
PC6
AMPP1
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
74
PC7
DACU1
—
—
VDDA
PUCR/PUPCE
Disabled
75
VRH
—
—
—
—
—
—
76
VDDA
—
—
—
—
—
—
77
VSSA
—
—
—
—
—
—
78
PD0
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
79
PD1
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
80
PD2
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
81
PD3
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
82
PS0
RXD0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
83
PS1
TXD0
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
84
PS2
RXD1
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
85
PS3
TXD1
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
107
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-25. 100-Pin LQFP Pinout for S12GA192 and S12GA240
Function
<----lowest-----PRIORITY-----highest---->
Package Pin
Pin
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
86
PS4
MISO0
—
—
87
PS5
MOSI0
—
88
PS6
SCK0
89
PS7
90
1
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
—
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
API_EXTCLK
SS0
—
VDDX
PERS/PPSS
Up
VSSX2
—
—
—
—
—
—
91
VDDX2
—
—
—
—
—
—
92
PM0
RXCAN
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
93
PM1
TXCAN
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
94
PD4
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
95
PD5
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
96
PD6
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
97
PD7
—
—
—
VDDX
PUCR/PUPDE
Disabled
98
PM2
RXD2
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
99
PM3
TXD2
—
—
VDDX
PERM/PPSM
Disabled
100
PJ7
KWJ7
SS2
—
VDDX
PERJ/PPSJ
Up
The regular I/O characteristics (see Section A.2, “I/O Characteristics”) apply if the EXTAL/XTAL function is disabled
1.9
System Clock Description
For the system clock description please refer to chapter Chapter 1, “Device Overview MC9S12G-Family”.
1.10
Modes of Operation
The MCU can operate in different modes. These are described in 1.10.1 Chip Configuration Summary.
The MCU can operate in different power modes to facilitate power saving when full system performance
is not required. These are described in 1.10.2 Low Power Operation.
Some modules feature a software programmable option to freeze the module status whilst the background
debug module is active to facilitate debugging.
1.10.1
Chip Configuration Summary
The different modes and the security state of the MCU affect the debug features (enabled or disabled).
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
108
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
The operating mode out of reset is determined by the state of the MODC signal during reset (see
Table 1-26). The MODC bit in the MODE register shows the current operating mode and provides limited
mode switching during operation. The state of the MODC signal is latched into this bit on the rising edge
of RESET.
Table 1-26. Chip Modes
Chip Modes
1.10.1.1
MODC
Normal single chip
1
Special single chip
0
Normal Single-Chip Mode
This mode is intended for normal device operation. The opcode from the on-chip memory is being
executed after reset (requires the reset vector to be programmed correctly). The processor program is
executed from internal memory.
1.10.1.2
Special Single-Chip Mode
This mode is used for debugging single-chip operation, boot-strapping, or security related operations. The
background debug module BDM is active in this mode. The CPU executes a monitor program located in
an on-chip ROM. BDM firmware waits for additional serial commands through the BKGD pin.
1.10.2
Low Power Operation
The MC9S12G has two static low-power modes Pseudo Stop and Stop Mode. For a detailed description
refer to S12CPMU section.
1.11
Security
The MCU security mechanism prevents unauthorized access to the Flash memory. Refer to Chapter 9,
“Security (S12XS9SECV2)”, Section 7.4.1, “Security”, and Section 26.5, “Security”.
1.12
Resets and Interrupts
Consult the S12 CPU manual and the S12SINT section for information on exception processing.
1.12.1
Resets
Table 1-27. lists all Reset sources and the vector locations. Resets are explained in detail in the Chapter 10,
“S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)”.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
109
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-27. Reset Sources and Vector Locations
1.12.2
Vector Address
Reset Source
CCR
Mask
Local Enable
$FFFE
Power-On Reset (POR)
None
None
$FFFE
Low Voltage Reset (LVR)
None
None
$FFFE
External pin RESET
None
None
$FFFE
Illegal Address Reset
None
None
$FFFC
Clock monitor reset
None
OSCE Bit in CPMUOSC register
$FFFA
COP watchdog reset
None
CR[2:0] in CPMUCOP register
Interrupt Vectors
Table 1-28 lists all interrupt sources and vectors in the default order of priority. The interrupt module (see
Chapter 6, “Interrupt Module (S12SINTV1)”) provides an interrupt vector base register (IVBR) to relocate
the vectors.
Table 1-28. Interrupt Vector Locations (Sheet 1 of 2)
Vector Address1
Interrupt Source
CCR
Mask
Local Enable
Wake up
Wakeup
from STOP from WAIT
Vector base + $F8
Unimplemented instruction trap
None
None
-
-
Vector base+ $F6
SWI
None
None
-
-
Vector base+ $F4
XIRQ
X Bit
None
Yes
Yes
Vector base+ $F2
IRQ
I bit
IRQCR (IRQEN)
Yes
Yes
Vector base+ $F0
RTI time-out interrupt
I bit
CPMUINT (RTIE)
10.6 Interrupts
Vector base+ $EE
TIM timer channel 0
I bit
TIE (C0I)
No
Yes
Vector base + $EC
TIM timer channel 1
I bit
TIE (C1I)
No
Yes
Vector base+ $EA
TIM timer channel 2
I bit
TIE (C2I)
No
Yes
Vector base+ $E8
TIM timer channel 3
I bit
TIE (C3I)
No
Yes
Vector base+ $E6
TIM timer channel 4
I bit
TIE (C4I)
No
Yes
Vector base+ $E4
TIM timer channel 5
I bit
TIE (C5I)
No
Yes
Vector base + $E2
TIM timer channel 6
I bit
TIE (C6I)
No
Yes
Vector base+ $E0
TIM timer channel 7
I bit
TIE (C7I)
No
Yes
Vector base+ $DE
TIM timer overflow
I bit
TSCR2 (TOI)
No
Yes
Vector base+ $DC
2
TIM Pulse accumulator A overflow
I bit
PACTL (PAOVI)
No
Yes
Vector base + $DA
TIM Pulse accumulator input edge3
I bit
PACTL (PAI)
No
Yes
Vector base + $D8
SPI0
I bit
SPI0CR1 (SPIE, SPTIE)
No
Yes
Vector base+ $D6
SCI0
I bit
SCI0CR2
(TIE, TCIE, RIE, ILIE)
Yes
Yes
Vector base + $D4
SCI1
I bit
SCI1CR2
(TIE, TCIE, RIE, ILIE)
Yes
Yes
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
110
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-28. Interrupt Vector Locations (Sheet 2 of 2)
Vector Address1
Interrupt Source
CCR
Mask
Local Enable
Vector base + $D2
ADC
I bit
ATDCTL2 (ASCIE)
Vector base + $D0
Wake up
Wakeup
from STOP from WAIT
No
Yes
Reserved
Vector base + $CE
Port J
I bit
PIEJ (PIEJ7-PIEJ0)
Yes
Yes
Vector base + $CC
ACMP
I bit
ACMPC (ACIE)
No
Yes
Reserved
Vector base + $CA
Vector base + $C8
Oscillator status interrupt
I bit
CPMUINT (OSCIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + $C6
PLL lock interrupt
I bit
CPMUINT (LOCKIE)
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Reserved
Vector base + $C4
Vector base + $C2
SCI2
I bit
Vector base + $C0
SCI2CR2
(TIE, TCIE, RIE, ILIE)
Reserved
Vector base + $BE
SPI1
I bit
SPI1CR1 (SPIE, SPTIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + $BC
SPI2
I bit
SPI2CR1 (SPIE, SPTIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + $BA
FLASH error
I bit
FERCNFG (SFDIE, DFDIE)
No
No
Vector base + $B8
FLASH command
I bit
FCNFG (CCIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + $B6
CAN wake-up
I bit
CANRIER (WUPIE)
Yes
Yes
Vector base + $B4
CAN errors
I bit
CANRIER (CSCIE, OVRIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + $B2
CAN receive
I bit
CANRIER (RXFIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + $B0
CAN transmit
I bit
CANTIER (TXEIE[2:0])
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Vector base + $AE
to
Vector base + $90
Reserved
Vector base + $8E
Port P interrupt
I bit
Vector base+ $8C
PIEP (PIEP7-PIEP0)
Reserved
Vector base + $8A
Low-voltage interrupt (LVI)
I bit
CPMUCTRL (LVIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + $88
Autonomous periodical interrupt
(API)
I bit
CPMUAPICTRL (APIE)
Yes
Yes
Reserved
Vector base + $86
Vector base + $84
ADC compare interrupt
I bit
ATDCTL2 (ACMPIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + $82
Port AD interrupt
I bit
PIE1AD(PIE1AD7-PIE1AD0)
PIE0AD(PIE0AD7-PIE0AD0)
Yes
Yes
Vector base + $80
Spurious interrupt
—
None
-
-
116 bits vector address based
2Only available if the 8 channel
3Only available if the 8 channel
timer module is instantiated on the device
timer module is instantiated on the device
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
111
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.12.3
Effects of Reset
When a reset occurs, MCU registers and control bits are initialized. Refer to the respective block sections
for register reset states.
On each reset, the Flash module executes a reset sequence to load Flash configuration registers.
1.12.3.1
Flash Configuration Reset Sequence Phase
On each reset, the Flash module holds CPU activity while loading Flash module registers from the Flash
memory. If double faults are detected in the reset phase, Flash module protection and security may be
active on leaving reset. This is explained in more detail in the Flash module Section 26.1, “Introduction”.
1.12.3.2
Reset While Flash Command Active
If a reset occurs while any Flash command is in progress, that command will be immediately aborted. The
state of the word being programmed or the sector/block being erased is not guaranteed.
1.12.3.3
I/O Pins
Refer to the PIM section for reset configurations of all peripheral module ports.
1.12.3.4
RAM
The RAM arrays are not initialized out of reset.
1.13
COP Configuration
The COP time-out rate bits CR[2:0] and the WCOP bit in the CPMUCOP register at address 0x003C are
loaded from the Flash register FOPT. See Table 1-29 and Table 1-30 for coding. The FOPT register is
loaded from the Flash configuration field byte at global address 0x3_FF0E during the reset sequence.
Table 1-29. Initial COP Rate Configuration
NV[2:0] in
FOPT Register
CR[2:0] in
CPMUCOP Register
000
111
001
110
010
101
011
100
100
011
101
010
110
001
111
000
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
112
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
Table 1-30. Initial WCOP Configuration
1.14
NV[3] in
FOPT Register
WCOP in
CPMUCOP Register
1
0
0
1
Autonomous Clock (ACLK) Configuration
The autonomous clock1 (ACLK) is not factory trimmed. The reset value of the autonomous clock trimming
register2 (CPMUACLKTR) is 0xFC.
1.15
ADC External Trigger Input Connection
The ADC module includes external trigger inputs ETRIG0, ETRIG1, ETRIG2, and ETRIG3. The external
trigger allows the user to synchronize ADC conversion to external trigger events. Chapter 2, “Port
Integration Module (S12GPIMV0)” describes the connection of the external trigger inputs. Consult the
ADC section for information about the analog-to-digital converter module. References to freeze mode are
equivalent to active BDM mode.
1.16
ADC Special Conversion Channels
Whenever the ADC’s Special Channel Conversion Bit (SC) is set, it is capable of running conversion on a
number of internal channels (see Table 12-15). Table 1-31 lists the internal reference voltages which are
connected to these special conversion channels.
Table 1-31. Usage of ADC Special Conversion Channels
ADC Channel
Usage
Internal_0
VDDF1
Internal_1
unused
Internal_2
unused
Internal_3
unused
Internal_4
unused
Internal_5
unused
unused
1
2
Internal_6
Temperature sense of ADC
hardmacro2
Internal_7
unused
See Section 1.17, “ADC Result Reference”.
The ADC temperature sensor is only available on S12GA192 and
S12GA240 devices.
1. See Chapter 10, “S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)”
2. See Section 10.3.2.15, “Autonomous Clock Trimming Register (CPMUACLKTR)”
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
113
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
1.17
ADC Result Reference
MCUs of the S12G-Family are able to measure the internal reference voltage VDDF (see Table 1-31). VDDF
is a constant voltage with a narrow distribution over temperature and external voltage supply (see
Table A-30).
A 12-bit left justified1 ADC conversion result of VDDF is provided at address 0x0_4022/0x0_4023 in the
NVM’s IFR for reference.The measurement conditions of the reference conversion are listed in
Section A.16, “ADC Conversion Result Reference”. By measuring the voltage VDDF (see Table 1-31) and
comparing the result to the reference value in the IFR, it is possible to determine the ADC’s reference
voltage VRH in the application environment:
StoredReference
V RH = ------------------------------------------------------------- • 5V
ConvertedReference
The exact absolute value of an analog conversion can be determined as follows:
StoredReference • 5V
Result = ConvertedADInput • ------------------------------------------------------------------------nConvertedReference • 2
With:
ConvertedADInput:
ConvertedReference:
StoredReference:
n:
Result of the analog to digital conversion of the desired pin
Result of channel “Internal_0” conversion
Value in IFR locatio 0x0_4022/0x0_4023
ADC resolution (10 bit)
CAUTION
To assure high accuracy of the VDDF reference conversion, the NVMs must
not be programmed, erased, or read while the conversion takes place. This
implies that code must be executed from RAM. The “ConvertedReference”
value must be the average of eight consecutive conversions.
CAUTION
The ADC’s reference voltage VRH must remain at a constant level
throughout the conversion process.
1.18
ADC VRH/VRL Signal Connection
On all S12G devices except for the S12GA192 and the S12GA240 the external VRH signal is directly
connected to the ADC’s VRH signal input. The ADC’s VRL input is connected to VSSA. (see
Figure 1-21).
1. The format of the stored VDDF reference value is still subject to change.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
114
Freescale Semiconductor
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
The S12GA192 and the S12GA240 contain a Reverence Voltage Attenuator (RVA) module. The
connection of the ADC’s VRH/VRL inputs on these devices is shown in Figure 1-21.
S12GN16, S12GN32, S12GN48, S12G48,
S12G64, S12G96, S12G128, S12G192, S12G240
ADC
VRH
VRH
VRL
VSSA
S12GA192, S12G240
RVA
VRH
VRH
ADC
VRH_INT
VRH
VRL_INT
VRL
VSSA
VSSA
Figure 1-21. ADC VRH/VRL Signal Connection
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
115
Device Overview MC9S12G-Family
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
116
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Revision History
Rev. No.
(Item No.)
Date
(Submitted By)
V00.53
13 Oct 2010
• Reworked interrupt section
•
V01.00
18 Oct 2010
• Initial version
V01.01
01 Dec 2010
V01.02
30 Aug 2011
2.1
Sections
Affected
Table 2-4
Table 2-5
Table 2-8
Table 2-16
Table 2-17
Substantial Change(s)
• Removed TXD2 and RXD2 from PM1 and PM0 for G64
• Simplified input buffer control description on port C and AD
• Corrected DAC signal priorities on pins PAD10 and PAD11 with shared
AMP and DACU output functions
2.4.3.40/2-192 • Corrected PIFx descriptions
2.4.3.48/2-198
2.4.3.63/2-207
2.4.3.64/2-208
Introduction
This section describes the S12G-family port integration module (PIM) in its configurations depending on
the family devices in their available package options.
It is split up into two parts, firstly determining the routing of the various signals to the available package
pins (“PIM Routing”) and secondly describing the general-purpose port related logic (“PIM Ports”).
2.1.1
Glossary
Table 2-1. Glossary Of Terms
Term
Pin
Signal
Port
Definition
Package terminal with a unique number defined in the device pinout section
Input or output line of a peripheral module or general-purpose I/O function arbitrating
for a dedicated pin
Group of general-purpose I/O pins sharing peripheral signals
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
117
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.1.2
Overview
The PIM establishes the interface between the peripheral modules and the I/O pins. It controls the
electrical pin properties as well as the signal prioritization and multiplexing on shared pins.
The family devices share same sets of package options (refer to device overview section) determining the
availability of pins and the related PIM memory maps. The corresponding devices are referenced
throughout this section by their group name as shown in Table 2-2.
Table 2-2. Device Groups
2.1.3
Group
Devices with same set of package options
G1
S12G240, S12GA240, S12G192, S12GA192, S12G128, S12G96
G2
S12G64, S12G48, S12GN48
G3
S12GN32, S12GN16
Features
The PIM includes these distinctive registers:
• Data registers and data direction registers for ports A, B, C, D, E, T, S, M, P, J and AD when used
as general-purpose I/O
• Control registers to enable/disable pull devices and select pullups/pulldowns on ports T, S, M, P, J
and AD on per-pin basis
• Single control register to enable/disable pull devices on ports A, B, C, D and E, on per-port basis
and on BKGD pin
• Control registers to enable/disable open-drain (wired-or) mode on ports S and M
• Interrupt flag register for pin interrupts on ports P, J and AD
• Control register to configure IRQ pin operation
• Routing register to support programmable signal redirection in 20 TSSOP only
• Routing register to support programmable signal redirection in 100 LQFP package only
• Package code register preset by factory related to package in use, writable once after reset. Also
includes bit to reprogram routing of API_EXTCLK in all packages.
• Control register for free-running clock outputs
•
A standard port pin has the following minimum features:
• Input/output selection
• 3.15 V - 5 V digital and analog input
• Input with selectable pullup or pulldown device
Optional features supported on dedicated pins:
•
Open drain for wired-or connections
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
118
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
•
2.1.4
Key-wakeup feature: External pin interrupt with glitch filtering, which can also be used for wakeup
from stop mode.
Block Diagram
Figure 2-1. Block Diagram
Data
n
1
Pin Enable, Data
0
Control
Peripheral
Module
PIM
Routing
Data
Control
Pin Enable, Data
PIM
Ports
Pin #0
Pin #n
Package Code
Pin Routing (20 TSSOP only)
2.2
PIM Routing - External Signal Description
This section lists and describes the signals that do connect off-chip.
Table 2-3 shows the availability of I/O port pins for each group in the largest offered package option.
Table 2-3. Port Pin Availability (in largest package) per Device
Device Group
Port
G1
(100 pin)
G2
(64 pin)
G3
(48 pin)
A
7-0
-
-
B
7-0
-
-
C
7-0
-
-
D
7-0
-
-
E
1-0
1-0
1-0
T
7-0
7-0
5-0
S
7-0
7-0
7-0
M
3-0
3-0
1-0
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
119
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-3. Port Pin Availability (in largest package) per Device
Device Group
Port
2.2.1
G1
(100 pin)
G2
(64 pin)
G3
(48 pin)
P
7-0
7-0
5-0
J
7-0
7-0
3-0
AD
15-0
15-0
11-0
Package Code
The availability of pins and the related peripheral signals are determined by a package code
(Section 2.4.3.33, “Package Code Register (PKGCR)”). The related value is loaded from a factory
programmed non-volatile memory location into the register during the reset sequence.
Based on the package code all non-bonded pins will have the input buffer disabled to avoid shoot-through
current resulting in excess current in stop mode.
2.2.2
Prioritization
If more than one output signal is attempted to be enabled on a specific pin, a priority scheme determines
the signal taking effect.
General rules:
• The peripheral with the highest amount of pins has priority on the related pins when it is enabled.
• If a peripheral can selectively disable a function, the freed up pin is used with the next enabled
peripheral signal.
• The general-purpose output function takes control if no peripheral function is enabled.
Input signals are not prioritized. Therefore the input function remains active (for example timer input
capture) even if a pin is used with the output signal of another peripheral or general-purpose output.
2.2.3
Signals and Priorities
Table 2-4 shows all pins with their related signals per device and package that are controlled by the PIM.
A signal name in squared brackets denotes the port register bit related to the digital I/O function of the pin
(port register PORT/PT not listed). It is a representative for any other port related register bit with the same
index in PTI, DDR, PER, PPS, and where applicable in PIE, PIF or WOM (see Section 2.4, “PIM Ports Memory Map and Register Definition”). For example pin PAD15: Signal [PT0AD7] is bit 7 of register
PT0AD; other related register bits of this pin are PTI0AD7, DDR0AD7, PER0AD7, PPS0AD7, PIE0AD7
and PIF0AD7.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
120
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
NOTE
If there is more than one signal associated with a pin, the priority is indicated
by the position in the table from top (highest priority) to bottom (lowest
priority).
Table 2-4. Signals and Priorities
Legend
Signals per Device and Package
(signal priority on pin from top to bottom)
BKGD
❍
Routing option on pin
❏
Routing reset location
Not available on pin
64
48
32
GN16
GN32
GN16
GN32
GN48
GN16
G64 / G48
GN32
GN48
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GN48
GA240 / GA192
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GA240 / GA192
G128 / G96
100
-
Signal available on pin
Signal
G240 / G192
Pin
GA240 / GA192
Port
■
I/O
Description
20
MODC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
BKGD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O BDM communication
I
MODC input during
RESET
A
PA7-PA0
[PA7:PA0]
■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
B
PB7-PB6
[PB7:PB6]
■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
PB5
XIRQ
■ ■ ■
[PB5]
■ ■ ■
IRQ
■ ■ ■
[PB4]
■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
PB3
[PB3]
■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
PB2
ECLKX2
■ ■ ■
O
[PB2]
■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
PB4
PB1
PB0
API_EXTCLK ❏ ❏ ❏
I
Non-maskable
level-sensitive interrupt
I/O GPIO
I
O
Maskable level- or
falling-edge sensitive
interrupt
Free-running clock
(ECLK x 2)
API Clock
[PB1]
■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
ECLK
■ ■ ■
O
[PB0]
■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
Free-running clock
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
121
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-4. Signals and Priorities
Legend
Signals per Device and Package
(signal priority on pin from top to bottom)
PC7
DACU1
[PC7]
PC6
AMPP1
[PC6]
PC5
AMPM1
[PC5]
PC4-PC2
AN15-AN13
[PC4:PC2]
PC1-PC0
AN11-AN10
❏
Routing reset location
GN16
GN32
GN16
GN32
GN48
GN16
G64 / G48
GN32
GN48
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GN48
GA240 / GA192
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GA240 / GA192
G128 / G96
I/O
Description
■
O
DAC1 output unbuffered
■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
64
48
32
20
■
I
■ ■ ■
DAC1 non-inv. input (+)
I/O GPIO
■
I
■ ■ ■
DAC1 inverting input (-)
I/O GPIO
❍ ❍
I
■ ■ ■
ADC analog
I/O GPIO
❍ ❍
I
ADC analog
[PC1:PC0]
■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
D
PD7-PD0
[PD7:PD0]
E
PE1
XTAL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
-
CPMU OSC signal
TXD0
❏ ❏ I/O SCI transmit
IOC3
❍ ❍ I/O Timer channel
PWM1
■ ■
O
PWM channel
ETRIG1
■ ■
I
ADC external trigger
[PE1]
PE0
Routing option on pin
Not available on pin
100
C
Signal available on pin
Signal
G240 / G192
Pin
GA240 / GA192
Port
■
❍
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O GPIO
EXTAL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
-
CPMU OSC signal
RXD0
❏ ❏
I
SCI receive
IOC2
❍ ❍ I/O Timer channel
PWM0
■ ■
O
PWM channel
ETRIG0
■ ■
I
ADC external trigger
[PE0]
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O GPIO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
122
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-4. Signals and Priorities
Legend
Signals per Device and Package
(signal priority on pin from top to bottom)
PT7-PT6
IOC7-IOC6
32
GN16
GN32
GN16
GN32
GN48
GN16
48
G64 / G48
GN32
GN48
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GN48
GA240 / GA192
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
G128 / G96
GA240 / GA192
64
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
IOC5-IOC4
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
[PTT5:PTT4] ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PT3-PT2
IOC3-IOC2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
[PTT3:PTT2] ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PT1
IRQ
IOC1
[PTT1]
PT0
❏
Routing reset location
XIRQ
IOC0
[PTT0]
I/O
Description
20
[PTT7:PTT6] ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PT5-PT4
Routing option on pin
Not available on pin
100
T
Signal available on pin
Signal
G240 / G192
Pin
GA240 / GA192
Port
■
❍
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O Timer channel
I/O GPIO
I/O Timer channel
I/O GPIO
I/O Timer channel
I/O GPIO
I
Maskable level- or
falling-edge sensitive
interrupt
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O Timer channel
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O GPIO
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I
Non-maskable
level-sensitive interrupt
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O Timer channel
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O GPIO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
123
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-4. Signals and Priorities
Legend
Signals per Device and Package
(signal priority on pin from top to bottom)
PS7
Routing option on pin
❏
Routing reset location
Not available on pin
100
S
Signal available on pin
SS0
64
32
GN16
GN32
GN16
GN32
GN48
GN16
48
G64 / G48
GN32
GN48
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GN48
GA240 / GA192
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GA240 / GA192
G128 / G96
Signal
G240 / G192
Pin
GA240 / GA192
Port
■
❍
I/O
20
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O SPI slave select
❍ ❍ I/O SCI transmit
TXD0
■ ■ ■ ■
PWM5
O
PWM channel
PWM3
❏ ❏
O
PWM channel
ECLK
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
O
Free-running clock
API_EXTCLK ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ O
❏ ❏
ETRIG3
PS6
SCK0
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O SPI serial clock
■ ■ ■ ■
[PTS6]
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O GPIO
MOSI0
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O SPI master out/slave in
■ ■ ■ ■
[PTS5]
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O GPIO
MISO0
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O SPI master in/slave out
❍ ❍
RXD0
PWM2
ETRIG2
PS0
I
SCI receive pin
O
PWM channel
❏ ❏
O
PWM channel
❏ ❏
I
ADC external trigger
■ ■ ■ ■
PWM4
PS1
I/O Timer channel
❏ ❏ I/O Timer channel
IOC2
PS2
I/O Timer channel
❏ ❏ I/O Timer channel
IOC4
PS3
ADC external trigger
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O GPIO
IOC3
PS4
I
API Clock
[PTS7]
IOC5
PS5
Description
[PTS4]
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O GPIO
TXD1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O SCI transmit
[PTS3]
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
RXD1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
[PTS2]
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
TXD0
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O SCI transmit
[PTS1]
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
RXD0
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
[PTS0]
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I
I
SCI receive
SCI receive
I/O GPIO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
124
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-4. Signals and Priorities
Legend
Signals per Device and Package
(signal priority on pin from top to bottom)
PM3
PM2
PM1
48
32
GN16
GN32
GN16
GN32
GN48
GN16
G64 / G48
GN32
GN48
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GN48
GA240 / GA192
G64 / G48
G240 / G192
GA240 / GA192
G128 / G96
G128 / G96
64
❏
Routing reset location
I/O
Description
20
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O SCI transmit
[PTM3]
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO
RXD2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
[PTM2]
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
TXCAN
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
TXD2
I
■ ■ ■ ■
■
[PTM1]
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
RXCAN
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
RXD1
[PTM0]
■ ■ ■ ■
O
MSCAN transmit
I/O SCI transmit
■ ■
TXD1
RXD2
SCI receive
I/O GPIO
■ ■ ■
TXD2
PM0
Routing option on pin
Not available on pin
100
M
Signal available on pin
Signal
G240 / G192
Pin
GA240 / GA192
Port
■
❍
■
■ ■ ■
■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O SCI transmit
I/O GPIO
I
MSCAN receive
I
SCI receive
I
SCI receive
I/O GPIO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
125
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-4. Signals and Priorities
Legend
Signals per Device and Package
(signal priority on pin from top to bottom)
PP7-PP6
PP5-PP4
PP3-PP2
32
GN16
GN32
GN16
GN32
GN48
GN16
48
G64 / G48
GN32
GN48
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GN48
GA240 / GA192
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GA240 / GA192
G128 / G96
64
Routing reset location
I/O
Description
20
O
[PTP7:PTP6]/ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
KWP7-KWP6
I/O GPIO with interrupt
PWM5-PWM4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
O
[PTP5:PTP4]/ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
KWP5-KWP4
I/O GPIO with interrupt
PWM3-PWM2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
O
PWM channel
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I
ADC external trigger
[PTP3:PTP2]/ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
KWP3-KWP2
PP0
❏
PWM7-PWM6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
ETRIG3ETRIG2
PP1
Routing option on pin
Not available on pin
100
P
Signal available on pin
Signal
G240 / G192
Pin
GA240 / GA192
Port
■
❍
PWM channel
PWM channel
I/O GPIO with interrupt
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
O
PWM channel
ECLKX2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
O
Free-running clock
(ECLK x 2)
ETRIG1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I
ADC external trigger
[PTP1]/
KWP1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
PWM0
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
O
PWM channel
❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏
O
API Clock
ETRIG0
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I
ADC external trigger
[PTP0]/
KWP0
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PWM1
API_EXTCLK
I/O GPIO with interrupt
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
126
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-4. Signals and Priorities
Legend
Signals per Device and Package
(signal priority on pin from top to bottom)
PJ7
PJ6
PJ5
PJ4
PJ3
32
GN16
GN32
GN16
GN32
GN48
GN16
48
G64 / G48
GN32
GN48
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GN48
GA240 / GA192
G64 / G48
G240 / G192
GA240 / GA192
G128 / G96
G128 / G96
64
I/O
Description
20
I/O SPI slave select
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
SCK2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O SPI serial clock
[PTJ6]/
KWJ6
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
MOSI2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O SPI master out/slave in
[PTJ5]/
KWJ5
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
MISO2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O SPI master in/slave out
[PTJ4]/
KWJ4
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
SS1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
I/O SPI slave select
O
PWM channel
[PTJ3]/
KWJ3
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
SCK1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O SPI serial clock
■ ■ ■
I/O Timer channel
[PTJ2]/
KWJ2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
MOSI1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O SPI master out/slave in
IOC6
PJ0
Routing reset location
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
SS2
IOC7
PJ1
❏
[PTJ7]/
KWJ7
PWM7
PJ2
Routing option on pin
Not available on pin
100
J
Signal available on pin
Signal
G240 / G192
Pin
GA240 / GA192
Port
■
❍
■ ■ ■
I/O Timer channel
[PTJ1]/
KWJ1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
MISO1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O SPI master in/slave out
PWM6
[PTJ0]/
KWJ0
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O Timer channel
I/O GPIO with interrupt
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
127
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-4. Signals and Priorities
Legend
Signals per Device and Package
(signal priority on pin from top to bottom)
PAD15
DACU0
AN15
[PT0AD7]/
KWAD15
PAD14
AMPP0
AN14
[PT0AD6]/
KWAD14
PAD13
AMPM0
AN13
[PT0AD5]/
KWAD13
PAD12
AN12
[PT0AD4]/
KWAD12
PAD11
AMP0
[PT0AD3]/
KWAD11
AMP1
DACU1
ACMPP
AN10
[PT0AD2]/
KWAD10
PAD9
ACMPO
AN9
[PT0AD1]/
KWAD9
PAD8
AN8
[PT0AD0]/
KWAD8
32
GN16
GN32
GN16
GN32
GN48
GN16
G64 / G48
GN32
GN48
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GN48
48
❏
Routing reset location
I/O
Description
20
■
■
O
DAC0 output unbuffered
❏ ❏
■ ■
I
ADC analog
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
■
■
I
DAC0 non-inv. input (+)
❏ ❏
■ ■
I
ADC analog
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
■
■
I
DAC0 inverting input (-)
❏ ❏
■ ■
I
ADC analog
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
■ ■
I
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■
■
ADC analog
I/O GPIO with interrupt
■
O
■
DACU0
AN11
GA240 / GA192
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GA240 / GA192
G128 / G96
64
■ ■
ACMPM
PAD10
Routing option on pin
Not available on pin
100
AD
Signal available on pin
Signal
G240 / G192
Pin
GA240 / GA192
Port
■
❍
■ ■ ■ ■
❏ ❏ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
DAC0 output buffered
O
DAC0 output unbuffered
I
ACMP inverting input (-)
I
ADC analog
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
■
■
■
O
DAC1 output buffered
■
■
O
DAC1 output unbuffered
I
ACMP non-inv. input (+)
I
ADC analog
■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
❏ ❏ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
O
ACMP unsync. dig. out
I
ADC analog
I/O GPIO with interrupt
I
ADC analog
I/O GPIO with interrupt
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
128
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-4. Signals and Priorities
Legend
Signals per Device and Package
(signal priority on pin from top to bottom)
PAD7
PAD6
PAD5
48
GN16
GN32
GN16
32
Routing reset location
I/O
Description
20
■ ■ ■ ■
I
ACMP inverting input (-)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I
ADC analog
[PT1AD7]/
KWAD7
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O GPIO with interrupt
■ ■ ■ ■
I
ACMP non-inv. input (+)
AN6
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I
ADC analog
[PT1AD6]/
KWAD6
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
ACMPP
ACMPO
I/O GPIO with interrupt
■ ■ ■ ■
O
ACMP unsync. dig. out
■ ■
I
ACMP inverting input (-)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I
ADC analog
TXD0
❍ ❍ I/O SCI transmit
IOC3
❍ ❍ I/O Timer channel
PWM3
ETRIG3
[PT1AD5]/
KWAD5
❍ ❍ O
PWM channel
❍ ❍
ADC external trigger
I
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O GPIO with interrupt
■ ■
I
ACMP non-inv. input (+)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I
ADC analog
RXD0
❍ ❍
I
SCI receive
IOC2
❍ ❍ I/O Timer channel
ACMPP
AN4
PWM2
ETRIG2
[PT1AD4]/
KWAD4
❍ ❍ O
PWM channel
❍ ❍
ADC external trigger
I
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O GPIO with interrupt
■ ■
O
ACMP unsync. dig. out
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I
ADC analog
ACMPO
AN3
PAD2-PAD0
❏
AN7
ACMPM
AN5
PAD3
GN32
GN48
GN16
G64 / G48
GN32
GN48
G64 / G48
G128 / G96
G240 / G192
GN48
GA240 / GA192
G64 / G48
G240 / G192
GA240 / GA192
G128 / G96
G128 / G96
64
ACMPM
PAD4
Routing option on pin
Not available on pin
100
AD
Signal available on pin
Signal
G240 / G192
Pin
GA240 / GA192
Port
■
❍
[PT1AD3]/
KWAD3
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O GPIO with interrupt
AN2-AN0
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
[PT1AD2:
PT1AD0]/
KWAD2KWAD0
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I/O GPIO with interrupt
I
ADC analog
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
129
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.3
PIM Routing - Functional description
This section describes the signals available on each pin.
Although trying to enable multiple signals on a shared pin is not a proper use case in most applications,
the resulting pin function will be determined by a predefined priority scheme as defined in 2.2.2 and 2.2.3.
Only enabled signals arbitrate for the pin and the highest priority defines its data direction and output value
if used as output. Signals with programmable routing options are assumed to select the appropriate target
pin to participate in the arbitration.
The priority is represented for each pin with shared signals from highest to lowest in the following format:
SignalA > SignalB > GPO
Here SignalA has priority over SignalB and general-purpose output function (GPO; represented by related
port data register bit). The general-purpose output is always of lowest priority if no other signal is enabled.
Peripheral input signals on shared pins are always connected monitoring the pin level independent of their
use.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
130
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.3.1
Pin BKGD
Table 2-5. Pin BKGD
BKGD
2.3.2
• The BKGD pin is associated with the BDM module in all packages. During reset, the BKGD pin is used
as MODC input.
Pins PA7-0
Table 2-6. Port A Pins PA7-0
PA7-PA0
2.3.3
• These pins feature general-purpose I/O functionality only.
Pins PB7-0
Table 2-7. Port B Pins PB7-0
PB7-PB6
• These pins feature general-purpose I/O functionality only.
PB5
• 100 LQFP: The XIRQ signal is mapped to this pin when used with the XIRQ interrupt function. The
interrupt is enabled by clearing the X mask bit in the CPU Condition Code register. The I/O state of the
pin is forced to input level upon the first clearing of the X bit and held in this state even if the bit is set
again. A STOP or WAIT recovery with the X bit set (refer to CPU12/CPU12X Reference Manual) is not
available.
• Signal priority:
100 LQFP: XIRQ > GPO
PB4
• 100 LQFP: The IRQ signal is mapped to this pin when used with the IRQ interrupt function. If enabled
(IRQEN=1) the I/O state of the pin is forced to be an input.
• Signal priority:
100 LQFP: IRQ > GPO
PB3
• This pin features general-purpose I/O functionality only.
PB2
• 100 LQFP: The ECLKX2 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the external clock function. The
enabled ECLKX2 signal forces the I/O state to an output.
• Signal priority:
100 LQFP: ECLKX2 > GPO
PB1
• 100 LQFP: The API_EXTCLK signal is mapped to this pin when used with the external clock function.
If the Autonomous Periodic Interrupt clock is enabled and routed here the I/O state is forced to output.
• Signal priority:
100 LQFP: API_EXTCLK > GPO
PB0
• 100 LQFP: The ECLK signal is mapped to this pin when used with the external clock function. The
enabled ECLK signal forces the I/O state to an output.
• Signal priority:
100 LQFP: ECLK > GPO
2.3.4
Pins PC7-0
•
NOTE
When using AMPM1, AMPP1 or DACU1 please refer to section 2.6.1,
“Initialization”.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
131
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
•
When routing of ADC channels to PC4-PC0 is selected
(PRR1[PRR1AN]=1) the related bit in the ADC Digital Input Enable
Register (ATDDIEN) must be set to 1 to activate the digital input
function on those pins not used as ADC inputs. If the external trigger
source is one of the ADC channels, the digital input buffer of this
channel is automatically enabled.
Table 2-8. Port C Pins PC7-0
PC7
• 100 LQFP: The unbuffered analog output signal DACU1 of the DAC1 module is mapped to this pin if
the DAC is operating in “unbuffered DAC” mode. If this pin is used with the DAC then the digital I/O
function and pull device are disabled.
• Signal priority:
100 LQFP: DACU1 > GPO
PC6
• 100 LQFP: The non-inverting analog input signal AMPP1 of the DAC1 module is mapped to this pin if
the DAC is operating in “unbuffered DAC with operational amplifier” or “operational amplifier only”
mode. If this pin is used with the DAC then the digital input buffer is disabled.
• Signal priority:
100 LQFP: GPO
PC5
• 100 LQFP: The inverting analog input signal AMPM1 of the DAC1 module is mapped to this pin if the
DAC is operating in “unbuffered DAC with operational amplifier” or “operational amplifier only” mode.
If this pin is used with the DAC then the digital input buffer is disabled.
• Signal priority:
100 LQFP: GPO
PC4-PC2
• 100 LQFP: If routing is active (PRR1[PRR1AN]=1) the ADC analog input channel signals AN15-13 and
their related digital trigger inputs are mapped to these pins. The routed ADC function has no effect on
the output state. Refer to NOTE/2-131 for input buffer control.
• Signal priority:
100 LQFP: GPO
PC1-PC0
• 100 LQFP: If routing is active (PRR1[PRR1AN]=1) the ADC analog input channel signals AN11-10 and
their related digital trigger inputs are mapped to these pins. The routed ADC function has no effect on
the output state. Refer to NOTE/2-131 for input buffer control.
• Signal priority:
100 LQFP: GPO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
132
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.3.5
Pins PD7-0
Table 2-9. Port D Pins PD7-0
PD7-PD0
2.3.6
• These pins feature general-purpose I/O functionality only.
Pins PE1-0
Table 2-10. Port E Pins PE1-0
PE1
• If the CPMU OSC function is active this pin is used as XTAL signal and the pulldown device is disabled.
• 20 TSSOP: The SCI0 TXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI function. If the SCI0
TXD signal is enabled and routed here the I/O state will depend on the SCI0 configuration.
• 20 TSSOP: The TIM channel 3 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the timer function. The TIM
forces the I/O state to be an output for a timer port associated with an enabled output compare.
• 20 TSSOP: The PWM channel 1 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the PWM function. The
enabled PWM channel forces the I/O state to be an output.
• 20 TSSOP: The ADC ETRIG1 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the ADC function. The
enabled external trigger function has no effect on the I/O state. Refer to Section 2.6.4, “ADC External
Triggers ETRIG3-0”.
• Signal priority:
20 TSSOP: XTAL > TXD0 > IOC3 > PWM1 > GPO
Others: XTAL > GPO
PE0
• If the CPMU OSC function is active this pin is used as EXTAL signal and the pulldown device is
disabled.
• 20 TSSOP: The SCI0 RXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI function. If the SCI0
RXD signal is enabled and routed here the I/O state will be forced to input.
• 20 TSSOP: The TIM channel 2 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the timer function. The TIM
forces the I/O state to be an output for a timer port associated with an enabled output compare.
• 20 TSSOP: The PWM channel 0 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the PWM function. The
enabled PWM channel forces the I/O state to be an output.
• 20 TSSOP: The ADC ETRIG0 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the ADC function. The
enabled external trigger function has no effect on the I/O state. Refer to Section 2.6.4, “ADC External
Triggers ETRIG3-0”.
• Signal priority:
20 TSSOP: EXTAL > RXD0 > IOC2 > PWM0 > GPO
Others: EXTAL > GPO
2.3.7
Pins PT7-0
Table 2-11. Port T Pins PT7-0
PT7-PT6
• 64/100 LQFP: The TIM channels 7 and 6 signal are mapped to these pins when used with the timer
function. The TIM forces the I/O state to be an output for a timer port associated with an enabled output
compare.
• Signal priority:
64/100 LQFP: IOC7-6 > GPO
PT5
• 48/64/100 LQFP: The TIM channel 5 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the timer function.
The TIM forces the I/O state to be an output for a timer port associated with an enabled output
compare. If the ACMP timer link is enabled this pin is disconnected from the timer input so that it can
still be used as general-purpose I/O or as timer output. The use case for the ACMP timer link requires
the timer input capture function to be enabled.
• Signal priority:
48/64/100 LQFP: IOC5 > GPO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
133
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-11. Port T Pins PT7-0 (continued)
PT4
• 48/64/100 LQFP: The TIM channel 4 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the timer function.
The TIM forces the I/O state to be an output for a timer port associated with an enabled output
compare.
• Signal priority:
48/64/100 LQFP: IOC4 > GPO
PT3-PT2
• Except 20 TSSOP: The TIM channels 3 and 2 signal are mapped to these pins when used with the
timer function. The TIM forces the I/O state to be an output for a timer port associated with an enabled
output compare.
• Signal priority:
Except 20 TSSOP: IOC3-2 > GPO
PT1
• Except 100 LQFP: The IRQ signal is mapped to this pin when used with the IRQ interrupt function. If
enabled (IRQCR[IRQEN]=1) the I/O state of the pin is forced to be an input.
• The TIM channel 1 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the timer function. The TIM forces the
I/O state to be an output for a timer port associated with an enabled output compare.
• Signal priority:
100 LQFP: IOC1 > GPO
Others: IRQ > IOC1 > GPO
PT0
• Except 100 LQFP: The XIRQ signal is mapped to this pin when used with the XIRQ interrupt
function.The interrupt is enabled by clearing the X mask bit in the CPU Condition Code register. The
I/O state of the pin is forced to input level upon the first clearing of the X bit and held in this state even
if the bit is set again. A STOP or WAIT recovery with the X bit set (refer to CPU12/CPU12X Reference
Manual) is not available.
• The TIM channel 0 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the timer function. The TIM forces the
I/O state to be an output for a timer port associated with an enabled output compare.
• Signal priority:
100 LQFP: IOC0 > GPO
Others: XIRQ > IOC0 > GPO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
134
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.3.8
Pins PS7-0
Table 2-12. Port S Pins PS7-0
PS7
• The SPI0 SS signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SPI function. Depending on the
configuration of the enabled SPI0 the I/O state is forced to be input or output.
• 20 TSSOP: The SCI0 TXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI function. If the SCI0
TXD signal is enabled and routed here the I/O state will depend on the SCI0 configuration.
• 20 TSSOP: The PWM channel 3 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the PWM function. If the
PWM channel is enabled and routed here the I/O state is forced to output.The enabled PWM channel
forces the I/O state to be an output.
• 32 LQFP: The PWM channel 5 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the PWM function. The
enabled PWM channel forces the I/O state to be an output.
• 64/48/32/20 LQFP: The ECLK signal is mapped to this pin when used with the external clock function.
If the ECLK output is enabled the I/O state will be forced to output.
• The API_EXTCLK signal is mapped to this pin when used with the external clock function. If the
Autonomous Periodic Interrupt clock is enabled and routed here the I/O state is forced to output.
• 20 TSSOP: The ADC ETRIG3 signal is mapped to this pin if PWM channel 3 is routed here. The
enabled external trigger function has no effect on the I/O state. Refer to Section 2.6.4, “ADC External
Triggers ETRIG3-0”.
• Signal priority:
20 TSSOP: SS0 > TXD0 > PWM3 > ECLK > API_EXTCLK > GPO
32 LQFP: SS0 > PWM5 > ECLK > API_EXTCLK > GPO
48/64 LQFP: SS0 > ECLK > API_EXTCLK > GPO
100 LQFP: SS0 > API_EXTCLK > GPO
PS6
• The SPI0 SCK signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SPI function. Depending on the
configuration of the enabled SPI0 the I/O state is forced to be input or output.
• 20 TSSOP: The TIM channel 3 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the timer function. If the
TIM output compare signal is enabled and routed here the I/O state will be forced to output.
• 32 LQFP: The TIM channel 5 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the timer function. If the TIM
output compare signal is enabled and routed here the I/O state will be forced to output. If the ACMP
timer link is enabled this pin is disconnected from the timer input so that it can still be used as
general-purpose I/O or as timer output. The use case for the ACMP timer link requires the timer input
capture function to be enabled.
• Signal priority:
20 TSSOP: SCK0 > IOC3 > GPO
32 LQFP: SCK0 > IOC5 > GPO
Others: SCK0 > GPO
PS5
• The SPI0 MOSI signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SPI function. Depending on the
configuration of the enabled SPI0 the I/O state is forced to be input or output.
• 20 TSSOP: The TIM channel 2 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the timer function. If the
TIM output compare signal is enabled and routed here the I/O state will be forced to output.
• 32 LQFP: The TIM channel 4 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the timer function. If the TIM
output compare signal is enabled and routed here the I/O state will be forced to output.
• Signal priority:
20 TSSOP: MOSI0 > IOC2 > GPO
32 LQFP: MOSI0 > IOC4 > GPO
Others: MOSI0 > GPO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
135
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-12. Port S Pins PS7-0 (continued)
PS4
• The SPI0 MISO signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SPI function. Depending on the
configuration of the enabled SPI0 the I/O state is forced to be input or output.
• 20 TSSOP: The SCI0 RXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI function. If the SCI0
RXD signal is enabled and routed here the I/O state will be forced to input.
• 20 TSSOP: The PWM channel 2 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the PWM function. If the
PWM channel is enabled and routed here the I/O state is forced to output.
• 32 LQFP: The PWM channel 4 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the PWM function. The
enabled PWM channel forces the I/O state to be an output.
• 20 TSSOP: The ADC ETRIG2 signal is mapped to this pin if PWM channel 2 is routed here. The
enabled external trigger function has no effect on the I/O state. Refer to Section 2.6.4, “ADC External
Triggers ETRIG3-0”.
• Signal priority:
20 TSSOP: MISO0 > RXD0 > PWM2 > GPO
32 LQFP: MISO0 > PWM4 > GPO
Others: MISO0 > GPO
PS3
• Except 20 TSSOP and 32 LQFP: The SCI1 TXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI
function. If the SCI1 TXD signal is enabled the I/O state will depend on the SCI1 configuration.
• Signal priority:
48/64/100 LQFP: TXD1 > GPO
PS2
• Except 20 TSSOP and 32 LQFP: The SCI1 RXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI
function. If the SCI1 RXD signal is enabled the I/O state will be forced to be input.
• Signal priority:
20 TSSOP and 32 LQFP: GPO
Others: RXD1 > GPO
PS1
• Except 20 TSSOP: The SCI0 TXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI function. If the
SCI0 TXD signal is enabled the I/O state will depend on the SCI0 configuration.
• Signal priority:
Except 20 TSSOP: TXD0 > GPO
PS0
• Except 20 TSSOP: The SCI0 RXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI function. If the
SCI0 RXD signal is enabled the I/O state will be forced to be input.
• Signal priority:
20 TSSOP: GPO
Others: RXD0 > GPO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
136
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.3.9
Pins PM3-0
Table 2-13. Port M Pins PM3-0
PM3
• 64/100 LQFP: The SCI2 TXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI function. If the SCI2
TXD signal is enabled the I/O state will depend on the SCI2 configuration.
• Signal priority:
64/100 LQFP: TXD2 > GPO
PM2
• 64/100 LQFP: The SCI2 RXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI function. If the SCI2
RXD signal is enabled the I/O state will be forced to be input.
• Signal priority:
64/100 LQFP: RXD2 > GPO
PM1
• Except 20 TSSOP: The TXCAN signal is mapped to this pin when used with the CAN function. The
enabled CAN forces the I/O state to be an output.
• 32 LQFP: The SCI1 TXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI function. If the SCI1 TXD
signal is enabled the I/O state will depend on the SCI1 configuration.
• 48 LQFP: The SCI2 TXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI function. If the SCI2 TXD
signal is enabled the I/O state will depend on the SCI2 configuration.
• Signal priority:
32 LQFP: TXCAN > TXD1 > GPO
48 LQFP: TXCAN > TXD2 > GPO
64/100 LQFP: TXCAN > GPO
PM0
• Except 20 TSSOP: The RXCAN signal is mapped to this pin when used with the CAN function. The
enabled CAN forces the I/O state to be an input. If CAN is active the selection of a pulldown device on
the RXCAN input has no effect.
• 32 LQFP: The SCI1 RXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI function. The enabled
SCI1 RXD signal forces the I/O state to an input.
• 48 LQFP: The SCI2 RXD signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SCI function. The enabled
SCI2 RXD signal forces the I/O state to an input.
• Signal priority:
32 LQFP: RXCAN > RXD1 > GPO
48 LQFP: RXCAN > RXD2 > GPO
64/100 LQFP: RXCAN > GPO
2.3.10
Pins PP7-0
Table 2-14. Port P Pins PP7-0
PP7-PP6
• 64/100 LQFP: The PWM channels 7 and 6 signal are mapped to these pins when used with the PWM
function. The enabled PWM channel forces the I/O state to be an output.
• 64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
64/100 LQFP: PWM > GPO
PP5-PP4
• 48/64/100 LQFP: The PWM channels 5 and 4 signal are mapped to these pins when used with the
PWM function. The enabled PWM channel forces the I/O state to be an output.
• 48/64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
48/64/100 LQFP: PWM > GPO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
137
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-14. Port P Pins PP7-0 (continued)
PP3-PP2
• Except 20 TSSOP: The PWM channels 3 and 2 signal are mapped to these pins when used with the
PWM function. The enabled PWM channel forces the I/O state to be an output.
• Except 20 TSSOP: The ADC ETRIG 3 and 2 signal are mapped to these pins when used with the ADC
function. The enabled external trigger function has no effect on the I/O state. Refer to Section 2.6.4,
“ADC External Triggers ETRIG3-0”.
• Except 20 TSSOP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
Except 20 TSSOP: PWM > GPO
PP1
• Except 20 TSSOP: The PWM channel 1 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the PWM function.
The enabled PWM channel forces the I/O state to be an output.
• Except 100 LQFP and 20 TSSOP: The ECLKX2 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the
external clock function. The enabled ECLKX2 forces the I/O state to an output.
• Except 20 TSSOP: The ADC ETRIG1 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the ADC function.
The enabled external trigger function has no effect on the I/O state. Refer to Section 2.6.4, “ADC
External Triggers ETRIG3-0”.
• Except 20 TSSOP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
Except 100 LQFP and 20 TSSOP: PWM1 > ECLKX2 > GPO
100 LQFP: PWM1 > GPO
PP0
• Except 20 TSSOP: The PWM channel 0 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the PWM function.
The enabled PWM channel forces the I/O state to be an output.
• Except 100 LQFP and 20 TSSOP: The API_EXTCLK signal is mapped to this pin when used with the
external clock function. If the Autonomous Periodic Interrupt clock is enabled and routed here the I/O
state is forced to output.
• Except 20 TSSOP: The ADC ETRIG0 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the ADC function.
The enabled external trigger function has no effect on the I/O state. Refer to Section 2.6.4, “ADC
External Triggers ETRIG3-0”.
• Except 20 TSSOP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
Except 100 LQFP and 20 TSSOP: PWM0 > API_EXTCLK > GPO
100 LQFP: PWM0 > GPO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
138
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.3.11
Pins PJ7-0
Table 2-15. Port J Pins PJ7-0
PJ7
• 64/100 LQFP: The SPI2 SS signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SPI function. Depending
on the configuration of the enabled SPI2 the I/O state is forced to be input or output.
• 64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
64/100 LQFP: SS2 > GPO
PJ6
• 64/100 LQFP: The SPI2 SCK signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SPI function. Depending
on the configuration of the enabled SPI2 the I/O state is forced to be input or output.
• 64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
64/100 LQFP: SCK2 > GPO
PJ5
• 64/100 LQFP: The SPI2 MOSI signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SPI function.
Depending on the configuration of the enabled SPI2 the I/O state is forced to be input or output.
• 64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
64/100 LQFP: MOSI2 > GPO
PJ4
• 64/100 LQFP: The SPI2 MISO signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SPI function.Depending
on the configuration of the enabled SPI2 the I/O state is forced to be input or output.
• 64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
64/100 LQFP: MISO2 > GPO
PJ3
• Except 20 TSSOP and 32 LQFP: The SPI1 SS signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SPI
function. Depending on the configuration of the enabled SPI1 the I/O state is forced to be input or
output.
• 48 LQFP: The PWM channel 7 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the PWM function. The
enabled PWM channel forces the I/O state to be an output.
• Except 20 TSSOP and 32 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
48 LQFP: SS1 > PWM7 > GPO
64/100 LQFP: SS1 > GPO
PJ2
• Except 20 TSSOP and 32 LQFP: The SPI1 SCK signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SPI
function. Depending on the configuration of the enabled SPI1 the I/O state is forced to be input or
output.
• 48 LQFP: The TIM channel 7 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the TIM function. The TIM
forces the I/O state to be an output for a timer port associated with an enabled output.
• Except 20 TSSOP and 32 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
48 LQFP: SCK1 > IOC7 > GPO
64/100 LQFP: SCK1 > GPO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
139
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-15. Port J Pins PJ7-0 (continued)
PJ1
• Except 20 TSSOP and 32 LQFP: The SPI1 MOSI signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SPI
function. Depending on the configuration of the enabled SPI1 the I/O state is forced to be input or
output.
• 48 LQFP: The TIM channel 6 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the timer function. The TIM
forces the I/O state to be an output for a timer port associated with an enabled output.
• Except 20 TSSOP and 32 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
48 LQFP: MOSI1 > IOC6 > GPO
64/100 LQFP: MOSI1 > GPO
PJ0
• Except 20 TSSOP and 32 LQFP: The SPI1 MISO signal is mapped to this pin when used with the SPI
function. Depending on the configuration of the enabled SPI1 the I/O state is forced to be input or
output.
• 48 LQFP: The PWM channel 6 signal is mapped to this pin when used with the PWM function. The
enabled PWM channel forces the I/O state to be an output.
• Except 20 TSSOP and 32 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
48 LQFP: MISO1 > PWM6 > GPO
64/100 LQFP: MISO1 > GPO
2.3.12
Pins AD15-0
NOTE
The following sources contribute to enable the input buffers on port AD:
• Digital input enable register bits set for each individual pin in ADC
• External trigger function of ADC enabled on ADC channel
• ADC channels routed to port C freeing up pins
• Digital input enable register set bit in and ACMP
Taking the availability of the different sources on each pin into account the
following logic equation must be true to activate the digital input buffer for
general-purpose input use:
IBEx = ( (ATDDIENH/L[IENx]=1) OR (ATDCTL1[ETRIGSEL]=0 AND ATDCTL2[ETRIGE]=1) OR
(PRR1[PRR1AN]=1) ) AND (ACDIEN=1)
Eqn. 2-1
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
140
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-16. Port AD Pins AD15-8
PAD15
• 64/100 LQFP: The unbuffered analog output signal DACU0 of the DAC0 module is mapped to this pin
if the DAC is operating in “unbuffered DAC” mode. If this pin is used with the DAC then the digital I/O
function and pull device are disabled.
• 64/100 LQFP: If routing is inactive (PRR1[PRR1AN]=0) the ADC analog input channel signal AN15
and the related digital trigger input are mapped to this pin. The ADC function has no effect on the
output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• 64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
64/100 LQFP: DACU0 > GPO
PAD14
• 64/100 LQFP: The non-inverting analog input signal AMPP0 of the DAC0 module is mapped to this pin
if the DAC is operating in “unbuffered DAC with operational amplifier” or “operational amplifier only”
mode. If this pin is used with the DAC then the digital input buffer is disabled.
• 64/100 LQFP: If routing is inactive (PRR1[PRR1AN]=0) the ADC analog input channel signal AN14
and the related digital trigger input are mapped to this pin. The ADC function has no effect on the
output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• 64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
64/100 LQFP: GPO
PAD13
• 64/100 LQFP: The inverting analog input signal AMPM0 of the DAC0 module is mapped to this pin if
the DAC is operating in “unbuffered DAC with operational amplifier” or “operational amplifier only”
mode. If this pin is used with the DAC then the digital input buffer is disabled.
• 64/100 LQFP: If routing is inactive (PRR1[PRR1AN]=0) the ADC analog input channel signal AN13
and the related digital trigger input are mapped to this pin. The ADC function has no effect on the
output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• 64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
64/100 LQFP: GPO
PAD12
• 64/100 LQFP: The ADC analog input channel signal AN12 and the related digital trigger input are
mapped to this pin. The ADC function has no effect on the output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input
buffer control.
• 64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
64/100 LQFP: GPO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
141
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-16. Port AD Pins AD15-8
PAD11
• 64/100 LQFP: The buffered analog output signal AMP0 of the DAC0 module is mapped to this pin if
the DAC is operating in “buffered DAC”, “unbuffered DAC with operational amplifier” or “operational
amplifier only” mode. If this pin is used with the DAC then the digital I/O function and pull device are
disabled.
• 48 LQFP: The buffered analog output signal AMP0 of the DAC0 module is mapped to this pin if the
DAC is operating in “buffered DAC”, “unbuffered DAC with operational amplifier”1 or “operational
amplifier only” mode. If this pin is used with the DAC then the digital I/O function and pull device are
disabled.
• 48 LQFP: The unbuffered analog output signal DACU0 of the DAC0 module is mapped to this pin if the
DAC is operating in “unbuffered DAC” mode. If this pin is used with the DAC then the digital output
function and pull device are disabled.
• 48/64 LQFP: The inverting input signal ACMPM of the analog comparator is mapped to this pin when
used with the ACMP function. The ACMP function has no effect on the output state. Refer to
NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• 48/64/100 LQFP: If routing is inactive (PRR1[PRR1AN]=0) the ADC analog input channel signal AN11
and the related digital trigger input are mapped to this pin. The ADC function has no effect on the
output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• 48/64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
48 LQFP: AMP0 > DACU0 > GPO
64/100 LQFP: AMP0 > GPO
PAD10
• 100 LQFP: The buffered analog output signal AMP1 of the DAC1 module is mapped to this pin if the
DAC is operating in “buffered DAC”, “unbuffered DAC with operational amplifier” or “operational
amplifier only” mode. If this pin is used with the DAC then the digital I/O function and pull device are
disabled.
• 48/64 LQFP: The buffered analog output signal AMP1 of the DAC1 module is mapped to this pin if the
DAC is operating in “buffered DAC”, “unbuffered DAC with operational amplifier”1 or “operational
amplifier only” mode. If this pin is used with the DAC then the digital output function and pull device are
disabled.
• 48/64 LQFP: The unbuffered analog output signal DACU1 of the DAC1 module is mapped to this pin
if the DAC is operating in “unbuffered DAC” mode. If this pin is used with the DAC then the digital output
function and pull device are disabled.
• 48/64 LQFP: The non-inverting input signal ACMPP of the analog comparator is mapped to this pin
when used with the ACMP function. The ACMP function has no effect on the output state. Refer to
NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• 48/64/100 LQFP: If routing is inactive (PRR1[PRR1AN]=0) the ADC analog input channel signal AN10
and the related digital trigger input are mapped to this pin. The ADC function has no effect on the
output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• 48/64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
48/64 LQFP: AMP1 > DACU1 > GPO
100 LQFP: AMP1 > GPO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
142
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-16. Port AD Pins AD15-8
PAD9
• 48/64 LQFP: The ACMPO signal of the analog comparator is mapped to this pin when used with the
ACMP function. If the ACMP output is enabled (ACMPC[ACOPE]=1) the I/O state will be forced to
output.
• 48/64/100 LQFP: The ADC analog input channel signal AN9 and the related digital trigger input are
mapped to this pin. The ADC function has no effect on the output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input
buffer control.
• 48/64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
48 LQFP: ACMPO > GPO
64/100 LQFP: GPO
PAD8
• 48/64/100 LQFP: The ADC analog input channel signal AN8 and the related digital trigger input are
mapped to this pin. The ADC function has no effect on the output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input
buffer control.
• 48/64/100 LQFP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
48/64/100 LQFP: GPO
1
AMP output takes precedence over DACU output on shared pin.
Table 2-17. Port AD Pins AD7-0
PAD7
• 32 LQFP: The inverting input signal ACMPM of the analog comparator is mapped to this pin when used
with the ACMP function. The ACMP function has no effect on the output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140
for input buffer control.
• Except 20 TSSOP: The ADC analog input channel signal AN7 and the related digital trigger input are
mapped to this pin. The ADC function has no effect on the output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input
buffer control.
• Except 20 TSSOP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
Except 20 TSSOP: GPO
PAD6
• 32 LQFP: The non-inverting input signal ACMPP of the analog comparator is mapped to this pin when
used with the ACMP function. The ACMP function has no effect on the output state. Refer to
NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• Except 20 TSSOP: The ADC analog input channel signal AN6 and the related digital trigger input are
mapped to this pin. The ADC function has no effect on the output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input
buffer control.
• Except 20 TSSOP: Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
Except 20 TSSOP: GPO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
143
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-17. Port AD Pins AD7-0 (continued)
PAD5
• 32 LQFP: The ACMPO signal of the analog comparator is mapped to this pin when used with the
ACMP function. If the ACMP output is enabled (ACMPC[ACOPE]=1) the I/O state will be forced to
output.
• 20 TSSOP: The inverting input signal ACMPM of the analog comparator is mapped to this pin when
used with the ACMP function. The ACMP function has no effect on the output state. Refer to
NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• The ADC analog input channel signal AN5 and the related digital trigger input are mapped to this pin.
The ADC function has no effect on the output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• 20 TSSOP: The SCI0 TXD signal is mapped to this pin. If the SCI0 TXD signal is enabled the I/O state
will depend on the SCI0 configuration.
• 20 TSSOP: The TIM channel 3 signal is mapped to this pin. The TIM forces the I/O state to be an output
for a timer port associated with an enabled output compare.
• 20 TSSOP: The PWM channel 3 signal is mapped to this pin. If the PWM channel is enabled and
routed here the I/O state is forced to output.
• 20 TSSOP: The ADC ETRIG3 signal is mapped to this pin if PWM channel 3 is routed here. The
enabled external trigger function has no effect on the I/O state. Refer to Section 2.6.4, “ADC External
Triggers ETRIG3-0”.
• Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
32 LQFP: ACMPO > GPO
20 TSSOP: TXD0 > IOC3 > PWM3 > GPO
Others: GPO
PAD4
• 20 TSSOP: The non-inverting input signal ACMPP of the analog comparator is mapped to this pin
when used with the ACMP function. The ACMP function has no effect on the output state. Refer to
NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• The ADC analog input channel signal AN4 and the related digital trigger input are mapped to this pin.
The ADC function has no effect on the output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• 20 TSSOP: The SCI0 RXD signal is mapped to this pin. If the SCI0 RXD signal is enabled and routed
here the I/O state will be forced to input.
• 20 TSSOP: The TIM channel 2 signal is mapped to this pin. The TIM forces the I/O state to be an output
for a timer port associated with an enabled output compare.
• 20 TSSOP: The PWM channel 2 signal is mapped to this pin. If the PWM channel is enabled and
routed here the I/O state is forced to output.
• 20 TSSOP: The ADC ETRIG2 signal is mapped to this pin if PWM channel 2 is routed here. The
enabled external trigger function has no effect on the I/O state. Refer to Section 2.6.4, “ADC External
Triggers ETRIG3-0”.
• Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
20 TSSOP: RXD0 > IOC2 > PWM2 > GPO
Others: GPO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
144
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-17. Port AD Pins AD7-0 (continued)
PAD3
• 20 TSSOP: The ACMPO signal of the analog comparator is mapped to this pin when used with the
ACMP function. If the ACMP output is enabled (ACMPC[ACOPE]=1) the I/O state will be forced to
output.
• The ADC analog input channel signal AN3 and the related digital trigger input are mapped to this pin.
The ADC function has no effect on the output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
20 TSSOP: ACMPO > GPO
Others: GPO
PAD2-PAD0
• The ADC analog input channel signals AN2-0 and their related digital trigger inputs are mapped to this
pin. The ADC function has no effect on the output state. Refer to NOTE/2-140 for input buffer control.
• Pin interrupts can be generated if enabled in digital input or output mode.
• Signal priority:
GPO
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
145
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4
PIM Ports - Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all PIM registers.
2.4.1
Memory Map
Table 2-18 shows the memory maps of all groups (for definitions see Table 2-2). Addresses 0x0000 to
0x0007 are only implemented in group G1 otherwise reserved.
Table 2-18. Block Memory Map (0x0000-0x027F)
Port
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
E
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
E
Global
Address
Register
Access
Reset Value
Section/Page
0x0000
PORTA—Port A Data Register1
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.1/2-165
0x0001
1
PORTB—Port B Data Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.2/2-165
0x0002
DDRA—Port A Data Direction Register1
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.3/2-166
0x0003
1
DDRB—Port B Data Direction Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.4/2-167
0x0004
PORTC—Port C Data Register1
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.5/2-167
0x0005
PORTD—Port D Data
Register1
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.6/2-168
0x0006
DDRC—Port C Data Direction Register1
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.7/2-169
0x0007
DDRD—Port D Data Direction
Register1
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.8/2-169
0x0008
PORTE—Port E Data Register
R/W
0x00
0x0009
DDRE—Port E Data Direction Register
R/W
0x00
0x000A
:
0x000B
Non-PIM address range2
-
-
-
0x000C
PUCR—Pull Control Register
R/W
0x50
2.4.3.11/2-171
0x000D
Reserved
R
0x00
0x000E
:
0x001B
Non-PIM address range2
-
-
-
0x001C
ECLKCTL—ECLK Control Register
R/W
0xC0
2.4.3.12/2-173
0x001D
Reserved
R
0x00
0x001E
IRQCR—IRQ Control Register
R/W
0x00
0x001F
Reserved
R
0x00
-
-
0x0020
:
0x023F
Non-PIM address
range2
2.4.3.13/2-173
-
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
146
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-18. Block Memory Map (0x0000-0x027F) (continued)
Port
Global
Address
T
0x0240
S
M
P
Register
Access
Reset Value
Section/Page
PTT—Port T Data Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.15/2-175
0x0241
PTIT—Port T Input Register
R
3
2.4.3.16/2-175
0x0242
DDRT—Port T Data Direction Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.17/2-176
0x0243
Reserved
R
0x00
0x0244
PERT—Port T Pull Device Enable Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.18/2-177
0x0245
PPST—Port T Polarity Select Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.19/2-178
0x0246
Reserved
R
0x00
0x0247
Reserved
R
0x00
0x0248
PTS—Port S Data Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.20/2-178
0x0249
PTIS—Port S Input Register
R
3
2.4.3.21/2-179
0x024A
DDRS—Port S Data Direction Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.22/2-179
0x024B
Reserved
R
0x00
0x024C
PERS—Port S Pull Device Enable Register
R/W
0xFF
2.4.3.23/2-180
0x024D
PPSS—Port S Polarity Select Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.24/2-180
0x024E
WOMS—Port S Wired-Or Mode Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.25/2-181
0x024F
PRR0—Pin Routing Register 04
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.26/2-181
0x0250
PTM—Port M Data Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.27/2-183
0x0251
PTIM—Port M Input Register
R
3
2.4.3.29/2-184
0x0252
DDRM—Port M Data Direction Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.29/2-184
0x0253
Reserved
R
0x00
0x0254
PERM—Port M Pull Device Enable Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.30/2-185
0x0255
PPSM—Port M Polarity Select Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.31/2-186
0x0256
WOMM—Port M Wired-Or Mode Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.32/2-186
0x0257
PKGCR—Package Code Register
R/W
5
2.4.3.33/2-187
0x0258
PTP—Port P Data Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.34/2-188
0x0259
PTIP—Port P Input Register
R
3
2.4.3.35/2-189
0x025A
DDRP—Port P Data Direction Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.36/2-190
0x025B
Reserved
R
0x00
0x025C
PERP—Port P Pull Device Enable Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.37/2-190
0x025D
PPSP—Port P Polarity Select Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.38/2-191
0x025E
PIEP—Port P Interrupt Enable Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.39/2-192
0x025F
PIFP—Port P Interrupt Flag Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.40/2-192
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
147
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-18. Block Memory Map (0x0000-0x027F) (continued)
Port
Global
Address
0x0260
Register
Reserved for ACMP available in group G2 and G3
0x0261
J
AD
Access
Reset Value
Section/Page
R(/W)
0x00
(ACMP)
R(/W)
0x00
(ACMP)
R
0x00
0x0262
:
0x0266
Reserved
0x0268
PTJ—Port J Data Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.42/2-194
0x0269
PTIJ—Port J Input Register
R
3
2.4.3.43/2-195
0x026A
DDRJ—Port J Data Direction Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.44/2-195
0x026B
Reserved
R
0x00
0x026C
PERJ—Port J Pull Device Enable Register
R/W
0xFF (G1,G2)
0x0F (G3)
2.4.3.45/2-196
0x026D
PPSJ—Port J Polarity Select Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.46/2-197
0x026E
PIEJ—Port J Interrupt Enable Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.47/2-197
0x026F
PIFJ—Port J Interrupt Flag Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.48/2-198
0x0270
PT0AD—Port AD Data Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.49/2-199
0x0271
PT1AD—Port AD Data Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.50/2-199
2.4.3.51/2-200
0x0272
PTI0AD—Port AD Input Register
R
3
0x0273
PTI1AD—Port AD Input Register
R
3
2.4.3.54/2-201
0x0274
DDR0AD—Port AD Data Direction Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.53/2-201
0x0275
DDR1AD—Port AD Data Direction Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.54/2-201
0x0276
Reserved for RVACTL on G(A)240 and G(A)192 only
R(/W)
0x00
(RVA)
0x0277
PRR1—Pin Routing Register 16
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.56/2-202
0x0278
PER0AD—Port AD Pull Device Enable Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.57/2-203
0x0279
PER1AD—Port AD Pull Device Enable Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.58/2-204
0x027A
PPS0AD—Port AD Polarity Select Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.59/2-204
0x027B
PPS1AD—Port AD Polarity Select Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.60/2-205
0x027C
PIE0AD—Port AD Interrupt Enable Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.61/2-206
0x027D
PIE1AD—Port AD Interrupt Enable Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.62/2-206
0x027E
PIF0AD—Port AD Interrupt Flag Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.63/2-207
0x027F
PIF1AD—Port AD Interrupt Flag Register
R/W
0x00
2.4.3.64/2-208
1
Available in group G1 only. In any other case this address is reserved.
Refer to device memory map to determine related module.
3 Read always returns logic level on pins.
4 Routing takes only effect if the PKGCR is set to 20 TSSOP.
2
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
148
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
5
6
Preset by factory.
Routing register only available on G(A)240 and G(A)192 only. Takes only effect if the PKGCR is set to 100 LQFP.
2.4.2
Register Map
The following tables show the individual register maps of groups G1 (Table 2-19), G2 (Table 2-20) and
G3 (Table 2-21).
NOTE
To maintain SW compatibility write data to unimplemented register bits
must be zero.
2.4.2.1
Block Register Map (G1)
Table 2-19. Block Register Map (G1)
Global Address
Register Name
0x0000
PORTA
0x0001
PORTB
R
W
R
W
0x0002
DDRA
W
0x0003
DDRB
W
0x0004
PORTC
0x0005
PORTD
0x0006
DDRC
R
R
R
W
R
W
R
W
0x0007
DDRD
R
0x0008
PORTE
R
W
0x0009
DDRE
W
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
PA7
PA6
PA5
PA4
PA3
PA2
PA1
PA0
PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
PB2
PB1
PB0
DDRA7
DDRA6
DDRA5
DDRA4
DDRA3
DDRA2
DDRA1
DDRA0
DDRB7
DDRB6
DDRB5
DDRB4
DDRB3
DDRB2
DDRB1
DDRB0
PC7
PC6
PC5
PC4
PC3
PC2
PC1
PC0
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
DDRC7
DDRC6
DDRC5
DDRC4
DDRC3
DDRC2
DDRC1
DDRC0
DDRD7
DDRD6
DDRD5
DDRD4
DDRD3
DDRD2
DDRD1
DDRD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PE1
PE0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DDRE1
DDRE0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
149
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-19. Block Register Map (G1) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
0x000A–0x000B
Non-PIM
Address Range
Bit 7
0x000D
Reserved
W
0x001D
Reserved
0x001E
IRQCR
0x001F
Reserved
0x0020–0x023F
Non-PIM
Address Range
0x0240
PTT
0x0241
PTIT
0x0242
DDRT
0x0243
Reserved
0x0244
PERT
0x0245
PPST
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
Non-PIM Address Range
W
W
0x001C
ECLKCTL
5
R
0x000C
PUCR
0x000E–0x001B
Non-PIM
Address Range
6
R
R
0
0
BKPUE
0
0
0
PDPEE
PUPDE
PUPCE
PUPBE
PUPAE
0
0
0
0
0
R
Non-PIM Address Range
W
R
W
R
NECLK
NCLKX2
DIV16
EDIV4
EDIV3
EDIV2
EDIV1
EDIV0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
IRQE
IRQEN
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
W
R
W
R
W
R
Non-PIM Address Range
W
R
W
R
PTT7
PTT6
PTT5
PTT4
PTT3
PTT2
PTT1
PTT0
PTIT7
PTIT6
PTIT5
PTIT4
PTIT3
PTIT2
PTIT1
PTIT0
DDRT7
DDRT6
DDRT5
DDRT4
DDRT3
DDRT2
DDRT1
DDRT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PERT7
PERT6
PERT5
PERT4
PERT3
PERT2
PERT1
PERT0
PPST7
PPST6
PPST5
PPST4
PPST3
PPST2
PPST1
PPST0
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
150
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-19. Block Register Map (G1) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
0x0246
Reserved
0x0247
Reserved
0x0248
PTS
0x0249
PTIS
R
R
R
W
R
W
R
R
R
W
0x024D
PPSS
W
0x024E
WOMS
W
0x0251
PTIM
0x0252
DDRM
0x0253
Reserved
0x0254
PERM
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTS7
PTS6
PTS5
PTS4
PTS3
PTS2
PTS1
PTS0
PTIS7
PTIS6
PTIS5
PTIS4
PTIS3
PTIS2
PTIS1
PTIS0
DDRS7
DDRS6
DDRS5
DDRS4
DDRS3
DDRS2
DDRS1
DDRS0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PERS7
PERS6
PERS5
PERS4
PERS3
PERS2
PERS1
PERS0
PPSS7
PPSS6
PPSS5
PPSS4
PPSS3
PPSS2
PPSS1
PPSS0
WOMS7
WOMS6
WOMS5
WOMS4
WOMS3
WOMS2
WOMS1
WOMS0
PRR0P3
PRR0P2
PRR0T31
PRR0T30
PRR0T21
PRR0T20
PRR0S1
PRR0S0
0
0
0
0
PTM3
PTM2
PTM1
PTM0
0
0
0
0
PTIM3
PTIM2
PTIM1
PTIM0
0
0
0
0
DDRM3
DDRM2
DDRM1
DDRM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PERM3
PERM2
PERM1
PERM0
W
0x024B
Reserved
0x0250
PTM
5
W
W
0x024F
PRR0
6
W
0x024A
DDRS
0x024C
PERS
Bit 7
R
R
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
151
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-19. Block Register Map (G1) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
0x0255
PPSM
W
0x0256
WOMM
W
0x0257
PKGCR
R
R
R
W
0x0258
PTP
W
0x0259
PTIP
W
0x025A
DDRP
0x025B
Reserved
0x025C
PERP
0x025D
PPSP
0x025E
PIEP
R
R
R
W
R
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
PPSM3
PPSM2
PPSM1
PPSM0
0
0
0
0
WOMM3
WOMM2
WOMM1
WOMM0
0
0
0
0
PKGCR2
PKGCR1
PKGCR0
PTP7
PTP6
PTP5
PTP4
PTP3
PTP2
PTP1
PTP0
PTIP7
PTIP6
PTIP5
PTIP4
PTIP3
PTIP2
PTIP1
PTIP0
DDRP7
DDRP6
DDRP5
DDRP4
DDRP3
DDRP2
DDRP1
DDRP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PERP7
PERP6
PERP5
PERP4
PERP3
PERP2
PERP1
PERP0
PPSP7
PPSP6
PPSP5
PPSP4
PPSP3
PPSP2
PPSP1
PPSP0
PIEP7
PIEP6
PIEP5
PIEP4
PIEP3
PIEP2
PIEP1
PIEP0
PIFP7
PIFP6
PIFP5
PIFP4
PIFP3
PIFP2
PIFP1
PIFP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTJ7
PTJ6
PTJ5
PTJ4
PTJ3
PTJ2
PTJ1
PTJ0
PTIJ7
PTIJ6
PTIJ5
PTIJ4
PTIJ3
PTIJ2
PTIJ1
PTIJ0
DDRJ7
DDRJ6
DDRJ5
DDRJ4
DDRJ3
DDRJ2
DDRJ1
DDRJ0
APICLKS7
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
0x025F
PIFP
W
0x0260–0x0267
Reserved
W
0x0268
PTJ
Bit 7
R
R
R
W
0x0269
PTIJ
R
W
0x026A
DDRJ
W
R
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
152
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-19. Block Register Map (G1) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PERJ7
PERJ6
PERJ5
PERJ4
PERJ3
PERJ2
PERJ1
PERJ0
PPSJ7
PPSJ6
PPSJ5
PPSJ4
PPSJ3
PPSJ2
PPSJ1
PPSJ0
PIEJ7
PIEJ6
PIEJ5
PIEJ4
PIEJ3
PIEJ2
PIEJ1
PIEJ0
PIFJ7
PIFJ6
PIFJ5
PIFJ4
PIFJ3
PIFJ2
PIFJ1
PIFJ0
PT0AD7
PT0AD6
PT0AD5
PT0AD4
PT0AD3
PT0AD2
PT0AD1
PT0AD0
PT1AD7
PT1AD6
PT1AD5
PT1AD4
PT1AD3
PT1AD2
PT1AD1
PT1AD0
R PTI0AD7
PTI0AD6
PTI0AD5
PTI0AD4
PTI0AD3
PTI0AD2
PTI0AD1
PTI0AD0
PTI1AD6
PTI1AD5
PTI1AD4
PTI1AD3
PTI1AD2
PTI1AD1
PTI1AD0
0x026B
Reserved
W
0x026C
PERJ
W
0x026D
PPSJ
R
R
R
W
0x026E
PIEJ
W
0x026F
PIFJ
W
0x0270
PT0AD
0x0271
PT1AD
0x0272
PTI0AD
0x0273
PTI1AD
0x0274
DDR0AD
R
R
R
W
R
W
W
R PTI1AD7
W
R
W
0x0275
DDR1AD
W
0x0276
Reserved
W
0x0277
PRR1
R
DDR0AD7 DDR0AD6 DDR0AD5 DDR0AD4 DDR0AD3 DDR0AD2 DDR0AD1 DDR0AD0
DDR1AD7 DDR1AD6 DDR1AD5 DDR1AD4 DDR1AD3 DDR1AD2 DDR1AD1 DDR1AD0
R
R
Reserved for RVACTL on G(A)240 and G(A)192
0
0
0
0
0
W
0x0278
PER0AD
R
W
0x0279
PER1AD
W
R
0
0
PRR1AN
PER0AD7 PER0AD6 PER0AD5 PER0AD4 PER0AD3 PER0AD2 PER0AD1 PER0AD0
PER1AD7 PER1AD6 PER1AD5 PER1AD4 PER1AD3 PER1AD2 PER1AD1 PER1AD0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
153
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-19. Block Register Map (G1) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
0x027A
PPS0AD
R
W
0x027B
PPS1AD
W
R
0x027C
PIE0AD
R
W
0x027D
PIE1AD
R
W
0x027E
PIF0AD
W
R
0x027F
PIF1AD
R
W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
PPS0AD7
PPS0AD6
PPS0AD5
PPS0AD4
PPS0AD3
PPS0AD2
PPS0AD1
PPS0AD0
PPS1AD7
PPS1AD6
PPS1AD5
PPS1AD4
PPS1AD3
PPS1AD2
PPS1AD1
PPS1AD0
PIE0AD7
PIE0AD6
PIE0AD5
PIE0AD4
PIE0AD3
PIE0AD2
PIE0AD1
PIE0AD0
PIE1AD7
PIE1AD6
PIE1AD5
PIE1AD4
PIE1AD3
PIE1AD2
PIE1AD1
PIE1AD0
PIF0AD7
PIF0AD6
PIF0AD5
PIF0AD4
PIF0AD3
PIF0AD2
PIF0AD1
PIF0AD0
PIF1AD7
PIF1AD6
PIF1AD5
PIF1AD4
PIF1AD3
PIF1AD2
PIF1AD1
PIF1AD0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
2.4.2.2
Block Register Map (G2)
Table 2-20. Block Register Map (G2)
Global Address
Register Name
0x0000–0x0007
Reserved
R
W
0x0009
DDRE
W
0x000C
PUCR
0x000D
Reserved
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PE1
PE0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DDRE1
DDRE0
W
0x0008
PORTE
0x000A–0x000B
Non-PIM
Address Range
Bit 7
R
R
R
Non-PIM Address Range
W
R
0
W
R
0
BKPUE
0
0
0
PDPEE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
154
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-20. Block Register Map (G2) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
0x000E–0x001B
Non-PIM
Address Range
Bit 7
0x001D
Reserved
W
0x0020–0x023F
Non-PIM
Address Range
0x0240
PTT
0x0241
PTIT
R
R
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
1
Bit 0
NCLKX2
DIV16
EDIV4
EDIV3
EDIV2
EDIV1
EDIV0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
IRQE
IRQEN
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Non-PIM Address Range
PTT7
PTT6
PTT5
PTT4
PTT3
PTT2
PTT1
PTT0
PTIT7
PTIT6
PTIT5
PTIT4
PTIT3
PTIT2
PTIT1
PTIT0
DDRT7
DDRT6
DDRT5
DDRT4
DDRT3
DDRT2
DDRT1
DDRT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PERT7
PERT6
PERT5
PERT4
PERT3
PERT2
PERT1
PERT0
PPST7
PPST6
PPST5
PPST4
PPST3
PPST2
PPST1
PPST0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTS7
PTS6
PTS5
PTS4
PTS3
PTS2
PTS1
PTS0
W
0x0243
Reserved
W
R
R
R
W
0x0245
PPST
W
0x0246
Reserved
W
0x0248
PTS
2
R
W
0x0247
Reserved
3
NECLK
W
0x0242
DDRT
0x0244
PERT
4
Non-PIM Address Range
W
W
0x001F
Reserved
5
R
0x001C
ECLKCTL
0x001E
IRQCR
6
R
R
R
W
R
W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
155
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-20. Block Register Map (G2) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
0x0249
PTIS
0x024A
DDRS
0x024B
Reserved
0x024C
PERS
R
R
W
R
R
W
0x024E
WOMS
W
R
R
R
W
0x0250
PTM
W
0x0251
PTIM
W
0x0253
Reserved
0x0254
PERM
0x0255
PPSM
0x0256
WOMM
0x0257
PKGCR
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
PTIS7
PTIS6
PTIS5
PTIS4
PTIS3
PTIS2
PTIS1
PTIS0
DDRS7
DDRS6
DDRS5
DDRS4
DDRS3
DDRS2
DDRS1
DDRS0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PERS7
PERS6
PERS5
PERS4
PERS3
PERS2
PERS1
PERS0
PPSS7
PPSS6
PPSS5
PPSS4
PPSS3
PPSS2
PPSS1
PPSS0
WOMS7
WOMS6
WOMS5
WOMS4
WOMS3
WOMS2
WOMS1
WOMS0
PRR0P3
PRR0P2
PRR0T31
PRR0T30
PRR0T21
PRR0T20
PRR0S1
PRR0S0
0
0
0
0
PTM3
PTM2
PTM1
PTM0
0
0
0
0
PTIM3
PTIM2
PTIM1
PTIM0
0
0
0
0
DDRM3
DDRM2
DDRM1
DDRM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PERM3
PERM2
PERM1
PERM0
0
0
0
0
PPSM3
PPSM2
PPSM1
PPSM0
0
0
0
0
WOMM3
WOMM2
WOMM1
WOMM0
0
0
0
PKGCR2
PKGCR1
PKGCR0
W
W
0x0252
DDRM
6
W
0x024D
PPSS
0x024F
PRR0
Bit 7
R
R
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
APICLKS7
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
156
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-20. Block Register Map (G2) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
0x0258
PTP
W
0x0259
PTIP
W
0x025A
DDRP
R
R
R
W
0x025B
Reserved
W
0x025C
PERP
W
0x025D
PPSP
0x025E
PIEP
0x025F
PIFP
0x0260–0x0261
Reserved
0x0262–0x0266
Reserved
R
R
R
W
R
W
R
W
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
PTP7
PTP6
PTP5
PTP4
PTP3
PTP2
PTP1
PTP0
PTIP7
PTIP6
PTIP5
PTIP4
PTIP3
PTIP2
PTIP1
PTIP0
DDRP7
DDRP6
DDRP5
DDRP4
DDRP3
DDRP2
DDRP1
DDRP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PERP7
PERP6
PERP5
PERP4
PERP3
PERP2
PERP1
PERP0
PPSP7
PPSP6
PPSP5
PPSP4
PPSP3
PPSP2
PPSP1
PPSP0
PIEP7
PIEP6
PIEP5
PIEP4
PIEP3
PIEP2
PIEP1
PIEP0
PIFP7
PIFP6
PIFP5
PIFP4
PIFP3
PIFP2
PIFP1
PIFP0
R
Reserved for ACMP
W
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
PTJ7
PTJ6
PTJ5
PTJ4
PTJ3
PTJ2
PTJ1
PTJ0
PTIJ7
PTIJ6
PTIJ5
PTIJ4
PTIJ3
PTIJ2
PTIJ1
PTIJ0
DDRJ7
DDRJ6
DDRJ5
DDRJ4
DDRJ3
DDRJ2
DDRJ1
DDRJ0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
0x0267
Reserved
W
0x0268
PTJ
W
0x0269
PTIJ
Bit 7
R
R
R
W
0x026A
DDRJ
R
W
0x026B
Reserved
W
R
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
157
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-20. Block Register Map (G2) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
PERJ7
PERJ6
PERJ5
PERJ4
PERJ3
PERJ2
PERJ1
PERJ0
PPSJ7
PPSJ6
PPSJ5
PPSJ4
PPSJ3
PPSJ2
PPSJ1
PPSJ0
PIEJ7
PIEJ6
PIEJ5
PIEJ4
PIEJ3
PIEJ2
PIEJ1
PIEJ0
PIFJ7
PIFJ6
PIFJ5
PIFJ4
PIFJ3
PIFJ2
PIFJ1
PIFJ0
PT0AD7
PT0AD6
PT0AD5
PT0AD4
PT0AD3
PT0AD2
PT0AD1
PT0AD0
PT1AD7
PT1AD6
PT1AD5
PT1AD4
PT1AD3
PT1AD2
PT1AD1
PT1AD0
R PTI0AD7
PTI0AD6
PTI0AD5
PTI0AD4
PTI0AD3
PTI0AD2
PTI0AD1
PTI0AD0
PTI1AD6
PTI1AD5
PTI1AD4
PTI1AD3
PTI1AD2
PTI1AD1
PTI1AD0
0x026C
PERJ
W
0x026D
PPSJ
W
0x026E
PIEJ
R
R
R
W
0x026F
PIFJ
W
0x0270
PT0AD
W
0x0271
PT1AD
0x0272
PTI0AD
0x0273
PTI1AD
0x0274
DDR0AD
0x0275
DDR1AD
R
R
R
W
W
R PTI1AD7
W
R
W
R
W
0x0276
Reserved
W
0x0277
Reserved
W
0x0278
PER0AD
R
R
R
W
0x0279
PER1AD
R
W
0x027A
PPS0AD
W
R
DDR0AD7 DDR0AD6 DDR0AD5 DDR0AD4 DDR0AD3 DDR0AD2 DDR0AD1 DDR0AD0
DDR1AD7 DDR1AD6 DDR1AD5 DDR1AD4 DDR1AD3 DDR1AD2 DDR1AD1 DDR1AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PER0AD7 PER0AD6 PER0AD5 PER0AD4 PER0AD3 PER0AD2 PER0AD1 PER0AD0
PER1AD7 PER1AD6 PER1AD5 PER1AD4 PER1AD3 PER1AD2 PER1AD1 PER1AD0
PPS0AD7
PPS0AD6
PPS0AD5
PPS0AD4
PPS0AD3
PPS0AD2
PPS0AD1
PPS0AD0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
158
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-20. Block Register Map (G2) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
0x027B
PPS1AD
R
W
0x027C
PIE0AD
W
R
0x027D
PIE1AD
R
W
0x027E
PIF0AD
R
W
0x027F
PIF1AD
W
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
PPS1AD7
PPS1AD6
PPS1AD5
PPS1AD4
PPS1AD3
PPS1AD2
PPS1AD1
PPS1AD0
PIE0AD7
PIE0AD6
PIE0AD5
PIE0AD4
PIE0AD3
PIE0AD2
PIE0AD1
PIE0AD0
PIE1AD7
PIE1AD6
PIE1AD5
PIE1AD4
PIE1AD3
PIE1AD2
PIE1AD1
PIE1AD0
PIF0AD7
PIF0AD6
PIF0AD5
PIF0AD4
PIF0AD3
PIF0AD2
PIF0AD1
PIF0AD0
PIF1AD7
PIF1AD6
PIF1AD5
PIF1AD4
PIF1AD3
PIF1AD2
PIF1AD1
PIF1AD0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
2.4.2.3
Block Register Map (G3)
Table 2-21. Block Register Map (G3)
Global Address
Register Name
0x0000–0x0007
Reserved
W
0x0008
PORTE
W
0x0009
DDRE
0x000A–0x000B
Non-PIM
Address Range
0x000C
PUCR
0x000D
Reserved
R
R
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PE1
PE0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DDRE1
DDRE0
W
R
Non-PIM Address Range
W
R
0
W
R
0
BKPUE
0
0
0
PDPEE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
159
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-21. Block Register Map (G3) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
0x000E–0x001B
Non-PIM
Address Range
Bit 7
0x001D
Reserved
W
0x0020–0x023F
Non-PIM
Address Range
0x0240
PTT
0x0241
PTIT
R
R
R
W
R
W
R
R
0x0248
PTS
Bit 0
DIV16
EDIV4
EDIV3
EDIV2
EDIV1
EDIV0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
IRQE
IRQEN
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Non-PIM Address Range
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTT5
PTT4
PTT3
PTT2
PTT1
PTT0
PTIT5
PTIT4
PTIT3
PTIT2
PTIT1
PTIT0
DDRT5
DDRT4
DDRT3
DDRT2
DDRT1
DDRT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PERT5
PERT4
PERT3
PERT2
PERT1
PERT0
PPST5
PPST4
PPST3
PPST2
PPST1
PPST0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTS7
PTS6
PTS5
PTS4
PTS3
PTS2
PTS1
PTS0
W
W
0x0247
Reserved
1
NCLKX2
W
0x0243
Reserved
0x0246
Reserved
2
R
W
0x0245
PPST
3
NECLK
W
0x0242
DDRT
0x0244
PERT
4
Non-PIM Address Range
W
W
0x001F
Reserved
5
R
0x001C
ECLKCTL
0x001E
IRQCR
6
R
R
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
160
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-21. Block Register Map (G3) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
0x0249
PTIS
W
0x024A
DDRS
W
0x024B
Reserved
R
R
R
W
0x024D
PPSS
W
0x024F
PRR0
0x0250
PTM
0x0251
PTIM
0x0252
DDRM
R
R
R
W
R
W
R
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
PTIS7
PTIS6
PTIS5
PTIS4
PTIS3
PTIS2
PTIS1
PTIS0
DDRS7
DDRS6
DDRS5
DDRS4
DDRS3
DDRS2
DDRS1
DDRS0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PERS7
PERS6
PERS5
PERS4
PERS3
PERS2
PERS1
PERS0
PPSS7
PPSS6
PPSS5
PPSS4
PPSS3
PPSS2
PPSS1
PPSS0
WOMS7
WOMS6
WOMS5
WOMS4
WOMS3
WOMS2
WOMS1
WOMS0
PRR0P3
PRR0P2
PRR0T31
PRR0T30
PRR0T21
PRR0T20
PRR0S1
PRR0S0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTM1
PTM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTIM1
PTIM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DDRM1
DDRM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PERM1
PERM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PPSM1
PPSM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
WOMM1
WOMM0
0
0
0
0
PKGCR1
PKGCR0
W
R
W
R
W
0x0253
Reserved
W
0x0254
PERM
W
0x0255
PPSM
6
W
0x024C
PERS
0x024E
WOMS
Bit 7
R
R
R
W
0x0256
WOMM
R
W
0x0257
PKGCR
W
R
APICLKS7
PKGCR2
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
161
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-21. Block Register Map (G3) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
0x0258
PTP
W
0x0259
PTIP
W
0x025A
DDRP
R
R
R
W
0x025C
PERP
W
0x025E
PIEP
0x025F
PIFP
0x0260–0x0261
Reserved
R
R
R
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
R
W
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
PTP5
PTP4
PTP3
PTP2
PTP1
PTP0
PTIP5
PTIP4
PTIP3
PTIP2
PTIP1
PTIP0
DDRP5
DDRP4
DDRP3
DDRP2
DDRP1
DDRP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PERP5
PERP4
PERP3
PERP2
PERP1
PERP0
PPSP5
PPSP4
PPSP3
PPSP2
PPSP1
PPSP0
PIEP5
PIEP4
PIEP3
PIEP2
PIEP1
PIEP0
PIFP5
PIFP4
PIFP3
PIFP2
PIFP1
PIFP0
0
0
0
0
PTJ3
PTJ2
PTJ1
PTJ0
PTIJ3
PTIJ2
PTIJ1
PTIJ0
DDRJ3
DDRJ2
DDRJ1
DDRJ0
0
0
0
0
PERJ3
PERJ2
PERJ1
PERJ0
R
Reserved for ACMP
W
W
0x0268
PTJ
W
R
R
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
0x026A
DDRJ
W
0x026B
Reserved
W
0x026C
PERJ
0
W
0x0262–0x0267
Reserved
0x0269
PTIJ
6
W
0x025B
Reserved
0x025D
PPSP
Bit 7
R
R
R
W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
162
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-21. Block Register Map (G3) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
0x026D
PPSJ
0x026E
PIEJ
0x026F
PIFJ
R
R
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
PPSJ3
PPSJ2
PPSJ1
PPSJ0
0
0
0
0
PIEJ3
PIEJ2
PIEJ1
PIEJ0
0
0
0
0
PIFJ3
PIFJ2
PIFJ1
PIFJ0
0
0
0
0
PT0AD3
PT0AD2
PT0AD1
PT0AD0
PT1AD7
PT1AD6
PT1AD5
PT1AD4
PT1AD3
PT1AD2
PT1AD1
PT1AD0
0
0
0
0
PTI0AD3
PTI0AD2
PTI0AD1
PTI0AD0
PTI1AD6
PTI1AD5
PTI1AD4
PTI1AD3
PTI1AD2
PTI1AD1
PTI1AD0
0
0
0
W
R
W
W
0x0271
PT1AD
W
R
R
R
W
0x0273
PTI1AD
W
0x0274
DDR0AD
W
R PTI1AD7
R
0x0275
DDR1AD
W
0x0276
Reserved
W
0x0277
Reserved
6
W
0x0270
PT0AD
0x0272
PTI0AD
Bit 7
R
R
R
0
DDR0AD3 DDR0AD2 DDR0AD1 DDR0AD0
DDR1AD7 DDR1AD6 DDR1AD5 DDR1AD4 DDR1AD3 DDR1AD2 DDR1AD1 DDR1AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
0x0278
PER0AD
R
W
0x0279
PER1AD
W
R
0x027A
PPS0AD
R
W
0x027B
PPS1AD
W
R
PER0AD3 PER0AD2 PER0AD1 PER0AD0
PER1AD7 PER1AD6 PER1AD5 PER1AD4 PER1AD3 PER1AD2 PER1AD1 PER1AD0
0
0
0
0
PPS1AD7
PPS1AD6
PPS1AD5
PPS1AD4
PPS0AD3
PPS0AD2
PPS0AD1
PPS0AD0
PPS1AD3
PPS1AD2
PPS1AD1
PPS1AD0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
163
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-21. Block Register Map (G3) (continued)
Global Address
Register Name
0x027C
PIE0AD
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
PIE1AD7
PIE1AD6
PIE1AD5
PIE1AD4
0
0
0
0
PIF1AD7
PIF1AD6
PIF1AD5
PIF1AD4
W
0x027D
PIE1AD
R
W
0x027E
PIF0AD
R
W
0x027F
PIF1AD
R
W
3
2
1
Bit 0
PIE0AD3
PIE0AD2
PIE0AD1
PIE0AD0
PIE1AD3
PIE1AD2
PIE1AD1
PIE1AD0
PIF0AD3
PIF0AD2
PIF0AD1
PIF0AD0
PIF1AD3
PIF1AD2
PIF1AD1
PIF1AD0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
2.4.3
Register Descriptions
This section describes the details of all configuration registers. Every register has the same functionality
in all groups if not specified separately. Refer to the register figures for reserved locations. If not stated
differently, writing to reserved bits has not effect and read returns zero.
•
•
•
NOTE
All register read accesses are synchronous to internal clocks
General-purpose data output availability depends on prioritization; input
data registers always reflect the pin status independent of the use
Pull-device availability, pull-device polarity, wired-or mode,
key-wakeup functionality are independent of the prioritization unless
noted differently in section Section 2.3, “PIM Routing - Functional
description”.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
164
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.1
Port A Data Register (PORTA)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0000 (G1)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PA7
PA6
PA5
PA4
PA3
PA2
PA1
PA0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Address 0x0000 (G2, G3)
R
Access: User read only
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-2. Port A Data Register (PORTA)
1
Read: Anytime. The data source is depending on the data direction value.
Write: Anytime
Table 2-22. PORTA Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PA
Port A general-purpose input/output data—Data Register
The associated pin can be used as general-purpose I/O. In general-purpose output mode the port data register bit
value is driven to the pin.
If the associated data direction bit is set to 1, a read returns the value of the port data register bit, otherwise the
buffered pin input state is read.
2.4.3.2
Port B Data Register (PORTB)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0001 (G1)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
PB2
PB1
PB0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Address 0x0001 (G2, G3)
R
Access: User read only
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-3. Port B Data Register (PORTB)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
165
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
1
Read: Anytime. The data source is depending on the data direction value.
Write: Anytime
Table 2-23. PORTB Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PB
Port B general-purpose input/output data—Data Register
The associated pin can be used as general-purpose I/O. In general-purpose output mode the port data register bit
value is driven to the pin.
If the associated data direction bit is set to 1, a read returns the value of the port data register bit, otherwise the
buffered pin input state is read.
2.4.3.3
Port A Data Direction Register (DDRA)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0002 (G1)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DDRA7
DDRA6
DDRA5
DDRA4
DDRA3
DDRA2
DDRA1
DDRA0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Address 0x0002 (G2, G3)
R
Access: User read only
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-4. Port A Data Direction Register (DDRA)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-24. DDRA Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
DDRA
Description
Port A Data Direction—
This bit determines whether the associated pin is an input or output.
1 Associated pin configured as output
0 Associated pin configured as input
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
166
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.4
Port B Data Direction Register (DDRB)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0003 (G1)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DDRB7
DDRB6
DDRB5
DDRB4
DDRB3
DDRB2
DDRB1
DDRB0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Address 0x0003 (G2, G3)
R
Access: User read only
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-5. Port B Data Direction Register (DDRB)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-25. DDRB Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
DDRB
Description
Port B Data Direction—
This bit determines whether the associated pin is an input or output.
1 Associated pin configured as output
0 Associated pin configured as input
2.4.3.5
Port C Data Register (PORTC)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0004 (G1)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PC7
PC6
PC5
PC4
PC3
PC2
PC1
PC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Address 0x0004 (G2, G3)
R
Access: User read only
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-6. Port C Data Register (PORTC)
1
Read: Anytime. The data source is depending on the data direction value.
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
167
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-26. PORTC Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PC
Port C general-purpose input/output data—Data Register
The associated pin can be used as general-purpose I/O. In general-purpose output mode the port data register bit
value is driven to the pin.
If the associated data direction bit is set to 1, a read returns the value of the port data register bit, otherwise the
buffered pin input state is read.
2.4.3.6
Port D Data Register (PORTD)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0005 (G1)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Address 0x0005 (G2, G3)
R
Access: User read only
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-7. Port D Data Register (PORTD)
1
Read: Anytime. The data source is depending on the data direction value.
Write: Anytime
Table 2-27. PORTD Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PD
Port D general-purpose input/output data—Data Register
The associated pin can be used as general-purpose I/O. In general-purpose output mode the port data register bit
value is driven to the pin.
If the associated data direction bit is set to 1, a read returns the value of the port data register bit, otherwise the
buffered pin input state is read.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
168
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.7
Port C Data Direction Register (DDRC)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0006 (G1)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DDRC7
DDRC6
DDRC5
DDRA4
DDRC3
DDRC2
DDRC1
DDRC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Address 0x0006 (G2, G3)
R
Access: User read only
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-8. Port C Data Direction Register (DDRC)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-28. DDRC Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
DDRC
Description
Port C Data Direction—
This bit determines whether the associated pin is an input or output.
1 Associated pin configured as output
0 Associated pin configured as input
2.4.3.8
Port D Data Direction Register (DDRD)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0007 (G1)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DDRD7
DDRD6
DDRD5
DDRD4
DDRD3
DDRD2
DDRD1
DDRD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Address 0x0007 (G2, G3)
R
Access: User read only
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-9. Port D Data Direction Register (DDRD)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
169
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-29. DDRD Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
DDRD
Description
Port D Data Direction—
This bit determines whether the associated pin is an input or output.
1 Associated pin configured as output
0 Associated pin configured as input
2.4.3.9
Port E Data Register (PORTE)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0008
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
PE1
PE0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-10. Port E Data Register (PORTE)
1
Read: Anytime. The data source is depending on the data direction value.
Write: Anytime
Table 2-30. PORTE Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
1-0
PE
Port E general-purpose input/output data—Data Register
When not used with an alternative signal, this pin can be used as general-purpose I/O.
In general-purpose output mode the port data register bit is driven to the pin.
If the associated data direction bit of this pin is set to 1, a read returns the value of the port register, otherwise the
buffered pin input state is read.
2.4.3.10
Port E Data Direction Register (DDRE)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0009
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
DDRE1
DDRE0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-11. Port E Data Direction Register (DDRE)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
170
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-31. DDRE Register Field Descriptions
Field
1-0
DDRE
Description
Port E Data Direction—
This bit determines whether the associated pin is an input or output.
1 Associated pin configured as output
0 Associated pin configured as input
2.4.3.11
Ports A, B, C, D, E, BKGD pin Pull Control Register (PUCR)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x000C (G1)
7
R
6
5
0
4
3
2
1
0
PDPEE
PUPDE
PUPCE
PUPBE
PUPAE
1
0
0
0
0
0
BKPUE
W
Reset
0
1
0
Address 0x000C (G2, G3)
7
R
Access: User read/write
6
5
0
4
0
BKPUE
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PDPEE
W
Reset
0
1
0
1
Figure 2-12. Ports A, B, C, D, E, BKGD pin Pullup Control Register (PUCR)
1
Read:Anytime in normal mode.
Write:Anytime, except BKPUE, which is writable in special mode only.
Table 2-32. PUCR Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
BKPUE
BKGD pin Pullup Enable—Enable pullup device on pin
This bit configures whether a pullup device is activated, if the pin is used as input. If a pin is used as output this bit
has no effect. Out of reset the pullup device is enabled.
1 Pullup device enabled
0 Pullup device disabled
4
PDPEE
Port E Pulldown Enable—Enable pulldown devices on all port input pins
This bit configures whether a pulldown device is activated on all associated port input pins. If a pin is used as output
or used with the CPMU OSC function this bit has no effect. Out of reset the pulldown devices are enabled.
1 Pulldown devices enabled
0 Pulldown devices disabled
3
PUPDE
Port D Pullup Enable—Enable pullup devices on all port input pins
This bit configures whether a pullup device is activated on all associated port input pins. If a pin is used as output
this bit has no effect.
1 Pullup devices enabled
0 Pullup devices disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
171
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-32. PUCR Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
2
PUPCE
Description
Port C Pullup Enable—Enable pullup devices on all port input pins
This bit configures whether a pullup device is activated on all associated port input pins. If a pin is used as output
this bit has no effect.
1 Pullup devices enabled
0 Pullup devices disabled
1
PUPBE
Port B Pullup Enable—Enable pullup devices on all port input pins
This bit configures whether a pullup device is activated on all associated port input pins. If a pin is used as output
this bit has no effect.
1 Pullup devices enabled
0 Pullup devices disabled
0
PUPAE
Port A Pullup Enable—Enable pullup devices on all port input pins
This bit configures whether a pullup device is activated on all associated port input pins. If a pin is used as output
this bit has no effect.
1 Pullup devices enabled
0 Pullup devices disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
172
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.12
ECLK Control Register (ECLKCTL)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x001C
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NECLK
NCLKX2
DIV16
EDIV4
EDIV3
EDIV2
EDIV1
EDIV0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset:
Figure 2-13. ECLK Control Register (ECLKCTL)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-33. ECLKCTL Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
NECLK
No ECLK—Disable ECLK output
This bit controls the availability of a free-running clock on the ECLK pin. This clock has a fixed rate equivalent to the
internal bus clock.
1 ECLK disabled
0 ECLK enabled
6
NCLKX2
No ECLKX2—Disable ECLKX2 output
This bit controls the availability of a free-running clock on the ECLKX2 pin. This clock has a fixed rate of twice the
internal bus clock.
1 ECLKX2 disabled
0 ECLKX2 enabled
5
DIV16
Free-running ECLK predivider—Divide by 16
This bit enables a divide-by-16 stage on the selected EDIV rate.
1 Divider enabled: ECLK rate = EDIV rate divided by 16
0 Divider disabled: ECLK rate = EDIV rate
4-0
EDIV
Free-running ECLK Divider—Configure ECLK rate
These bits determine the rate of the free-running clock on the ECLK pin.
00000 ECLK rate = bus clock rate
00001 ECLK rate = bus clock rate divided by 2
00010 ECLK rate = bus clock rate divided by 3,...
11111 ECLK rate = bus clock rate divided by 32
2.4.3.13
IRQ Control Register (IRQCR)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x001E
7
6
IRQE
IRQEN
0
0
R
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-14. IRQ Control Register (IRQCR)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
173
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
1
Read: Anytime
Write:
IRQE: Once in normal mode, anytime in special mode
IRQEN: Anytime
Table 2-34. IRQCR Register Field Descriptions
Field
7
IRQE
Description
IRQ select edge sensitive only—
1 IRQ pin configured to respond only to falling edges. Falling edges on the IRQ pin are detected anytime when
IRQE=1 and will be cleared only upon a reset or the servicing of the IRQ interrupt.
0 IRQ pin configured for low level recognition
6
IRQEN
IRQ enable—
1 IRQ pin is connected to interrupt logic
0 IRQ pin is disconnected from interrupt logic
NOTE
If the input is driven to active level (IRQ=0) a write access to set either
IRQCR[IRQEN] and IRQCR[IRQE] to 1 simultaneously or to set
IRQCR[IRQEN] to 1 when IRQCR[IRQE]=1 causes an IRQ interrupt to be
generated if the I-bit is cleared. Refer to Section 2.6.3, “Enabling IRQ
edge-sensitive mode”.
2.4.3.14
Reserved Register
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x001F
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
R
W
Reset
Figure 2-15. Reserved Register
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Only in special mode
NOTE
These reserved registers are designed for factory test purposes only and are
not intended for general user access. Writing to these registers when in
special mode can alter the module’s functionality.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
174
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.15
Port T Data Register (PTT)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0240 (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTT7
PTT6
PTT5
PTT4
PTT3
PTT2
PTT1
PTT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0240 (G3)
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTT5
PTT4
PTT3
PTT2
PTT1
PTT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
Figure 2-16. Port T Data Register (PTT)
1
Read: Anytime. The data source is depending on the data direction value.
Write: Anytime
Table 2-35. PTT Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PTT
2.4.3.16
Description
Port T general-purpose input/output data—Data Register
When not used with an alternative signal, the associated pin can be used as general-purpose I/O. In
general-purpose output mode the port data register bit value is driven to the pin.
If the associated data direction bit is set to 1, a read returns the value of the port data register bit, otherwise the
buffered pin input state is read.
Port T Input Register (PTIT)
Access: User read only1
Address 0x0241 (G1, G2)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTIT7
PTIT6
PTIT5
PTIT4
PTIT3
PTIT2
PTIT1
PTIT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Access: User read only1
Address 0x0241 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
PTIT5
PTIT4
PTIT3
PTIT2
PTIT1
PTIT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-17. Port T Input Register (PTIT)
1
Read: Anytime
Write:Never
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
175
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-36. PTIT Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PTIT
Port T input data—
A read always returns the buffered input state of the associated pin. It can be used to detect overload or short circuit
conditions on output pins.
2.4.3.17
Port T Data Direction Register (DDRT)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0242 (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DDRT7
DDRT6
DDRT5
DDRT4
DDRT3
DDRT2
DDRT1
DDRT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0242 (G3)
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
DDRT5
DDRT4
DDRT3
DDRT2
DDRT1
DDRT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
Figure 2-18. Port T Data Direction Register (DDRT)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-37. DDRT Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
DDRT
Description
Port T data direction—
This bit determines whether the pin is a general-purpose input or output.
1 Associated pin configured as output
0 Associated pin configured as input
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
176
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.18
Port T Pull Device Enable Register (PERT)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0244 (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PERT7
PERT6
PERT5
PERT4
PERT3
PERT2
PERT1
PERT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0244 (G3)
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
PERT5
PERT4
PERT3
PERT2
PERT1
PERT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
Figure 2-19. Port T Pull Device Enable Register (PERT)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-38. PERT Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-2
PERT
Port T pull device enable—Enable pull device on input pin
This bit controls whether a pull device on the associated port input pin is active. If a pin is used as output this bit has
no effect. The polarity is selected by the related polarity select register bit.
1 Pull device enabled
0 Pull device disabled
1
PERT
Port T pull device enable—Enable pull device on input pin
This bit controls whether a pull device on the associated port input pin is active. The polarity is selected by the related
polarity select register bit. If this pin is used as IRQ only a pullup device can be enabled.
1 Pull device enabled
0 Pull device disabled
0
PERT
Port T pull device enable—Enable pull device on input pin
This bit controls whether a pull device on the associated port input pin is active. The polarity is selected by the related
polarity select register bit. If this pin is used as XIRQ only a pullup device can be enabled.
1 Pull device enabled
0 Pull device disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
177
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.19
Port T Polarity Select Register (PPST)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0245 (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPST7
PPST6
PPST5
PPST4
PPST3
PPST2
PPST1
PPST0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0245 (G3)
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPST5
PPST4
PPST3
PPST2
PPST1
PPST0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
Figure 2-20. Port T Polarity Select Register (PPST)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-39. PPST Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PPST
Description
Port T pull device select—Configure pull device polarity on input pin
This bit selects a pullup or a pulldown device if enabled on the associated port input pin.
1 Pulldown device selected
0 Pullup device selected
2.4.3.20
Port S Data Register (PTS)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0248
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTS7
PTS6
PTS5
PTS4
PTS3
PTS2
PTS1
PTS0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Figure 2-21. Port S Data Register (PTS)
1
Read: Anytime. The data source is depending on the data direction value.
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
178
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-40. PTS Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PTS
2.4.3.21
Description
Port S general-purpose input/output data—Data Register
When not used with an alternative signal, the associated pin can be used as general-purpose I/O. In
general-purpose output mode the port data register bit value is driven to the pin.
If the associated data direction bit is set to 1, a read returns the value of the port data register bit, otherwise the
buffered pin input state is read.
Port S Input Register (PTIS)
Access: User read only1
Address 0x0249
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTIS7
PTIS6
PTIS5
PTIS4
PTIS3
PTIS2
PTIS1
PTIS0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-22. Port S Input Register (PTIS)
1
Read: Anytime
Write:Never
Table 2-41. PTIS Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PTIS
Port S input data—
A read always returns the buffered input state of the associated pin. It can be used to detect overload or short circuit
conditions on output pins.
2.4.3.22
Port S Data Direction Register (DDRS)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x024A
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DDRS7
DDRS6
DDRS5
DDRS4
DDRS3
DDRS2
DDRS1
DDRS0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 2-23. Port S Data Direction Register (DDRS)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
179
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-42. DDRS Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
DDRS
Description
Port S data direction—
This bit determines whether the associated pin is a general-purpose input or output.
1 Associated pin configured as output
0 Associated pin configured as input
2.4.3.23
Port S Pull Device Enable Register (PERS)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x024C
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PERS7
PERS6
PERS5
PERS4
PERS3
PERS2
PERS1
PERS0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R
W
Reset
Figure 2-24. Port S Pull Device Enable Register (PERS)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-43. PERS Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PERS
Port S pull device enable—Enable pull device on input pin or wired-or output pin
This bit controls whether a pull device on the associated port input pin is active. The polarity is selected by the related
polarity select register bit. If a pin is used as output this bit has only effect if used in wired-or mode with a pullup
device.
1 Pull device enabled
0 Pull device disabled
2.4.3.24
Port S Polarity Select Register (PPSS)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x024D
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPSS7
PPSS6
PPSS5
PPSS4
PPSS3
PPSS2
PPSS1
PPSS0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 2-25. Port S Polarity Select Register (PPSS)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
180
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-44. PPSS Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PPSS
Description
Port S pull device select—Configure pull device polarity on input pin
This bit selects a pullup or a pulldown device if enabled on the associated port input pin.
1 Pulldown device selected
0 Pullup device selected
2.4.3.25
Port S Wired-Or Mode Register (WOMS)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x024E
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WOMS7
WOMS6
WOMS5
WOMS4
WOMS3
WOMS2
WOMS1
WOMS0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 2-26. Port S Wired-Or Mode Register (WOMS)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-45. WOMS Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
WOMS
Port S wired-or mode—Enable open-drain functionality on output pin
This bit configures an output pin as wired-or (open-drain) or push-pull. In wired-or mode a logic “0” is driven
active-low while a logic “1” remains undriven. This allows a multipoint connection of several serial modules. The bit
has no influence on pins used as input.
1 Output buffer operates as open-drain output.
0 Output buffer operates as push-pull output.
2.4.3.26
Pin Routing Register 0 (PRR0)
NOTE
Routing takes only effect if PKGCR is set to select the 20 TSSOP package.
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x024F
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PRR0P3
PRR0P2
PRR0T31
PRR0T30
PRR0T21
PRR0T20
PRR0S1
PRR0S0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 2-27. Pin Routing Register (PRR0)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
181
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-46. PRR0 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
PRR0P3
Pin Routing Register PWM3 —Select alternative routing of PWM3 output, ETRIG3 input
This bit programs the routing of the PWM3 channel and the ETRIG3 input to a different external pin in 20 TSSOP.
See Table 2-47 for more details.
6
PRR0P2
Pin Routing Register PWM2 —Select alternative routing of PWM2 output, ETRIG2 input
This bit programs the routing of the PWM2 channel and the ETRIG2 input to a different external pin in 20 TSSOP.
See Table 2-48 for more details.
5
Pin Routing Register IOC3 —Select alternative routing of IOC3 output and input
PRR0T31 Those two bits program the routing of the timer IOC3 channel to different external pins in 20 TSSOP.
See Table 2-49 for more details.
4
PRR0T30
3
Pin Routing Register IOC2 —Select alternative routing of IOC2 output and input
PRR0T21 Those two bits program the routing of the timer IOC2 channel to different external pins in 20 TSSOP.
See Table 2-50 for more details.
2
PRR0T20
1
PRR0S1
0
PRR0S0
Pin Routing Register Serial Module —Select alternative routing of SCI0 pins
Those bits program the routing of the SCI0 module pins to different external pins in 20 TSSOP.
See Table 2-51 for more details.
Table 2-47. PWM3/ETRIG3 Routing Options
PRR0P3
PWM3/ETRIG3 Associated Pin
0
PS7 - PWM3, ETRIG3
1
PAD5 - PWM3, ETRIG3
Table 2-48. PWM2/ETRIG2 Routing Options
PRR0P2
PWM2/ETRIG2 Associated Pin
0
PS4 - PWM2, ETRIG2
1
PAD4 - PWM2, ETRIG2
Table 2-49. IOC3 Routing Options
PRR0T31
PRR0T30
IOC3 Associated Pin
0
0
PS6 - IOC3
0
1
PE1 - IOC3
1
0
PAD5 - IOC3
1
1
Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
182
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-50. IOC2 Routing Options
PRR0T21
PRR0T20
IOC2 Associated Pin
0
0
PS5 - IOC2
0
1
PE0 - IOC2
1
0
PAD4 - IOC2
1
1
Reserved
Table 2-51. SCI0 Routing Options
2.4.3.27
PRR0S1
PRR0S0
SCI0 Associated Pin
0
0
PE0 - RXD, PE1 - TXD
0
1
PS4 - RXD, PS7 - TXD
1
0
PAD4 - RXD, PAD5 - TXD
1
1
Reserved
Port M Data Register (PTM)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0250 (G1, G2)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
PTM3
PTM2
PTM1
PTM0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0250 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
PTM1
PTM0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-28. Port M Data Register (PTM)
1
Read: Anytime. The data source is depending on the data direction value.
Write: Anytime
Table 2-52. PTM Register Field Descriptions
Field
3-0
PTM
Description
Port M general-purpose input/output data—Data Register
When not used with an alternative signal, the associated pin can be used as general-purpose I/O. In
general-purpose output mode the port data register bit value is driven to the pin.
If the associated data direction bit is set to 1, a read returns the value of the port data register bit, otherwise the
buffered pin input state is read.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
183
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.28
Port M Input Register (PTIM)
Access: User read only1
Address 0x0251 (G1, G2)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
PTIM3
PTIM2
PTIM1
PTIM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Access: User read only1
Address 0x0251 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTIM1
PTIM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-29. Port M Input Register (PTIM)
1
Read: Anytime
Write:Never
Table 2-53. PTIM Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3-0
PTIM
Port M input data—
A read always returns the buffered input state of the associated pin. It can be used to detect overload or short circuit
conditions on output pins.
2.4.3.29
Port M Data Direction Register (DDRM)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0252 (G1, G2)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
DDRM3
DDRM2
DDRM1
DDRM0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0252 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
DDRM1
DDRM0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-30. Port M Data Direction Register (DDRM)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
184
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-54. DDRM Register Field Descriptions
Field
3-0
DDRM
Description
Port M data direction—
This bit determines whether the associated pin is a general-purpose input or output.
1 Associated pin configured as output
0 Associated pin configured as input
2.4.3.30
Port M Pull Device Enable Register (PERM)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0254 (G1, G2)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
PERM3
PERM2
PERM1
PERM0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0254 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
PERM1
PERM0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-31. Port M Pull Device Enable Register (PERM)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-55. PERM Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3-1
PERM
Port M pull device enable—Enable pull device on input pin or wired-or output pin
This bit controls whether a pull device on the associated port input pin is active. The polarity is selected by the related
polarity select register bit. If a pin is used as output this bit has only effect if used in wired-or mode with a pullup
device.
1 Pull device enabled
0 Pull device disabled
0
PERM
Port M pull device enable—Enable pull device on input pin or wired-or output pin
This bit controls whether a pull device on the associated port input pin is active. The polarity is selected by the related
polarity select register bit. If a pin is used as output this bit has only effect if used in wired-or mode with a pullup
device.
If CAN is active the selection of a pulldown device on the RXCAN input will have no effect.
1 Pull device enabled
0 Pull device disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
185
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.31
Port M Polarity Select Register (PPSM)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0255 (G1, G2)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
PPSM3
PPSM2
PPSM1
PPSM0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0255 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
PPSM1
PPSM0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-32. Port M Polarity Select Register (PPSM)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-56. PPSM Register Field Descriptions
Field
3-0
PPSM
Description
Port M pull device select—Configure pull device polarity on input pin
This bit selects a pullup or a pulldown device if enabled on the associated port input pin.
1 Pulldown device selected
0 Pullup device selected
2.4.3.32
Port M Wired-Or Mode Register (WOMM)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0256 (G1, G2)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
WOMM3
WOMM2
WOMM1
WOMM0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0256 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
WOMM1
WOMM0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-33. Port M Wired-Or Mode Register (WOMM)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
186
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-57. WOMM Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3-0
WOMM
Port M wired-or mode—Enable open-drain functionality on output pin
This bit configures an output pin as wired-or (open-drain) or push-pull. In wired-or mode a logic “0” is driven
active-low while a logic “1” remains undriven. This allows a multipoint connection of several serial modules. The bit
has no influence on pins used as input.
1 Output buffer operates as open-drain output.
0 Output buffer operates as push-pull output.
2.4.3.33
Package Code Register (PKGCR)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0257
7
R
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
APICLKS7
2
1
0
PKGCR2
PKGCR1
PKGCR0
F
F
F
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
After deassert of system reset the values are automatically loaded from the Flash memory. See device specification
for details.
Figure 2-34. Package Code Register (PKGCR)
1
Read: Anytime
Write:
APICLKS7: Anytime
PKGCR2-0: Once in normal mode, anytime in special mode
Table 2-58. PKGCR Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
Pin Routing Register API_EXTCLK —Select PS7 as API_EXTCLK output
APICLKS7
When set to 1 the API_EXTCLK output will be routed to PS7. The default pin will be disconnected in all packages
except 20 TSSOP, which has no default location for API_EXTCLK. See Table 2-59 for more details.
2-0
PKGCR
Package Code Register —Select package in use
Those bits are preset by factory and reflect the package in use. See Table 2-60 for code definition.
The bits can be modified once after reset to allow software development for a different package. In any other
application it is recommended to re-write the actual package code once after reset to lock the register from
inadvertent changes during operation.
Writing reserved codes or codes of larger packages than the given device is offered in are illegal. In these cases the
code will be converted to PKGCR[2:0]=0b111 and select the maximum available package option for the given device.
Codes writes of smaller packages than the given device is offered in are not restricted.
Depending on the package selection the input buffers of non-bonded pins are disabled to avoid shoot-through
current. Also a predefined signal routing will take effect.
Refer also to Section 2.6.5, “Emulation of Smaller Packages”.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
187
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-59. API_EXTCLK Routing Options
APICLKS7
API_EXTCLK Associated Pin
0
PB1 (100 LQFP)
PP0 (64/48/32 LQFP)
N.C. (20TSSOP)
1
PS7
Table 2-60. Package Options
1
2.4.3.34
PKGCR2
PKGCR1
PKGCR0
Selected Package
1
1
1
Reserved1
1
1
0
100 LQFP
1
0
1
Reserved
1
0
0
64 LQFP
0
1
1
48 LQFP
0
1
0
Reserved
0
0
1
32 LQFP
0
0
0
20 TSSOP
Reading this value indicates an illegal code write or uninitialized factory programming.
Port P Data Register (PTP)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0258 (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTP7
PTP6
PTP5
PTP4
PTP3
PTP2
PTP1
PTP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0258 (G3)
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTP5
PTP4
PTP3
PTP2
PTP1
PTP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
Figure 2-35. Port P Data Register (PTP)
1
Read: Anytime. The data source is depending on the data direction value.
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
188
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-61. PTP Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PTP
2.4.3.35
Description
Port P general-purpose input/output data—Data Register
When not used with an alternative signal, the associated pin can be used as general-purpose I/O. In
general-purpose output mode the port data register bit value is driven to the pin.
If the associated data direction bit is set to 1, a read returns the value of the port data register bit, otherwise the
buffered pin input state is read.
Port P Input Register (PTIP)
Access: User read only1
Address 0x0259 (G1, G2)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTIP7
PTIP6
PTIP5
PTIP4
PTIP3
PTIP2
PTIP1
PTIP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Access: User read only1
Address 0x0259 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
PTIP5
PTIP4
PTIP3
PTIP2
PTIP1
PTIP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-36. Port P Input Register (PTIP)
1
Read: Anytime
Write:Never
Table 2-62. PTIP Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PTIP
Port P input data—
A read always returns the buffered input state of the associated pin. It can be used to detect overload or short circuit
conditions on output pins.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
189
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.36
Port P Data Direction Register (DDRP)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x025A (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DDRP7
DDRP6
DDRP5
DDRP4
DDRP3
DDRP2
DDRP1
DDRP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x025A (G3)
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
DDRP5
DDRP4
DDRP3
DDRP2
DDRP1
DDRP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
Figure 2-37. Port P Data Direction Register (DDRP)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-63. DDRP Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
DDRP
Description
Port P data direction—
This bit determines whether the associated pin is an input or output.
1 Associated pin configured as output
0 Associated pin configured as input
2.4.3.37
Port P Pull Device Enable Register (PERP)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x025C (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PERP7
PERP6
PERP5
PERP4
PERP3
PERP2
PERP1
PERP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x025C (G3)
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
PERP5
PERP4
PERP3
PERP2
PERP1
PERP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
Figure 2-38. Port P Pull Device Enable Register (PERP)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
190
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-64. PERP Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PERP
Port P pull device enable—Enable pull device on input pin
This bit controls whether a pull device on the associated port input pin is active. If a pin is used as output this bit has
no effect. The polarity is selected by the related polarity select register bit.
1 Pull device enabled
0 Pull device disabled
2.4.3.38
Port P Polarity Select Register (PPSP)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x025D (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPSP7
PPSP6
PPSP5
PPSP4
PPSP3
PPSP2
PPSP1
PPSP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x025D (G3)
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPSP5
PPSP4
PPSP3
PPSP2
PPSP1
PPSP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
Figure 2-39. Port P Polarity Select Register (PPSP)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-65. PPSP Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PPSP
Description
Port P pull device select—Configure pull device and pin interrupt edge polarity on input pin
This bit selects a pullup or a pulldown device if enabled on the associated port input pin.
This bit also selects the polarity of the active pin interrupt edge.
1 Pulldown device selected; rising edge selected
0 Pullup device selected; falling edge selected
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
191
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.39
Port P Interrupt Enable Register (PIEP)
Read: Anytime
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x025E (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIEP7
PIEP6
PIEP5
PIEP4
PIEP3
PIEP2
PIEP1
PIEP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x025E (G3)
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIEP5
PIEP4
PIEP3
PIEP2
PIEP1
PIEP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
Figure 2-40. Port P Interrupt Enable Register (PIEP)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-66. PIEP Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PIEP
Port P interrupt enable—
This bit enables or disables the edge sensitive pin interrupt on the associated pin. An interrupt can be generated if
the pin is operating in input or output mode when in use with the general-purpose or related peripheral function.
1 Interrupt is enabled
0 Interrupt is disabled (interrupt flag masked)
2.4.3.40
Port P Interrupt Flag Register (PIFP)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x025F (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIFP7
PIFP6
PIFP5
PIFP4
PIFP3
PIFP2
PIFP1
PIFP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x025F (G3)
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIFP5
PIFP4
PIFP3
PIFP2
PIFP1
PIFP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
Figure 2-41. Port P Interrupt Flag Register (PIFP)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
192
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, write 1 to clear
Table 2-67. PIFP Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PIFP
Port P interrupt flag—
This flag asserts after a valid active edge was detected on the related pin (see Section 2.5.4.2, “Pin Interrupts and
Wakeup”). This can be a rising or a falling edge based on the state of the polarity select register. An interrupt will
occur if the associated interrupt enable bit is set.
Writing a logic “1” to the corresponding bit field clears the flag.
1 Active edge on the associated bit has occurred
0 No active edge occurred
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
193
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.41
Reserved Registers
NOTE
Addresses 0x0260-0x0261 are reserved for ACMP registers in G2 and G3
only. Refer to ACMP section “ACMP Control Register (ACMPC)” and
“ACMP Status Register (ACMPS)”.
2.4.3.42
Port J Data Register (PTJ)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0268 (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTJ7
PTJ6
PTJ5
PTJ4
PTJ3
PTJ2
PTJ1
PTJ0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0268 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
PTJ3
PTJ2
PTJ1
PTJ0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-42. Port J Data Register (PTJ)
1
Read: Anytime. The data source is depending on the data direction value.
Write: Anytime
Table 2-68. PTJ Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PTJ
Description
Port J general-purpose input/output data—Data Register
When not used with an alternative signal, the associated pin can be used as general-purpose I/O. In
general-purpose output mode the port data register bit value is driven to the pin.
If the associated data direction bit is set to 1, a read returns the value of the port data register bit, otherwise the
buffered pin input state is read.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
194
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.43
Port J Input Register (PTIJ)
Access: User read only1
Address 0x0269 (G1, G2)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTIJ7
PTIJ6
PTIJ5
PTIJ4
PTIJ3
PTIJ2
PTIJ1
PTIJ0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Access: User read only1
Address 0x0269 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
PTIJ3
PTIJ2
PTIJ1
PTIJ0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-43. Port J Input Register (PTIJ)
1
Read: Anytime
Write:Never
Table 2-69. PTIJ Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PTIJ
Port J input data—
A read always returns the buffered input state of the associated pin. It can be used to detect overload or short circuit
conditions on output pins.
2.4.3.44
Port J Data Direction Register (DDRJ)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x026A (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DDRJ7
DDRJ6
DDRJ5
DDRJ4
DDRJ3
DDRJ2
DDRJ1
DDRJ0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x026A (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
DDRJ3
DDRJ2
DDRJ1
DDRJ0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-44. Port J Data Direction Register (DDRJ)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
195
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-70. DDRJ Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
DDRJ
Description
Port J data direction—
This bit determines whether the associated pin is an input or output.
1 Associated pin configured as output
0 Associated pin configured as input
2.4.3.45
Port J Pull Device Enable Register (PERJ)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x026C (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PERJ7
PERJ6
PERJ5
PERJ4
PERJ3
PERJ2
PERJ1
PERJ0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x026C (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
PERJ3
PERJ2
PERJ1
PERJ0
1
1
1
1
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-45. Port J Pull Device Enable Register (PERJ)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-71. PERJ Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PERJ
Port J pull device enable—Enable pull device on input pin
This bit controls whether a pull device on the associated port input pin is active. If a pin is used as output this bit has
no effect. The polarity is selected by the related polarity select register bit.
1 Pull device enabled
0 Pull device disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
196
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.46
Port J Polarity Select Register (PPSJ)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x026D (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPSJ7
PPSJ6
PPSJ5
PPSJ4
PPSJ3
PPSJ2
PPSJ1
PPSJ0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x026D (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
PPSJ3
PPSJ2
PPSJ1
PPSJ0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-46. Port J Polarity Select Register (PPSJ)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-72. PPSJ Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PPSJ
Description
Port J pull device select—Configure pull device and pin interrupt edge polarity on input pin
This bit selects a pullup or a pulldown device if enabled on the associated port input pin.
This bit also selects the polarity of the active pin interrupt edge.
1 Pulldown device selected; rising edge selected
0 Pullup device selected; falling edge selected
2.4.3.47
Port J Interrupt Enable Register (PIEJ)
Read: Anytime
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x026E (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIEJ7
PIEJ6
PIEJ5
PIEJ4
PIEJ3
PIEJ2
PIEJ1
PIEJ0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x026E (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
PIEJ3
PIEJ2
PIEJ1
PIEJ0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-47. Port J Interrupt Enable Register (PIEJ)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
197
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-73. PIEJ Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PIEJ
Port J interrupt enable—
This bit enables or disables the edge sensitive pin interrupt on the associated pin. An interrupt can be generated if
the pin is operating in input or output mode when in use with the general-purpose or related peripheral function.
1 Interrupt is enabled
0 Interrupt is disabled (interrupt flag masked)
2.4.3.48
Port J Interrupt Flag Register (PIFJ)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x026F (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIFJ7
PIFJ6
PIFJ5
PIFJ4
PIFJ3
PIFJ2
PIFJ1
PIFJ0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x026F (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
PIFJ3
PIFJ2
PIFJ1
PIFJ0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-48. Port J Interrupt Flag Register (PIFJ)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, write 1 to clear
Table 2-74. PIFJ Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PIFJ
Port J interrupt flag—
This flag asserts after a valid active edge was detected on the related pin (see Section 2.5.4.2, “Pin Interrupts and
Wakeup”). This can be a rising or a falling edge based on the state of the polarity select register. An interrupt will
occur if the associated interrupt enable bit is set.
Writing a logic “1” to the corresponding bit field clears the flag.
1 Active edge on the associated bit has occurred
0 No active edge occurred
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
198
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.49
Port AD Data Register (PT0AD)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0270 (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PT0AD7
PT0AD6
PT0AD5
PT0AD4
PT0AD3
PT0AD2
PT0AD1
PT0AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0270 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
PT0AD3
PT0AD2
PT0AD1
PT0AD0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-49. Port AD Data Register (PT0AD)
1
Read: Anytime. The data source is depending on the data direction value.
Write: Anytime
Table 2-75. PT0AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PT0AD
2.4.3.50
Description
Port AD general-purpose input/output data—Data Register
When not used with an alternative signal, the associated pin can be used as general-purpose I/O. In
general-purpose output mode the port data register bit value is driven to the pin.
If the associated data direction bit is set to 1, a read returns the value of the port data register bit, otherwise the
buffered pin input state is read if the digital input buffers are enabled (Section 2.3.12, “Pins AD15-0”).
Port AD Data Register (PT1AD)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0271
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PT1AD7
PT1AD6
PT1AD5
PT1AD4
PT1AD3
PT1AD2
PT1AD1
PT1AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 2-50. Port AD Data Register (PT1AD)
1
Read: Anytime. The data source is depending on the data direction value.
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
199
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-76. PT1AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PT1AD
2.4.3.51
Description
Port AD general-purpose input/output data—Data Register
When not used with an alternative signal, the associated pin can be used as general-purpose I/O. In
general-purpose output mode the port data register bit value is driven to the pin.
If the associated data direction bit is set to 1, a read returns the value of the port data register bit, otherwise the
buffered pin input state is read if the digital input buffers are enabled (Section 2.3.12, “Pins AD15-0”).
Port AD Input Register (PTI0AD)
Access: User read only1
Address 0x0272 (G1, G2)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTI0AD7
PTI0AD6
PTI0AD5
PTI0AD4
PTI0AD3
PTI0AD2
PTI0AD1
PTI0AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Access: User read only1
Address 0x0272 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
PTI0AD3
PTI0AD2
PTI0AD1
PTI0AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-51. Port AD Input Register (PTI0AD)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Never
Table 2-77. PTI0AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PTI0AD
Port AD input data—
A read always returns the buffered input state of the associated pin. It can be used to detect overload or short circuit
conditions on output pins.
2.4.3.52
Port AD Input Register (PTI1AD)
Access: User read only1
Address 0x0273
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTI1AD7
PTI1AD6
PTI1AD5
PTI1AD4
PTI1AD3
PTI1AD2
PTI1AD1
PTI1AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-52. Port AD Input Register (PTI1AD)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Never
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
200
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-78. PTI1AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PTI1AD
Port AD input data—
A read always returns the buffered input state of the associated pin. It can be used to detect overload or short circuit
conditions on output pins.
2.4.3.53
Port AD Data Direction Register (DDR0AD)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0274 (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DDR0AD7
DDR0AD6
DDR0AD5
DDR0AD4
DDR0AD3
DDR0AD2
DDR0AD1
DDR0AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0274 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
DDR0AD3
DDR0AD2
DDR0AD1
DDR0AD0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-53. Port AD Data Direction Register (DDR0AD)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-79. DDR0AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
DDR0AD
Port AD data direction—
This bit determines whether the associated pin is an input or output.
1 Associated pin configured as output
0 Associated pin configured as input
2.4.3.54
Port AD Data Direction Register (DDR1AD)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0275
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DDR1AD7
DDR1AD6
DDR1AD5
DDR1AD4
DDR1AD3
DDR1AD2
DDR1AD1
DDR1AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 2-54. Port AD Data Direction Register (DDR1AD)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
201
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-80. DDR1AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
DDR1AD
Description
Port AD data direction—
This bit determines whether the associated pin is an input or output.
1 Associated pin configured as output
0 Associated pin configured as input
2.4.3.55
Reserved Register
NOTE
Address 0x0276 is reserved for RVA on G(A)240 and G(A)192 only. Refer
to RVA section “RVA Control Register (RVACTL)”.
2.4.3.56
Pin Routing Register 1 (PRR1)
NOTE
Routing takes only effect if PKGCR is set to select the 100 LQFP package.
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0277 (G(A)240 and G(A)192 only)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PRR1AN
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
Address 0x0277 (non G(A)240 and G(A)192)
R
0
0
Access: User read/write
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-55. Pin Routing Register (PRR1)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-81. PRR1 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
0
PRR1AN
Pin Routing Register ADC channels — Select alternative routing for AN15/14/13/11/10 pins to port C
This bit programs the routing of the specific ADC channels to alternative external pins in 100 LQFP. See Table 2-82.
The routing affects the analog signals and digital input trigger paths to the ADC. Refer to the related pin descriptions
in Section 2.3.4, “Pins PC7-0” and Section 2.3.12, “Pins AD15-0”.
1 AN inputs on port C
0 AN inputs on port AD
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
202
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-82. AN Routing Options
PRR1AN
2.4.3.57
Associated Pins
0
AN10 - PAD10
AN11 - PAD11
AN13 - PAD13
AN14 - PAD14
AN15 - PAD15
1
AN10 - PC0
AN11 - PC1
AN13 - PC2
AN14 - PC3
AN15 - PC4
Port AD Pull Enable Register (PER0AD)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0278 (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PER0AD7
PER0AD6
PER0AD5
PER0AD4
PER0AD3
PER0AD2
PER0AD1
PER0AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0278 (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
PER0AD3
PER0AD2
PER0AD1
PER0AD0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-56. Port AD Pullup Enable Register (PER0AD)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-83. PER0AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PER0AD
Port AD pull enable—Enable pull device on input pin
This bit controls whether a pull device on the associated port input pin is active. If a pin is used as output this bit has
no effect. The polarity is selected by the related polarity select register bit.
1 Pull device enabled
0 Pull device disabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
203
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.58
Port AD Pull Enable Register (PER1AD)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0279
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PER1AD7
PER1AD6
PER1AD5
PER1AD4
PER1AD3
PER1AD2
PER1AD1
PER1AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 2-57. Port AD Pullup Enable Register (PER1AD)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-84. PER1AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PER1AD
Port AD pull enable—Enable pull device on input pin
This bit controls whether a pull device on the associated port input pin is active. If a pin is used as output this bit has
no effect. The polarity is selected by the related polarity select register bit.
1 Pull device enabled
0 Pull device disabled
2.4.3.59
Port AD Polarity Select Register (PPS0AD)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x027A (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPS0AD7
PPS0AD6
PPS0AD5
PPS0AD4
PPS0AD3
PPS0AD2
PPS0AD1
PPS0AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x027A (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
PPS0AD3
PPS0AD2
PPS0AD1
PPS0AD0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-58. Port AD Polarity Select Register (PPS0AD)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
204
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-85. PPS0AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PPS0AD
Description
Port AD pull device select—Configure pull device and pin interrupt edge polarity on input pin
This bit selects a pullup or a pulldown device if enabled on the associated port input pin.
This bit also selects the polarity of the active pin interrupt edge.
1 Pulldown device selected; rising edge selected
0 Pullup device selected; falling edge selected
2.4.3.60
Port AD Polarity Select Register (PPS1AD)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x027B
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPS1AD7
PPS1AD6
PPS1AD5
PPS1AD4
PPS1AD3
PPS1AD2
PPS1AD1
PPS1AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 2-59. Port AD Polarity Select Register (PPS1AD)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-86. PPS1AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PPS1AD
Description
Port AD pull device select—Configure pull device and pin interrupt edge polarity on input pin
This bit selects a pullup or a pulldown device if enabled on the associated port input pin.
This bit also selects the polarity of the active pin interrupt edge.
1 Pulldown device selected; rising edge selected
0 Pullup device selected; falling edge selected
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
205
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.61
Port AD Interrupt Enable Register (PIE0AD)
Read: Anytime
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x027C (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIE0AD7
PIE0AD6
PIE0AD5
PIE0AD4
PIE0AD3
PIE0AD2
PIE0AD1
PIE0AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x027C (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
PIE0AD3
PIE0AD2
PIE0AD1
PIE0AD0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-60. Port AD Interrupt Enable Register (PIE0AD)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-87. PIE0AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PIE0AD
Port AD interrupt enable—
This bit enables or disables the edge sensitive pin interrupt on the associated pin. An interrupt can be generated if
the pin is operating in input or output mode when in use with the general-purpose or related peripheral function.
1 Interrupt is enabled
0 Interrupt is disabled (interrupt flag masked)
2.4.3.62
Port AD Interrupt Enable Register (PIE1AD)
Read: Anytime
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x027D
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIE1AD7
PIE1AD6
PIE1AD5
PIE1AD4
PIE1AD3
PIE1AD2
PIE1AD1
PIE1AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 2-61. Port AD Interrupt Enable Register (PIE1AD)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
206
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-88. PIE1AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PIE1AD
Port AD interrupt enable—
This bit enables or disables the edge sensitive pin interrupt on the associated pin. An interrupt can be generated if
the pin is operating in input or output mode when in use with the general-purpose or related peripheral function.
1 Interrupt is enabled
0 Interrupt is disabled (interrupt flag masked)
2.4.3.63
Port AD Interrupt Flag Register (PIF0AD)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x027E (G1, G2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIF0AD7
PIF0AD6
PIF0AD5
PIF0AD4
PIF0AD3
PIF0AD2
PIF0AD1
PIF0AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x027E (G3)
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
PIF0AD3
PIF0AD2
PIF0AD1
PIF0AD0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-62. Port AD Interrupt Flag Register (PIF0AD)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, write 1 to clear
Table 2-89. PIF0AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PIF0AD
Port AD interrupt flag—
This flag asserts after a valid active edge was detected on the related pin (see Section 2.5.4.2, “Pin Interrupts and
Wakeup”). This can be a rising or a falling edge based on the state of the polarity select register. An interrupt will
occur if the associated interrupt enable bit is set.
Writing a logic “1” to the corresponding bit field clears the flag.
1 Active edge on the associated bit has occurred
0 No active edge occurred
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
207
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.4.3.64
Port AD Interrupt Flag Register (PIF1AD)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x027F
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIF1AD7
PIF1AD6
PIF1AD5
PIF1AD4
PIF1AD3
PIF1AD2
PIF1AD1
PIF1AD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 2-63. Port AD Interrupt Flag Register (PIF1AD)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-90. PIF1AD Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
PIF1AD
Port AD interrupt flag—
This flag asserts after a valid active edge was detected on the related pin (see Section 2.5.4.2, “Pin Interrupts and
Wakeup”). This can be a rising or a falling edge based on the state of the polarity select register. An interrupt will
occur if the associated interrupt enable bit is set.
Writing a logic “1” to the corresponding bit field clears the flag.
1 Active edge on the associated bit has occurred
0 No active edge occurred
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
208
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.5
PIM Ports - Functional Description
2.5.1
General
Each pin except BKGD can act as general-purpose I/O. In addition most pins can act as an output or input
of a peripheral module.
2.5.2
Registers
A set of configuration registers is common to all ports with exception of the ADC port (Table 2-91). All
registers can be written at any time, however a specific configuration might not become active.
Example: Selecting a pullup device. This device does not become active while the port is used as a
push-pull output.
Table 2-91. Register availability per port1
1
2.5.2.1
Port
Data
(Portx,
PTx)
Input
(PTIx)
Data
Direction
(DDRx)
A
yes
-
yes
Pull
Enable
(PERx)
Polarity
Select
(PPSx)
WiredOr Mode
(WOMx)
Interrupt
Enable
(PIEx)
Interrupt
Flag
(PIFx)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
B
yes
-
yes
C
yes
-
yes
D
yes
-
yes
-
-
-
-
E
yes
-
yes
-
-
-
-
T
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
-
S
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
yes
M
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
P
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
yes
yes
J
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
yes
yes
AD
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
yes
yes
Each cell represents one register with individual configuration bits
Data Register (PORTx, PTx)
This register holds the value driven out to the pin if the pin is used as a general-purpose I/O.
Writing to this register has only an effect on the pin if the pin is used as general-purpose output. When
reading this address, the buffered state of the pin is returned if the associated data direction register bit is
set to 0.
If the data direction register bits are set to 1, the contents of the data register is returned. This is independent
of any other configuration (Figure 2-64).
2.5.2.2
Input Register (PTIx)
This register is read-only and always returns the buffered state of the pin (Figure 2-64).
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
209
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.5.2.3
Data Direction Register (DDRx)
This register defines whether the pin is used as an general-purpose input or an output.
If a peripheral module controls the pin the contents of the data direction register is ignored (Figure 2-64).
Independent of the pin usage with a peripheral module this register determines the source of data when
reading the associated data register address (2.5.2.1/2-209).
NOTE
Due to internal synchronization circuits, it can take up to 2 bus clock cycles
until the correct value is read on port data or port input registers, when
changing the data direction register.
PTI
0
1
PT
0
PIN
1
DDR
0
1
data out
Module
output enable
module enable
Figure 2-64. Illustration of I/O pin functionality
2.5.2.4
Pull Device Enable Register (PERx)
This register turns on a pullup or pulldown device on the related pins determined by the associated polarity
select register (2.5.2.5/2-210).
The pull device becomes active only if the pin is used as an input or as a wired-or output. Some peripheral
module only allow certain configurations of pull devices to become active. Refer to Section 2.3, “PIM
Routing - Functional description”.
2.5.2.5
Pin Polarity Select Register (PPSx)
This register selects either a pullup or pulldown device if enabled.
It becomes only active if the pin is used as an input. A pullup device can be activated if the pin is used as
a wired-or output.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
210
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.5.2.6
Wired-Or Mode Register (WOMx)
If the pin is used as an output this register turns off the active-high drive. This allows wired-or type
connections of outputs.
2.5.2.7
Interrupt Enable Register (PIEx)
If the pin is used as an interrupt input this register serves as a mask to the interrupt flag to enable/disable
the interrupt.
2.5.2.8
Interrupt Flag Register (PIFx)
If the pin is used as an interrupt input this register holds the interrupt flag after a valid pin event.
2.5.2.9
Pin Routing Register (PRRx)
This register allows software re-configuration of the pinouts for specific peripherals in the 20 TSSOP
package only.
2.5.2.10
Package Code Register (PKGCR)
This register determines the package in use. Pre programmed by factory.
2.5.3
Pin Configuration Summary
The following table summarizes the effect of the various configuration bits, that is data direction (DDR),
output level (IO), pull enable (PE), pull select (PS) on the pin function and pull device 1.
The configuration bit PS is used for two purposes:
1. Configure the sensitive interrupt edge (rising or falling), if interrupt is enabled.
2. Select either a pullup or pulldown device if PE is active.
1.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
211
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Table 2-92. Pin Configuration Summary
DDR
IO
PE
PS1
IE2
0
x
0
x
0
Input3
Disabled
Disabled
0
Input
3
Pullup
Disabled
3
Pulldown
Disabled
0
x
1
0
Function
Pull Device
Interrupt
0
x
1
1
0
Input
0
x
0
0
1
Input3
Disabled
Falling edge
1
Input
3
Disabled
Rising edge
Input
3
Pullup
Falling edge
3
Pulldown
Rising edge
0
0
x
0
x
1
1
0
1
0
x
1
1
1
Input
1
0
x
x
0
Output, drive to 0
Disabled
Disabled
1
1
x
x
0
Output, drive to 1
Disabled
Disabled
1
0
x
0
1
Output, drive to 0
Disabled
Falling edge
1
1
x
1
1
Output, drive to 1
Disabled
Rising edge
1
Always “0” on port A, B, C, D, BKGD. Always “1” on port E
Applicable only on port P, J and AD.
3 Port AD: Assuming digital input buffer enabled in ADC module (ATDDIEN) and ACMP module (ACDIEN)
2
2.5.4
Interrupts
This section describes the interrupts generated by the PIM and their individual sources. Vector addresses
and interrupt priorities are defined at MCU level.
Table 2-93. PIM Interrupt Sources
Module Interrupt Sources
2.5.4.1
Local Enable
XIRQ
None
IRQ
IRQCR[IRQEN]
Port P pin interrupt
PIEP[PIEP7-PIEP0]
Port J pin interrupt
PIEJ[PIEJ7-PIEJ0]
Port AD pin interrupt
PIE0AD[PIE0AD7-PIE0AD0]
PIE1AD[PIE1AD7-PIE1AD0]
XIRQ, IRQ Interrupts
The XIRQ pin allows requesting non-maskable interrupts after reset initialization. During reset, the X bit
in the condition code register is set and any interrupts are masked until software enables them.
The IRQ pin allows requesting asynchronous interrupts. The interrupt input is disabled out of reset. To
enable the interrupt the IRQCR[IRQEN] bit must be set and the I bit cleared in the condition code register.
The interrupt can be configured for level-sensitive or falling-edge-sensitive triggering. If IRQCR[IRQEN]
is cleared while an interrupt is pending, the request will deassert.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
212
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
Both interrupts are capable to wake-up the device from stop mode. Means for glitch filtering are not
provided on these pins.
2.5.4.2
Pin Interrupts and Wakeup
Ports P, J and AD offer pin interrupt capability. The related interrupt enable (PIE) as well as the sensitivity
to rising or falling edges (PPS) can be individually configured on per-pin basis. All bits/pins in a port share
the same interrupt vector. Interrupts can be used with the pins configured as inputs or outputs.
An interrupt is generated when a port interrupt flag (PIF) and its corresponding port interrupt enable (PIE)
are both set. The pin interrupt feature is also capable to wake up the CPU when it is in stop or wait mode.
A digital filter on each pin prevents short pulses from generating an interrupt. A valid edge on an input is
detected if 4 consecutive samples of a passive level are followed by 4 consecutive samples of an active
level. Else the sampling logic is restarted.
In run and wait mode the filters are continuously clocked by the bus clock. Pulses with a duration of tPULSE
< nP_MASK/fbus are assuredly filtered out while pulses with a duration of tPULSE > nP_PASS/fbus guarantee
a pin interrupt.
In stop mode the clock is generated by an RC-oscillator. The minimum pulse length varies over process
conditions, temperature and voltage (Figure 2-65). Pulses with a duration of tPULSE < tP_MASK are
assuredly filtered out while pulses with a duration of tPULSE > tP_PASS guarantee a wakeup event.
Please refer to the appendix table “Pin Interrupt Characteristics” for pulse length limits.
To maximize current saving the RC oscillator is active only if the following condition is true on any
individual pin:
Sample count <= 4 (at active or passive level) and interrupt enabled (PIE=1) and interrupt flag not set
(PIF=0).
Glitch, filtered out, no interrupt flag set
Valid pulse, interrupt flag set
uncertain
tPULSE(min) tPULSE(max)
Figure 2-65. Interrupt Glitch Filter (here: active low level selected)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
213
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
2.6
2.6.1
Initialization/Application Information
Initialization
After a system reset, software should:
1. Read the PKGCR and write to it with its preset content to engage the write lock on
PKGCR[PKGCR2:PKGCR0] bits protecting the device from inadvertent changes to the pin layout
in normal applications.
2. Write to PRR0 in 20 TSSOP to define the module routing and to PKGCR[APICLKS7] bit in any
package for API_EXTCLK.
GA240 / GA192 devices only:
3. In applications using the analog functions on port C pins shared with AMPM1, AMPP1 or DACU1
the input buffers should be disabled early after reset by enabling the related mode of the DAC1
module. This shortens the time of potentially increased power consumption caused by the digital
input buffers operating in the linear region.
2.6.2
Port Data and Data Direction Register writes
It is not recommended to write PORTx/PTx and DDRx in a word access. When changing the register pins
from inputs to outputs, the data may have extra transitions during the write access. Initialize the port data
register before enabling the outputs.
2.6.3
Enabling IRQ edge-sensitive mode
To avoid unintended IRQ interrupts resulting from writing to IRQCR while the IRQ pin is driven to active
level (IRQ=0) the following initialization sequence is recommended:
1. Mask I-bit
2. Set IRQCR[IRQEN]
3. Set IRQCR[IRQE]
4. Clear I-bit
2.6.4
ADC External Triggers ETRIG3-0
The ADC external trigger inputs ETRIG3-0 allow the synchronization of conversions to external trigger
events if selected as trigger source (for details refer to ATDCTL1[ETRIGSEL] and ATDCTL1[ETRIGCH]
configuration bits in ADC section). These signals are related to PWM channels 3-0 to support periodic
trigger applications with the ADC. Other pin functions can also be used as triggers.
If a PWM channel is routed to an alternative pin, the ETRIG input function will follow the relocation
accordingly.
If the related PWM channel is enabled, the PWM signal as seen on the pin will drive the ETRIG input. If
another signal of higher priority takes control of the pin or if on a port AD pin the input buffer is disabled,
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
214
Freescale Semiconductor
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
the ETRIG will be driven by the PWM internally. If the related PWM channel is not enabled, the ETRIG
function will be triggered by other functions on the pin including general-purpose input.
Table 2-94 illustrates the resulting trigger sources and their dependencies. Shaded fields apply to 20
TSSOP with shared ACMP analog input functions on port AD pins only.
Table 2-94. ETRIG Sources
1
2
2.6.5
Port AD Input
Buffer Enable1
PWM
Enable
Peripheral
Enable2
ETRIG
Source
0
0
0
Const. 1
Forced High
0
0
1
Const. 1
Forced High
0
1
0
PWM
Internal Link
0
1
1
PWM
Internal Link
1
0
0
Pin
Driven by General-Purpose Function
1
0
1
Pin
Driven by Peripheral
1
1
0
Pin
Driven by PWM
1
1
1
PWM
Comment
Internal Link
Refer to NOTE/2-140 for enable condition
With higher priority than PWM on pin including ACMP enable (ACMPC[ACE]=1)
Emulation of Smaller Packages
The Package Code Register (PKGCR) allows the emulation of smaller packages to support software
development and debugging without need to have the actual target package at hand. Cross-device
programming for the shared functions is also supported because smaller package sizes than the given
device is offered in can be selected1.
The PKGCR can be written in normal mode once after reset to overwrite the factory pre-programmed
value, which determines the actual package. Further attempts are blocked to avoid inadvertent changes
(blocking released in special mode). Trying to select a package larger than the given device is offered in
will be ignored and result in the “illegal” code being written.
When a smaller package is selected the pin availability and pin functionality changes according to the
target package specification. The input buffers of unused pins are disabled however the output functions
of unused pins are not disabled. Therefore these pins should be don’t-cared.
Depending on the different feature sets of the G-family derivatives the input buffers of specific pins, which
are shared with analog functions need to be explicitly enabled before they can be used with digital input
functions. For example devices featuring an ACMP module contain a control register for the related input
buffers, which is not available on other family members. Also larger devices in general feature more ADC
channels with individual input buffer enable bits, which are not present on smaller ones. These differences
need to be accounted for when developing cross-functional code.
1. Except G128/G96 in 20 TSSOP: Internal routing of PWM to ETRIG is not available.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
215
Port Integration Module (S12GPIMV1)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
216
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 3
5V Analog Comparator (ACMPV1)
Revision History
Rev. No.
(Item No.)
Date (Submitted
By)
V00.08
13 Aug 2010
• Added register name to every bitfield reference
V00.09
10 Sep 2010
• Internal updates
• Added preliminary VDDX over-voltage monitor application info
V01.00
18 Oct 2010
• Initial version
•
3.1
Sections
Affected
Substantial Change(s)
Introduction
The analog comparator (ACMP) provides a circuit for comparing two analog input voltages. Refer to the
device overview section for availability on a specific device.
3.2
Features
The ACMP has the following features:
• Low offset, low long-term offset drift
• Selectable interrupt on rising, falling, or rising and falling edges of comparator output
• Option to output comparator signal on an external pin ACMPO
• Option to trigger timer input capture events
• VDDX over-voltage monitoring with alternative digital output ACMPO1
3.3
Block Diagram
The block diagram of the ACMP is shown below.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
217
5V Analog Comparator (ACMPV1)
INTERNAL BUS
ACIE
ACDIEN
ACE
(enable)
digital
input
buffer
Control & Status
Register
ACO
+
ACMPM
_
Hold
ACOPE
ACICE
ACMOD
ACMPP
ACMP IRQ
ACIF
SET ACIF
Interrupt
Control
Sync
To Input
Capture
Channel
ACMPO
Figure 3-1. ACMP Block Diagram
INTERNAL BUS
ACIE
ACDIEN
(enable)
ACE
ACIF
Control & Status
Register
ACO
ACMPP
_
Hold
Sync
ACOPE
ACICE
ACMOD
+
ACMP IRQ
SET ACIF
Interrupt
Control
To Input
Capture
Channel
ACMPM
ACMPO
VDDX
ACMPO1
PRR2[ACROV]
+
PRR2[ACOPS]
REFERENCE
PRR2[ACOPE1]
VSSX
Figure 3-2. VDDX Over-Voltage Monitoring Option
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
218
Freescale Semiconductor
5V Analog Comparator (ACMPV1)
3.4
External Signals
The ACMP has two analog input signals, ACMPP and ACMPM, and one digital output, ACMPO. The
associated pins are defined by the package option.
The ACMPP signal is connected to the non-inverting input of the comparator. The ACMPM signal is
connected to the inverting input of the comparator. Each of these signals can accept an input voltage that
varies across the full 5V operating voltage range. The module monitors the voltage on these inputs
independent of any other functions in use (GPIO, ADC).
The raw comparator output signal can optionally be driven on an external pin.
3.5
Modes of Operation
1. Normal Mode
The ACMP is operating when enabled and not in STOP mode.
2. Shutdown Mode
The ACMP is held in shutdown mode either when disabled or during STOP mode. In this case the
supply of the analog block is disconnected for power saving. ACMPO drives zero in shutdown
mode.
3.6
Memory Map and Register Definition
3.6.1
Register Map
Table 3-1 shows the ACMP register map.
Table 3-1. ACMP Register Map
Global Address
Register Name
0x0260
ACMPC
0x0261
ACMPS
R
W
R
W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
ACIE
ACOPE
ACICE
ACDIEN
ACMOD1
ACMOD0
ACO
0
0
0
0
ACIF
1
0
0
Bit 0
ACE
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
219
5V Analog Comparator (ACMPV1)
3.6.2
3.6.2.1
Register Descriptions
ACMP Control Register (ACMPC)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0260
7
6
5
4
3
2
ACIE
ACOPE
ACICE
ACDIEN
ACMOD1
ACMOD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
1
0
0
ACE
W
Reset
0
0
Figure 3-3. ACMP Control Register (ACMPC)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 3-2. ACMPC Register Field Descriptions
Field
7
ACIE
Description
ACMP Interrupt Enable—
Enables the ACMP interrupt.
0 Interrupt disabled
1 Interrupt enabled
6
ACOPE
ACMP Output Pin Enable—
Enables raw comparator output on external ACMPO pin.
0 ACMP output not available
1 ACMP output is driven out on ACMPO
5
ACICE
ACMP Input Capture Enable—
Establishes internal link to a timer input capture channel. When enabled, the associated timer pin is disconnected
from the timer input. Refer to ACE description to account for initialization delay on this path.
0 Timer link disabled
1 ACMP output connected to input capture channel 5
4
ACDIEN
ACMP Digital Input Buffer Enable—
Enables the input buffers on ACMPP and ACMPM for the pins to be used with digital functions.
Note: If this bit is set while simultaneously using the pin as an analog port, there is potentially increased power
consumption because the digital input buffer may be in the linear region.
0 Input buffers disabled on ACMPP and ACMPM
1 Input buffers enabled on ACMPP and ACMPM
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
220
Freescale Semiconductor
5V Analog Comparator (ACMPV1)
Table 3-2. ACMPC Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
3-2
ACMOD
[1:0]
Description
ACMP Mode—
Selects the type of compare event setting ACIF.
00 Flag setting disabled
01 Comparator output rising edge
10 Comparator output falling edge
11 Comparator output rising or falling edge
0
ACE
ACMP Enable—
This bit enables the ACMP module and takes it into normal mode (see Section 3.5, “Modes of Operation”). This bit
also connects the related input pins with the module’s low pass input filters. When the module is not enabled, it
remains in low power shutdown mode.
Note: After setting ACE=1 an initialization delay of 63 bus clock cycles must be accounted for. During this time the
comparator output path to all subsequent logic (ACO, ACIF, timer link, excl. ACMPO) is held at its current state.
When resetting ACE to 0 the current state of the comparator will be maintained.
0 ACMP disabled
1 ACMP enabled
3.6.2.2
ACMP Status Register (ACMPS)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0261
7
R
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ACO
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
ACIF
W
Reset
0
Figure 3-4. ACMP Status Register (ACMPS)
1
Read: Anytime
Write:
ACIF: Anytime, write 1 to clear
ACO: Never
Table 3-3. ACMPS Register Field Descriptions
Field
7
ACIF
Description
ACMP Interrupt Flag—
ACIF is set when a compare event occurs. Compare events are defined by ACMOD[1:0]. Writing a logic “1” to the
bit field clears the flag.
0 Compare event has not occurred
1 Compare event has occurred
6
ACO
ACMP Output—
Reading ACO returns the current value of the synchronized ACMP output. Refer to ACE description to account for
initialization delay on this path.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
221
5V Analog Comparator (ACMPV1)
3.7
Functional Description
The ACMP compares two analog input voltages applied to ACMPM and ACMPP. The comparator output
is high when the voltage at the non-inverting input is greater than the voltage at the inverting input, and is
low when the non-inverting input voltage is lower than the inverting input voltage.
The ACMP is enabled with register bit ACMPC[ACE]. When ACMPC[ACE] is set, the input pins are
connected to low-pass filters. The comparator output is disconnected from the subsequent logic, which is
held at its state for 63 bus clock cycles after setting ACMPC[ACE] to “1” to mask potential glitches. This
initialization delay must be accounted for before the first comparison result can be expected.
The initial hold state after reset is zero, thus if input voltages are set to result in “true” result
(VACMPP > VACMPM) before the initialization delay has passed, a flag will be set immediately after this.
Similarly the flag will also be set when disabling the ACMP, then re-enabling it with the inputs changing
to produce an opposite result to the hold state before the end of the initialization delay.
By setting the ACMPC[ACICE] bit the gated comparator output can be connected to the synchronized
timer input capture channel 5 (see Figure 3-1). This feature can be used to generate time stamps and timer
interrupts on ACMP events.
The comparator output signal synchronized to the bus clock is used to read the comparator output status
(ACMPS[ACO]) and to set the interrupt flag (ACMPS[ACIF]).
The condition causing the interrupt flag (ACMPS[ACIF]) to assert is selected with register bits
ACMPC[ACMOD1:ACMOD0]. This includes any edge configuration, that is rising, or falling, or rising
and falling (toggle) edges of the comparator output. Also flag setting can be disabled.
An interrupt will be generated if the interrupt enable bit (ACMPC[ACIE]) and the interrupt flag
(ACMPS[ACIF]) are both set. ACMPS[ACIF] is cleared by writing a 1.
The raw comparator output signal ACMPO can be driven out on an external pin by setting the
ACMPC[ACOPE] bit.
3.8
3.8.1
Initialization/Application Information
VDDX Over-Voltage Monitor
The ACMP can be configured to compare the internally downscaled voltage present on the VDDX supply
against a constant internal reference for over-voltage detection. In this case the ACMPM and ACMPP
input signals are disconnected from the comparator.
The standard output features of the ACMP like interrupt flag and external digital output can be used to
display the result. Alternatively pin ACMPO1 can be used as digital output to control an external
component. An over-voltage event is triggered if the supply voltage on VDDX exceeds VVDDXassert.
In order to setup the module for over-voltage monitoring also refer to PIM section “Pin Routing Register
2 (PRR2)”.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
222
Freescale Semiconductor
5V Analog Comparator (ACMPV1)
The following setup is recommended to control an external component:
1. Route internal monitoring signals to ACMP inputs: PRR2[ACROV]=1
2. Enable ACMP raw signal output on ACMPO1 pin: PRR2[ACOPE1]=1
3. Select desired ACMPO1 output polarity by setting PRR2[ACOPS]
4. Configure ACMP to trigger on rising edge: ACMPC[ACMOD1:ACMOD0]=0b01
5. Enable ACMP: ACMCP[ACE]=1
NOTE
Operation of the device with supply VDD35 between maximum specified
operating voltage and Vassert(max) must be limited over total lifetime (refer
to operating conditions in App. A). The TJ(max) specification must be
obeyed.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
223
5V Analog Comparator (ACMPV1)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
224
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 4
Reference Voltage Attenuator (RVAV1)
Revision History
Rev. No.
(Item No.)
Date (Submitted
By)
V00.05
09 Jun 2010
• Added appendix title in note to reference reduced ADC clock
• Orthographical corrections aligned to Freescale Publications Style Guide
V00.06
01 Jul 2010
• Aligned to S12 register guidelines
V01.00
18 Oct 2010
• Initial version
4.1
Sections
Affected
Substantial Change(s)
Introduction
The reference voltage attenuator (RVA) provides a circuit for reduction of the ADC reference voltage
difference VRH-VSSA to gain more ADC resolution.
4.2
Features
The RVA has the following features:
• Attenuation of ADC reference voltage with low long-term drift
4.3
Block Diagram
The block diagram of the RVA module is shown below.
Refer to device overview section “ADC VRH/VRL Signal Connection” for connection of RVA to pins
and ADC module.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
225
Reference Voltage Attenuator (RVAV1)
STOP
VRH
RVAON
RVA
R
VRH_INT
5R
to ADC
VRL_INT
4R
VSSA
Figure 4-1. RVA Module Block Diagram
4.4
External Signals
The RVA has two external input signals, VRH and VSSA.
4.5
Modes of Operation
1. Attenuation Mode
The RVA is attenuating the reference voltage when enabled by the register control bit and the MCU
not being in STOP mode.
2. Bypass Mode
The RVA is in bypass mode either when disabled or during STOP mode. In these cases the resistor
ladder of the RVA is disconnected for power saving.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
226
Freescale Semiconductor
Reference Voltage Attenuator (RVAV1)
4.6
Memory Map and Register Definition
4.6.1
Register Map
Table 4-1 shows the RVA register map.
Table 4-1. RVA Register Map
Global Address
Register Name
0x0276
RVACTL
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Bit 0
RVAON
= Unimplemented or Reserved
4.6.2
4.6.2.1
Register Descriptions
RVA Control Register (RVACTL)
Access: User read/write1
Address 0x0276
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RVAON
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 4-2. RVA Control Register (RVACTL)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 4-2. RVACTL Register Field Descriptions
Field
0
RVAON
Description
RVA On —
This bit turns on the reference voltage attenuation.
0 RVA in bypass mode
1 RVA in attenuation mode
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
227
Reference Voltage Attenuator (RVAV1)
4.7
Functional Description
The RVA is a prescaler for the ADC reference voltage. If the attenuation is turned off the resistive divider
is disconnected from VSSA, VRH_INT is connected to VRH and VRL_INT is connected to VSSA. In this
mode the attenuation is bypassed and the resistive divider does not draw current.
If the attenuation is turned on the resistive divider is connected to VSSA, VRH_INT and VRL_INT are
connected to intermediate voltage levels:
VRH_INT = 0.9 * (VRH - VSSA) + VSSA
Eqn. 4-1
VRL_INT = 0.4 * (VRH - VSSA) + VSSA
Eqn. 4-2
The attenuated reference voltage difference (VRH_INT - VRL_INT) equals 50% of the input reference
voltage difference (VRH - VSSA). With reference voltage attenuation the resolution of the ADC is
improved by a factor of 2.
NOTE
In attenuation mode the maximum ADC clock is reduced. Please refer to the
conditions in appendix A “ATD Accuracy”, table “ATD Conversion
Performance 5V range, RVA enabled”.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
228
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
Table 5-1. Revision History Table
Rev. No.
Date
(Item No.) (Submitted By)
01.02
20-May 2010
01.03
26-Jul 2010
01.04
20-Aug 2010
5.1
Sections
Affected
Substantial Change(s)
Updates for S12VR48 and S12VR64
Introduction
The S12GMMC module controls the access to all internal memories and peripherals for the CPU12 and
S12SBDM module. It regulates access priorities and determines the address mapping of the on-chip
ressources. Figure 5-1 shows a block diagram of the S12GMMC module.
5.1.1
Glossary
Table 5-2. Glossary Of Terms
Term
Definition
Local Addresses
Address within the CPU12’s Local Address Map (Figure 5-11)
Global Address
Address within the Global Address Map (Figure 5-11)
Aligned Bus Access
Bus access to an even address.
Misaligned Bus Access
Bus access to an odd address.
NS
Normal Single-Chip Mode
SS
Special Single-Chip Mode
Unimplemented Address Ranges
Address ranges which are not mapped to any on-chip resource.
NVM
Non-volatile Memory; Flash or EEPROM
IFR
NVM Information Row. Refer to FTMRG Block Guide
5.1.2
Overview
The S12GMMC connects the CPU12’s and the S12SBDM’s bus interfaces to the MCU’s on-chip resources
(memories and peripherals). It arbitrates the bus accesses and determines all of the MCU’s memory maps.
Furthermore, the S12GMMC is responsible for constraining memory accesses on secured devices and for
selecting the MCU’s functional mode.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
229
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
5.1.3
Features
The main features of this block are:
• Paging capability to support a global 256 KByte memory address space
• Bus arbitration between the masters CPU12, S12SBDM to different resources.
• MCU operation mode control
• MCU security control
• Generation of system reset when CPU12 accesses an unimplemented address (i.e., an address
which does not belong to any of the on-chip modules) in single-chip modes
5.1.4
Modes of Operation
The S12GMMC selects the MCU’s functional mode. It also determines the devices behavior in secured
and unsecured state.
5.1.4.1
Functional Modes
Two functional modes are implemented on devices of the S12G product family:
• Normal Single Chip (NS)
The mode used for running applications.
• Special Single Chip Mode (SS)
A debug mode which causes the device to enter BDM Active Mode after each reset. Peripherals
may also provide special debug features in this mode.
5.1.4.2
Security
S12G devices can be secured to prohibit external access to the on-chip flash. The S12GMMC module
determines the access permissions to the on-chip memories in secured and unsecured state.
5.1.5
Block Diagram
Figure 5-1 shows a block diagram of the S12GMMC.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
230
Freescale Semiconductor
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
CPU
BDM
MMC
Address Decoder & Priority
DBG
Target Bus Controller
EEPROM
Flash
RAM
Peripherals
Figure 5-1. S12GMMC Block Diagram
5.2
External Signal Description
The S12GMMC uses two external pins to determine the devices operating mode: RESET and MODC
(Figure 5-3) See Device User Guide (DUG) for the mapping of these signals to device pins.
Table 5-3. External System Pins Associated With S12GMMC
Pin Name
Pin Functions
RESET
(See Section
Device Overview)
RESET
MODC
(See Section
Device Overview)
MODC
5.3
5.3.1
Description
The RESET pin is used the select the MCU’s operating mode.
The MODC pin is captured at the rising edge of the RESET pin. The captured
value determines the MCU’s operating mode.
Memory Map and Registers
Module Memory Map
A summary of the registers associated with the S12GMMC block is shown in Figure 5-2. Detailed
descriptions of the registers and bits are given in the subsections that follow.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
231
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
Address
Register
Name
0x000A
Reserved
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DP15
DP14
DP13
DP12
DP11
DP10
DP9
DP8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PIX3
PIX2
PIX1
PIX0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
0x000B
MODE
R
MODC
W
0x0010
Reserved
R
W
0x0011
DIRECT
R
W
0x0012
Reserved
R
W
0x0013
MMCCTL1
R
W
0x0014
Reserved
R
NVMRES
W
0x0015
PPAGE
R
W
0x00160x0017
Reserved
R
W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 5-2. MMC Register Summary
5.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section consists of the S12GMMC control register descriptions in address order.
5.3.2.1
Mode Register (MODE)
Address: 0x000B
7
R
W
Reset
MODC
MODC1
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1. External signal (see Table 5-3).
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 5-3. Mode Register (MODE)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
232
Freescale Semiconductor
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
Read: Anytime.
Write: Only if a transition is allowed (see Figure 5-4).
The MODC bit of the MODE register is used to select the MCU’s operating mode.
Table 5-4. MODE Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
MODC
Mode Select Bit — This bit controls the current operating mode during RESET high (inactive). The external
mode pin MODC determines the operating mode during RESET low (active). The state of the pin is registered
into the respective register bit after the RESET signal goes inactive (see Figure 5-4).
Write restrictions exist to disallow transitions between certain modes. Figure 5-4 illustrates all allowed mode
changes. Attempting non authorized transitions will not change the MODE bit, but it will block further writes to
the register bit except in special modes.
Write accesses to the MODE register are blocked when the device is secured.
RESET
1
0
Normal
Single-Chip
(NS)
1
Special
Single-Chip
(SS)
1
0
Figure 5-4. Mode Transition Diagram when MCU is Unsecured
5.3.2.2
Direct Page Register (DIRECT)
Address: 0x0011
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DP15
DP14
DP13
DP12
DP11
DP10
DP9
DP8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 5-5. Direct Register (DIRECT)
Read: Anytime
Write: anytime in special SS, write-once in NS.
This register determines the position of the 256 Byte direct page within the memory map.It is valid for both
global and local mapping scheme.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
233
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
Table 5-5. DIRECT Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–0
DP[15:8]
Direct Page Index Bits 15–8 — These bits are used by the CPU when performing accesses using the direct
addressing mode. These register bits form bits [15:8] of the local address (see Figure 5-6).
Bit15
Bit8
Bit0
Bit7
DP [15:8]
CPU Address [15:0]
Figure 5-6. DIRECT Address Mapping
Example 5-1. This example demonstrates usage of the Direct Addressing Mode
MOVB
#$04,DIRECT
LDY
<$12
5.3.2.3
;Set DIRECT register to 0x04. From this point on, all memory
;accesses using direct addressing mode will be in the local
;address range from 0x0400 to 0x04FF.
;Load the Y index register from 0x0412 (direct access).
MMC Control Register (MMCCTL1)
Address: 0x0013
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
NVMRES
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 5-7. MMC Control Register (MMCCTL1)
Read: Anytime.
Write: Anytime.
The NVMRES bit maps 16k of internal NVM resources (see Section FTMRG) to the global address space
0x04000 to 0x07FFF.
Table 5-6. MODE Field Descriptions
Field
0
NVMRES
Description
Map internal NVM resources into the global memory map
Write: Anytime
This bit maps internal NVM resources into the global address space.
0 Program flash is mapped to the global address range from 0x04000 to 0x07FFF.
1 NVM resources are mapped to the global address range from 0x04000 to 0x07FFF.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
234
Freescale Semiconductor
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
5.3.2.4
Program Page Index Register (PPAGE)
Address: 0x0015
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
3
2
1
0
PIX3
PIX2
PIX1
PIX0
1
1
1
0
Figure 5-8. Program Page Index Register (PPAGE)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
The four index bits of the PPAGE register select a 16K page in the global memory map (Figure 5-11). The
selected 16K page is mapped into the paging window ranging from local address 0x8000 to 0xBFFF.
Figure 5-9 illustrates the translation from local to global addresses for accesses to the paging window. The
CPU has special access to read and write this register directly during execution of CALL and RTC
instructions.
Global Address [17:0]
Bit17
Bit0
Bit14 Bit13
PPAGE Register [3:0]
Address [13:0]
Address: CPU Local Address
or BDM Local Address
Figure 5-9. PPAGE Address Mapping
NOTE
Writes to this register using the special access of the CALL and RTC
instructions will be complete before the end of the instruction execution.
Table 5-7. PPAGE Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3–0
PIX[3:0]
Program Page Index Bits 3–0 — These page index bits are used to select which of the 256 flash array pages
is to be accessed in the Program Page Window.
The fixed 16KB page from 0x0000 to 0x3FFF is the page number 0xC. Parts of this page are covered by
Registers, EEPROM and RAM space. See SoC Guide for details.
The fixed 16KB page from 0x4000–0x7FFF is the page number 0xD.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
235
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
The reset value of 0xE ensures that there is linear Flash space available between addresses 0x0000 and
0xFFFF out of reset.
The fixed 16KB page from 0xC000-0xFFFF is the page number 0xF.
5.4
Functional Description
The S12GMMC block performs several basic functions of the S12G sub-system operation: MCU
operation modes, priority control, address mapping, select signal generation and access limitations for the
system. Each aspect is described in the following subsections.
5.4.1
•
•
MCU Operating Modes
Normal single chip mode
This is the operation mode for running application code. There is no external bus in this mode.
Special single chip mode
This mode is generally used for debugging operation, boot-strapping or security related operations.
The active background debug mode is in control of the CPU code execution and the BDM firmware
is waiting for serial commands sent through the BKGD pin.
5.4.2
5.4.2.1
Memory Map Scheme
CPU and BDM Memory Map Scheme
The BDM firmware lookup tables and BDM register memory locations share addresses with other
modules; however they are not visible in the memory map during user’s code execution. The BDM
memory resources are enabled only during the READ_BD and WRITE_BD access cycles to distinguish
between accesses to the BDM memory area and accesses to the other modules. (Refer to BDM Block
Guide for further details).
When the MCU enters active BDM mode, the BDM firmware lookup tables and the BDM registers
become visible in the local memory map in the range 0xFF00-0xFFFF (global address 0x3_FF00 0x3_FFFF) and the CPU begins execution of firmware commands or the BDM begins execution of
hardware commands. The resources which share memory space with the BDM module will not be visible
in the memory map during active BDM mode.
Please note that after the MCU enters active BDM mode the BDM firmware lookup tables and the BDM
registers will also be visible between addresses 0xBF00 and 0xBFFF if the PPAGE register contains value
of 0x0F.
5.4.2.1.1
Expansion of the Local Address Map
Expansion of the CPU Local Address Map
The program page index register in S12GMMC allows accessing up to 256KB of address space in the
global memory map by using the four index bits (PPAGE[3:0]) to page 16x16 KB blocks into the program
page window located from address 0x8000 to address 0xBFFF in the local CPU memory map.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
236
Freescale Semiconductor
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
The page value for the program page window is stored in the PPAGE register. The value of the PPAGE
register can be read or written by normal memory accesses as well as by the CALL and RTC instructions.
Control registers, vector space and parts of the on-chip memories are located in unpaged portions of the
64KB local CPU address space.
The starting address of an interrupt service routine must be located in unpaged memory unless the user is
certain that the PPAGE register will be set to the appropriate value when the service routine is called.
However an interrupt service routine can call other routines that are in paged memory. The upper 16KB
block of the local CPU memory space (0xC000–0xFFFF) is unpaged. It is recommended that all reset and
interrupt vectors point to locations in this area or to the other unmapped pages sections of the local CPU
memory map.
Expansion of the BDM Local Address Map
PPAGE and BDMPPR register is also used for the expansion of the BDM local address to the global
address. These registers can be read and written by the BDM.
The BDM expansion scheme is the same as the CPU expansion scheme.
The four BDMPPR Program Page index bits allow access to the full 256KB address map that can be
accessed with 18 address bits.
The BDM program page index register (BDMPPR) is used only when the feature is enabled in BDM and,
in the case the CPU is executing a firmware command which uses CPU instructions, or by a BDM
hardware commands. See the BDM Block Guide for further details. (see Figure 5-10).
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
237
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
BDM HARDWARE COMMAND
Global Address [17:0]
Bit17
Bit0
Bit14 Bit13
BDMPPR Register [3:0]
BDM Local Address [13:0]
BDM FIRMWARE COMMAND
Global Address [17:0]
Bit17
Bit0
Bit14 Bit13
BDMPPR Register [3:0]
CPU Local Address [13:0]
Figure 5-10.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
238
Freescale Semiconductor
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
Local CPU and BDM
Memory Map
Global Memory Map
Register Space
Register Space
EEPROM
EEPROM
Flash Space
Page 0xC
Unimplemented
RAM
RAM
0x0000
0x0400
0x4000
NVMRES=0
Flash Space
Page 0xD
NVMRES=1
0x0_0000
0x0_0400
0x0_4000
Internal
Flash
NVM
Space
Resources
Page 0x1
0x0_8000
0x8000
Paging Window
Flash Space
Page 0x2
0x3_0000
0xC000
Flash Space
Flash Space
Page 0xF
Page 0xC
0x3_4000
0xFFFF
Flash Space
Page 0xD
0x3_8000
Flash Space
Page 0xE
0x3_C000
Flash Space
Page 0xF
0x3_FFFF
Figure 5-11. Local to Global Address Mapping
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
239
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
5.4.3
Unimplemented and Reserved Address Ranges
The S12GMMC is capable of mapping up 240K of flash, up to 4K of EEPROM and up to 11K of RAM
into the global memory map. Smaller devices of the S12G-family do not utilize all of the available address
space. Address ranges which are not associated with one of the on-chip memories fall into two categories:
Unimplemented addresses and reserved addresses.
Unimplemented addresses are not mapped to any of the on-chip memories. The S12GMMC is aware that
accesses to these address location have no destination and triggers a system reset (illegal address reset)
whenever they are attempted by the CPU. The BDM is not able to trigger illegal address resets.
Reserved addresses are associated with a memory block on the device, even though the memory block does
not contain the resources to fill the address space. The S12GMMC is not aware that the associated memory
does not physically exist. It does not trigger an illegal address reset when accesses to reserved locations
are attempted.
Table 5-8 shows the global address ranges of all members of the S12G-family.
Table 5-8. Global Address Ranges
S12GN16
S12GN32
S12G48,
S12GN48
0x000000x003FF
S12G64
S12G96
S12G128
S12G192
S12G240
4k
4k
4k
11k
11k
Register Space
0x004000x005FF
0.5k
0x006000x007FF
Reserved
1k
1.5k
2k
3k
EEPROM
0x008000x009FF
0x00A000x00BFF
Reserved
0x00C000x00FFF
0x010000x013FF
Reserved
0x014000x01FFF
Unimplemented
0x020000x2FFF
0x030000x037FF
0x038000x03BFF
0x03C000x03FFF
RAM
Reserved
1k
2k
4k
4k
8k
8k
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
240
Freescale Semiconductor
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
Table 5-8. Global Address Ranges
S12GN16
S12GN32
0x040000x07FFF
(NVMRES=1)
S12G48,
S12GN48
S12G64
S12G96
S12G128
S12G192
S12G240
Internal NVM Resources (for details refer to section FTMRG)
0x040000x07FFF
(NVMRES=0)
Reserved
0x080000x0FFFF
0x080000x1FFFF
Unimplemented
0x200000x27FFF
Reserved
0x280000x2FFFF
0x300000x33FFF
Reserved
0x340000x37FFF
0x380000x3BFFF
0x3C0000x3FFFF
5.4.4
Flash
Reserved
16k
32k
48k
64k
96k
128k
192k
240k
Prioritization of Memory Accesses
On S12G devices, the CPU and the BDM are not able to access the memory in parallel. An arbitration
occurs whenever both modules attempt a memory access at the same time. CPU accesses are handled with
higher priority than BDM accesses unless the BDM module has been stalled for more then 128 bus cycles.
In this case the pending BDM access will be processed immediately.
5.4.5
Interrupts
The S12GMMC does not generate any interrupts.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
241
S12G Memory Map Controller (S12GMMCV1)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
242
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6
Interrupt Module (S12SINTV1)
Version
Number
Revision
Date
01.02
13 Sep
2007
updates for S12P family devices:
- re-added XIRQ and IRQ references since this functionality is used
on devices without D2D
- added low voltage reset as possible source to the pin reset vector
01.03
21 Nov
2007
added clarification of “Wake-up from STOP or WAIT by XIRQ with
X bit set” feature
01.04
20 May
2009
added footnote about availability of “Wake-up from STOP or WAIT
by XIRQ with X bit set” feature
6.1
Effective
Date
Author
Description of Changes
Introduction
The INT module decodes the priority of all system exception requests and provides the applicable vector
for processing the exception to the CPU. The INT module supports:
• I bit and X bit maskable interrupt requests
• A non-maskable unimplemented op-code trap
• A non-maskable software interrupt (SWI) or background debug mode request
• Three system reset vector requests
• A spurious interrupt vector
Each of the I bit maskable interrupt requests is assigned to a fixed priority level.
6.1.1
Glossary
Table 6-2 contains terms and abbreviations used in the document.
Table 6-2. Terminology
Term
CCR
Condition Code Register (in the CPU)
ISR
Interrupt Service Routine
MCU
6.1.2
•
•
Meaning
Micro-Controller Unit
Features
Interrupt vector base register (IVBR)
One spurious interrupt vector (at address vector base1 + 0x0080).
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
243
Interrupt Module (S12SINTV1)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
6.1.3
•
•
•
•
6.1.4
2–58 I bit maskable interrupt vector requests (at addresses vector base + 0x0082–0x00F2).
I bit maskable interrupts can be nested.
One X bit maskable interrupt vector request (at address vector base + 0x00F4).
One non-maskable software interrupt request (SWI) or background debug mode vector request (at
address vector base + 0x00F6).
One non-maskable unimplemented op-code trap (TRAP) vector (at address vector base + 0x00F8).
Three system reset vectors (at addresses 0xFFFA–0xFFFE).
Determines the highest priority interrupt vector requests, drives the vector to the bus on CPU
request
Wakes up the system from stop or wait mode when an appropriate interrupt request occurs.
Modes of Operation
Run mode
This is the basic mode of operation.
Wait mode
In wait mode, the clock to the INT module is disabled. The INT module is however capable of
waking-up the CPU from wait mode if an interrupt occurs. Please refer to Section 6.5.3, “Wake Up
from Stop or Wait Mode” for details.
Stop Mode
In stop mode, the clock to the INT module is disabled. The INT module is however capable of
waking-up the CPU from stop mode if an interrupt occurs. Please refer to Section 6.5.3, “Wake Up
from Stop or Wait Mode” for details.
Freeze mode (BDM active)
In freeze mode (BDM active), the interrupt vector base register is overridden internally. Please
refer to Section 6.3.1.1, “Interrupt Vector Base Register (IVBR)” for details.
Block Diagram
Figure 6-1 shows a block diagram of the INT module.
1. The vector base is a 16-bit address which is accumulated from the contents of the interrupt vector base register (IVBR, used
as upper byte) and 0x00 (used as lower byte).
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
244
Freescale Semiconductor
Interrupt Module (S12SINTV1)
Peripheral
Interrupt Requests
Wake Up
CPU
Priority
Decoder
Non I bit Maskable Channels
To CPU
Vector
Address
IVBR
I bit Maskable Channels
Interrupt
Requests
Figure 6-1. INT Block Diagram
6.2
External Signal Description
The INT module has no external signals.
6.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all registers accessible in the INT module.
6.3.1
Register Descriptions
This section describes in address order all the INT registers and their individual bits.
6.3.1.1
Interrupt Vector Base Register (IVBR)
Address: 0x0120
7
6
5
R
3
2
1
0
1
1
1
IVB_ADDR[7:0]
W
Reset
4
1
1
1
1
1
Figure 6-2. Interrupt Vector Base Register (IVBR)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
245
Interrupt Module (S12SINTV1)
Table 6-3. IVBR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–0
Interrupt Vector Base Address Bits — These bits represent the upper byte of all vector addresses. Out of
IVB_ADDR[7:0] reset these bits are set to 0xFF (that means vectors are located at 0xFF80–0xFFFE) to ensure compatibility
to HCS12.
Note: A system reset will initialize the interrupt vector base register with “0xFF” before it is used to determine
the reset vector address. Therefore, changing the IVBR has no effect on the location of the three reset
vectors (0xFFFA–0xFFFE).
Note: If the BDM is active (that means the CPU is in the process of executing BDM firmware code), the
contents of IVBR are ignored and the upper byte of the vector address is fixed as “0xFF”. This is done
to enable handling of all non-maskable interrupts in the BDM firmware.
6.4
Functional Description
The INT module processes all exception requests to be serviced by the CPU module. These exceptions
include interrupt vector requests and reset vector requests. Each of these exception types and their overall
priority level is discussed in the subsections below.
6.4.1
S12S Exception Requests
The CPU handles both reset requests and interrupt requests. A priority decoder is used to evaluate the
priority of pending interrupt requests.
6.4.2
Interrupt Prioritization
The INT module contains a priority decoder to determine the priority for all interrupt requests pending for
the CPU. If more than one interrupt request is pending, the interrupt request with the higher vector address
wins the prioritization.
The following conditions must be met for an I bit maskable interrupt request to be processed.
1. The local interrupt enabled bit in the peripheral module must be set.
2. The I bit in the condition code register (CCR) of the CPU must be cleared.
3. There is no SWI, TRAP, or X bit maskable request pending.
NOTE
All non I bit maskable interrupt requests always have higher priority than
the I bit maskable interrupt requests. If the X bit in the CCR is cleared, it is
possible to interrupt an I bit maskable interrupt by an X bit maskable
interrupt. It is possible to nest non maskable interrupt requests, for example
by nesting SWI or TRAP calls.
Since an interrupt vector is only supplied at the time when the CPU requests it, it is possible that a higher
priority interrupt request could override the original interrupt request that caused the CPU to request the
vector. In this case, the CPU will receive the highest priority vector and the system will process this
interrupt request first, before the original interrupt request is processed.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
246
Freescale Semiconductor
Interrupt Module (S12SINTV1)
If the interrupt source is unknown (for example, in the case where an interrupt request becomes inactive
after the interrupt has been recognized, but prior to the CPU vector request), the vector address supplied
to the CPU will default to that of the spurious interrupt vector.
NOTE
Care must be taken to ensure that all interrupt requests remain active until
the system begins execution of the applicable service routine; otherwise, the
exception request may not get processed at all or the result may be a
spurious interrupt request (vector at address (vector base + 0x0080)).
6.4.3
Reset Exception Requests
The INT module supports three system reset exception request types (please refer to the Clock and Reset
generator module for details):
1. Pin reset, power-on reset or illegal address reset, low voltage reset (if applicable)
2. Clock monitor reset request
3. COP watchdog reset request
6.4.4
Exception Priority
The priority (from highest to lowest) and address of all exception vectors issued by the INT module upon
request by the CPU is shown in Table 6-4.
Table 6-4. Exception Vector Map and Priority
Vector Address1
Source
0xFFFE
Pin reset, power-on reset, illegal address reset, low voltage reset (if applicable)
0xFFFC
Clock monitor reset
0xFFFA
COP watchdog reset
(Vector base + 0x00F8)
Unimplemented opcode trap
(Vector base + 0x00F6)
Software interrupt instruction (SWI) or BDM vector request
(Vector base + 0x00F4)
X bit maskable interrupt request (XIRQ or D2D error interrupt)2
(Vector base + 0x00F2)
IRQ or D2D interrupt request3
(Vector base + 0x00F0–0x0082) Device specific I bit maskable interrupt sources (priority determined by the low byte of the
vector address, in descending order)
(Vector base + 0x0080)
Spurious interrupt
1
16 bits vector address based
D2D error interrupt on MCUs featuring a D2D initiator module, otherwise XIRQ pin interrupt
3
D2D interrupt on MCUs featuring a D2D initiator module, otherwise IRQ pin interrupt
2
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
247
Interrupt Module (S12SINTV1)
6.5
6.5.1
Initialization/Application Information
Initialization
After system reset, software should:
1. Initialize the interrupt vector base register if the interrupt vector table is not located at the default
location (0xFF80–0xFFF9).
2. Enable I bit maskable interrupts by clearing the I bit in the CCR.
3. Enable the X bit maskable interrupt by clearing the X bit in the CCR.
6.5.2
Interrupt Nesting
The interrupt request scheme makes it possible to nest I bit maskable interrupt requests handled by the
CPU.
• I bit maskable interrupt requests can be interrupted by an interrupt request with a higher priority.
I bit maskable interrupt requests cannot be interrupted by other I bit maskable interrupt requests per
default. In order to make an interrupt service routine (ISR) interruptible, the ISR must explicitly clear the
I bit in the CCR (CLI). After clearing the I bit, other I bit maskable interrupt requests can interrupt the
current ISR.
An ISR of an interruptible I bit maskable interrupt request could basically look like this:
1. Service interrupt, that is clear interrupt flags, copy data, etc.
2. Clear I bit in the CCR by executing the instruction CLI (thus allowing other I bit maskable interrupt
requests)
3. Process data
4. Return from interrupt by executing the instruction RTI
6.5.3
6.5.3.1
Wake Up from Stop or Wait Mode
CPU Wake Up from Stop or Wait Mode
Every I bit maskable interrupt request is capable of waking the MCU from stop or wait mode. To determine
whether an I bit maskable interrupts is qualified to wake-up the CPU or not, the same conditions as in
normal run mode are applied during stop or wait mode:
• If the I bit in the CCR is set, all I bit maskable interrupts are masked from waking-up the MCU.
Since there are no clocks running in stop mode, only interrupts which can be asserted asynchronously can
wake-up the MCU from stop mode.
The X bit maskable interrupt request can wake up the MCU from stop or wait mode at anytime, even if the
X bit in CCR is set1.
1. The capability of the XIRQ pin to wake-up the MCU with the X bit set may not be available if, for example, the XIRQ pin is
shared with other peripheral modules on the device. Please refer to the Device section of the MCU reference manual for details.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
248
Freescale Semiconductor
Interrupt Module (S12SINTV1)
If the X bit maskable interrupt request is used to wake-up the MCU with the X bit in the CCR set, the
associated ISR is not called. The CPU then resumes program execution with the instruction following the
WAI or STOP instruction. This features works following the same rules like any interrupt request, that is
care must be taken that the X interrupt request used for wake-up remains active at least until the system
begins execution of the instruction following the WAI or STOP instruction; otherwise, wake-up may not
occur.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
249
Interrupt Module (S12SINTV1)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
250
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 7
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
Table 7-1. Revision History
Sections
Affected
Revision Number
Date
1.03
14.May.2009
Internal Conditional text only
1.04
30.Nov.2009
Internal Conditional text only
1.05
07.Dec.2010
Standardized format of revision history table header.
1.06
02.Mar.2011
7.1
7.3.2.2/7-257
7.2/7-253
Summary of Changes
Corrected BPAE bit description.
Removed references to fixed VCO frequencies
Introduction
This section describes the functionality of the background debug module (BDM) sub-block of the HCS12S
core platform.
The background debug module (BDM) sub-block is a single-wire, background debug system implemented
in on-chip hardware for minimal CPU intervention. All interfacing with the BDM is done via the BKGD
pin.
The BDM has enhanced capability for maintaining synchronization between the target and host while
allowing more flexibility in clock rates. This includes a sync signal to determine the communication rate
and a handshake signal to indicate when an operation is complete. The system is backwards compatible to
the BDM of the S12 family with the following exceptions:
• TAGGO command not supported by S12SBDM
• External instruction tagging feature is part of the DBG module
• S12SBDM register map and register content modified
• Family ID readable from BDM ROM at global address 0x3_FF0F in active BDM
(value for devices with HCS12S core is 0xC2)
• Clock switch removed from BDM (CLKSW bit removed from BDMSTS register)
7.1.1
Features
The BDM includes these distinctive features:
• Single-wire communication with host development system
• Enhanced capability for allowing more flexibility in clock rates
• SYNC command to determine communication rate
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
251
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
GO_UNTIL command
Hardware handshake protocol to increase the performance of the serial communication
Active out of reset in special single chip mode
Nine hardware commands using free cycles, if available, for minimal CPU intervention
Hardware commands not requiring active BDM
14 firmware commands execute from the standard BDM firmware lookup table
Software control of BDM operation during wait mode
When secured, hardware commands are allowed to access the register space in special single chip
mode, if the Flash erase tests fail.
Family ID readable from BDM ROM at global address 0x3_FF0F in active BDM
(value for devices with HCS12S core is 0xC2)
BDM hardware commands are operational until system stop mode is entered
7.1.2
Modes of Operation
BDM is available in all operating modes but must be enabled before firmware commands are executed.
Some systems may have a control bit that allows suspending the function during background debug mode.
7.1.2.1
Regular Run Modes
All of these operations refer to the part in run mode and not being secured. The BDM does not provide
controls to conserve power during run mode.
• Normal modes
General operation of the BDM is available and operates the same in all normal modes.
• Special single chip mode
In special single chip mode, background operation is enabled and active out of reset. This allows
programming a system with blank memory.
7.1.2.2
Secure Mode Operation
If the device is in secure mode, the operation of the BDM is reduced to a small subset of its regular run
mode operation. Secure operation prevents access to Flash other than allowing erasure. For more
information please see Section 7.4.1, “Security”.
7.1.2.3
Low-Power Modes
The BDM can be used until stop mode is entered. When CPU is in wait mode all BDM firmware
commands as well as the hardware BACKGROUND command cannot be used and are ignored. In this case
the CPU can not enter BDM active mode, and only hardware read and write commands are available. Also
the CPU can not enter a low power mode (stop or wait) during BDM active mode.
In stop mode the BDM clocks are stopped. When BDM clocks are disabled and stop mode is exited, the
BDM clocks will restart and BDM will have a soft reset (clearing the instruction register, any command in
progress and disable the ACK function). The BDM is now ready to receive a new command.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
252
Freescale Semiconductor
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
7.1.3
Block Diagram
A block diagram of the BDM is shown in Figure 7-1.
Host
System
BKGD
Serial
Interface
Data
16-Bit Shift Register
Control
Register Block
Address
TRACE
Instruction Code
and
Execution
BDMACT
Bus Interface
and
Control Logic
Data
Control
Clocks
ENBDM
SDV
Standard BDM Firmware
LOOKUP TABLE
UNSEC
Secured BDM Firmware
LOOKUP TABLE
BDMSTS
Register
Figure 7-1. BDM Block Diagram
7.2
External Signal Description
A single-wire interface pin called the background debug interface (BKGD) pin is used to communicate
with the BDM system. During reset, this pin is a mode select input which selects between normal and
special modes of operation. After reset, this pin becomes the dedicated serial interface pin for the
background debug mode. The communication rate of this pin is always the BDM clock frequency defined
at device level (refer to device overview section). When modifying the VCO clock please make sure that
the communication rate is adapted accordingly and a communication time-out (BDM soft reset) has
occurred.
7.3
7.3.1
Memory Map and Register Definition
Module Memory Map
Table 7-2 shows the BDM memory map when BDM is active.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
253
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
Table 7-2. BDM Memory Map
7.3.2
Global Address
Module
Size
(Bytes)
0x3_FF00–0x3_FF0B
BDM registers
12
0x3_FF0C–0x3_FF0E
BDM firmware ROM
3
0x3_FF0F
Family ID (part of BDM firmware ROM)
1
0x3_FF10–0x3_FFFF
BDM firmware ROM
240
Register Descriptions
A summary of the registers associated with the BDM is shown in Figure 7-2. Registers are accessed by
host-driven communications to the BDM hardware using READ_BD and WRITE_BD commands.
Global
Address
Register
Name
0x3_FF00
Reserved
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
BDMACT
0
SDV
TRACE
0
UNSEC
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CCR7
CCR6
CCR5
CCR4
CCR3
CCR2
CCR1
CCR0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
0x3_FF01
BDMSTS
R
W
0x3_FF02
Reserved
R
ENBDM
W
0x3_FF03
Reserved
R
W
0x3_FF04
Reserved
R
W
0x3_FF05
Reserved
R
W
0x3_FF06
BDMCCR
R
W
0x3_FF07
Reserved
R
W
= Unimplemented, Reserved
X
= Indeterminate
= Implemented (do not alter)
0
= Always read zero
Figure 7-2. BDM Register Summary
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
254
Freescale Semiconductor
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
Global
Address
Register
Name
0x3_FF08
BDMPPR
Bit 7
R
W
0x3_FF09
Reserved
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BPAE
R
3
2
1
Bit 0
BPP3
BPP2
BPP1
BPP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
0x3_FF0A
Reserved
R
W
0x3_FF0B
Reserved
R
W
= Unimplemented, Reserved
= Indeterminate
X
= Implemented (do not alter)
= Always read zero
0
Figure 7-2. BDM Register Summary (continued)
7.3.2.1
BDM Status Register (BDMSTS)
Register Global Address 0x3_FF01
7
R
W
ENBDM
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BDMACT
0
SDV
TRACE
0
UNSEC
0
Reset
Special Single-Chip Mode
01
1
0
0
0
0
02
0
All Other Modes
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented, Reserved
0
= Implemented (do not alter)
= Always read zero
1
ENBDM is read as 1 by a debugging environment in special single chip mode when the device is not secured or secured but
fully erased (Flash). This is because the ENBDM bit is set by the standard BDM firmware before a BDM command can be fully
transmitted and executed.
2 UNSEC is read as 1 by a debugging environment in special single chip mode when the device is secured and fully erased,
else it is 0 and can only be read if not secure (see also bit description).
Figure 7-3. BDM Status Register (BDMSTS)
Read: All modes through BDM operation when not secured
Write: All modes through BDM operation when not secured, but subject to the following:
— ENBDM should only be set via a BDM hardware command if the BDM firmware commands
are needed. (This does not apply in special single chip mode).
— BDMACT can only be set by BDM hardware upon entry into BDM. It can only be cleared by
the standard BDM firmware lookup table upon exit from BDM active mode.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
255
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
— All other bits, while writable via BDM hardware or standard BDM firmware write commands,
should only be altered by the BDM hardware or standard firmware lookup table as part of BDM
command execution.
Table 7-3. BDMSTS Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
ENBDM
Enable BDM — This bit controls whether the BDM is enabled or disabled. When enabled, BDM can be made
active to allow firmware commands to be executed. When disabled, BDM cannot be made active but BDM
hardware commands are still allowed.
0 BDM disabled
1 BDM enabled
Note: ENBDM is set out of reset in special single chip mode. In special single chip mode with the device
secured, this bit will not be set until after the Flash erase verify tests are complete.
6
BDMACT
BDM Active Status — This bit becomes set upon entering BDM. The standard BDM firmware lookup table is
then enabled and put into the memory map. BDMACT is cleared by a carefully timed store instruction in the
standard BDM firmware as part of the exit sequence to return to user code and remove the BDM memory from
the map.
0 BDM not active
1 BDM active
4
SDV
Shift Data Valid — This bit is set and cleared by the BDM hardware. It is set after data has been transmitted as
part of a BDM firmware or hardware read command or after data has been received as part of a BDM firmware
or hardware write command. It is cleared when the next BDM command has been received or BDM is exited.
SDV is used by the standard BDM firmware to control program flow execution.
0 Data phase of command not complete
1 Data phase of command is complete
3
TRACE
TRACE1 BDM Firmware Command is Being Executed — This bit gets set when a BDM TRACE1 firmware
command is first recognized. It will stay set until BDM firmware is exited by one of the following BDM commands:
GO or GO_UNTIL.
0 TRACE1 command is not being executed
1 TRACE1 command is being executed
1
UNSEC
Unsecure — If the device is secured this bit is only writable in special single chip mode from the BDM secure
firmware. It is in a zero state as secure mode is entered so that the secure BDM firmware lookup table is enabled
and put into the memory map overlapping the standard BDM firmware lookup table.
The secure BDM firmware lookup table verifies that the on-chip Flash is erased. This being the case, the UNSEC
bit is set and the BDM program jumps to the start of the standard BDM firmware lookup table and the secure
BDM firmware lookup table is turned off. If the erase test fails, the UNSEC bit will not be asserted.
0 System is in a secured mode.
1 System is in a unsecured mode.
Note: When UNSEC is set, security is off and the user can change the state of the secure bits in the on-chip
Flash EEPROM. Note that if the user does not change the state of the bits to “unsecured” mode, the
system will be secured again when it is next taken out of reset.After reset this bit has no meaning or effect
when the security byte in the Flash EEPROM is configured for unsecure mode.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
256
Freescale Semiconductor
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
Register Global Address 0x3_FF06
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CCR7
CCR6
CCR5
CCR4
CCR3
CCR2
CCR1
CCR0
Special Single-Chip Mode
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
All Other Modes
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 7-4. BDM CCR Holding Register (BDMCCR)
Read: All modes through BDM operation when not secured
Write: All modes through BDM operation when not secured
NOTE
When BDM is made active, the CPU stores the content of its CCR register
in the BDMCCR register. However, out of special single-chip reset, the
BDMCCR is set to 0xD8 and not 0xD0 which is the reset value of the CCR
register in this CPU mode. Out of reset in all other modes the BDMCCR
register is read zero.
When entering background debug mode, the BDM CCR holding register is used to save the condition code
register of the user’s program. It is also used for temporary storage in the standard BDM firmware mode.
The BDM CCR holding register can be written to modify the CCR value.
7.3.2.2
BDM Program Page Index Register (BDMPPR)
Register Global Address 0x3_FF08
7
R
W
Reset
BPAE
0
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
BPP3
BPP2
BPP1
BPP0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented, Reserved
Figure 7-5. BDM Program Page Register (BDMPPR)
Read: All modes through BDM operation when not secured
Write: All modes through BDM operation when not secured
Table 7-4. BDMPPR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
BPAE
BDM Program Page Access Enable Bit — BPAE enables program page access for BDM hardware and
firmware read/write instructions The BDM hardware commands used to access the BDM registers (READ_BD
and WRITE_BD) can not be used for program page accesses even if the BPAE bit is set.
0 BDM Program Paging disabled
1 BDM Program Paging enabled
3–0
BPP[3:0]
BDM Program Page Index Bits 3–0 — These bits define the selected program page. For more detailed
information regarding the program page window scheme, please refer to the S12S_MMC Block Guide.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
257
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
7.3.3
Family ID Assignment
The family ID is an 8-bit value located in the BDM ROM in active BDM (at global address: 0x3_FF0F).
The read-only value is a unique family ID which is 0xC2 for devices with an HCS12S core.
7.4
Functional Description
The BDM receives and executes commands from a host via a single wire serial interface. There are two
types of BDM commands: hardware and firmware commands.
Hardware commands are used to read and write target system memory locations and to enter active
background debug mode, see Section 7.4.3, “BDM Hardware Commands”. Target system memory
includes all memory that is accessible by the CPU.
Firmware commands are used to read and write CPU resources and to exit from active background debug
mode, see Section 7.4.4, “Standard BDM Firmware Commands”. The CPU resources referred to are the
accumulator (D), X index register (X), Y index register (Y), stack pointer (SP), and program counter (PC).
Hardware commands can be executed at any time and in any mode excluding a few exceptions as
highlighted (see Section 7.4.3, “BDM Hardware Commands”) and in secure mode (see Section 7.4.1,
“Security”). BDM firmware commands can only be executed when the system is not secure and is in active
background debug mode (BDM).
7.4.1
Security
If the user resets into special single chip mode with the system secured, a secured mode BDM firmware
lookup table is brought into the map overlapping a portion of the standard BDM firmware lookup table.
The secure BDM firmware verifies that the on-chip Flash EEPROM are erased. This being the case, the
UNSEC and ENBDM bit will get set. The BDM program jumps to the start of the standard BDM firmware
and the secured mode BDM firmware is turned off and all BDM commands are allowed. If the Flash does
not verify as erased, the BDM firmware sets the ENBDM bit, without asserting UNSEC, and the firmware
enters a loop. This causes the BDM hardware commands to become enabled, but does not enable the
firmware commands. This allows the BDM hardware to be used to erase the Flash.
BDM operation is not possible in any other mode than special single chip mode when the device is secured.
The device can only be unsecured via BDM serial interface in special single chip mode. For more
information regarding security, please see the S12S_9SEC Block Guide.
7.4.2
Enabling and Activating BDM
The system must be in active BDM to execute standard BDM firmware commands. BDM can be activated
only after being enabled. BDM is enabled by setting the ENBDM bit in the BDM status (BDMSTS)
register. The ENBDM bit is set by writing to the BDM status (BDMSTS) register, via the single-wire
interface, using a hardware command such as WRITE_BD_BYTE.
After being enabled, BDM is activated by one of the following1:
1. BDM is enabled and active immediately out of special single-chip reset.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
258
Freescale Semiconductor
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
•
•
•
Hardware BACKGROUND command
CPU BGND instruction
Breakpoint force or tag mechanism1
When BDM is activated, the CPU finishes executing the current instruction and then begins executing the
firmware in the standard BDM firmware lookup table. When BDM is activated by a breakpoint, the type
of breakpoint used determines if BDM becomes active before or after execution of the next instruction.
NOTE
If an attempt is made to activate BDM before being enabled, the CPU
resumes normal instruction execution after a brief delay. If BDM is not
enabled, any hardware BACKGROUND commands issued are ignored by
the BDM and the CPU is not delayed.
In active BDM, the BDM registers and standard BDM firmware lookup table are mapped to addresses
0x3_FF00 to 0x3_FFFF. BDM registers are mapped to addresses 0x3_FF00 to 0x3_FF0B. The BDM uses
these registers which are readable anytime by the BDM. However, these registers are not readable by user
programs.
When BDM is activated while CPU executes code overlapping with BDM firmware space the saved
program counter (PC) will be auto incremented by one from the BDM firmware, no matter what caused
the entry into BDM active mode (BGND instruction, BACKGROUND command or breakpoints). In such
a case the PC must be set to the next valid address via a WRITE_PC command before executing the GO
command.
7.4.3
BDM Hardware Commands
Hardware commands are used to read and write target system memory locations and to enter active
background debug mode. Target system memory includes all memory that is accessible by the CPU such
as on-chip RAM, Flash, I/O and control registers.
Hardware commands are executed with minimal or no CPU intervention and do not require the system to
be in active BDM for execution, although, they can still be executed in this mode. When executing a
hardware command, the BDM sub-block waits for a free bus cycle so that the background access does not
disturb the running application program. If a free cycle is not found within 128 clock cycles, the CPU is
momentarily frozen so that the BDM can steal a cycle. When the BDM finds a free cycle, the operation
does not intrude on normal CPU operation provided that it can be completed in a single cycle. However,
if an operation requires multiple cycles the CPU is frozen until the operation is complete, even though the
BDM found a free cycle.
The BDM hardware commands are listed in Table 7-5.
The READ_BD and WRITE_BD commands allow access to the BDM register locations. These locations
are not normally in the system memory map but share addresses with the application in memory. To
distinguish between physical memory locations that share the same address, BDM memory resources are
1. This method is provided by the S12S_DBG module.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
259
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
enabled just for the READ_BD and WRITE_BD access cycle. This allows the BDM to access BDM
locations unobtrusively, even if the addresses conflict with the application memory map.
Table 7-5. Hardware Commands
Opcode
(hex)
Data
Description
BACKGROUND
90
None
Enter background mode if BDM is enabled. If enabled, an ACK will be issued
when the part enters active background mode.
ACK_ENABLE
D5
None
Enable Handshake. Issues an ACK pulse after the command is executed.
ACK_DISABLE
D6
None
Disable Handshake. This command does not issue an ACK pulse.
READ_BD_BYTE
E4
16-bit address Read from memory with standard BDM firmware lookup table in map.
16-bit data out Odd address data on low byte; even address data on high byte.
READ_BD_WORD
EC
16-bit address Read from memory with standard BDM firmware lookup table in map.
16-bit data out Must be aligned access.
READ_BYTE
E0
16-bit address Read from memory with standard BDM firmware lookup table out of map.
16-bit data out Odd address data on low byte; even address data on high byte.
READ_WORD
E8
16-bit address Read from memory with standard BDM firmware lookup table out of map.
16-bit data out Must be aligned access.
WRITE_BD_BYTE
C4
16-bit address Write to memory with standard BDM firmware lookup table in map.
16-bit data in Odd address data on low byte; even address data on high byte.
WRITE_BD_WORD
CC
16-bit address Write to memory with standard BDM firmware lookup table in map.
16-bit data in Must be aligned access.
WRITE_BYTE
C0
16-bit address Write to memory with standard BDM firmware lookup table out of map.
16-bit data in Odd address data on low byte; even address data on high byte.
WRITE_WORD
C8
16-bit address Write to memory with standard BDM firmware lookup table out of map.
16-bit data in Must be aligned access.
Command
NOTE:
If enabled, ACK will occur when data is ready for transmission for all BDM READ commands and will occur after the write is
complete for all BDM WRITE commands.
7.4.4
Standard BDM Firmware Commands
BDM firmware commands are used to access and manipulate CPU resources. The system must be in active
BDM to execute standard BDM firmware commands, see Section 7.4.2, “Enabling and Activating BDM”.
Normal instruction execution is suspended while the CPU executes the firmware located in the standard
BDM firmware lookup table. The hardware command BACKGROUND is the usual way to activate BDM.
As the system enters active BDM, the standard BDM firmware lookup table and BDM registers become
visible in the on-chip memory map at 0x3_FF00–0x3_FFFF, and the CPU begins executing the standard
BDM firmware. The standard BDM firmware watches for serial commands and executes them as they are
received.
The firmware commands are shown in Table 7-6.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
260
Freescale Semiconductor
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
Table 7-6. Firmware Commands
Command1
Opcode
(hex)
Data
Description
READ_NEXT2
62
16-bit data out Increment X index register by 2 (X = X + 2), then read word X points to.
READ_PC
63
16-bit data out Read program counter.
READ_D
64
16-bit data out Read D accumulator.
READ_X
65
16-bit data out Read X index register.
READ_Y
66
16-bit data out Read Y index register.
67
16-bit data out Read stack pointer.
READ_SP
2
WRITE_NEXT
42
16-bit data in
Increment X index register by 2 (X = X + 2), then write word to location
pointed to by X.
WRITE_PC
43
16-bit data in
Write program counter.
WRITE_D
44
16-bit data in
Write D accumulator.
WRITE_X
45
16-bit data in
Write X index register.
WRITE_Y
46
16-bit data in
Write Y index register.
WRITE_SP
47
16-bit data in
Write stack pointer.
GO
08
none
Go to user program. If enabled, ACK will occur when leaving active
background mode.
GO_UNTIL3
0C
none
Go to user program. If enabled, ACK will occur upon returning to active
background mode.
TRACE1
10
none
Execute one user instruction then return to active BDM. If enabled,
ACK will occur upon returning to active background mode.
TAGGO -> GO
18
none
(Previous enable tagging and go to user program.)
This command will be deprecated and should not be used anymore.
Opcode will be executed as a GO command.
1
If enabled, ACK will occur when data is ready for transmission for all BDM READ commands and will occur after the write is
complete for all BDM WRITE commands.
2 When the firmware command READ_NEXT or WRITE_NEXT is used to access the BDM address space the BDM resources
are accessed rather than user code. Writing BDM firmware is not possible.
3 System stop disables the ACK function and ignored commands will not have an ACK-pulse (e.g., CPU in stop or wait mode).
The GO_UNTIL command will not get an Acknowledge if CPU executes the wait or stop instruction before the “UNTIL”
condition (BDM active again) is reached (see Section 7.4.7, “Serial Interface Hardware Handshake Protocol” last note).
7.4.5
BDM Command Structure
Hardware and firmware BDM commands start with an 8-bit opcode followed by a 16-bit address and/or a
16-bit data word, depending on the command. All the read commands return 16 bits of data despite the
byte or word implication in the command name.
8-bit reads return 16-bits of data, only one byte of which contains valid data.
If reading an even address, the valid data will appear in the MSB. If reading
an odd address, the valid data will appear in the LSB.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
261
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
16-bit misaligned reads and writes are generally not allowed. If attempted
by BDM hardware command, the BDM ignores the least significant bit of
the address and assumes an even address from the remaining bits.
For hardware data read commands, the external host must wait at least 150 bus clock cycles after sending
the address before attempting to obtain the read data. This is to be certain that valid data is available in the
BDM shift register, ready to be shifted out. For hardware write commands, the external host must wait
150 bus clock cycles after sending the data to be written before attempting to send a new command. This
is to avoid disturbing the BDM shift register before the write has been completed. The 150 bus clock cycle
delay in both cases includes the maximum 128 cycle delay that can be incurred as the BDM waits for a
free cycle before stealing a cycle.
For BDM firmware read commands, the external host should wait at least 48 bus clock cycles after sending
the command opcode and before attempting to obtain the read data. The 48 cycle wait allows enough time
for the requested data to be made available in the BDM shift register, ready to be shifted out.
For BDM firmware write commands, the external host must wait 36 bus clock cycles after sending the data
to be written before attempting to send a new command. This is to avoid disturbing the BDM shift register
before the write has been completed.
The external host should wait for at least for 76 bus clock cycles after a TRACE1 or GO command before
starting any new serial command. This is to allow the CPU to exit gracefully from the standard BDM
firmware lookup table and resume execution of the user code. Disturbing the BDM shift register
prematurely may adversely affect the exit from the standard BDM firmware lookup table.
NOTE
If the bus rate of the target processor is unknown or could be changing, it is
recommended that the ACK (acknowledge function) is used to indicate
when an operation is complete. When using ACK, the delay times are
automated.
Figure 7-6 represents the BDM command structure. The command blocks illustrate a series of eight bit
times starting with a falling edge. The bar across the top of the blocks indicates that the BKGD line idles
in the high state. The time for an 8-bit command is 8 × 16 target clock cycles.1
1. Target clock cycles are cycles measured using the target MCU’s serial clock rate. See Section 7.4.6, “BDM Serial Interface”
and Section 7.3.2.1, “BDM Status Register (BDMSTS)” for information on how serial clock rate is selected.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
262
Freescale Semiconductor
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
Hardware
Read
8 Bits
AT ~16 TC/Bit
16 Bits
AT ~16 TC/Bit
Command
Address
150-BC
Delay
16 Bits
AT ~16 TC/Bit
Data
Next
Command
150-BC
Delay
Hardware
Write
Command
Address
Data
Next
Command
48-BC
DELAY
Firmware
Read
Command
Next
Command
Data
36-BC
DELAY
Firmware
Write
Command
Data
Next
Command
76-BC
Delay
GO,
TRACE
Command
Next
Command
BC = Bus Clock Cycles
TC = Target Clock Cycles
Figure 7-6. BDM Command Structure
7.4.6
BDM Serial Interface
The BDM communicates with external devices serially via the BKGD pin. During reset, this pin is a mode
select input which selects between normal and special modes of operation. After reset, this pin becomes
the dedicated serial interface pin for the BDM.
The BDM serial interface is timed based on the VCO clock (please refer to the CPMU Block Guide for
more details), which gets divided by 8. This clock will be referred to as the target clock in the following
explanation.
The BDM serial interface uses a clocking scheme in which the external host generates a falling edge on
the BKGD pin to indicate the start of each bit time. This falling edge is sent for every bit whether data is
transmitted or received. Data is transferred most significant bit (MSB) first at 16 target clock cycles per
bit. The interface times out if 512 clock cycles occur between falling edges from the host.
The BKGD pin is a pseudo open-drain pin and has an weak on-chip active pull-up that is enabled at all
times. It is assumed that there is an external pull-up and that drivers connected to BKGD do not typically
drive the high level. Since R-C rise time could be unacceptably long, the target system and host provide
brief driven-high (speedup) pulses to drive BKGD to a logic 1. The source of this speedup pulse is the host
for transmit cases and the target for receive cases.
The timing for host-to-target is shown in Figure 7-7 and that of target-to-host in Figure 7-8 and
Figure 7-9. All four cases begin when the host drives the BKGD pin low to generate a falling edge. Since
the host and target are operating from separate clocks, it can take the target system up to one full clock
cycle to recognize this edge. The target measures delays from this perceived start of the bit time while the
host measures delays from the point it actually drove BKGD low to start the bit up to one target clock cycle
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
263
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
earlier. Synchronization between the host and target is established in this manner at the start of every bit
time.
Figure 7-7 shows an external host transmitting a logic 1 and transmitting a logic 0 to the BKGD pin of a
target system. The host is asynchronous to the target, so there is up to a one clock-cycle delay from the
host-generated falling edge to where the target recognizes this edge as the beginning of the bit time. Ten
target clock cycles later, the target senses the bit level on the BKGD pin. Internal glitch detect logic
requires the pin be driven high no later that eight target clock cycles after the falling edge for a logic 1
transmission.
Since the host drives the high speedup pulses in these two cases, the rising edges look like digitally driven
signals.
BDM Clock
(Target MCU)
Host
Transmit 1
Host
Transmit 0
Perceived
Start of Bit Time
Target Senses Bit
10 Cycles
Synchronization
Uncertainty
Earliest
Start of
Next Bit
Figure 7-7. BDM Host-to-Target Serial Bit Timing
The receive cases are more complicated. Figure 7-8 shows the host receiving a logic 1 from the target
system. Since the host is asynchronous to the target, there is up to one clock-cycle delay from the
host-generated falling edge on BKGD to the perceived start of the bit time in the target. The host holds the
BKGD pin low long enough for the target to recognize it (at least two target clock cycles). The host must
release the low drive before the target drives a brief high speedup pulse seven target clock cycles after the
perceived start of the bit time. The host should sample the bit level about 10 target clock cycles after it
started the bit time.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
264
Freescale Semiconductor
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
BDM Clock
(Target MCU)
Host
Drive to
BKGD Pin
Target System
Speedup
Pulse
High-Impedance
High-Impedance
High-Impedance
Perceived
Start of Bit Time
R-C Rise
BKGD Pin
10 Cycles
10 Cycles
Host Samples
BKGD Pin
Earliest
Start of
Next Bit
Figure 7-8. BDM Target-to-Host Serial Bit Timing (Logic 1)
Figure 7-9 shows the host receiving a logic 0 from the target. Since the host is asynchronous to the target,
there is up to a one clock-cycle delay from the host-generated falling edge on BKGD to the start of the bit
time as perceived by the target. The host initiates the bit time but the target finishes it. Since the target
wants the host to receive a logic 0, it drives the BKGD pin low for 13 target clock cycles then briefly drives
it high to speed up the rising edge. The host samples the bit level about 10 target clock cycles after starting
the bit time.
BDM Clock
(Target MCU)
Host
Drive to
BKGD Pin
High-Impedance
Speedup Pulse
Target System
Drive and
Speedup Pulse
Perceived
Start of Bit Time
BKGD Pin
10 Cycles
10 Cycles
Host Samples
BKGD Pin
Earliest
Start of
Next Bit
Figure 7-9. BDM Target-to-Host Serial Bit Timing (Logic 0)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
265
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
7.4.7
Serial Interface Hardware Handshake Protocol
BDM commands that require CPU execution are ultimately treated at the MCU bus rate. Since the BDM
clock source can be modified when changing the settings for the VCO frequency (CPMUSYNR), it is very
helpful to provide a handshake protocol in which the host could determine when an issued command is
executed by the CPU. The BDM clock frequency is always VCO frequency divided by 8. The alternative
is to always wait the amount of time equal to the appropriate number of cycles at the slowest possible rate
the clock could be running. This sub-section will describe the hardware handshake protocol.
The hardware handshake protocol signals to the host controller when an issued command was successfully
executed by the target. This protocol is implemented by a 16 serial clock cycle low pulse followed by a
brief speedup pulse in the BKGD pin. This pulse is generated by the target MCU when a command, issued
by the host, has been successfully executed (see Figure 7-10). This pulse is referred to as the ACK pulse.
After the ACK pulse has finished: the host can start the bit retrieval if the last issued command was a read
command, or start a new command if the last command was a write command or a control command
(BACKGROUND, GO, GO_UNTIL or TRACE1). The ACK pulse is not issued earlier than 32 serial clock
cycles after the BDM command was issued. The end of the BDM command is assumed to be the 16th tick
of the last bit. This minimum delay assures enough time for the host to perceive the ACK pulse. Note also
that, there is no upper limit for the delay between the command and the related ACK pulse, since the
command execution depends upon the CPU bus, which in some cases could be very slow due to long
accesses taking place.This protocol allows a great flexibility for the POD designers, since it does not rely
on any accurate time measurement or short response time to any event in the serial communication.
BDM Clock
(Target MCU)
16 Cycles
Target
Transmits
ACK Pulse
High-Impedance
High-Impedance
32 Cycles
Speedup Pulse
Minimum Delay
From the BDM Command
BKGD Pin
Earliest
Start of
Next Bit
16th Tick of the
Last Command Bit
Figure 7-10. Target Acknowledge Pulse (ACK)
NOTE
If the ACK pulse was issued by the target, the host assumes the previous
command was executed. If the CPU enters wait or stop prior to executing a
hardware command, the ACK pulse will not be issued meaning that the
BDM command was not executed. After entering wait or stop mode, the
BDM command is no longer pending.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
266
Freescale Semiconductor
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
Figure 7-11 shows the ACK handshake protocol in a command level timing diagram. The READ_BYTE
instruction is used as an example. First, the 8-bit instruction opcode is sent by the host, followed by the
address of the memory location to be read. The target BDM decodes the instruction. A bus cycle is grabbed
(free or stolen) by the BDM and it executes the READ_BYTE operation. Having retrieved the data, the
BDM issues an ACK pulse to the host controller, indicating that the addressed byte is ready to be retrieved.
After detecting the ACK pulse, the host initiates the byte retrieval process. Note that data is sent in the form
of a word and the host needs to determine which is the appropriate byte based on whether the address was
odd or even.
Target
BKGD Pin READ_BYTE
Host
Byte Address
Host
(2) Bytes are
Retrieved
New BDM
Command
Host
Target
Target
BDM Issues the
ACK Pulse (out of scale)
BDM Decodes
the Command
BDM Executes the
READ_BYTE Command
Figure 7-11. Handshake Protocol at Command Level
Differently from the normal bit transfer (where the host initiates the transmission), the serial interface ACK
handshake pulse is initiated by the target MCU by issuing a negative edge in the BKGD pin. The hardware
handshake protocol in Figure 7-10 specifies the timing when the BKGD pin is being driven, so the host
should follow this timing constraint in order to avoid the risk of an electrical conflict in the BKGD pin.
NOTE
The only place the BKGD pin can have an electrical conflict is when one
side is driving low and the other side is issuing a speedup pulse (high). Other
“highs” are pulled rather than driven. However, at low rates the time of the
speedup pulse can become lengthy and so the potential conflict time
becomes longer as well.
The ACK handshake protocol does not support nested ACK pulses. If a BDM command is not
acknowledge by an ACK pulse, the host needs to abort the pending command first in order to be able to
issue a new BDM command. When the CPU enters wait or stop while the host issues a hardware command
(e.g., WRITE_BYTE), the target discards the incoming command due to the wait or stop being detected.
Therefore, the command is not acknowledged by the target, which means that the ACK pulse will not be
issued in this case. After a certain time the host (not aware of stop or wait) should decide to abort any
possible pending ACK pulse in order to be sure a new command can be issued. Therefore, the protocol
provides a mechanism in which a command, and its corresponding ACK, can be aborted.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
267
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
NOTE
The ACK pulse does not provide a time out. This means for the GO_UNTIL
command that it can not be distinguished if a stop or wait has been executed
(command discarded and ACK not issued) or if the “UNTIL” condition
(BDM active) is just not reached yet. Hence in any case where the ACK
pulse of a command is not issued the possible pending command should be
aborted before issuing a new command. See the handshake abort procedure
described in Section 7.4.8, “Hardware Handshake Abort Procedure”.
7.4.8
Hardware Handshake Abort Procedure
The abort procedure is based on the SYNC command. In order to abort a command, which had not issued
the corresponding ACK pulse, the host controller should generate a low pulse in the BKGD pin by driving
it low for at least 128 serial clock cycles and then driving it high for one serial clock cycle, providing a
speedup pulse. By detecting this long low pulse in the BKGD pin, the target executes the SYNC protocol,
see Section 7.4.9, “SYNC — Request Timed Reference Pulse”, and assumes that the pending command
and therefore the related ACK pulse, are being aborted. Therefore, after the SYNC protocol has been
completed the host is free to issue new BDM commands. For BDM firmware READ or WRITE commands
it can not be guaranteed that the pending command is aborted when issuing a SYNC before the
corresponding ACK pulse. There is a short latency time from the time the READ or WRITE access begins
until it is finished and the corresponding ACK pulse is issued. The latency time depends on the firmware
READ or WRITE command that is issued and on the selected bus clock rate. When the SYNC command
starts during this latency time the READ or WRITE command will not be aborted, but the corresponding
ACK pulse will be aborted. A pending GO, TRACE1 or GO_UNTIL command can not be aborted. Only
the corresponding ACK pulse can be aborted by the SYNC command.
Although it is not recommended, the host could abort a pending BDM command by issuing a low pulse in
the BKGD pin shorter than 128 serial clock cycles, which will not be interpreted as the SYNC command.
The ACK is actually aborted when a negative edge is perceived by the target in the BKGD pin. The short
abort pulse should have at least 4 clock cycles keeping the BKGD pin low, in order to allow the negative
edge to be detected by the target. In this case, the target will not execute the SYNC protocol but the pending
command will be aborted along with the ACK pulse. The potential problem with this abort procedure is
when there is a conflict between the ACK pulse and the short abort pulse. In this case, the target may not
perceive the abort pulse. The worst case is when the pending command is a read command (i.e.,
READ_BYTE). If the abort pulse is not perceived by the target the host will attempt to send a new
command after the abort pulse was issued, while the target expects the host to retrieve the accessed
memory byte. In this case, host and target will run out of synchronism. However, if the command to be
aborted is not a read command the short abort pulse could be used. After a command is aborted the target
assumes the next negative edge, after the abort pulse, is the first bit of a new BDM command.
NOTE
The details about the short abort pulse are being provided only as a reference
for the reader to better understand the BDM internal behavior. It is not
recommended that this procedure be used in a real application.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
268
Freescale Semiconductor
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
Since the host knows the target serial clock frequency, the SYNC command (used to abort a command)
does not need to consider the lower possible target frequency. In this case, the host could issue a SYNC
very close to the 128 serial clock cycles length. Providing a small overhead on the pulse length in order to
assure the SYNC pulse will not be misinterpreted by the target. See Section 7.4.9, “SYNC — Request
Timed Reference Pulse”.
Figure 7-12 shows a SYNC command being issued after a READ_BYTE, which aborts the READ_BYTE
command. Note that, after the command is aborted a new command could be issued by the host computer.
READ_BYTE CMD is Aborted
by the SYNC Request
(Out of Scale)
BKGD Pin READ_BYTE
Host
Memory Address
SYNC Response
From the Target
(Out of Scale)
READ_STATUS
Target
Host
BDM Decode
and Starts to Execute
the READ_BYTE Command
Target
New BDM Command
Host
Target
New BDM Command
Figure 7-12. ACK Abort Procedure at the Command Level
NOTE
Figure 7-12 does not represent the signals in a true timing scale
Figure 7-13 shows a conflict between the ACK pulse and the SYNC request pulse. This conflict could
occur if a POD device is connected to the target BKGD pin and the target is already in debug active mode.
Consider that the target CPU is executing a pending BDM command at the exact moment the POD is being
connected to the BKGD pin. In this case, an ACK pulse is issued along with the SYNC command. In this
case, there is an electrical conflict between the ACK speedup pulse and the SYNC pulse. Since this is not
a probable situation, the protocol does not prevent this conflict from happening.
At Least 128 Cycles
BDM Clock
(Target MCU)
ACK Pulse
Target MCU
Drives to
BKGD Pin
Host
Drives SYNC
To BKGD Pin
High-Impedance
Host and
Target Drive
to BKGD Pin
Electrical Conflict
Speedup Pulse
Host SYNC Request Pulse
BKGD Pin
16 Cycles
Figure 7-13. ACK Pulse and SYNC Request Conflict
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
269
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
NOTE
This information is being provided so that the MCU integrator will be aware
that such a conflict could occur.
The hardware handshake protocol is enabled by the ACK_ENABLE and disabled by the ACK_DISABLE
BDM commands. This provides backwards compatibility with the existing POD devices which are not
able to execute the hardware handshake protocol. It also allows for new POD devices, that support the
hardware handshake protocol, to freely communicate with the target device. If desired, without the need
for waiting for the ACK pulse.
The commands are described as follows:
• ACK_ENABLE — enables the hardware handshake protocol. The target will issue the ACK pulse
when a CPU command is executed by the CPU. The ACK_ENABLE command itself also has the
ACK pulse as a response.
• ACK_DISABLE — disables the ACK pulse protocol. In this case, the host needs to use the worst
case delay time at the appropriate places in the protocol.
The default state of the BDM after reset is hardware handshake protocol disabled.
All the read commands will ACK (if enabled) when the data bus cycle has completed and the data is then
ready for reading out by the BKGD serial pin. All the write commands will ACK (if enabled) after the data
has been received by the BDM through the BKGD serial pin and when the data bus cycle is complete. See
Section 7.4.3, “BDM Hardware Commands” and Section 7.4.4, “Standard BDM Firmware Commands”
for more information on the BDM commands.
The ACK_ENABLE sends an ACK pulse when the command has been completed. This feature could be
used by the host to evaluate if the target supports the hardware handshake protocol. If an ACK pulse is
issued in response to this command, the host knows that the target supports the hardware handshake
protocol. If the target does not support the hardware handshake protocol the ACK pulse is not issued. In
this case, the ACK_ENABLE command is ignored by the target since it is not recognized as a valid
command.
The BACKGROUND command will issue an ACK pulse when the CPU changes from normal to
background mode. The ACK pulse related to this command could be aborted using the SYNC command.
The GO command will issue an ACK pulse when the CPU exits from background mode. The ACK pulse
related to this command could be aborted using the SYNC command.
The GO_UNTIL command is equivalent to a GO command with exception that the ACK pulse, in this
case, is issued when the CPU enters into background mode. This command is an alternative to the GO
command and should be used when the host wants to trace if a breakpoint match occurs and causes the
CPU to enter active background mode. Note that the ACK is issued whenever the CPU enters BDM, which
could be caused by a breakpoint match or by a BGND instruction being executed. The ACK pulse related
to this command could be aborted using the SYNC command.
The TRACE1 command has the related ACK pulse issued when the CPU enters background active mode
after one instruction of the application program is executed. The ACK pulse related to this command could
be aborted using the SYNC command.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
270
Freescale Semiconductor
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
7.4.9
SYNC — Request Timed Reference Pulse
The SYNC command is unlike other BDM commands because the host does not necessarily know the
correct communication speed to use for BDM communications until after it has analyzed the response to
the SYNC command. To issue a SYNC command, the host should perform the following steps:
1. Drive the BKGD pin low for at least 128 cycles at the lowest possible BDM serial communication
frequency (The lowest serial communication frequency is determined by the settings for the VCO
clock (CPMUSYNR). The BDM clock frequency is always VCO clock frequency divided by 8.)
2. Drive BKGD high for a brief speedup pulse to get a fast rise time (this speedup pulse is typically
one cycle of the host clock.)
3. Remove all drive to the BKGD pin so it reverts to high impedance.
4. Listen to the BKGD pin for the sync response pulse.
Upon detecting the SYNC request from the host, the target performs the following steps:
1. Discards any incomplete command received or bit retrieved.
2. Waits for BKGD to return to a logic one.
3. Delays 16 cycles to allow the host to stop driving the high speedup pulse.
4. Drives BKGD low for 128 cycles at the current BDM serial communication frequency.
5. Drives a one-cycle high speedup pulse to force a fast rise time on BKGD.
6. Removes all drive to the BKGD pin so it reverts to high impedance.
The host measures the low time of this 128 cycle SYNC response pulse and determines the correct speed
for subsequent BDM communications. Typically, the host can determine the correct communication speed
within a few percent of the actual target speed and the communication protocol can easily tolerate speed
errors of several percent.
As soon as the SYNC request is detected by the target, any partially received command or bit retrieved is
discarded. This is referred to as a soft-reset, equivalent to a time-out in the serial communication. After the
SYNC response, the target will consider the next negative edge (issued by the host) as the start of a new
BDM command or the start of new SYNC request.
Another use of the SYNC command pulse is to abort a pending ACK pulse. The behavior is exactly the
same as in a regular SYNC command. Note that one of the possible causes for a command to not be
acknowledged by the target is a host-target synchronization problem. In this case, the command may not
have been understood by the target and so an ACK response pulse will not be issued.
7.4.10
Instruction Tracing
When a TRACE1 command is issued to the BDM in active BDM, the CPU exits the standard BDM
firmware and executes a single instruction in the user code. Once this has occurred, the CPU is forced to
return to the standard BDM firmware and the BDM is active and ready to receive a new command. If the
TRACE1 command is issued again, the next user instruction will be executed. This facilitates stepping or
tracing through the user code one instruction at a time.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
271
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
If an interrupt is pending when a TRACE1 command is issued, the interrupt stacking operation occurs but
no user instruction is executed. Once back in standard BDM firmware execution, the program counter
points to the first instruction in the interrupt service routine.
Be aware when tracing through the user code that the execution of the user code is done step by step but
all peripherals are free running. Hence possible timing relations between CPU code execution and
occurrence of events of other peripherals no longer exist.
Do not trace the CPU instruction BGND used for soft breakpoints. Tracing over the BGND instruction will
result in a return address pointing to BDM firmware address space.
When tracing through user code which contains stop or wait instructions the following will happen when
the stop or wait instruction is traced:
The CPU enters stop or wait mode and the TRACE1 command can not be finished before leaving
the low power mode. This is the case because BDM active mode can not be entered after CPU
executed the stop instruction. However all BDM hardware commands except the BACKGROUND
command are operational after tracing a stop or wait instruction and still being in stop or wait
mode. If system stop mode is entered (all bus masters are in stop mode) no BDM command is
operational.
As soon as stop or wait mode is exited the CPU enters BDM active mode and the saved PC value
points to the entry of the corresponding interrupt service routine.
In case the handshake feature is enabled the corresponding ACK pulse of the TRACE1 command
will be discarded when tracing a stop or wait instruction. Hence there is no ACK pulse when BDM
active mode is entered as part of the TRACE1 command after CPU exited from stop or wait mode.
All valid commands sent during CPU being in stop or wait mode or after CPU exited from stop or
wait mode will have an ACK pulse. The handshake feature becomes disabled only when system
stop mode has been reached. Hence after a system stop mode the handshake feature must be
enabled again by sending the ACK_ENABLE command.
7.4.11
Serial Communication Time Out
The host initiates a host-to-target serial transmission by generating a falling edge on the BKGD pin. If
BKGD is kept low for more than 128 target clock cycles, the target understands that a SYNC command
was issued. In this case, the target will keep waiting for a rising edge on BKGD in order to answer the
SYNC request pulse. If the rising edge is not detected, the target will keep waiting forever without any
time-out limit.
Consider now the case where the host returns BKGD to logic one before 128 cycles. This is interpreted as
a valid bit transmission, and not as a SYNC request. The target will keep waiting for another falling edge
marking the start of a new bit. If, however, a new falling edge is not detected by the target within 512 clock
cycles since the last falling edge, a time-out occurs and the current command is discarded without affecting
memory or the operating mode of the MCU. This is referred to as a soft-reset.
If a read command is issued but the data is not retrieved within 512 serial clock cycles, a soft-reset will
occur causing the command to be disregarded. The data is not available for retrieval after the time-out has
occurred. This is the expected behavior if the handshake protocol is not enabled. In order to allow the data
to be retrieved even with a large clock frequency mismatch (between BDM and CPU) when the hardware
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
272
Freescale Semiconductor
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
handshake protocol is enabled, the time out between a read command and the data retrieval is disabled.
Therefore, the host could wait for more then 512 serial clock cycles and still be able to retrieve the data
from an issued read command. However, once the handshake pulse (ACK pulse) is issued, the time-out
feature is re-activated, meaning that the target will time out after 512 clock cycles. Therefore, the host
needs to retrieve the data within a 512 serial clock cycles time frame after the ACK pulse had been issued.
After that period, the read command is discarded and the data is no longer available for retrieval. Any
negative edge in the BKGD pin after the time-out period is considered to be a new command or a SYNC
request.
Note that whenever a partially issued command, or partially retrieved data, has occurred the time out in the
serial communication is active. This means that if a time frame higher than 512 serial clock cycles is
observed between two consecutive negative edges and the command being issued or data being retrieved
is not complete, a soft-reset will occur causing the partially received command or data retrieved to be
disregarded. The next negative edge in the BKGD pin, after a soft-reset has occurred, is considered by the
target as the start of a new BDM command, or the start of a SYNC request pulse.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
273
Background Debug Module (S12SBDMV1)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
274
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 8
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Revision History
Revision Number
8.1
Date
Author
Summary of Changes
02.00
31.JUL..2007
State sequencer encoding enhanced
Simultaneous TRIG and ARM setting updated
Pure PC replaced with Compressed Pure PC Mode 8.4.5.2.4
02.01
09.AUG..2007
Enhanced compressed Pure PC mode description
02.02
10.AUG..2007
Added CompA size & databus byte compare enhancement
02.03
29.AUG..2007
DBGSCR1 encoding 1101 added.
CompA functional description improved
Swapped NDB and SZ in DBGACTL to match DBGBCTL
02.04
17.OCT.2007
Reverted to final state transition priority
02.05
19.OCT.2007
Table 8-33 DB byte access configuration corrected
02.06
22.NOV.2007
Table 8-39 Correction
Section 8.4.5.6, “Trace Buffer Reset State Added NOTE
02.07
13.DEC.2007
Section 8.5, “Application Information Added application
information
Introduction
The S12SDBG module provides an on-chip trace buffer with flexible triggering capability to allow
non-intrusive debug of application software. The S12SDBG module is optimized for S12SCPU
debugging.
Typically the S12SDBG module is used in conjunction with the S12SBDM module, whereby the user
configures the S12SDBG module for a debugging session over the BDM interface. Once configured the
S12SDBG module is armed and the device leaves BDM returning control to the user program, which is
then monitored by the S12SDBG module. Alternatively the S12SDBG module can be configured over a
serial interface using SWI routines.
8.1.1
Glossary Of Terms
COF: Change Of Flow. Change in the program flow due to a conditional branch, indexed jump or interrupt.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
275
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
BDM: Background Debug Mode
S12SBDM: Background Debug Module
DUG: Device User Guide, describing the features of the device into which the DBG is integrated.
WORD: 16 bit data entity
Data Line: 20 bit data entity
CPU: S12SCPU module
DBG: S12SDBG module
POR: Power On Reset
Tag: Tags can be attached to CPU opcodes as they enter the instruction pipe. If the tagged opcode reaches
the execution stage a tag hit occurs.
8.1.2
Overview
The comparators monitor the bus activity of the CPU module. A match can initiate a state sequencer
transition. On a transition to the Final State, bus tracing is triggered and/or a breakpoint can be generated.
Independent of comparator matches a transition to Final State with associated tracing and breakpoint can
be triggered immediately by writing to the TRIG control bit.
The trace buffer is visible through a 2-byte window in the register address map and can be read out using
standard 16-bit word reads. Tracing is disabled when the MCU system is secured.
8.1.3
•
•
•
•
Features
Three comparators (A, B and C)
— Comparators A compares the full address bus and full 16-bit data bus
— Comparator A features a data bus mask register
— Comparators B and C compare the full address bus only
— Each comparator features selection of read or write access cycles
— Comparator B allows selection of byte or word access cycles
— Comparator matches can initiate state sequencer transitions
Three comparator modes
— Simple address/data comparator match mode
— Inside address range mode, Addmin ≤ Address ≤ Addmax
— Outside address range match mode, Address < Addmin or Address > Addmax
Two types of matches
— Tagged — This matches just before a specific instruction begins execution
— Force — This is valid on the first instruction boundary after a match occurs
Two types of breakpoints
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
276
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
— CPU breakpoint entering BDM on breakpoint (BDM)
— CPU breakpoint executing SWI on breakpoint (SWI)
Trigger mode independent of comparators
— TRIG Immediate software trigger
Four trace modes
— Normal: change of flow (COF) PC information is stored (see Section 8.4.5.2.1, “Normal Mode)
for change of flow definition.
— Loop1: same as Normal but inhibits consecutive duplicate source address entries
— Detail: address and data for all cycles except free cycles and opcode fetches are stored
— Compressed Pure PC: all program counter addresses are stored
4-stage state sequencer for trace buffer control
— Tracing session trigger linked to Final State of state sequencer
— Begin and End alignment of tracing to trigger
•
•
•
8.1.4
Modes of Operation
The DBG module can be used in all MCU functional modes.
During BDM hardware accesses and whilst the BDM module is active, CPU monitoring is disabled. When
the CPU enters active BDM Mode through a BACKGROUND command, the DBG module, if already
armed, remains armed.
The DBG module tracing is disabled if the MCU is secure, however, breakpoints can still be generated
Table 8-1. Mode Dependent Restriction Summary
BDM
Enable
BDM
Active
MCU
Secure
Comparator
Matches Enabled
Breakpoints
Possible
Tagging
Possible
Tracing
Possible
x
x
1
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
0
0
0
Yes
Only SWI
Yes
Yes
0
1
0
1
0
0
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1
1
0
No
No
No
No
Active BDM not possible when not enabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
277
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
8.1.5
Block Diagram
TAGS
TAGHITS
BREAKPOINT REQUESTS
TO CPU
CPU BUS
COMPARATOR A
COMPARATOR B
COMPARATOR C
COMPARATOR
MATCH CONTROL
BUS INTERFACE
SECURE
MATCH0
TAG &
MATCH
CONTROL
LOGIC
MATCH1
TRANSITION
STATE
STATE SEQUENCER
STATE
MATCH2
TRACE
CONTROL
TRIGGER
TRACE BUFFER
READ TRACE DATA (DBG READ DATA BUS)
Figure 8-1. Debug Module Block Diagram
8.2
External Signal Description
There are no external signals associated with this module.
8.3
8.3.1
Memory Map and Registers
Module Memory Map
A summary of the registers associated with the DBG sub-block is shown in Figure 8-2. Detailed
descriptions of the registers and bits are given in the subsections that follow.
Address
Name
Bit 7
6
5
0x0020
DBGC1
R
W
0x0021
DBGSR
0x0022
ARM
0
TRIG
0
R
W
1TBF
0
DBGTCR
R
W
0
0x0023
DBGC2
R
W
0
TSOURCE
0
4
3
2
BDM
DBGBRK
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SSF2
0
Bit 0
COMRV
SSF1
0
TRCMOD
0
1
SSF0
TALIGN
ABCM
Figure 8-2. Quick Reference to DBG Registers
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
278
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Address
Name
0x0024
DBGTBH
0x0025
2
3
4
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
R
W
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
DBGTBL
R
W
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0x0026
DBGCNT
R 1 TBF
W
0
0x0027
DBGSCRX
0
0
0
0
SC3
SC2
SC1
SC0
0x0027
DBGMFR
R
W
R
W
0
0
0
0
0
MC2
MC1
MC0
SZE
SZ
TAG
BRK
RW
RWE
NDB
COMPE
SZE
SZ
TAG
BRK
RW
RWE
0
0
TAG
BRK
RW
RWE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0028
0x0028
0x0028
0x0029
DBGXAH
R
W
0x002A
DBGXAM
R
W
Bit 15
14
13
12
11
0x002B
DBGXAL
R
W
Bit 7
6
5
4
0x002C
DBGADH
R
W
Bit 15
14
13
0x002D
DBGADL
R
W
Bit 7
6
0x002E
DBGADHM
R
W
Bit 15
14
2
3
4
0
0
COMPE
COMPE
Bit 17
Bit 16
10
9
Bit 8
3
2
1
Bit 0
12
11
10
9
Bit 8
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
13
12
11
10
9
Bit 8
1
Bit 0
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
W
This bit is visible at DBGCNT[7] and DBGSR[7]
This represents the contents if the Comparator A control register is blended into this address.
This represents the contents if the Comparator B control register is blended into this address
This represents the contents if the Comparator C control register is blended into this address
0x002F
1
R
W
R
DBGBCTL
W
R
DBGCCTL
W
DBGACTL
CNT
DBGADLM
Figure 8-2. Quick Reference to DBG Registers
8.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section consists of the DBG control and trace buffer register descriptions in address order. Each
comparator has a bank of registers that are visible through an 8-byte window between 0x0028 and 0x002F
in the DBG module register address map. When ARM is set in DBGC1, the only bits in the DBG module
registers that can be written are ARM, TRIG, and COMRV[1:0]
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
279
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
8.3.2.1
Debug Control Register 1 (DBGC1)
Address: 0x0020
7
R
W
Reset
ARM
0
6
5
0
0
TRIG
0
0
4
3
BDM
DBGBRK
0
0
2
1
0
0
0
COMRV
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 8-3. Debug Control Register (DBGC1)
Read: Anytime
Write: Bits 7, 1, 0 anytime
Bit 6 can be written anytime but always reads back as 0.
Bits 4:3 anytime DBG is not armed.
NOTE
When disarming the DBG by clearing ARM with software, the contents of
bits[4:3] are not affected by the write, since up until the write operation,
ARM = 1 preventing these bits from being written. These bits must be
cleared using a second write if required.
Table 8-2. DBGC1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
ARM
Arm Bit — The ARM bit controls whether the DBG module is armed. This bit can be set and cleared by user
software and is automatically cleared on completion of a debug session, or if a breakpoint is generated with
tracing not enabled. On setting this bit the state sequencer enters State1.
0 Debugger disarmed
1 Debugger armed
6
TRIG
Immediate Trigger Request Bit — This bit when written to 1 requests an immediate trigger independent of state
sequencer status. When tracing is complete a forced breakpoint may be generated depending upon DBGBRK
and BDM bit settings. This bit always reads back a 0. Writing a 0 to this bit has no effect. If the
DBGTCR_TSOURCE bit is clear no tracing is carried out. If tracing has already commenced using BEGIN trigger
alignment, it continues until the end of the tracing session as defined by the TALIGN bit, thus TRIG has no affect.
In secure mode tracing is disabled and writing to this bit cannot initiate a tracing session.
The session is ended by setting TRIG and ARM simultaneously.
0 Do not trigger until the state sequencer enters the Final State.
1 Trigger immediately
4
BDM
Background Debug Mode Enable — This bit determines if a breakpoint causes the system to enter Background
Debug Mode (BDM) or initiate a Software Interrupt (SWI). If this bit is set but the BDM is not enabled by the
ENBDM bit in the BDM module, then breakpoints default to SWI.
0 Breakpoint to Software Interrupt if BDM inactive. Otherwise no breakpoint.
1 Breakpoint to BDM, if BDM enabled. Otherwise breakpoint to SWI
3
DBGBRK
S12SDBG Breakpoint Enable Bit — The DBGBRK bit controls whether the debugger will request a breakpoint
on reaching the state sequencer Final State. If tracing is enabled, the breakpoint is generated on completion
of the tracing session. If tracing is not enabled, the breakpoint is generated immediately.
0 No Breakpoint generated
1 Breakpoint generated
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
280
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Table 8-2. DBGC1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
1–0
COMRV
Comparator Register Visibility Bits — These bits determine which bank of comparator register is visible in the
8-byte window of the S12SDBG module address map, located between 0x0028 to 0x002F. Furthermore these
bits determine which register is visible at the address 0x0027. See Table 8-3.
Table 8-3. COMRV Encoding
8.3.2.2
COMRV
Visible Comparator
Visible Register at 0x0027
00
Comparator A
DBGSCR1
01
Comparator B
DBGSCR2
10
Comparator C
DBGSCR3
11
None
DBGMFR
Debug Status Register (DBGSR)
Address: 0x0021
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TBF
0
0
0
0
SSF2
SSF1
SSF0
—
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
POR
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 8-4. Debug Status Register (DBGSR)
Read: Anytime
Write: Never
Table 8-4. DBGSR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
TBF
Trace Buffer Full — The TBF bit indicates that the trace buffer has stored 64 or more lines of data since it was
last armed. If this bit is set, then all 64 lines will be valid data, regardless of the value of DBGCNT bits. The TBF
bit is cleared when ARM in DBGC1 is written to a one. The TBF is cleared by the power on reset initialization.
Other system generated resets have no affect on this bit
This bit is also visible at DBGCNT[7]
2–0
SSF[2:0]
State Sequencer Flag Bits — The SSF bits indicate in which state the State Sequencer is currently in. During
a debug session on each transition to a new state these bits are updated. If the debug session is ended by
software clearing the ARM bit, then these bits retain their value to reflect the last state of the state sequencer
before disarming. If a debug session is ended by an internal event, then the state sequencer returns to state0
and these bits are cleared to indicate that state0 was entered during the session. On arming the module the state
sequencer enters state1 and these bits are forced to SSF[2:0] = 001. See Table 8-5.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
281
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Table 8-5. SSF[2:0] — State Sequence Flag Bit Encoding
8.3.2.3
SSF[2:0]
Current State
000
State0 (disarmed)
001
State1
010
State2
011
State3
100
Final State
101,110,111
Reserved
Debug Trace Control Register (DBGTCR)
Address: 0x0022
7
R
0
W
Reset
6
TSOURCE
0
0
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
0
TRCMOD
0
1
0
0
0
TALIGN
0
Figure 8-5. Debug Trace Control Register (DBGTCR)
Read: Anytime
Write: Bit 6 only when DBG is neither secure nor armed.Bits 3,2,0 anytime the module is disarmed.
Table 8-6. DBGTCR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
TSOURCE
Trace Source Control Bit — The TSOURCE bit enables a tracing session given a trigger condition. If the MCU
system is secured, this bit cannot be set and tracing is inhibited.
This bit must be set to read the trace buffer.
0 Debug session without tracing requested
1 Debug session with tracing requested
3–2
TRCMOD
Trace Mode Bits — See Section 8.4.5.2, “Trace Modes for detailed Trace Mode descriptions. In Normal Mode,
change of flow information is stored. In Loop1 Mode, change of flow information is stored but redundant entries
into trace memory are inhibited. In Detail Mode, address and data for all memory and register accesses is stored.
In Compressed Pure PC mode the program counter value for each instruction executed is stored. See Table 8-7.
0
TALIGN
Trigger Align Bit — This bit controls whether the trigger is aligned to the beginning or end of a tracing session.
0 Trigger at end of stored data
1 Trigger before storing data
Table 8-7. TRCMOD Trace Mode Bit Encoding
TRCMOD
Description
00
Normal
01
Loop1
10
Detail
11
Compressed Pure PC
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
282
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
8.3.2.4
Debug Control Register2 (DBGC2)
Address: 0x0023
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
ABCM
W
Reset
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 8-6. Debug Control Register2 (DBGC2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime the module is disarmed.
This register configures the comparators for range matching.
Table 8-8. DBGC2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
1–0
ABCM[1:0]
A and B Comparator Match Control — These bits determine the A and B comparator match mapping as
described in Table 8-9.
Table 8-9. ABCM Encoding
1
ABCM
Description
00
Match0 mapped to comparator A match: Match1 mapped to comparator B match.
01
Match 0 mapped to comparator A/B inside range: Match1 disabled.
10
Match 0 mapped to comparator A/B outside range: Match1 disabled.
11
Reserved1
Currently defaults to Comparator A, Comparator B disabled
8.3.2.5
Debug Trace Buffer Register (DBGTBH:DBGTBL)
Address: 0x0024, 0x0025
15
R
W
14
13
12
11
10
9
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
POR
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Other
Resets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Figure 8-7. Debug Trace Buffer Register (DBGTB)
Read: Only when unlocked AND unsecured AND not armed AND TSOURCE set.
Write: Aligned word writes when disarmed unlock the trace buffer for reading but do not affect trace buffer
contents.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
283
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Table 8-10. DBGTB Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15–0
Bit[15:0]
Trace Buffer Data Bits — The Trace Buffer Register is a window through which the 20-bit wide data lines of the
Trace Buffer may be read 16 bits at a time. Each valid read of DBGTB increments an internal trace buffer pointer
which points to the next address to be read. When the ARM bit is set the trace buffer is locked to prevent reading.
The trace buffer can only be unlocked for reading by writing to DBGTB with an aligned word write when the
module is disarmed. The DBGTB register can be read only as an aligned word, any byte reads or misaligned
access of these registers return 0 and do not cause the trace buffer pointer to increment to the next trace buffer
address. Similarly reads while the debugger is armed or with the TSOURCE bit clear, return 0 and do not affect
the trace buffer pointer. The POR state is undefined. Other resets do not affect the trace buffer contents.
8.3.2.6
Debug Count Register (DBGCNT)
Address: 0x0026
R
7
6
TBF
0
—
0
—
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
—
0
—
0
—
0
CNT
W
Reset
POR
—
0
—
0
—
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 8-8. Debug Count Register (DBGCNT)
Read: Anytime
Write: Never
Table 8-11. DBGCNT Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
TBF
Trace Buffer Full — The TBF bit indicates that the trace buffer has stored 64 or more lines of data since it was
last armed. If this bit is set, then all 64 lines will be valid data, regardless of the value of DBGCNT bits. The TBF
bit is cleared when ARM in DBGC1 is written to a one. The TBF is cleared by the power on reset initialization.
Other system generated resets have no affect on this bit
This bit is also visible at DBGSR[7]
5–0
CNT[5:0]
Count Value — The CNT bits indicate the number of valid data 20-bit data lines stored in the Trace Buffer.
Table 8-12 shows the correlation between the CNT bits and the number of valid data lines in the Trace Buffer.
When the CNT rolls over to zero, the TBF bit in DBGSR is set and incrementing of CNT will continue in
end-trigger mode. The DBGCNT register is cleared when ARM in DBGC1 is written to a one. The DBGCNT
register is cleared by power-on-reset initialization but is not cleared by other system resets. Thus should a reset
occur during a debug session, the DBGCNT register still indicates after the reset, the number of valid trace buffer
entries stored before the reset occurred. The DBGCNT register is not decremented when reading from the trace
buffer.
Table 8-12. CNT Decoding Table
TBF
CNT[5:0]
Description
0
000000
No data valid
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
284
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Table 8-12. CNT Decoding Table
8.3.2.7
TBF
CNT[5:0]
Description
0
000001
000010
000100
000110
..
111111
1 line valid
2 lines valid
4 lines valid
6 lines valid
..
63 lines valid
1
000000
64 lines valid; if using Begin trigger alignment,
ARM bit will be cleared and the tracing session ends.
1
000001
..
..
111110
64 lines valid,
oldest data has been overwritten by most recent data
Debug State Control Registers
There is a dedicated control register for each of the state sequencer states 1 to 3 that determines if
transitions from that state are allowed, depending upon comparator matches or tag hits, and defines the
next state for the state sequencer following a match. The three debug state control registers are located at
the same address in the register address map (0x0027). Each register can be accessed using the COMRV
bits in DBGC1 to blend in the required register. The COMRV = 11 value blends in the match flag register
(DBGMFR).
Table 8-13. State Control Register Access Encoding
8.3.2.7.1
COMRV
Visible State Control Register
00
DBGSCR1
01
DBGSCR2
10
DBGSCR3
11
DBGMFR
Debug State Control Register 1 (DBGSCR1)
Address: 0x0027
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
3
2
1
0
SC3
SC2
SC1
SC0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 8-9. Debug State Control Register 1 (DBGSCR1)
Read: If COMRV[1:0] = 00
Write: If COMRV[1:0] = 00 and DBG is not armed.
This register is visible at 0x0027 only with COMRV[1:0] = 00. The state control register 1 selects the
targeted next state whilst in State1. The matches refer to the match channels of the comparator match
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
285
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
control logic as depicted in Figure 8-1 and described in 8.3.2.8.1. Comparators must be enabled by setting
the comparator enable bit in the associated DBGXCTL control register.
Table 8-14. DBGSCR1 Field Descriptions
Field
3–0
SC[3:0]
Description
These bits select the targeted next state whilst in State1, based upon the match event.
Table 8-15. State1 Sequencer Next State Selection
SC[3:0]
Description (Unspecified matches have no effect)
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
Any match to Final State
Match1 to State3
Match2 to State2
Match1 to State2
Match0 to State2....... Match1 to State3
Match1 to State3.........Match0 to Final State
Match0 to State2....... Match2 to State3
Either Match0 or Match1 to State2
Reserved
Match0 to State3
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Either Match0 or Match2 to Final State........Match1 to State2
Reserved
Reserved
The priorities described in Table 8-35 dictate that in the case of simultaneous matches, a match leading to
final state has priority followed by the match on the lower channel number (0,1,2). Thus with
SC[3:0]=1101 a simultaneous match0/match1 transitions to final state.
8.3.2.7.2
Debug State Control Register 2 (DBGSCR2)
Address: 0x0027
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
3
2
1
0
SC3
SC2
SC1
SC0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 8-10. Debug State Control Register 2 (DBGSCR2)
Read: If COMRV[1:0] = 01
Write: If COMRV[1:0] = 01 and DBG is not armed.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
286
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
This register is visible at 0x0027 only with COMRV[1:0] = 01. The state control register 2 selects the
targeted next state whilst in State2. The matches refer to the match channels of the comparator match
control logic as depicted in Figure 8-1 and described in Section 8.3.2.8.1, “Debug Comparator Control
Register (DBGXCTL). Comparators must be enabled by setting the comparator enable bit in the associated
DBGXCTL control register.
Table 8-16. DBGSCR2 Field Descriptions
Field
3–0
SC[3:0]
Description
These bits select the targeted next state whilst in State2, based upon the match event.
Table 8-17. State2 —Sequencer Next State Selection
SC[3:0]
Description (Unspecified matches have no effect)
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
Match0 to State1....... Match2 to State3.
Match1 to State3
Match2 to State3
Match1 to State3....... Match0 Final State
Match1 to State1....... Match2 to State3.
Match2 to Final State
Match2 to State1..... Match0 to Final State
Either Match0 or Match1 to Final State
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Either Match0 or Match1 to Final State........Match2 to State3
Reserved
Reserved
Either Match0 or Match1 to Final State........Match2 to State1
The priorities described in Table 8-35 dictate that in the case of simultaneous matches, a match leading to
final state has priority followed by the match on the lower channel number (0,1,2)
8.3.2.7.3
Debug State Control Register 3 (DBGSCR3)
Address: 0x0027
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
3
2
1
0
SC3
SC2
SC1
SC0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 8-11. Debug State Control Register 3 (DBGSCR3)
Read: If COMRV[1:0] = 10
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
287
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Write: If COMRV[1:0] = 10 and DBG is not armed.
This register is visible at 0x0027 only with COMRV[1:0] = 10. The state control register three selects the
targeted next state whilst in State3. The matches refer to the match channels of the comparator match
control logic as depicted in Figure 8-1 and described in Section 8.3.2.8.1, “Debug Comparator Control
Register (DBGXCTL). Comparators must be enabled by setting the comparator enable bit in the associated
DBGXCTL control register.
Table 8-18. DBGSCR3 Field Descriptions
Field
3–0
SC[3:0]
Description
These bits select the targeted next state whilst in State3, based upon the match event.
Table 8-19. State3 — Sequencer Next State Selection
SC[3:0]
Description (Unspecified matches have no effect)
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
Match0 to State1
Match2 to State2........ Match1 to Final State
Match0 to Final State....... Match1 to State1
Match1 to Final State....... Match2 to State1
Match1 to State2
Match1 to Final State
Match2 to State2........ Match0 to Final State
Match0 to Final State
Reserved
Reserved
Either Match1 or Match2 to State1....... Match0 to Final State
Reserved
Reserved
Either Match1 or Match2 to Final State....... Match0 to State1
Match0 to State2....... Match2 to Final State
Reserved
The priorities described in Table 8-35 dictate that in the case of simultaneous matches, a match leading to
final state has priority followed by the match on the lower channel number (0,1,2).
8.3.2.7.4
Debug Match Flag Register (DBGMFR)
Address: 0x0027
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
MC2
MC1
MC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 8-12. Debug Match Flag Register (DBGMFR)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
288
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Read: If COMRV[1:0] = 11
Write: Never
DBGMFR is visible at 0x0027 only with COMRV[1:0] = 11. It features 3 flag bits each mapped directly
to a channel. Should a match occur on the channel during the debug session, then the corresponding flag
is set and remains set until the next time the module is armed by writing to the ARM bit. Thus the contents
are retained after a debug session for evaluation purposes. These flags cannot be cleared by software, they
are cleared only when arming the module. A set flag does not inhibit the setting of other flags. Once a flag
is set, further comparator matches on the same channel in the same session have no affect on that flag.
8.3.2.8
Comparator Register Descriptions
Each comparator has a bank of registers that are visible through an 8-byte window in the DBG module
register address map. Comparator A consists of 8 register bytes (3 address bus compare registers, two data
bus compare registers, two data bus mask registers and a control register). Comparator B consists of four
register bytes (three address bus compare registers and a control register). Comparator C consists of four
register bytes (three address bus compare registers and a control register).
Each set of comparator registers can be accessed using the COMRV bits in the DBGC1 register.
Unimplemented registers (e.g. Comparator B data bus and data bus masking) read as zero and cannot be
written. The control register for comparator B differs from those of comparators A and C.
Table 8-20. Comparator Register Layout
0x0028
CONTROL
Read/Write
Comparators A,B and C
0x0029
ADDRESS HIGH
Read/Write
Comparators A,B and C
0x002A
ADDRESS MEDIUM
Read/Write
Comparators A,B and C
0x002B
ADDRESS LOW
Read/Write
Comparators A,B and C
0x002C
DATA HIGH COMPARATOR
Read/Write
Comparator A only
0x002D
DATA LOW COMPARATOR
Read/Write
Comparator A only
0x002E
DATA HIGH MASK
Read/Write
Comparator A only
0x002F
DATA LOW MASK
Read/Write
Comparator A only
8.3.2.8.1
Debug Comparator Control Register (DBGXCTL)
The contents of this register bits 7 and 6 differ depending upon which comparator registers are visible in
the 8-byte window of the DBG module register address map.
Address: 0x0028
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SZE
SZ
TAG
BRK
RW
RWE
NDB
COMPE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 8-13. Debug Comparator Control Register DBGACTL (Comparator A)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
289
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Address: 0x0028
R
W
7
6
5
4
3
2
SZE
SZ
TAG
BRK
RW
RWE
0
0
0
0
0
Reset
0
1
0
0
0
COMPE
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 8-14. Debug Comparator Control Register DBGBCTL (Comparator B)
Address: 0x0028
R
7
6
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
5
4
3
2
TAG
BRK
RW
RWE
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
COMPE
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 8-15. Debug Comparator Control Register DBGCCTL (Comparator C)
Read: DBGACTL if COMRV[1:0] = 00
DBGBCTL if COMRV[1:0] = 01
DBGCCTL if COMRV[1:0] = 10
Write: DBGACTL if COMRV[1:0] = 00 and DBG not armed
DBGBCTL if COMRV[1:0] = 01 and DBG not armed
DBGCCTL if COMRV[1:0] = 10 and DBG not armed
Table 8-21. DBGXCTL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
SZE
(Comparators
A and B)
Size Comparator Enable Bit — The SZE bit controls whether access size comparison is enabled for the
associated comparator. This bit is ignored if the TAG bit in the same register is set.
0 Word/Byte access size is not used in comparison
1 Word/Byte access size is used in comparison
6
SZ
(Comparators
A and B)
Size Comparator Value Bit — The SZ bit selects either word or byte access size in comparison for the
associated comparator. This bit is ignored if the SZE bit is cleared or if the TAG bit in the same register is set.
0 Word access size is compared
1 Byte access size is compared
5
TAG
Tag Select— This bit controls whether the comparator match has immediate effect, causing an immediate
state sequencer transition or tag the opcode at the matched address. Tagged opcodes trigger only if they
reach the execution stage of the instruction queue.
0 Allow state sequencer transition immediately on match
1 On match, tag the opcode. If the opcode is about to be executed allow a state sequencer transition
4
BRK
Break— This bit controls whether a comparator match terminates a debug session immediately, independent
of state sequencer state. To generate an immediate breakpoint the module breakpoints must be enabled
using the DBGC1 bit DBGBRK.
0 The debug session termination is dependent upon the state sequencer and trigger conditions.
1 A match on this channel terminates the debug session immediately; breakpoints if active are generated,
tracing, if active, is terminated and the module disarmed.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
290
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Table 8-21. DBGXCTL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3
RW
Read/Write Comparator Value Bit — The RW bit controls whether read or write is used in compare for the
associated comparator. The RW bit is not used if RWE = 0. This bit is ignored if the TAG bit in the same
register is set.
0 Write cycle is matched1Read cycle is matched
2
RWE
Read/Write Enable Bit — The RWE bit controls whether read or write comparison is enabled for the
associated comparator.This bit is ignored if the TAG bit in the same register is set
0 Read/Write is not used in comparison
1 Read/Write is used in comparison
1
Not Data Bus — The NDB bit controls whether the match occurs when the data bus matches the comparator
NDB
register value or when the data bus differs from the register value. This bit is ignored if the TAG bit in the same
(Comparator A) register is set. This bit is only available for comparator A.
0 Match on data bus equivalence to comparator register contents
1 Match on data bus difference to comparator register contents
0
COMPE
Determines if comparator is enabled
0 The comparator is not enabled
1 The comparator is enabled
Table 8-22 shows the effect for RWE and RW on the comparison conditions. These bits are ignored if the
corresponding TAG bit is set since the match occurs based on the tagged opcode reaching the execution
stage of the instruction queue.
Table 8-22. Read or Write Comparison Logic Table
8.3.2.8.2
RWE Bit
RW Bit
RW Signal
Comment
0
x
0
RW not used in comparison
0
x
1
RW not used in comparison
1
0
0
Write data bus
1
0
1
No match
1
1
0
No match
1
1
1
Read data bus
Debug Comparator Address High Register (DBGXAH)
Address: 0x0029
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
1
0
Bit 17
Bit 16
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 8-16. Debug Comparator Address High Register (DBGXAH)
The DBGC1_COMRV bits determine which comparator address registers are visible in the 8-byte window
from 0x0028 to 0x002F as shown in Section Table 8-23., “Comparator Address Register Visibility
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
291
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Table 8-23. Comparator Address Register Visibility
COMRV
Visible Comparator
00
DBGAAH, DBGAAM, DBGAAL
01
DBGBAH, DBGBAM, DBGBAL
10
DBGCAH, DBGCAM, DBGCAL
11
None
Read: Anytime. See Table 8-23 for visible register encoding.
Write: If DBG not armed. See Table 8-23 for visible register encoding.
Table 8-24. DBGXAH Field Descriptions
Field
Description
1–0
Bit[17:16]
Comparator Address High Compare Bits — The Comparator address high compare bits control whether the
selected comparator compares the address bus bits [17:16] to a logic one or logic zero.
0 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic one
8.3.2.8.3
Debug Comparator Address Mid Register (DBGXAM)
Address: 0x002A
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 8-17. Debug Comparator Address Mid Register (DBGXAM)
Read: Anytime. See Table 8-23 for visible register encoding.
Write: If DBG not armed. See Table 8-23 for visible register encoding.
Table 8-25. DBGXAM Field Descriptions
Field
7–0
Bit[15:8]
Description
Comparator Address Mid Compare Bits — The Comparator address mid compare bits control whether the
selected comparator compares the address bus bits [15:8] to a logic one or logic zero.
0 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic one
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
292
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
8.3.2.8.4
Debug Comparator Address Low Register (DBGXAL)
Address: 0x002B
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 8-18. Debug Comparator Address Low Register (DBGXAL)
Read: Anytime. See Table 8-23 for visible register encoding.
Write: If DBG not armed. See Table 8-23 for visible register encoding.
Table 8-26. DBGXAL Field Descriptions
Field
7–0
Bits[7:0]
Description
Comparator Address Low Compare Bits — The Comparator address low compare bits control whether the
selected comparator compares the address bus bits [7:0] to a logic one or logic zero.
0 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic one
8.3.2.8.5
Debug Comparator Data High Register (DBGADH)
Address: 0x002C
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 8-19. Debug Comparator Data High Register (DBGADH)
Read: If COMRV[1:0] = 00
Write: If COMRV[1:0] = 00 and DBG not armed.
Table 8-27. DBGADH Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–0
Bits[15:8]
Comparator Data High Compare Bits— The Comparator data high compare bits control whether the selected
comparator compares the data bus bits [15:8] to a logic one or logic zero. The comparator data compare bits are
only used in comparison if the corresponding data mask bit is logic 1. This register is available only for
comparator A. Data bus comparisons are only performed if the TAG bit in DBGACTL is clear.
0 Compare corresponding data bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding data bit to a logic one
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
293
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
8.3.2.8.6
Debug Comparator Data Low Register (DBGADL)
Address: 0x002D
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 8-20. Debug Comparator Data Low Register (DBGADL)
Read: If COMRV[1:0] = 00
Write: If COMRV[1:0] = 00 and DBG not armed.
Table 8-28. DBGADL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–0
Bits[7:0]
Comparator Data Low Compare Bits — The Comparator data low compare bits control whether the selected
comparator compares the data bus bits [7:0] to a logic one or logic zero. The comparator data compare bits are
only used in comparison if the corresponding data mask bit is logic 1. This register is available only for
comparator A. Data bus comparisons are only performed if the TAG bit in DBGACTL is clear
0 Compare corresponding data bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding data bit to a logic one
8.3.2.8.7
Debug Comparator Data High Mask Register (DBGADHM)
Address: 0x002E
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 8-21. Debug Comparator Data High Mask Register (DBGADHM)
Read: If COMRV[1:0] = 00
Write: If COMRV[1:0] = 00 and DBG not armed.
Table 8-29. DBGADHM Field Descriptions
Field
7–0
Bits[15:8]
Description
Comparator Data High Mask Bits — The Comparator data high mask bits control whether the selected
comparator compares the data bus bits [15:8] to the corresponding comparator data compare bits. Data bus
comparisons are only performed if the TAG bit in DBGACTL is clear
0 Do not compare corresponding data bit Any value of corresponding data bit allows match.
1 Compare corresponding data bit
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
294
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
8.3.2.8.8
Debug Comparator Data Low Mask Register (DBGADLM)
Address: 0x002F
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 8-22. Debug Comparator Data Low Mask Register (DBGADLM)
Read: If COMRV[1:0] = 00
Write: If COMRV[1:0] = 00 and DBG not armed.
Table 8-30. DBGADLM Field Descriptions
Field
7–0
Bits[7:0]
8.4
Description
Comparator Data Low Mask Bits — The Comparator data low mask bits control whether the selected
comparator compares the data bus bits [7:0] to the corresponding comparator data compare bits. Data bus
comparisons are only performed if the TAG bit in DBGACTL is clear
0 Do not compare corresponding data bit. Any value of corresponding data bit allows match
1 Compare corresponding data bit
Functional Description
This section provides a complete functional description of the DBG module. If the part is in secure mode,
the DBG module can generate breakpoints but tracing is not possible.
8.4.1
S12SDBG Operation
Arming the DBG module by setting ARM in DBGC1 allows triggering the state sequencer, storing of data
in the trace buffer and generation of breakpoints to the CPU. The DBG module is made up of four main
blocks, the comparators, control logic, the state sequencer, and the trace buffer.
The comparators monitor the bus activity of the CPU. All comparators can be configured to monitor
address bus activity. Comparator A can also be configured to monitor databus activity and mask out
individual data bus bits during a compare. Comparators can be configured to use R/W and word/byte
access qualification in the comparison. A match with a comparator register value can initiate a state
sequencer transition to another state (see Figure 8-24). Either forced or tagged matches are possible. Using
a forced match, a state sequencer transition can occur immediately on a successful match of system busses
and comparator registers. Whilst tagging, at a comparator match, the instruction opcode is tagged and only
if the instruction reaches the execution stage of the instruction queue can a state sequencer transition occur.
In the case of a transition to Final State, bus tracing is triggered and/or a breakpoint can be generated.
A state sequencer transition to final state (with associated breakpoint, if enabled) can be initiated by
writing to the TRIG bit in the DBGC1 control register.
The trace buffer is visible through a 2-byte window in the register address map and must be read out using
standard 16-bit word reads.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
295
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
TAGS
TAGHITS
BREAKPOINT REQUESTS
TO CPU
COMPARATOR A
COMPARATOR B
COMPARATOR C
COMPARATOR
MATCH CONTROL
CPU BUS
BUS INTERFACE
SECURE
MATCH0
MATCH1
TAG &
MATCH
CONTROL
LOGIC
TRANSITION
STATE
STATE SEQUENCER
STATE
MATCH2
TRACE
CONTROL
TRIGGER
TRACE BUFFER
READ TRACE DATA (DBG READ DATA BUS)
Figure 8-23. DBG Overview
8.4.2
Comparator Modes
The DBG contains three comparators, A, B and C. Each comparator compares the system address bus with
the address stored in DBGXAH, DBGXAM, and DBGXAL. Furthermore, comparator A also compares
the data buses to the data stored in DBGADH, DBGADL and allows masking of individual data bus bits.
All comparators are disabled in BDM and during BDM accesses.
The comparator match control logic (see Figure 8-23) configures comparators to monitor the buses for an
exact address or an address range, whereby either an access inside or outside the specified range generates
a match condition. The comparator configuration is controlled by the control register contents and the
range control by the DBGC2 contents.
A match can initiate a transition to another state sequencer state (see Section 8.4.4, “State Sequence
Control”). The comparator control register also allows the type of access to be included in the comparison
through the use of the RWE, RW, SZE, and SZ bits. The RWE bit controls whether read or write
comparison is enabled for the associated comparator and the RW bit selects either a read or write access
for a valid match. Similarly the SZE and SZ bits allow the size of access (word or byte) to be considered
in the compare. Only comparators A and B feature SZE and SZ.
The TAG bit in each comparator control register is used to determine the match condition. By setting TAG,
the comparator qualifies a match with the output of opcode tracking logic and a state sequencer transition
occurs when the tagged instruction reaches the CPU execution stage. Whilst tagging the RW, RWE, SZE,
and SZ bits and the comparator data registers are ignored; the comparator address register must be loaded
with the exact opcode address.
If the TAG bit is clear (forced type match) a comparator match is generated when the selected address
appears on the system address bus. If the selected address is an opcode address, the match is generated
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
296
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
when the opcode is fetched from the memory, which precedes the instruction execution by an indefinite
number of cycles due to instruction pipelining. For a comparator match of an opcode at an odd address
when TAG = 0, the corresponding even address must be contained in the comparator register. Thus for an
opcode at odd address (n), the comparator register must contain address (n–1).
Once a successful comparator match has occurred, the condition that caused the original match is not
verified again on subsequent matches. Thus if a particular data value is verified at a given address, this
address may not still contain that data value when a subsequent match occurs.
Match[0, 1, 2] map directly to Comparators [A, B, C] respectively, except in range modes (see
Section 8.3.2.4, “Debug Control Register2 (DBGC2)). Comparator channel priority rules are described in
the priority section (Section 8.4.3.4, “Channel Priorities).
8.4.2.1
Single Address Comparator Match
With range comparisons disabled, the match condition is an exact equivalence of address bus with the
value stored in the comparator address registers. Further qualification of the type of access (R/W,
word/byte) and databus contents is possible, depending on comparator channel.
8.4.2.1.1
Comparator C
Comparator C offers only address and direction (R/W) comparison. The exact address is compared, thus
with the comparator address register loaded with address (n) a word access of address (n–1) also accesses
(n) but does not cause a match.
Table 8-31. Comparator C Access Considerations
Condition For Valid Match
1
Comp C Address RWE
RW
Examples
0
X
LDAA ADDR[n]
STAA #$BYTE ADDR[n]
ADDR[n]
1
0
STAA #$BYTE ADDR[n]
ADDR[n]
1
1
LDAA #$BYTE ADDR[n]
Read and write accesses of ADDR[n]
1
ADDR[n]
Write accesses of ADDR[n]
Read accesses of ADDR[n]
A word access of ADDR[n-1] also accesses ADDR[n] but does not generate a match.
The comparator address register must contain the exact address from the code.
8.4.2.1.2
Comparator B
Comparator B offers address, direction (R/W) and access size (word/byte) comparison. If the SZE bit is
set the access size (word or byte) is compared with the SZ bit value such that only the specified size of
access causes a match. Thus if configured for a byte access of a particular address, a word access covering
the same address does not lead to match.
Assuming the access direction is not qualified (RWE=0), for simplicity, the size access considerations are
shown in Table 8-32.
Table 8-32. Comparator B Access Size Considerations
Condition For Valid Match
Comp B Address RWE
Word and byte accesses of ADDR[n]
ADDR[n]1
0
SZE
SZ8
Examples
0
X
MOVB #$BYTE ADDR[n]
MOVW #$WORD ADDR[n]
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
297
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Table 8-32. Comparator B Access Size Considerations
Condition For Valid Match
1
Comp B Address RWE
SZE
SZ8
Examples
Word accesses of ADDR[n] only
ADDR[n]
0
1
0
MOVW #$WORD ADDR[n]
LDD ADDR[n]
Byte accesses of ADDR[n] only
ADDR[n]
0
1
1
MOVB #$BYTE ADDR[n]
LDAB ADDR[n]
A word access of ADDR[n-1] also accesses ADDR[n] but does not generate a match.
The comparator address register must contain the exact address from the code.
Access direction can also be used to qualify a match for Comparator B in the same way as described for
Comparator C in Table 8-31.
8.4.2.1.3
Comparator A
Comparator A offers address, direction (R/W), access size (word/byte) and data bus comparison.
Table 8-33 lists access considerations with data bus comparison. On word accesses the data byte of the
lower address is mapped to DBGADH. Access direction can also be used to qualify a match for
Comparator A in the same way as described for Comparator C in Table 8-31.
Table 8-33. Comparator A Matches When Accessing ADDR[n]
SZE
SZ
DBGADHM,
DBGADLM
0
X
$0000
Byte
Word
No databus comparison
0
X
$FF00
Byte, data(ADDR[n])=DH
Word, data(ADDR[n])=DH, data(ADDR[n+1])=X
Match data( ADDR[n])
0
X
$00FF
Word, data(ADDR[n])=X, data(ADDR[n+1])=DL
Match data( ADDR[n+1])
0
X
$00FF
Byte, data(ADDR[n])=X, data(ADDR[n+1])=DL
Possible unintended match
0
X
$FFFF
Word, data(ADDR[n])=DH, data(ADDR[n+1])=DL
Match data( ADDR[n], ADDR[n+1])
0
X
$FFFF
Byte, data(ADDR[n])=DH, data(ADDR[n+1])=DL
Possible unintended match
1
0
$0000
Word
No databus comparison
1
0
$00FF
Word, data(ADDR[n])=X, data(ADDR[n+1])=DL
Match only data at ADDR[n+1]
1
0
$FF00
Word, data(ADDR[n])=DH, data(ADDR[n+1])=X
Match only data at ADDR[n]
1
0
$FFFF
Word, data(ADDR[n])=DH, data(ADDR[n+1])=DL
Match data at ADDR[n] & ADDR[n+1]
1
1
$0000
Byte
No databus comparison
1
1
$FF00
Byte, data(ADDR[n])=DH
Match data at ADDR[n]
8.4.2.1.4
Access
DH=DBGADH, DL=DBGADL
Comment
Comparator A Data Bus Comparison NDB Dependency
Comparator A features an NDB control bit, which allows data bus comparators to be configured to either
trigger on equivalence or trigger on difference. This allows monitoring of a difference in the contents of
an address location from an expected value.
When matching on an equivalence (NDB=0), each individual data bus bit position can be masked out by
clearing the corresponding mask bit (DBGADHM/DBGADLM) so that it is ignored in the comparison. A
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
298
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
match occurs when all data bus bits with corresponding mask bits set are equivalent. If all mask register
bits are clear, then a match is based on the address bus only, the data bus is ignored.
When matching on a difference, mask bits can be cleared to ignore bit positions. A match occurs when any
data bus bit with corresponding mask bit set is different. Clearing all mask bits, causes all bits to be ignored
and prevents a match because no difference can be detected. In this case address bus equivalence does not
cause a match.
Table 8-34. NDB and MASK bit dependency
8.4.2.2
NDB
DBGADHM[n] /
DBGADLM[n]
Comment
0
0
Do not compare data bus bit.
0
1
Compare data bus bit. Match on equivalence.
1
0
Do not compare data bus bit.
1
1
Compare data bus bit. Match on difference.
Range Comparisons
Using the AB comparator pair for a range comparison, the data bus can also be used for qualification by
using the comparator A data registers. Furthermore the DBGACTL RW and RWE bits can be used to
qualify the range comparison on either a read or a write access. The corresponding DBGBCTL bits are
ignored. The SZE and SZ control bits are ignored in range mode. The comparator A TAG bit is used to tag
range comparisons. The comparator B TAG bit is ignored in range modes. In order for a range comparison
using comparators A and B, both COMPEA and COMPEB must be set; to disable range comparisons both
must be cleared. The comparator A BRK bit is used to for the AB range, the comparator B BRK bit is
ignored in range mode.
When configured for range comparisons and tagging, the ranges are accurate only to word boundaries.
8.4.2.2.1
Inside Range (CompA_Addr ≤ address ≤ CompB_Addr)
In the Inside Range comparator mode, comparator pair A and B can be configured for range comparisons.
This configuration depends upon the control register (DBGC2). The match condition requires that a valid
match for both comparators happens on the same bus cycle. A match condition on only one comparator is
not valid. An aligned word access which straddles the range boundary is valid only if the aligned address
is inside the range.
8.4.2.2.2
Outside Range (address < CompA_Addr or address > CompB_Addr)
In the Outside Range comparator mode, comparator pair A and B can be configured for range comparisons.
A single match condition on either of the comparators is recognized as valid. An aligned word access
which straddles the range boundary is valid only if the aligned address is outside the range.
Outside range mode in combination with tagging can be used to detect if the opcode fetches are from an
unexpected range. In forced match mode the outside range match would typically be activated at any
interrupt vector fetch or register access. This can be avoided by setting the upper range limit to $3FFFF or
lower range limit to $00000 respectively.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
299
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
8.4.3
Match Modes (Forced or Tagged)
Match modes are used as qualifiers for a state sequencer change of state. The Comparator control register
TAG bits select the match mode. The modes are described in the following sections.
8.4.3.1
Forced Match
When configured for forced matching, a comparator channel match can immediately initiate a transition
to the next state sequencer state whereby the corresponding flags in DBGSR are set. The state control
register for the current state determines the next state. Forced matches are typically generated 2-3 bus
cycles after the final matching address bus cycle, independent of comparator RWE/RW settings.
Furthermore since opcode fetches occur several cycles before the opcode execution a forced match of an
opcode address typically precedes a tagged match at the same address.
8.4.3.2
Tagged Match
If a CPU taghit occurs a transition to another state sequencer state is initiated and the corresponding
DBGSR flags are set. For a comparator related taghit to occur, the DBG must first attach tags to
instructions as they are fetched from memory. When the tagged instruction reaches the execution stage of
the instruction queue a taghit is generated by the CPU. This can initiate a state sequencer transition.
8.4.3.3
Immediate Trigger
Independent of comparator matches it is possible to initiate a tracing session and/or breakpoint by writing
to the TRIG bit in DBGC1. If configured for begin aligned tracing, this triggers the state sequencer into
the Final State, if configured for end alignment, setting the TRIG bit disarms the module, ending the
session and issues a forced breakpoint request to the CPU.
It is possible to set both TRIG and ARM simultaneously to generate an immediate trigger, independent of
the current state of ARM.
8.4.3.4
Channel Priorities
In case of simultaneous matches the priority is resolved according to Table 8-35. The lower priority is
suppressed. It is thus possible to miss a lower priority match if it occurs simultaneously with a higher
priority. The priorities described in Table 8-35 dictate that in the case of simultaneous matches, the match
pointing to final state has highest priority followed by the lower channel number (0,1,2).
Table 8-35. Channel Priorities
Priority
Highest
Lowest
Source
Action
TRIG
Enter Final State
Channel pointing to Final State
Transition to next state as defined by state control registers
Match0 (force or tag hit)
Transition to next state as defined by state control registers
Match1 (force or tag hit)
Transition to next state as defined by state control registers
Match2 (force or tag hit)
Transition to next state as defined by state control registers
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
300
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
8.4.4
State Sequence Control
ARM = 0
State 0
(Disarmed)
ARM = 1
State1
State2
ARM = 0
Session Complete
(Disarm)
Final State
State3
ARM = 0
Figure 8-24. State Sequencer Diagram
The state sequencer allows a defined sequence of events to provide a trigger point for tracing of data in the
trace buffer. Once the DBG module has been armed by setting the ARM bit in the DBGC1 register, then
state1 of the state sequencer is entered. Further transitions between the states are then controlled by the
state control registers and channel matches. From Final State the only permitted transition is back to the
disarmed state0. Transition between any of the states 1 to 3 is not restricted. Each transition updates the
SSF[2:0] flags in DBGSR accordingly to indicate the current state.
Alternatively writing to the TRIG bit in DBGSC1, provides an immediate trigger independent of
comparator matches.
Independent of the state sequencer, each comparator channel can be individually configured to generate an
immediate breakpoint when a match occurs through the use of the BRK bits in the DBGxCTL registers.
Thus it is possible to generate an immediate breakpoint on selected channels, whilst a state sequencer
transition can be initiated by a match on other channels. If a debug session is ended by a match on a channel
the state sequencer transitions through Final State for a clock cycle to state0. This is independent of tracing
and breakpoint activity, thus with tracing and breakpoints disabled, the state sequencer enters state0 and
the debug module is disarmed.
8.4.4.1
Final State
On entering Final State a trigger may be issued to the trace buffer according to the trace alignment control
as defined by the TALIGN bit (see Section 8.3.2.3, “Debug Trace Control Register (DBGTCR)”). If the
TSOURCE bit in DBGTCR is clear then the trace buffer is disabled and the transition to Final State can
only generate a breakpoint request. In this case or upon completion of a tracing session when tracing is
enabled, the ARM bit in the DBGC1 register is cleared, returning the module to the disarmed state0. If
tracing is enabled a breakpoint request can occur at the end of the tracing session. If neither tracing nor
breakpoints are enabled then when the final state is reached it returns automatically to state0 and the debug
module is disarmed.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
301
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
8.4.5
Trace Buffer Operation
The trace buffer is a 64 lines deep by 20-bits wide RAM array. The DBG module stores trace information
in the RAM array in a circular buffer format. The system accesses the RAM array through a register
window (DBGTBH:DBGTBL) using 16-bit wide word accesses. After each complete 20-bit trace buffer
line is read, an internal pointer into the RAM increments so that the next read receives fresh information.
Data is stored in the format shown in Table 8-36 and Table 8-39. After each store the counter register
DBGCNT is incremented. Tracing of CPU activity is disabled when the BDM is active. Reading the trace
buffer whilst the DBG is armed returns invalid data and the trace buffer pointer is not incremented.
8.4.5.1
Trace Trigger Alignment
Using the TALIGN bit (see Section 8.3.2.3, “Debug Trace Control Register (DBGTCR)) it is possible to
align the trigger with the end or the beginning of a tracing session.
If End tracing is selected, tracing begins when the ARM bit in DBGC1 is set and State1 is entered; the
transition to Final State signals the end of the tracing session. Tracing with Begin-Trigger starts at the
opcode of the trigger. Using End Trigger or when the tracing is initiated by writing to the TRIG bit whilst
configured for Begin-Trigger, tracing starts in the second cycle after the DBGC1 write cycle.
8.4.5.1.1
Storing with Begin-Trigger
Storing with Begin-Trigger, data is not stored in the Trace Buffer until the Final State is entered. Once the
trigger condition is met the DBG module remains armed until 64 lines are stored in the Trace Buffer. If the
trigger is at the address of the change-of-flow instruction the change of flow associated with the trigger is
stored in the Trace Buffer. Using Begin-trigger together with tagging, if the tagged instruction is about to
be executed then the trace is started. Upon completion of the tracing session the breakpoint is generated,
thus the breakpoint does not occur at the tagged instruction boundary.
8.4.5.1.2
Storing with End-Trigger
Storing with End-Trigger, data is stored in the Trace Buffer until the Final State is entered, at which point
the DBG module becomes disarmed and no more data is stored. If the trigger is at the address of a change
of flow instruction, the trigger event is not stored in the Trace Buffer.
8.4.5.2
Trace Modes
Four trace modes are available. The mode is selected using the TRCMOD bits in the DBGTCR register.
Tracing is enabled using the TSOURCE bit in the DBGTCR register. The modes are described in the
following subsections.
8.4.5.2.1
Normal Mode
In Normal Mode, change of flow (COF) program counter (PC) addresses are stored.
COF addresses are defined as follows:
• Source address of taken conditional branches (long, short, bit-conditional, and loop primitives)
• Destination address of indexed JMP, JSR, and CALL instruction
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
302
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
•
•
Destination address of RTI, RTS, and RTC instructions
Vector address of interrupts, except for BDM vectors
LBRA, BRA, BSR, BGND as well as non-indexed JMP, JSR, and CALL instructions are not classified as
change of flow and are not stored in the trace buffer.
Stored information includes the full 18-bit address bus and information bits, which contains a
source/destination bit to indicate whether the stored address was a source address or destination address.
NOTE
When a COF instruction with destination address is executed, the
destination address is stored to the trace buffer on instruction completion,
indicating the COF has taken place. If an interrupt occurs simultaneously
then the next instruction carried out is actually from the interrupt service
routine. The instruction at the destination address of the original program
flow gets executed after the interrupt service routine.
In the following example an IRQ interrupt occurs during execution of the
indexed JMP at address MARK1. The BRN at the destination (SUB_1) is
not executed until after the IRQ service routine but the destination address
is entered into the trace buffer to indicate that the indexed JMP COF has
taken place.
MARK1
MARK2
LDX
JMP
NOP
#SUB_1
0,X
SUB_1
BRN
*
ADDR1
NOP
DBNE
A,PART5
IRQ_ISR
LDAB
STAB
RTI
#$F0
VAR_C1
; IRQ interrupt occurs during execution of this
;
; JMP Destination address TRACE BUFFER ENTRY 1
; RTI Destination address TRACE BUFFER ENTRY 3
;
; Source address TRACE BUFFER ENTRY 4
; IRQ Vector $FFF2 = TRACE BUFFER ENTRY 2
;
The execution flow taking into account the IRQ is as follows
MARK1
IRQ_ISR
SUB_1
ADDR1
8.4.5.2.2
LDX
JMP
LDAB
STAB
RTI
BRN
NOP
DBNE
#SUB_1
0,X
#$F0
VAR_C1
;
;
;
*
A,PART5
;
;
Loop1 Mode
Loop1 Mode, similarly to Normal Mode also stores only COF address information to the trace buffer, it
however allows the filtering out of redundant information.
The intent of Loop1 Mode is to prevent the Trace Buffer from being filled entirely with duplicate
information from a looping construct such as delays using the DBNE instruction or polling loops using
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
303
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
BRSET/BRCLR instructions. Immediately after address information is placed in the Trace Buffer, the
DBG module writes this value into a background register. This prevents consecutive duplicate address
entries in the Trace Buffer resulting from repeated branches.
Loop1 Mode only inhibits consecutive duplicate source address entries that would typically be stored in
most tight looping constructs. It does not inhibit repeated entries of destination addresses or vector
addresses, since repeated entries of these would most likely indicate a bug in the user’s code that the DBG
module is designed to help find.
8.4.5.2.3
Detail Mode
In Detail Mode, address and data for all memory and register accesses is stored in the trace buffer. This
mode is intended to supply additional information on indexed, indirect addressing modes where storing
only the destination address would not provide all information required for a user to determine where the
code is in error. This mode also features information bit storage to the trace buffer, for each address byte
storage. The information bits indicate the size of access (word or byte) and the type of access (read or
write).
When tracing in Detail Mode, all cycles are traced except those when the CPU is either in a free or opcode
fetch cycle.
8.4.5.2.4
Compressed Pure PC Mode
In Compressed Pure PC Mode, the PC addresses of all executed opcodes, including illegal opcodes are
stored. A compressed storage format is used to increase the effective depth of the trace buffer. This is
achieved by storing the lower order bits each time and using 2 information bits to indicate if a 64 byte
boundary has been crossed, in which case the full PC is stored.
Each Trace Buffer row consists of 2 information bits and 18 PC address bits
NOTE:
When tracing is terminated using forced breakpoints, latency in breakpoint
generation means that opcodes following the opcode causing the breakpoint
can be stored to the trace buffer. The number of opcodes is dependent on
program flow. This can be avoided by using tagged breakpoints.
8.4.5.3
Trace Buffer Organization (Normal, Loop1, Detail modes)
ADRH, ADRM, ADRL denote address high, middle and low byte respectively. The numerical suffix refers
to the tracing count. The information format for Loop1 and Normal modes is identical. In Detail mode, the
address and data for each entry are stored on consecutive lines, thus the maximum number of entries is 32.
In this case DBGCNT bits are incremented twice, once for the address line and once for the data line, on
each trace buffer entry. In Detail mode CINF comprises of R/W and size access information (CRW and
CSZ respectively).
Single byte data accesses in Detail Mode are always stored to the low byte of the trace buffer (DATAL)
and the high byte is cleared. When tracing word accesses, the byte at the lower address is always stored to
trace buffer byte1 and the byte at the higher address is stored to byte0.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
304
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Table 8-36. Trace Buffer Organization (Normal,Loop1,Detail modes)
4-bits
8-bits
8-bits
Field 2
Field 1
Field 0
CINF1,ADRH1
ADRM1
ADRL1
0
DATAH1
DATAL1
CINF2,ADRH2
ADRM2
ADRL2
0
DATAH2
DATAL2
Entry 1
PCH1
PCM1
PCL1
Entry 2
PCH2
PCM2
PCL2
Entry
Number
Mode
Entry 1
Detail Mode
Entry 2
Normal/Loop1
Modes
8.4.5.3.1
Information Bit Organization
The format of the bits is dependent upon the active trace mode as described below.
Field2 Bits in Detail Mode
Bit 3
Bit 2
CSZ
CRW
Bit 1
Bit 0
ADDR[17] ADDR[16]
Figure 8-25. Field2 Bits in Detail Mode
In Detail Mode the CSZ and CRW bits indicate the type of access being made by the CPU.
Table 8-37. Field Descriptions
Bit
Description
3
CSZ
Access Type Indicator— This bit indicates if the access was a byte or word size when tracing in Detail Mode
0 Word Access
1 Byte Access
2
CRW
Read Write Indicator — This bit indicates if the corresponding stored address corresponds to a read or write
access when tracing in Detail Mode.
0 Write Access
1 Read Access
1
ADDR[17]
Address Bus bit 17— Corresponds to system address bus bit 17.
0
ADDR[16]
Address Bus bit 16— Corresponds to system address bus bit 16.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
305
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Field2 Bits in Normal and Loop1 Modes
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
CSD
CVA
PC17
PC16
Figure 8-26. Information Bits PCH
Table 8-38. PCH Field Descriptions
Bit
Description
3
CSD
Source Destination Indicator — In Normal and Loop1 mode this bit indicates if the corresponding stored
address is a source or destination address. This bit has no meaning in Compressed Pure PC mode.
0 Source Address
1 Destination Address
2
CVA
Vector Indicator — In Normal and Loop1 mode this bit indicates if the corresponding stored address is a vector
address. Vector addresses are destination addresses, thus if CVA is set, then the corresponding CSD is also set.
This bit has no meaning in Compressed Pure PC mode .
0 Non-Vector Destination Address
1 Vector Destination Address
1
PC17
Program Counter bit 17— In Normal and Loop1 mode this bit corresponds to program counter bit 17.
0
PC16
Program Counter bit 16— In Normal and Loop1 mode this bit corresponds to program counter bit 16.
8.4.5.4
Trace Buffer Organization (Compressed Pure PC mode)
Table 8-39. Trace Buffer Organization Example (Compressed PurePC mode)
Mode
Compressed
Pure PC Mode
2-bits
Line
Number Field 3
6-bits
6-bits
6-bits
Field 2
Field 1
Field 0
Line 1
00
PC1 (Initial 18-bit PC Base Address)
Line 2
11
PC4
PC3
PC2
Line 3
01
0
0
PC5
Line 4
00
Line 5
10
Line 6
00
PC6 (New 18-bit PC Base Address)
0
PC8
PC7
PC9 (New 18-bit PC Base Address)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
306
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Field3 Bits in Compressed Pure PC Modes
Table 8-40. Compressed Pure PC Mode Field 3 Information Bit Encoding
INF1
INF0
TRACE BUFFER ROW CONTENT
0
0
Base PC address TB[17:0] contains a full PC[17:0] value
0
1
Trace Buffer[5:0] contain incremental PC relative to base address zero value
1
0
Trace Buffer[11:0] contain next 2 incremental PCs relative to base address zero value
1
1
Trace Buffer[17:0] contain next 3 incremental PCs relative to base address zero value
Each time that PC[17:6] differs form the previous base PC[17:6], then a new base address is stored. The
base address zero value is the lowest address in the 64 address range
The first line of the trace buffer always gets a base PC address, this applies also on rollover.
8.4.5.5
Reading Data from Trace Buffer
The data stored in the Trace Buffer can be read provided the DBG module is not armed, is configured for
tracing (TSOURCE bit is set) and the system not secured. When the ARM bit is written to 1 the trace buffer
is locked to prevent reading. The trace buffer can only be unlocked for reading by a single aligned word
write to DBGTB when the module is disarmed.
The Trace Buffer can only be read through the DBGTB register using aligned word reads, any byte or
misaligned reads return 0 and do not cause the trace buffer pointer to increment to the next trace buffer
address. The Trace Buffer data is read out first-in first-out. By reading CNT in DBGCNT the number of
valid lines can be determined. DBGCNT does not decrement as data is read.
Whilst reading an internal pointer is used to determine the next line to be read. After a tracing session, the
pointer points to the oldest data entry, thus if no overflow has occurred, the pointer points to line0,
otherwise it points to the line with the oldest entry. In compressed Pure PC mode on rollover the line with
the oldest data entry may also contain newer data entries in fields 0 and 1. Thus if rollover is indicated by
the TBF bit, the line status must be decoded using the INF bits in field3 of that line. If both INF bits are
clear then the line contains only entires from before the last rollover.
If INF0=1 then field 0 contains post rollover data but fields 1 and 2 contain pre rollover data.
If INF1=1 then fields 0 and 1 contain post rollover data but field 2 contains pre rollover data.
The pointer is initialized by each aligned write to DBGTBH to point to the oldest data again. This enables
an interrupted trace buffer read sequence to be easily restarted from the oldest data entry.
The least significant word of line is read out first. This corresponds to the fields 1 and 0 of Table 8-36. The
next word read returns field 2 in the least significant bits [3:0] and “0” for bits [15:4].
Reading the Trace Buffer while the DBG module is armed returns invalid data and no shifting of the RAM
pointer occurs.
8.4.5.6
Trace Buffer Reset State
The Trace Buffer contents and DBGCNT bits are not initialized by a system reset. Thus should a system
reset occur, the trace session information from immediately before the reset occurred can be read out and
the number of valid lines in the trace buffer is indicated by DBGCNT. The internal pointer to the current
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
307
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
trace buffer address is initialized by unlocking the trace buffer and points to the oldest valid data even if a
reset occurred during the tracing session. To read the trace buffer after a reset, TSOURCE must be set,
otherwise the trace buffer reads as all zeroes. Generally debugging occurrences of system resets is best
handled using end trigger alignment since the reset may occur before the trace trigger, which in the begin
trigger alignment case means no information would be stored in the trace buffer.
The Trace Buffer contents and DBGCNT bits are undefined following a POR.
NOTE
An external pin RESET that occurs simultaneous to a trace buffer entry can,
in very seldom cases, lead to either that entry being corrupted or the first
entry of the session being corrupted. In such cases the other contents of the
trace buffer still contain valid tracing information. The case occurs when the
reset assertion coincides with the trace buffer entry clock edge.
8.4.6
Tagging
A tag follows program information as it advances through the instruction queue. When a tagged instruction
reaches the head of the queue a tag hit occurs and can initiate a state sequencer transition.
Each comparator control register features a TAG bit, which controls whether the comparator match causes
a state sequencer transition immediately or tags the opcode at the matched address. If a comparator is
enabled for tagged comparisons, the address stored in the comparator match address registers must be an
opcode address.
Using Begin trigger together with tagging, if the tagged instruction is about to be executed then the
transition to the next state sequencer state occurs. If the transition is to the Final State, tracing is started.
Only upon completion of the tracing session can a breakpoint be generated. Using End alignment, when
the tagged instruction is about to be executed and the next transition is to Final State then a breakpoint is
generated immediately, before the tagged instruction is carried out.
R/W monitoring, access size (SZ) monitoring and data bus monitoring are not useful if tagging is selected,
since the tag is attached to the opcode at the matched address and is not dependent on the data bus nor on
ta type of access. Thus these bits are ignored if tagging is selected.
When configured for range comparisons and tagging, the ranges are accurate only to word boundaries.
Tagging is disabled when the BDM becomes active.
8.4.7
Breakpoints
It is possible to generate breakpoints from channel transitions to final state or using software to write to
the TRIG bit in the DBGC1 register.
8.4.7.1
Breakpoints From Comparator Channels
Breakpoints can be generated when the state sequencer transitions to the Final State. If configured for
tagging, then the breakpoint is generated when the tagged opcode reaches the execution stage of the
instruction queue.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
308
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
If a tracing session is selected by the TSOURCE bit, breakpoints are requested when the tracing session
has completed, thus if Begin aligned triggering is selected, the breakpoint is requested only on completion
of the subsequent trace (see Table 8-41). If no tracing session is selected, breakpoints are requested
immediately.
If the BRK bit is set, then the associated breakpoint is generated immediately independent of tracing
trigger alignment.
Table 8-41. Breakpoint Setup For CPU Breakpoints
BRK
TALIGN
DBGBRK
Breakpoint Alignment
0
0
0
Fill Trace Buffer until trigger then disarm (no breakpoints)
0
0
1
Fill Trace Buffer until trigger, then breakpoint request occurs
0
1
0
Start Trace Buffer at trigger (no breakpoints)
0
1
1
Start Trace Buffer at trigger
A breakpoint request occurs when Trace Buffer is full
1
x
1
Terminate tracing and generate breakpoint immediately on trigger
1
x
0
Terminate tracing immediately on trigger
8.4.7.2
Breakpoints Generated Via The TRIG Bit
If a TRIG triggers occur, the Final State is entered whereby tracing trigger alignment is defined by the
TALIGN bit. If a tracing session is selected by the TSOURCE bit, breakpoints are requested when the
tracing session has completed, thus if Begin aligned triggering is selected, the breakpoint is requested only
on completion of the subsequent trace (see Table 8-41). If no tracing session is selected, breakpoints are
requested immediately. TRIG breakpoints are possible with a single write to DBGC1, setting ARM and
TRIG simultaneously.
8.4.7.3
Breakpoint Priorities
If a TRIG trigger occurs after Begin aligned tracing has already started, then the TRIG no longer has an
effect. When the associated tracing session is complete, the breakpoint occurs. Similarly if a TRIG is
followed by a subsequent comparator channel match, it has no effect, since tracing has already started.
If a forced SWI breakpoint coincides with a BGND in user code with BDM enabled, then the BDM is
activated by the BGND and the breakpoint to SWI is suppressed.
8.4.7.3.1
DBG Breakpoint Priorities And BDM Interfacing
Breakpoint operation is dependent on the state of the BDM module. If the BDM module is active, the CPU
is executing out of BDM firmware, thus comparator matches and associated breakpoints are disabled. In
addition, while executing a BDM TRACE command, tagging into BDM is disabled. If BDM is not active,
the breakpoint gives priority to BDM requests over SWI requests if the breakpoint happens to coincide
with a SWI instruction in user code. On returning from BDM, the SWI from user code gets executed.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
309
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
Table 8-42. Breakpoint Mapping Summary
DBGBRK
BDM Bit
(DBGC1[4])
BDM
Enabled
BDM
Active
Breakpoint
Mapping
0
X
X
X
No Breakpoint
1
0
X
0
Breakpoint to SWI
X
X
1
1
No Breakpoint
1
1
0
X
Breakpoint to SWI
1
1
1
0
Breakpoint to BDM
BDM cannot be entered from a breakpoint unless the ENABLE bit is set in the BDM. If entry to BDM via
a BGND instruction is attempted and the ENABLE bit in the BDM is cleared, the CPU actually executes
the BDM firmware code, checks the ENABLE and returns if ENABLE is not set. If not serviced by the
monitor then the breakpoint is re-asserted when the BDM returns to normal CPU flow.
If the comparator register contents coincide with the SWI/BDM vector address then an SWI in user code
could coincide with a DBG breakpoint. The CPU ensures that BDM requests have a higher priority than
SWI requests. Returning from the BDM/SWI service routine care must be taken to avoid a repeated
breakpoint at the same address.
Should a tagged or forced breakpoint coincide with a BGND in user code, then the instruction that follows
the BGND instruction is the first instruction executed when normal program execution resumes.
NOTE
When program control returns from a tagged breakpoint using an RTI or
BDM GO command without program counter modification it returns to the
instruction whose tag generated the breakpoint. To avoid a repeated
breakpoint at the same location reconfigure the DBG module in the SWI
routine, if configured for an SWI breakpoint, or over the BDM interface by
executing a TRACE command before the GO to increment the program flow
past the tagged instruction.
8.5
8.5.1
Application Information
State Machine scenarios
Defining the state control registers as SCR1,SCR2, SCR3 and M0,M1,M2 as matches on channels 0,1,2
respectively. SCR encoding supported by S12SDBGV1 are shown in black. SCR encoding supported only
in S12SDBGV2 are shown in red. For backwards compatibility the new scenarios use a 4th bit in each SCR
register. Thus the existing encoding for SCRx[2:0] is not changed.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
310
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
8.5.2
Scenario 1
A trigger is generated if a given sequence of 3 code events is executed.
Figure 8-27. Scenario 1
SCR2=0010
SCR1=0011
State1
M1
SCR3=0111
M2
State2
State3
M0
Final State
Scenario 1 is possible with S12SDBGV1 SCR encoding
8.5.3
Scenario 2
A trigger is generated if a given sequence of 2 code events is executed.
Figure 8-28. Scenario 2a
SCR2=0101
SCR1=0011
State1
M1
M2
State2
Final State
A trigger is generated if a given sequence of 2 code events is executed, whereby the first event is entry into
a range (COMPA,COMPB configured for range mode). M1 is disabled in range modes.
Figure 8-29. Scenario 2b
SCR2=0101
SCR1=0111
State1
M01
M2
State2
Final State
A trigger is generated if a given sequence of 2 code events is executed, whereby the second event is entry
into a range (COMPA,COMPB configured for range mode)
Figure 8-30. Scenario 2c
SCR2=0011
SCR1=0010
State1
M2
State2
M0
Final State
All 3 scenarios 2a,2b,2c are possible with the S12SDBGV1 SCR encoding
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
311
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
8.5.4
Scenario 3
A trigger is generated immediately when one of up to 3 given events occurs
Figure 8-31. Scenario 3
SCR1=0000
State1
M012
Final State
Scenario 3 is possible with S12SDBGV1 SCR encoding
8.5.5
Scenario 4
Trigger if a sequence of 2 events is carried out in an incorrect order. Event A must be followed by event B
and event B must be followed by event A. 2 consecutive occurances of event A without an intermediate
event B cause a trigger. Similarly 2 consecutive occurances of event B without an intermediate event A
cause a trigger. This is possible by using CompA and CompC to match on the same address as shown.
Figure 8-32. Scenario 4a
SCR1=0100 State1
M1
SCR3=0001
State 3
M0
State2
M2
M0
M1
M1
SCR2=0011
Final State
This scenario is currently not possible using 2 comparators only. S12SDBGV2 makes it possible with 2
comparators, State 3 allowing a M0 to return to state 2, whilst a M2 leads to final state as shown.
Figure 8-33. Scenario 4b (with 2 comparators)
SCR1=0110 State1
M2
SCR3=1110
State 3
M0
State2
M0
M01
M2
M2
SCR2=1100
M1 disabled in
range mode
Final State
The advantage of using only 2 channels is that now range comparisons can be included (channel0)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
312
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
This however violates the S12SDBGV1 specification, which states that a match leading to final state
always has priority in case of a simultaneous match, whilst priority is also given to the lowest channel
number. For S12SDBG the corresponding CPU priority decoder is removed to support this, such that on
simultaneous taghits, taghits pointing to final state have highest priority. If no taghit points to final state
then the lowest channel number has priority. Thus with the above encoding from State3, the CPU and DBG
would break on a simultaneous M0/M2.
8.5.6
Scenario 5
Trigger if following event A, event C precedes event B. ie. the expected execution flow is A->B->C.
Figure 8-34. Scenario 5
SCR2=0110
SCR1=0011
State1
M1
State2
M0
Final State
M2
Scenario 5 is possible with the S12SDBGV1 SCR encoding
8.5.7
Scenario 6
Trigger if event A occurs twice in succession before any of 2 other events (BC) occurs. This scenario is
not possible using the S12SDBGV1 SCR encoding. S12SDBGV2 includes additions shown in red. The
change in SCR1 encoding also has the advantage that a State1->State3 transition using M0 is now possible.
This is advantageous because range and data bus comparisons use channel0 only.
Figure 8-35. Scenario 6
SCR3=1010
SCR1=1001
State1
M0
State3
M0
Final State
M12
8.5.8
Scenario 7
Trigger when a series of 3 events is executed out of order. Specifying the event order as M1,M2,M0 to run
in loops (120120120). Any deviation from that order should trigger. This scenario is not possible using the
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
313
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
S12SDBGV1 SCR encoding because OR possibilities are very limited in the channel encoding. By adding
OR forks as shown in red this scenario is possible.
Figure 8-36. Scenario 7
M01
SCR2=1100
SCR1=1101
State1
M1
SCR3=1101
M2
State2
State3
M12
Final State
M0
M02
On simultaneous matches the lowest channel number has priority so with this configuration the forking
from State1 has the peculiar effect that a simultaneous match0/match1 transitions to final state but a
simultaneous match2/match1transitions to state2.
8.5.9
Scenario 8
Trigger when a routine/event at M2 follows either M1 or M0.
Figure 8-37. Scenario 8a
SCR2=0101
SCR1=0111
State1
M01
M2
State2
Final State
Trigger when an event M2 is followed by either event M0 or event M1
Figure 8-38. Scenario 8b
SCR2=0111
SCR1=0010
State1
M2
State2
M01
Final State
Scenario 8a and 8b are possible with the S12SDBGV1 and S12SDBGV2 SCR encoding
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
314
Freescale Semiconductor
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
8.5.10
Scenario 9
Trigger when a routine/event at A (M2) does not follow either B or C (M1 or M0) before they are executed
again. This cannot be realised with theS12SDBGV1 SCR encoding due to OR limitations. By changing
the SCR2 encoding as shown in red this scenario becomes possible.
Figure 8-39. Scenario 9
SCR2=1111
SCR1=0111
State1
M01
State2
M01
Final State
M2
8.5.11
Scenario 10
Trigger if an event M0 occurs following up to two successive M2 events without the resetting event M1.
As shown up to 2 consecutive M2 events are allowed, whereby a reset to State1 is possible after either one
or two M2 events. If an event M0 occurs following the second M2, before M1 resets to State1 then a trigger
is generated. Configuring CompA and CompC the same, it is possible to generate a breakpoint on the third
consecutive occurance of event M0 without a reset M1.
Figure 8-40. Scenario 10a
M1
SCR1=0010
State1
M2
SCR2=0100
SCR3=0010
M2
State2
M0
State3
Final State
M1
Figure 8-41. Scenario 10b
M0
SCR2=0011
SCR1=0010
State1
M2
State2
SCR3=0000
M1
State3
Final State
M0
Scenario 10b shows the case that after M2 then M1 must occur before M0. Starting from a particular point
in code, event M2 must always be followed by M1 before M0. If after any M2, event M0 occurs before
M1 then a trigger is generated.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
315
S12S Debug Module (S12SDBG)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
316
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 9
Security (S12XS9SECV2)
Table 9-1. Revision History
Revision
Number
Revision
Date
02.00
27 Aug 2004
reviewed and updated for S12XD architecture
02.01
21 Feb 2007
added S12XE, S12XF and S12XS architectures
02.02
19 Apr 2007
corrected statement about Backdoor key access via BDM on XE, XF, XS
9.1
Sections
Affected
Description of Changes
Introduction
This specification describes the function of the security mechanism in the MC9S12G-Family (9SEC).
NOTE
No security feature is absolutely secure. However, Freescale’s strategy is to
make reading or copying the FLASH and/or EEPROM difficult for
unauthorized users.
9.1.1
Features
The user must be reminded that part of the security must lie with the application code. An extreme example
would be application code that dumps the contents of the internal memory. This would defeat the purpose
of security. At the same time, the user may also wish to put a backdoor in the application program. An
example of this is the user downloads a security key through the SCI, which allows access to a
programming routine that updates parameters stored in another section of the Flash memory.
The security features of the MC9S12G-Family (in secure mode) are:
• Protect the content of non-volatile memories (Flash, EEPROM)
• Execution of NVM commands is restricted
• Disable access to internal memory via background debug module (BDM)
9.1.2
Modes of Operation
Table 9-2 gives an overview over availability of security relevant features in unsecure and secure modes.
Table 9-2. Feature Availability in Unsecure and Secure Modes on S12XS
Unsecure Mode
Flash Array Access
NS
SS
✔
✔
NX
ES
Secure Mode
EX
ST
NS
SS
✔
✔
NX
ES
EX
ST
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
317
Security (S12XS9SECV2)
Table 9-2. Feature Availability in Unsecure and Secure Modes on S12XS
Unsecure Mode
2
9.1.3
SS
✔
NX
ES
EX
ST
NS
SS
✔
✔
✔
NVM Commands
1
✔
✔
1
✔
✔1
BDM
✔
✔
—
✔2
DBG Module Trace
✔
✔
—
—
EEPROM Array Access
1
NS
Secure Mode
NX
ES
EX
ST
Restricted NVM command set only. Please refer to the NVM wrapper block guides for detailed information.
BDM hardware commands restricted to peripheral registers only.
Securing the Microcontroller
Once the user has programmed the Flash and EEPROM, the chip can be secured by programming the
security bits located in the options/security byte in the Flash memory array. These non-volatile bits will
keep the device secured through reset and power-down.
The options/security byte is located at address 0xFF0F (= global address 0x7F_FF0F) in the Flash memory
array. This byte can be erased and programmed like any other Flash location. Two bits of this byte are used
for security (SEC[1:0]). On devices which have a memory page window, the Flash options/security byte
is also available at address 0xBF0F by selecting page 0x3F with the PPAGE register. The contents of this
byte are copied into the Flash security register (FSEC) during a reset sequence.
0xFF0F
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
KEYEN1
KEYEN0
NV5
NV4
NV3
NV2
SEC1
SEC0
Figure 9-1. Flash Options/Security Byte
The meaning of the bits KEYEN[1:0] is shown in Table 9-3. Please refer to Section 9.1.5.1, “Unsecuring
the MCU Using the Backdoor Key Access” for more information.
Table 9-3. Backdoor Key Access Enable Bits
KEYEN[1:0]
Backdoor Key
Access Enabled
00
0 (disabled)
01
0 (disabled)
10
1 (enabled)
11
0 (disabled)
The meaning of the security bits SEC[1:0] is shown in Table 9-4. For security reasons, the state of device
security is controlled by two bits. To put the device in unsecured mode, these bits must be programmed to
SEC[1:0] = ‘10’. All other combinations put the device in a secured mode. The recommended value to put
the device in secured state is the inverse of the unsecured state, i.e. SEC[1:0] = ‘01’.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
318
Freescale Semiconductor
Security (S12XS9SECV2)
Table 9-4. Security Bits
SEC[1:0]
Security State
00
1 (secured)
01
1 (secured)
10
0 (unsecured)
11
1 (secured)
NOTE
Please refer to the Flash block guide for actual security configuration (in
section “Flash Module Security”).
9.1.4
Operation of the Secured Microcontroller
By securing the device, unauthorized access to the EEPROM and Flash memory contents can be prevented.
However, it must be understood that the security of the EEPROM and Flash memory contents also depends
on the design of the application program. For example, if the application has the capability of downloading
code through a serial port and then executing that code (e.g. an application containing bootloader code),
then this capability could potentially be used to read the EEPROM and Flash memory contents even when
the microcontroller is in the secure state. In this example, the security of the application could be enhanced
by requiring a challenge/response authentication before any code can be downloaded.
Secured operation has the following effects on the microcontroller:
9.1.4.1
•
•
•
Background debug module (BDM) operation is completely disabled.
Execution of Flash and EEPROM commands is restricted. Please refer to the NVM block guide for
details.
Tracing code execution using the DBG module is disabled.
9.1.4.2
•
•
•
•
Normal Single Chip Mode (NS)
Special Single Chip Mode (SS)
BDM firmware commands are disabled.
BDM hardware commands are restricted to the register space.
Execution of Flash and EEPROM commands is restricted. Please refer to the NVM block guide for
details.
Tracing code execution using the DBG module is disabled.
Special single chip mode means BDM is active after reset. The availability of BDM firmware commands
depends on the security state of the device. The BDM secure firmware first performs a blank check of both
the Flash memory and the EEPROM. If the blank check succeeds, security will be temporarily turned off
and the state of the security bits in the appropriate Flash memory location can be changed If the blank
check fails, security will remain active, only the BDM hardware commands will be enabled, and the
accessible memory space is restricted to the peripheral register area. This will allow the BDM to be used
to erase the EEPROM and Flash memory without giving access to their contents. After erasing both Flash
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
319
Security (S12XS9SECV2)
memory and EEPROM, another reset into special single chip mode will cause the blank check to succeed
and the options/security byte can be programmed to “unsecured” state via BDM.
While the BDM is executing the blank check, the BDM interface is completely blocked, which means that
all BDM commands are temporarily blocked.
9.1.5
Unsecuring the Microcontroller
Unsecuring the microcontroller can be done by three different methods:
1. Backdoor key access
2. Reprogramming the security bits
3. Complete memory erase (special modes)
9.1.5.1
Unsecuring the MCU Using the Backdoor Key Access
In normal modes (single chip and expanded), security can be temporarily disabled using the backdoor key
access method. This method requires that:
• The backdoor key at 0xFF00–0xFF07 (= global addresses 0x3_FF00–0x3_FF07) has been
programmed to a valid value.
• The KEYEN[1:0] bits within the Flash options/security byte select ‘enabled’.
• In single chip mode, the application program programmed into the microcontroller must be
designed to have the capability to write to the backdoor key locations.
The backdoor key values themselves would not normally be stored within the application data, which
means the application program would have to be designed to receive the backdoor key values from an
external source (e.g. through a serial port).
The backdoor key access method allows debugging of a secured microcontroller without having to erase
the Flash. This is particularly useful for failure analysis.
NOTE
No word of the backdoor key is allowed to have the value 0x0000 or
0xFFFF.
9.1.6
Reprogramming the Security Bits
In normal single chip mode (NS), security can also be disabled by erasing and reprogramming the security
bits within Flash options/security byte to the unsecured value. Because the erase operation will erase the
entire sector from 0xFE00–0xFFFF (0x7F_FE00–0x7F_FFFF), the backdoor key and the interrupt vectors
will also be erased; this method is not recommended for normal single chip mode. The application
software can only erase and program the Flash options/security byte if the Flash sector containing the Flash
options/security byte is not protected (see Flash protection). Thus Flash protection is a useful means of
preventing this method. The microcontroller will enter the unsecured state after the next reset following
the programming of the security bits to the unsecured value.
This method requires that:
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
320
Freescale Semiconductor
Security (S12XS9SECV2)
•
•
9.1.7
The application software previously programmed into the microcontroller has been designed to
have the capability to erase and program the Flash options/security byte, or security is first disabled
using the backdoor key method, allowing BDM to be used to issue commands to erase and program
the Flash options/security byte.
The Flash sector containing the Flash options/security byte is not protected.
Complete Memory Erase (Special Modes)
The microcontroller can be unsecured in special modes by erasing the entire EEPROM and Flash memory
contents.
When a secure microcontroller is reset into special single chip mode (SS), the BDM firmware verifies
whether the EEPROM and Flash memory are erased. If any EEPROM or Flash memory address is not
erased, only BDM hardware commands are enabled. BDM hardware commands can then be used to write
to the EEPROM and Flash registers to mass erase the EEPROM and all Flash memory blocks.
When next reset into special single chip mode, the BDM firmware will again verify whether all EEPROM
and Flash memory are erased, and this being the case, will enable all BDM commands, allowing the Flash
options/security byte to be programmed to the unsecured value. The security bits SEC[1:0] in the Flash
security register will indicate the unsecure state following the next reset.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
321
Security (S12XS9SECV2)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
322
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Revision History
Version Revision Effective
Number
Date
Date
Author
Description of Changes
V04.09
22 Jun 10
22 Jun 10
Changed IP-Name from OSCLCP to XOSCLCP, added
OSCCLK_LCP clock name intoFigure 10-1 and Figure 10-2
updated description of Section 10.2.2, “EXTAL and XTAL.
V04.10
01 Jul 10
01 Jul 10
Added TC trimming to feature list
V04.11
23 Aug 10
23 Aug 10
Removed feature of adaptive oscillator filter. Register bits 6 and 4to
0in the CPMUOSC register are marked reserved and do not alter.
10.1
Introduction
This specification describes the function of the Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU).
• The Pierce oscillator (XOSCLCP) provides a robust, low-noise and low-power external clock
source. It is designed for optimal start-up margin with typical quartz crystals and ceramic
resonators.
• The Voltage regulator (IVREG) operates from the range 3.13V to 5.5V. It provides all the required
chip internal voltages and voltage monitors.
• The Phase Locked Loop (PLL) provides a highly accurate frequency multiplier with internal filter.
• The Internal Reference Clock (IRC1M) provides a1MHz clock.
10.1.1
Features
The Pierce Oscillator (XOSCLCP) contains circuitry to dynamically control current gain in the output
amplitude. This ensures a signal with low harmonic distortion, low power and good noise immunity.
• Supports quartz crystals or ceramic resonators from 4MHz to 16MHz.
• High noise immunity due to input hysteresis and spike filtering.
• Low RF emissions with peak-to-peak swing limited dynamically
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
323
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
•
•
•
•
Transconductance (gm) sized for optimum start-up margin for typical crystals
Dynamic gain control eliminates the need for external current limiting resistor
Integrated resistor eliminates the need for external bias resistor.
Low power consumption: Operates from internal 1.8V (nominal) supply, Amplitude control limits
power
The Voltage Regulator (IVREG) has the following features:
• Input voltage range from 3.13V to 5.5V
• Low-voltage detect (LVD) with low-voltage interrupt (LVI)
• Power-on reset (POR)
• Low-voltage reset (LVR)
The Phase Locked Loop (PLL) has the following features:
• highly accurate and phase locked frequency multiplier
• Configurable internal filter for best stability and lock time.
• Frequency modulation for defined jitter and reduced emission
• Automatic frequency lock detector
• Interrupt request on entry or exit from locked condition
• Reference clock either external (crystal) or internal square wave (1MHz IRC1M) based.
• PLL stability is sufficient for LIN communication, even if using IRC1M as reference clock
The Internal Reference Clock (IRC1M) has the following features:
• Frequency trimming
(A factory trim value for 1MHz is loaded from Flash Memory into the IRCTRIM register after
reset, which can be overwritten by application if required)
• Temperature Coefficient (TC) trimming.
(A factory trim value is loaded from Flash Memory into the IRCTRIM register to turned off TC
trimming after reset. Application can trim the TC if required by overwriting the IRCTRIM
register).
•
Other features of the S12CPMU include
• Clock monitor to detect loss of crystal
• Autonomous periodical interrupt (API)
• Bus Clock Generator
— Clock switch to select either PLLCLK or external crystal/resonator based Bus Clock
— PLLCLK divider to adjust system speed
• System Reset generation from the following possible sources:
— Power-on reset (POR)
— Low-voltage reset (LVR)
— Illegal address access
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
324
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
— COP time out
— Loss of oscillation (clock monitor fail)
— External pin RESET
10.1.2
Modes of Operation
This subsection lists and briefly describes all operating modes supported by the S12CPMU.
10.1.2.1
Run Mode
The voltage regulator is in Full Performance Mode (FPM).
The Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is on.
The Internal Reference Clock (IRC1M) is on.
The API is available.
• PLL Engaged Internal (PEI)
— This is the default mode after System Reset and Power-On Reset.
— The Bus Clock is based on the PLLCLK.
— After reset the PLL is configured for 50 MHz VCOCLK operation
Post divider is 0x03, so PLLCLK is VCOCLK divided by 4, that is 12.5MHz and Bus Clock is
6.25MHz.
The PLL can be re-configured for other bus frequencies.
— The reference clock for the PLL (REFCLK) is based on internal reference clock IRC1M
• PLL Engaged External (PEE)
— The Bus Clock is based n the PLLCLK.
— This mode can be entered from default mode PEI by performing the following steps:
– Configure the PLL for desired bus frequency.
– Program the reference divider (REFDIV[3:0] bits) to divide down oscillator frequency if
necessary.
– Enable the external oscillator (OSCE bit)
– Wait for oscillator to start up (UPOSC=1) and PLL to lock (LOCK=1).
• PLL Bypassed External (PBE)
— The Bus Clock is based on the Oscillator Clock (OSCCLK).
— The PLLCLK is always on to qualify the external oscillator clock. Therefore it is necessary to
make sure a valid PLL configuration is used for the selected oscillator frequency.
— This mode can be entered from default mode PEI by performing the following steps:
– Make sure the PLL configuration is valid for the selected oscillator frequency.
– Enable the external oscillator (OSCE bit)
– Wait for oscillator to start up (UPOSC=1)
– Select the Oscillator Clock (OSCCLK) as Bus Clock (PLLSEL=0).
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
325
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
— The PLLCLK is on and used to qualify the external oscillator clock.
10.1.2.2
Wait Mode
For S12CPMU Wait Mode is the same as Run Mode.
10.1.2.3
Stop Mode
This mode is entered by executing the CPU STOP instruction.
The voltage regulator is in Reduced Power Mode (RPM).
The API is available.
The Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is off.
The Internal Reference Clock (IRC1M) is off.
Core Clock, Bus Clock and BDM Clock are stopped.
Depending on the setting of the PSTP and the OSCE bit, Stop Mode can be differentiated between Full
Stop Mode (PSTP = 0 or OSCE=0) and Pseudo Stop Mode (PSTP = 1 and OSCE=1). In addition, the
behavior of the COP in each mode will change based on the clocking method selected by
COPOSCSEL[1:0].
• Full Stop Mode (PSTP = 0 or OSCE=0)
External oscillator (XOSCLCP) is disabled.
— If COPOSCSEL1=0:
The COP and RTI counters halt during Full Stop Mode.
After wake-up from Full Stop Mode the Core Clock and Bus Clock are running on PLLCLK
(PLLSEL=1). COP and RTI are running on IRCCLK (COPOSCSEL0=0, RTIOSCSEL=0).
— If COPOSCSEL1=1:
During Full Stop Mode the COP is running on ACLK (trimmable internal RC-Oscillator clock)
and the RTI counter halts.
After wake-up from Full Stop Mode the Core Clock and Bus Clock are running on PLLCLK
(PLLSEL=1). The COP runs on ACLK and RTI is running on IRCCLK (COPOSCSEL0=0,
RTIOSCSEL=0).
• Pseudo Stop Mode (PSTP = 1 and OSCE=1)
External oscillator (XOSCLCP) continues to run.
— If COPOSCSEL1=0:
If the respective enable bits are set (PCE=1 and PRE=1) the COP and RTI will continue to run
with a clock derived from the oscillator clock.
The clock configuration bits PLLSEL, COPOSCSEL0, RTIOSCSEL are unchanged.
— If COPOSCSEL1=1:
If the respective enable bit for the RTI is set (PRE=1) the RTI will continue to run with a clock
derived from the oscillator clock.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
326
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
The COP will continue to run on ACLK.
The clock configuration bits PLLSEL, COPOSCSEL0, RTIOSCSEL are unchanged.
NOTE
When starting up the external oscillator (either by programming OSCE bit
to 1 or on exit from Full Stop Mode with OSCE bit already 1) the software
must wait for a minimum time equivalent to the startup-time of the external
oscillator tUPOSC before entering Pseudo Stop Mode.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
327
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
10.1.3
S12CPMU Block Diagram
Illegal Address Access
MMC
VDD, VDDF
(core supplies)
Low Voltage Detect VDDA
VDDR
VSS
ILAF
LVDS
Low Voltage Interrupt
LVIE
Low Voltage Detect VDDX
VDDX
VSSX
Voltage
Regulator
3.13 to 5.5V
VDDA
VSSA
LVRF
Power-On Detect
COP time out
S12CPMU
PORF
Power-On Reset
RESET
Reset
Generator
monitor fail
Clock
Monitor
UPOSC
External
Loop
OSCCLK_LCP
EXTAL Controlled
Pierce
Oscillator
XTAL
(XOSCLCP)
4MHz-16MHz REFDIV[3:0]
IRCTRIM[9:0]
Internal
Reference
Clock
(IRC1M)
Reference
Divider
PSTP
System Reset
UPOSC=0 sets PLLSEL bit
Oscillator status Interrupt
OSCIE
OSCCLK
CAN_OSCCLK
(to MSCAN)
&
PLLSEL
POSTDIV[4:0]
ECLK2X
(Core Clock)
Post
Divider
1,2,.,32
divide
by 4
PLLCLK
ECLK
divide
by 2 (Bus Clock)
IRCCLK
(to LCD)
VCOFRQ[1:0]
OSCE
divide
by 8
VCOCLK
Lock
detect
REFCLK
FBCLK
Phase
locked
Loop with
internal
Filter (PLL)
BDM Clock
REFFRQ[1:0]
LOCK
LOCKIE
Divide by
2*(SYNDIV+1)
COPOSCSEL1
UPOSC
ACLK
IRCCLK
OSCCLK
Bus Clock
RC ACLK
Osc.
UPOSC=0 clears
Autonomous
API_EXTCLK
Periodic
Interrupt (API)
SYNDIV[5:0]
APICLK
COP time out
COPCLK COP
to Reset
Watchdog Generator
IRCCLK
COPOSCSEL0
PLL Lock Interrupt
PCE
CPMUCOP
OSCCLK
API Interrupt
APIE
RTIE
RTI Interrupt
Real Time
RTICLK Interrupt (RTI)
RTIOSCSEL
PRE
CPMURTI
Figure 10-1. Block diagram of S12CPMU
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
328
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Figure 10-2 shows a block diagram of the XOSCLCP.
OSCCLK_LCP
monitor fail
Clock
Monitor
Peak
Detector
Gain Control
VDD = 1.8 V
VSS
Rf
Quartz Crystals
EXTAL
or
Ceramic Resonators
XTAL
C1
C2
VSS
VSS
Figure 10-2. XOSCLCP Block Diagram
10.2
Signal Description
This section lists and describes the signals that connect off chip.
10.2.1
RESET
Pin RESET is an active-low bidirectional pin. As an input it initializes the MCU asynchronously to a
known start-up state. As an open-drain output it indicates that an MCU-internal reset has been triggered.
10.2.2
EXTAL and XTAL
These pins provide the interface for a crystal to control the internal clock generator circuitry. EXTAL is
the input to the crystal oscillator amplifier. XTAL is the output of the crystal oscillator amplifier. If
XOSCLCP is enabled, the MCU internal OSCCLK_LCP is derived from the EXTAL input frequency. If
OSCE=0, the EXTAL pin is pulled down by an internal resistor of approximately 200 kΩ and the XTAL
pin is pulled down by an internal resistor of approximately 700 kΩ.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
329
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
NOTE
Freescale recommends an evaluation of the application board and chosen
resonator or crystal by the resonator or crystal supplier.
The loop controlled circuit (XOSCLCP) is not suited for overtone
resonators and crystals.
10.2.3
VDDR — Regulator Power Input Pin
Pin VDDR is the power input of IVREG. All currents sourced into the regulator loads flow through this pin.
An off-chip decoupling capacitor (100 nF...220 nF, X7R ceramic) between VDDR and VSS can smooth
ripple on VDDR.
10.2.4
VSS — Ground Pin
VSS must be grounded.
10.2.5
VDDA, VSSA — Regulator Reference Supply Pins
Pins VDDA and VSSA are used to supply the analog parts of the regulator.
Internal precision reference circuits are supplied from these signals.
An off-chip decoupling capacitor (100 nF...220 nF, X7R ceramic) between VDDA and VSSA can improve
the quality of this supply.
10.2.6
VDDX, VSSX— Pad Supply Pins
This supply domain is monitored by the Low Voltage Reset circuit.
An off-chip decoupling capacitor (100 nF...220 nF, X7R ceramic) between VDDX and VSSX can improve
the quality of this supply.
NOTE
Depending on the device package following device supply pins are maybe
combined into one pin: VDDR, VDDX and VDDA.
Depending on the device package following device supply pins are maybe
combined into one pin: VSS, VSSX and VSSA.
Please refer to the device Reference Manual for information if device supply
pins are combined into one supply pin for certain packages and which
supply pins are combined together.
An off-chip decoupling capacitor (100 nF...220 nF, X7R ceramic) between
the combined supply pin pair can improve the quality of this supply.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
330
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
10.2.7
VDD — Internal Regulator Output Supply (Core Logic)
Node VDD is a device internal supply output of the voltage regulator that provides the power supply for
the core logic.
This supply domain is monitored by the Low Voltage Reset circuit.
10.2.8
VDDF — Internal Regulator Output Supply (NVM Logic)
Node VDDF is a device internal supply output of the voltage regulator that provides the power supply for
the NVM logic.
This supply domain is monitored by the Low Voltage Reset circuit
10.2.9
API_EXTCLK — API external clock output pin
This pin provides the signal selected via APIES and is enabled with APIEA bit. See device specification
to which pin it connects.
10.3
Memory Map and Registers
This section provides a detailed description of all registers accessible in the S12CPMU.
10.3.1
Module Memory Map
The S12CPMU registers are shown in Figure 10-3.
Addres
s
Name
0x0034
CPMU
SYNR
0x0035
CPMU
REFDIV
W
0x0036
CPMU
POSTDIV
W
0x0037
CPMUFLG
0x0038
CPMUINT
0x0039
CPMUCLKS
0x003A
CPMUPLL
Bit 7
R
W
R
R
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
6
5
4
VCOFRQ[1:0]
REFFRQ[1:0]
0
0
0
RTIF
PORF
LVRF
0
0
PLLSEL
PSTP
0
0
2
1
Bit 0
SYNDIV[5:0]
0
RTIE
3
0
REFDIV[3:0]
POSTDIV[4:0]
LOCKIF
LOCKIE
0
COP
OSCSEL1
FM1
FM0
LOCK
ILAF
OSCIF
UPOSC
0
0
PRE
PCE
RTI
OSCSEL
COP
OSCSEL0
0
0
0
0
OSCIE
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-3. CPMU Register Summary
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
331
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Addres
s
Name
0x003B
CPMURTI
0x003C
CPMUCOP
R
W
R
W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
RTDEC
RTR6
RTR5
RTR4
RTR3
RTR2
RTR1
RTR0
WCOP
RSBCK
0
0
0
CR2
CR1
CR0
WRTMASK
0x003D
RESERVEDCP R
MUTEST0
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x003E
RESERVEDCP R
MUTEST1
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LVDS
LVIE
LVIF
0
0
APIES
APIEA
APIFE
APIE
APIF
ACLKTR5
ACLKTR4
ACLKTR3
0
0
APIR15
APIR14
APIR13
APIR12
APIR11
APIR10
APIR9
APIR8
APIR7
APIR6
APIR5
APIR4
APIR3
APIR2
APIR1
APIR0
RESERVEDCP R
MUTEST3
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x003F
CPMU
ARMCOP
0x02F0
RESERVED
0x02F1
CPMU
LVCTL
0x02F2
CPMU
APICTL
0x02F3 CPMUACLKTR
0x02F4
CPMUAPIRH
0x02F5
CPMUAPIRL
0x02F6
0x02F7
RESERVED
0x02F8
CPMU
IRCTRIMH
0x02F9
CPMU
IRCTRIML
0x02FA
CPMUOSC
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
APICLK
ACLKTR2 ACLKTR1 ACLKTR0
W
R
0
TCTRIM[4:0]
W
R
IRCTRIM[9:8]
IRCTRIM[7:0]
W
R
OSCE
Reserved
OSCPINS_
EN
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
W
0x02FB
0x02FC
CPMUPROT
R
W
RESERVEDCP R
MUTEST2
W
PROT
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-3. CPMU Register Summary
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
332
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
10.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section describes all the S12CPMU registers and their individual bits.
Address order is as listed in Figure 10-3.
10.3.2.1
S12CPMU Synthesizer Register (CPMUSYNR)
The CPMUSYNR register controls the multiplication factor of the PLL and selects the VCO frequency
range.
0x0034
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
R
VCOFRQ[1:0]
SYNDIV[5:0]
W
Reset
0
1
0
1
1
Figure 10-4. S12CPMU Synthesizer Register (CPMUSYNR)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime if PROT=0 (CPMUPROT register) and PLLSEL=1 (CPMUCLKS register). Else write has
no effect.
NOTE
Writing to this register clears the LOCK and UPOSC status bits.
If PLL has locked (LOCK=1)
f VCO = 2 × f REF × ( SYNDIV + 1 )
NOTE
fVCO must be within the specified VCO frequency lock range. Bus
frequency fbus must not exceed the specified maximum.
The VCOFRQ[1:0] bits are used to configure the VCO gain for optimal stability and lock time. For correct
PLL operation the VCOFRQ[1:0] bits have to be selected according to the actual target VCOCLK
frequency as shown in Table 10-1. Setting the VCOFRQ[1:0] bits incorrectly can result in a non functional
PLL (no locking and/or insufficient stability).
Table 10-1. VCO Clock Frequency Selection
VCOCLK Frequency Ranges
VCOFRQ[1:0]
32MHz <= fVCO<= 48MHz
00
48MHz < fVCO<= 50MHz
01
Reserved
10
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
333
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Table 10-1. VCO Clock Frequency Selection
10.3.2.2
VCOCLK Frequency Ranges
VCOFRQ[1:0]
Reserved
11
S12CPMU Reference Divider Register (CPMUREFDIV)
The CPMUREFDIV register provides a finer granularity for the PLL multiplier steps when using the
external oscillator as reference.
0x0035
7
6
R
5
4
0
0
3
2
REFFRQ[1:0]
1
0
1
1
REFDIV[3:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
1
1
Figure 10-5. S12CPMU Reference Divider Register (CPMUREFDIV)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime if PROT=0 (CPMUPROT register) and PLLSEL=1 (CPMUCLKS register). Else write has
no effect.
NOTE
Write to this register clears the LOCK and UPOSC status bits.
If XOSCLCP is enabled (OSCE=1)
f OSC
f REF = -----------------------------------( REFDIV + 1 )
If XOSCLCP is disabled (OSCE=0)
f REF = f IRC1M
The REFFRQ[1:0] bits are used to configure the internal PLL filter for optimal stability and lock time. For
correct PLL operation the REFFRQ[1:0] bits have to be selected according to the actual REFCLK
frequency as shown in Table 10-2.
If IRC1M is selected as REFCLK (OSCE=0) the PLL filter is fixed configured for the 1MHz <= fREF <=
2MHz range. The bits can still be written but will have no effect on the PLL filter configuration.
For OSCE=1, setting the REFFRQ[1:0] bits incorrectly can result in a non functional PLL (no locking
and/or insufficient stability).
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
334
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Table 10-2. Reference Clock Frequency Selection if OSC_LCP is enabled
10.3.2.3
REFCLK Frequency Ranges
(OSCE=1)
REFFRQ[1:0]
1MHz <= fREF <= 2MHz
00
2MHz < fREF <= 6MHz
01
6MHz < fREF <= 12MHz
10
fREF >12MHz
11
S12CPMU Post Divider Register (CPMUPOSTDIV)
The POSTDIV register controls the frequency ratio between the VCOCLK and the PLLCLK.
0x0036
R
7
6
5
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
POSTDIV[4:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-6. S12CPMU Post Divider Register (CPMUPOSTDIV)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime if PLLSEL=1. Else write has no effect.
If PLL is locked (LOCK=1)
f VCO
f PLL = ----------------------------------------( POSTDIV + 1 )
If PLL is not locked (LOCK=0)
f VCO
f PLL = --------------4
If PLL is selected (PLLSEL=1)
f PLL
f bus = ------------2
10.3.2.4
S12CPMU Flags Register (CPMUFLG)
This register provides S12CPMU status bits and flags.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
335
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
0x0037
7
6
5
4
3
RTIF
PORF
LVRF
LOCKIF
0
Note 1
Note 2
0
R
2
1
ILAF
OSCIF
Note 3
0
LOCK
0
UPOSC
W
Reset
0
0
1. PORF is set to 1 when a power on reset occurs. Unaffected by System Reset.
2. LVRF is set to 1 when a low voltage reset occurs. Unaffected by System Reset. Set by power on reset.
3. ILAF is set to 1 when an illegal address reset occurs. Unaffected by System Reset. Cleared by power on reset.
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-7. S12CPMU Flags Register (CPMUFLG)
Read: Anytime
Write: Refer to each bit for individual write conditions
Table 10-3. CPMUFLG Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
RTIF
Real Time Interrupt Flag — RTIF is set to 1 at the end of the RTI period. This flag can only be cleared by writing
a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect. If enabled (RTIE=1), RTIF causes an interrupt request.
0 RTI time-out has not yet occurred.
1 RTI time-out has occurred.
6
PORF
Power on Reset Flag — PORF is set to 1 when a power on reset occurs. This flag can only be cleared by writing
a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect.
0 Power on reset has not occurred.
1 Power on reset has occurred.
5
LVRF
Low Voltage Reset Flag — LVRF is set to 1 when a low voltage reset occurs. This flag can only be cleared by
writing a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect.
0 Low voltage reset has not occurred.
1 Low voltage reset has occurred.
4
LOCKIF
PLL Lock Interrupt Flag — LOCKIF is set to 1 when LOCK status bit changes. This flag can only be cleared by
writing a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect.If enabled (LOCKIE=1), LOCKIF causes an interrupt request.
0 No change in LOCK bit.
1 LOCK bit has changed.
3
LOCK
2
ILAF
Lock Status Bit — LOCK reflects the current state of PLL lock condition. Writes have no effect. While PLL is
unlocked (LOCK=0) fPLL is fVCO / 4 to protect the system from high core clock frequencies during the PLL
stabilization time tlock.
0 VCOCLK is not within the desired tolerance of the target frequency.
fPLL = fVCO/4.
1 VCOCLK is within the desired tolerance of the target frequency.
fPLL = fVCO/(POSTDIV+1).
Illegal Address Reset Flag — ILAF is set to 1 when an illegal address reset occurs. Refer to MMC chapter for
details. This flag can only be cleared by writing a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect.
0 Illegal address reset has not occurred.
1 Illegal address reset has occurred.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
336
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Table 10-3. CPMUFLG Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
1
OSCIF
Oscillator Interrupt Flag — OSCIF is set to 1 when UPOSC status bit changes. This flag can only be cleared
by writing a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect.If enabled (OSCIE=1), OSCIF causes an interrupt request.
0 No change in UPOSC bit.
1 UPOSC bit has changed.
0
UPOSC
Oscillator Status Bit — UPOSC reflects the status of the oscillator. Writes have no effect. While UPOSC=0 the
OSCCLK going to the MSCAN module is off. Entering Full Stop Mode UPOSC is cleared.
0 The oscillator is off or oscillation is not qualified by the PLL.
1 The oscillator is qualified by the PLL.
10.3.2.5
S12CPMU Interrupt Enable Register (CPMUINT)
This register enables S12CPMU interrupt requests.
0x0038
7
R
6
5
0
0
RTIE
4
3
2
0
0
LOCKIE
1
0
0
OSCIE
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-8. S12CPMU Interrupt Enable Register (CPMUINT)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 10-4. CRGINT Field Descriptions
Field
7
RTIE
Description
Real Time Interrupt Enable Bit
0 Interrupt requests from RTI are disabled.
1 Interrupt will be requested whenever RTIF is set.
4
LOCKIE
PLL Lock Interrupt Enable Bit
0 PLL LOCK interrupt requests are disabled.
1 Interrupt will be requested whenever LOCKIF is set.
1
OSCIE
Oscillator Corrupt Interrupt Enable Bit
0 Oscillator Corrupt interrupt requests are disabled.
1 Interrupt will be requested whenever OSCIF is set.
10.3.2.6
S12CPMU Clock Select Register (CPMUCLKS)
This register controls S12CPMU clock selection.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
337
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
0x0039
7
6
PLLSEL
PSTP
1
0
R
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
COP
OSCSEL1
PRE
PCE
RTI
OSCSEL
COP
OSCSEL0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-9. S12CPMU Clock Select Register (CPMUCLKS)
Read: Anytime
Write:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Only possible if PROT=0 (CPMUPROT register) in all MCU Modes (Normal and Special Mode).
All bits in Special Mode (if PROT=0).
PLLSEL, PSTP, PRE, PCE, RTIOSCSEL: In Normal Mode (if PROT=0).
COPOSCSEL0: In Normal Mode (if PROT=0) until CPMUCOP write once has taken place.
If COPOSCSEL0 was cleared by UPOSC=0 (entering Full Stop Mode with COPOSCSEL0=1 or
insufficient OSCCLK quality), then COPOSCSEL0 can be set once again.
5. COPOSCSEL1: In Normal Mode (if PROT=0) until CPMUCOP write once is taken.
COPOSCSEL1 will not be cleared by UPOSC=0 (entering Full Stop Mode with COPOSCSEL1=1
or insufficient OSCCLK quality if OSCCLK is used as clock source for other clock domains: for
instance core clock etc.).
NOTE
After writing CPMUCLKS register, it is strongly recommended to read
back CPMUCLKS register to make sure that write of PLLSEL,
RTIOSCSEL, COPOSCSEL0 and COPOSCSEL1 was successful.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
338
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Table 10-5. CPMUCLKS Descriptions
Field
7
PLLSEL
Description
PLL Select Bit
This bit selects the PLLCLK as source of the System Clocks (Core Clock and Bus Clock).
PLLSEL can only be set to 0, if UPOSC=1.
UPOSC= 0 sets the PLLSEL bit.
Entering Full Stop Mode sets the PLLSEL bit.
0 System clocks are derived from OSCCLK if oscillator is up (UPOSC=1, fbus = fosc / 2.
1 System clocks are derived from PLLCLK, fbus = fPLL / 2.
6
PSTP
Pseudo Stop Bit
This bit controls the functionality of the oscillator during Stop Mode.
0 Oscillator is disabled in Stop Mode (Full Stop Mode).
1 Oscillator continues to run in Stop Mode (Pseudo Stop Mode), option to run RTI and COP.
Note: Pseudo Stop Mode allows for faster STOP recovery and reduces the mechanical stress and aging of the
resonator in case of frequent STOP conditions at the expense of a slightly increased power consumption.
Note: When starting up the external oscillator (either by programming OSCE bit to 1 or on exit from Full Stop
Mode with OSCE bit is already 1) the software must wait for a minimum time equivalent to the startup-time
of the external oscillator tUPOSC before entering Pseudo Stop Mode.
4
COP
OSCSEL1
COP Clock Select 1 — COPOSCSEL0 and COPOSCSEL1 combined determine the clock source to the COP
(see also Table 10-6).
If COPOSCSEL1 = 1, COPOSCSEL0 has no effect regarding clock select and changing the COPOSCSEL0 bit
does not re-start the COP time-out period.
COPOSCSEL1 selects the clock source to the COP to be either ACLK (derived from trimmable internal
RC-Oscillator) or clock selected via COPOSCSEL0 (IRCCLK or OSCCLK).
Changing the COPOSCSEL1 bit re-starts the COP time-out period.
COPOSCSEL1 can be set independent from value of UPOSC.
UPOSC= 0 does not clear the COPOSCSEL1 bit.
0 COP clock source defined by COPOSCSEL0
1 COP clock source is ACLK derived from a trimmable internal RC-Oscillator
3
PRE
RTI Enable During Pseudo Stop Bit — PRE enables the RTI during Pseudo Stop Mode.
0 RTI stops running during Pseudo Stop Mode.
1 RTI continues running during Pseudo Stop Mode if RTIOSCSEL=1.
Note: If PRE=0 or RTIOSCSEL=0 then the RTI will go static while Stop Mode is active. The RTI counter will not
be reset.
2
PCE
COP Enable During Pseudo Stop Bit — PCE enables the COP during Pseudo Stop Mode.
0 COP stops running during Pseudo Stop Mode if: COPOSCSEL1=0 and COPOSCSEL0=0
1 COP continues running during Pseudo Stop Mode if: PSTP=1, COPOSCSEL1=0 and COPOSCSEL0=1
Note: If PCE=0 or COPOSCSEL0=0 while COPOSCSEL1=0 then the COP is static during Stop Mode being
active. The COP counter will not be reset.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
339
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Table 10-5. CPMUCLKS Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
1
RTI Clock Select — RTIOSCSEL selects the clock source to the RTI. Either IRCCLK or OSCCLK. Changing the
RTIOSCSEL RTIOSCSEL bit re-starts the RTI time-out period.
RTIOSCSEL can only be set to 1, if UPOSC=1.
UPOSC= 0 clears the RTIOSCSEL bit.
0 RTI clock source is IRCCLK.
1 RTI clock source is OSCCLK.
0
COP
OSCSEL0
COP Clock Select 0 — COPOSCSEL0 and COPOSCSEL1 combined determine the clock source to the COP
(see also Table 10-6)
If COPOSCSEL1 = 1, COPOSCSEL0 has no effect regarding clock select and changing the COPOSCSEL0 bit
does not re-start the COP time-out period.
When COPOSCSEL1=0,COPOSCSEL0 selects the clock source to the COP to be either IRCCLK or OSCCLK.
Changing the COPOSCSEL0 bit re-starts the COP time-out period.
COPOSCSEL0 can only be set to 1, if UPOSC=1.
UPOSC= 0 clears the COPOSCSEL0 bit.
0 COP clock source is IRCCLK.
1 COP clock source is OSCCLK
Table 10-6. COPOSCSEL1, COPOSCSEL0 clock source select description
10.3.2.7
COPOSCSEL1
COPOSCSEL0
COP clock source
0
0
IRCCLK
0
1
OSCCLK
1
x
ACLK
S12CPMU PLL Control Register (CPMUPLL)
This register controls the PLL functionality.
0x003A
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
FM1
FM0
0
0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
Figure 10-10. S12CPMU PLL Control Register (CPMUPLL)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime if PROT=0 (CPMUPROT register) and PLLSEL=1 (CPMUCLKS register). Else write has
no effect.
NOTE
Write to this register clears the LOCK and UPOSC status bits.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
340
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
NOTE
Care should be taken to ensure that the bus frequency does not exceed the
specified maximum when frequency modulation is enabled.
Table 10-7. CPMUPLL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
5, 4
FM1, FM0
PLL Frequency Modulation Enable Bits — FM1 and FM0 enable frequency modulation on the VCOCLK. This
is to reduce noise emission. The modulation frequency is fref divided by 16. See Table 10-8 for coding.
Table 10-8. FM Amplitude selection
FM1
10.3.2.8
FM0
FM Amplitude /
fVCO Variation
0
0
FM off
0
1
±1%
1
0
±2%
1
1
±4%
S12CPMU RTI Control Register (CPMURTI)
This register selects the time-out period for the Real Time Interrupt.
The clock source for the RTI is either IRCCLK or OSCCLK depending on the setting of the RTIOSCSEL
bit. In Stop Mode with PSTP=1 (Pseudo Stop Mode) and RTIOSCSEL=1 the RTI continues to run, else
the RTI counter halts in Stop Mode.
0x003B
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RTDEC
RTR6
RTR5
RTR4
RTR3
RTR2
RTR1
RTR0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 10-11. S12CPMU RTI Control Register (CPMURTI)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
341
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
NOTE
A write to this register starts the RTI time-out period. A change of the
RTIOSCSEL bit (writing a different value or loosing UPOSC status)
re-starts the RTI time-out period.
Table 10-9. CPMURTI Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
RTDEC
Decimal or Binary Divider Select Bit — RTDEC selects decimal or binary based prescaler values.
0 Binary based divider value. See Table 10-10
1 Decimal based divider value. See Table 10-11
6–4
RTR[6:4]
Real Time Interrupt Prescale Rate Select Bits — These bits select the prescale rate for the RTI. See
Table 10-10 and Table 10-11.
3–0
RTR[3:0]
Real Time Interrupt Modulus Counter Select Bits — These bits select the modulus counter target value to
provide additional granularity.Table 10-10 and Table 10-11 show all possible divide values selectable by the
CPMURTI register.
Table 10-10. RTI Frequency Divide Rates for RTDEC = 0
RTR[6:4] =
RTR[3:0]
000
(OFF)
001
(210)
010
(211)
011
(212)
100
(213)
101
(214)
110
(215)
111
(216)
0000 (÷1)
OFF1
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
0001 (÷2)
OFF
2x210
2x211
2x212
2x213
2x214
2x215
2x216
0010 (÷3)
OFF
3x210
3x211
3x212
3x213
3x214
3x215
3x216
0011 (÷4)
OFF
4x210
4x211
4x212
4x213
4x214
4x215
4x216
0100 (÷5)
OFF
5x210
5x211
5x212
5x213
5x214
5x215
5x216
0101 (÷6)
OFF
6x210
6x211
6x212
6x213
6x214
6x215
6x216
0110 (÷7)
OFF
7x210
7x211
7x212
7x213
7x214
7x215
7x216
0111 (÷8)
OFF
8x210
8x211
8x212
8x213
8x214
8x215
8x216
1000 (÷9)
OFF
9x210
9x211
9x212
9x213
9x214
9x215
9x216
1001 (÷10)
OFF
10x210
10x211
10x212
10x213
10x214
10x215
10x216
1010 (÷11)
OFF
11x210
11x211
11x212
11x213
11x214
11x215
11x216
1011 (÷12)
OFF
12x210
12x211
12x212
12x213
12x214
12x215
12x216
1100 (÷13)
OFF
13x210
13x211
13x212
13x213
13x214
13x215
13x216
1101 (÷14)
OFF
14x210
14x211
14x212
14x213
14x214
14x215
14x216
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
342
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Table 10-10. RTI Frequency Divide Rates for RTDEC = 0
RTR[6:4] =
RTR[3:0]
1
000
(OFF)
001
(210)
010
(211)
011
(212)
100
(213)
101
(214)
110
(215)
111
(216)
1110 (÷15)
OFF
15x210
15x211
15x212
15x213
15x214
15x215
15x216
1111 (÷16)
OFF
16x210
16x211
16x212
16x213
16x214
16x215
16x216
Denotes the default value out of reset.This value should be used to disable the RTI to ensure future backwards compatibility.
Table 10-11. RTI Frequency Divide Rates for RTDEC=1
RTR[6:4] =
RTR[3:0]
000
(1x103)
001
(2x103)
010
(5x103)
011
(10x103)
100
(20x103)
101
(50x103)
110
(100x103)
111
(200x103)
0000 (÷1)
1x103
2x103
5x103
10x103
20x103
50x103
100x103
200x103
0001 (÷2)
2x103
4x103
10x103
20x103
40x103
100x103
200x103
400x103
0010 (÷3)
3x103
6x103
15x103
30x103
60x103
150x103
300x103
600x103
0011 (÷4)
4x103
8x103
20x103
40x103
80x103
200x103
400x103
800x103
0100 (÷5)
5x103
10x103
25x103
50x103
100x103
250x103
500x103
1x106
0101 (÷6)
6x103
12x103
30x103
60x103
120x103
300x103
600x103
1.2x106
0110 (÷7)
7x103
14x103
35x103
70x103
140x103
350x103
700x103
1.4x106
0111 (÷8)
8x103
16x103
40x103
80x103
160x103
400x103
800x103
1.6x106
1000 (÷9)
9x103
18x103
45x103
90x103
180x103
450x103
900x103
1.8x106
1001 (÷10)
10 x103
20x103
50x103
100x103
200x103
500x103
1x106
2x106
1010 (÷11)
11 x103
22x103
55x103
110x103
220x103
550x103
1.1x106
2.2x106
1011 (÷12)
12x103
24x103
60x103
120x103
240x103
600x103
1.2x106
2.4x106
1100 (÷13)
13x103
26x103
65x103
130x103
260x103
650x103
1.3x106
2.6x106
1101 (÷14)
14x103
28x103
70x103
140x103
280x103
700x103
1.4x106
2.8x106
1110 (÷15)
15x103
30x103
75x103
150x103
300x103
750x103
1.5x106
3x106
1111 (÷16)
16x103
32x103
80x103
160x103
320x103
800x103
1.6x106
3.2x106
10.3.2.9
S12CPMU COP Control Register (CPMUCOP)
This register controls the COP (Computer Operating Properly) watchdog.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
343
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
The clock source for the COP is either ACLK, IRCCLK or OSCCLK depending on the setting of the
COPOSCSEL0 and COPOSCSEL1 bit (see also Table 10-6).
In Stop Mode with PSTP=1 (Pseudo Stop Mode), COPOSCSEL0=1 and COPOSCEL1=0 and PCE=1 the
COP continues to run, else the COP counter halts in Stop Mode with COPOSCSEL1 =0.
In Full Stop Mode and Pseudo Stop Mode with COPOSCSEL1=1 the COP continues to run.
0x003C
7
6
WCOP
RSBCK
R
W
Reset
5
4
3
0
0
0
2
1
0
CR2
CR1
CR0
F
F
F
WRTMASK
F
0
0
0
0
After de-assert of System Reset the values are automatically loaded from the Flash memory. See Device specification for
details.
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-12. S12CPMU COP Control Register (CPMUCOP)
Read: Anytime
Write:
1. RSBCK: Anytime in Special Mode; write to “1” but not to “0” in Normal Mode
2. WCOP, CR2, CR1, CR0:
— Anytime in Special Mode, when WRTMASK is 0, otherwise it has no effect
— Write once in Normal Mode, when WRTMASK is 0, otherwise it has no effect.
– Writing CR[2:0] to “000” has no effect, but counts for the “write once” condition.
– Writing WCOP to “0” has no effect, but counts for the “write once” condition.
When a non-zero value is loaded from Flash to CR[2:0] the COP time-out period is started.
A change of the COPOSCSEL0 or COPSOCSEL1 bit (writing a different value) or loosing UPOSC status
while COPOSCSEL1 is clear and COPOSCSEL0 is set, re-starts the COP time-out period.
In Normal Mode the COP time-out period is restarted if either of these conditions is true:
1. Writing a non-zero value to CR[2:0] (anytime in Special Mode, once in Normal Mode) with
WRTMASK = 0.
2. Writing WCOP bit (anytime in Special Mode, once in Normal Mode) with WRTMASK = 0.
3. Changing RSBCK bit from “0” to “1”.
In Special Mode, any write access to CPMUCOP register restarts the COP time-out period.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
344
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Table 10-12. CPMUCOP Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
WCOP
Window COP Mode Bit — When set, a write to the CPMUARMCOP register must occur in the last 25% of the
selected period. A write during the first 75% of the selected period generates a COP reset. As long as all writes
occur during this window, $55 can be written as often as desired. Once $AA is written after the $55, the time-out
logic restarts and the user must wait until the next window before writing to CPMUARMCOP. Table 10-13 shows
the duration of this window for the seven available COP rates.
0 Normal COP operation
1 Window COP operation
6
RSBCK
COP and RTI Stop in Active BDM Mode Bit
0 Allows the COP and RTI to keep running in Active BDM mode.
1 Stops the COP and RTI counters whenever the part is in Active BDM mode.
5
Write Mask for WCOP and CR[2:0] Bit — This write-only bit serves as a mask for the WCOP and CR[2:0] bits
WRTMASK while writing the CPMUCOP register. It is intended for BDM writing the RSBCK without changing the content of
WCOP and CR[2:0].
0 Write of WCOP and CR[2:0] has an effect with this write of CPMUCOP
1 Write of WCOP and CR[2:0] has no effect with this write of CPMUCOP.
(Does not count for “write once”.)
2–0
CR[2:0]
COP Watchdog Timer Rate Select — These bits select the COP time-out rate (see Table 10-13 and
Table 10-14). Writing a nonzero value to CR[2:0] enables the COP counter and starts the time-out period. A COP
counter time-out causes a System Reset. This can be avoided by periodically (before time-out) initializing the
COP counter via the CPMUARMCOP register.
While all of the following four conditions are true the CR[2:0], WCOP bits are ignored and the COP operates at
highest time-out period (2 24 cycles) in normal COP mode (Window COP mode disabled):
1) COP is enabled (CR[2:0] is not 000)
2) BDM mode active
3) RSBCK = 0
4) Operation in Special Mode
Table 10-13. COP Watchdog Rates if COPOSCSEL1=0
(default out of reset)
CR2
CR1
CR0
COPCLK
Cycles to Time-out
(COPCLK is either IRCCLK or
OSCCLK depending on the
COPOSCSEL0 bit)
0
0
0
COP disabled
0
0
1
2 14
0
1
0
2 16
0
1
1
2 18
1
0
0
2 20
1
0
1
2 22
1
1
0
2 23
1
1
1
2 24
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
345
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Table 10-14. COP Watchdog Rates if COPOSCSEL1=1
CR2
CR1
CR0
COPCLK
Cycles to Time-out
(COPCLK is ACLK internal RC-Oscillator clock)
0
0
0
COP disabled
0
0
1
27
0
1
0
29
0
1
1
2 11
1
0
0
2 13
1
0
1
2 15
1
1
0
2 16
1
1
1
2 17
10.3.2.10 Reserved Register CPMUTEST0
NOTE
This reserved register is designed for factory test purposes only, and is not
intended for general user access. Writing to this register when in Special
Mode can alter the S12CPMU’s functionality.
0x003D
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-13. Reserved Register (CPMUTEST0)
Read: Anytime
Write: Only in Special Mode
10.3.2.11 Reserved Register CPMUTEST1
NOTE
This reserved register is designed for factory test purposes only, and is not
intended for general user access. Writing to this register when in Special
Mode can alter the S12CPMU’s functionality.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
346
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
0x003E
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-14. Reserved Register (CPMUTEST1)
Read: Anytime
Write: Only in Special Mode
10.3.2.12 S12CPMU COP Timer Arm/Reset Register (CPMUARMCOP)
This register is used to restart the COP time-out period.
0x003F
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W ARMCOP-Bit ARMCOP-Bit ARMCOP-Bit ARMCOP-Bit ARMCOP-Bit ARMCOP-Bit ARMCOP-Bit ARMCOP-Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 10-15. S12CPMU CPMUARMCOP Register
Read: Always reads $00
Write: Anytime
When the COP is disabled (CR[2:0] = “000”) writing to this register has no effect.
When the COP is enabled by setting CR[2:0] nonzero, the following applies:
Writing any value other than $55 or $AA causes a COP reset. To restart the COP time-out period
write $55 followed by a write of $AA. These writes do not need to occur back-to-back, but the
sequence ($55, $AA) must be completed prior to COP end of time-out period to avoid a COP reset.
Sequences of $55 writes are allowed. When the WCOP bit is set, $55 and $AA writes must be done
in the last 25% of the selected time-out period; writing any value in the first 75% of the selected
period will cause a COP reset.
10.3.2.13 Low Voltage Control Register (CPMULVCTL)
The CPMULVCTL register allows the configuration of the low-voltage detect features.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
347
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
0x02F1
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
LVDS
0
0
0
0
0
U
W
Reset
1
0
LVIE
LVIF
0
U
The Reset state of LVDS and LVIF depends on the external supplied VDDA level
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-16. Low Voltage Control Register (CPMULVCTL)
Read: Anytime
Write: LVIE and LVIF are write anytime, LVDS is read only
Table 10-15. CPMULVCTL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2
LVDS
Low-Voltage Detect Status Bit — This read-only status bit reflects the voltage level on VDDA. Writes have no
effect.
0 Input voltage VDDA is above level VLVID or RPM.
1 Input voltage VDDA is below level VLVIA and FPM.
1
LVIE
Low-Voltage Interrupt Enable Bit
0 Interrupt request is disabled.
1 Interrupt will be requested whenever LVIF is set.
0
LVIF
Low-Voltage Interrupt Flag — LVIF is set to 1 when LVDS status bit changes. This flag can only be cleared by
writing a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect. If enabled (LVIE = 1), LVIF causes an interrupt request.
0 No change in LVDS bit.
1 LVDS bit has changed.
10.3.2.14 Autonomous Periodical Interrupt Control Register (CPMUAPICTL)
The CPMUAPICTL register allows the configuration of the autonomous periodical interrupt features.
0x02F2
7
R
W
Reset
APICLK
0
6
5
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
APIES
APIEA
APIFE
APIE
APIF
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-17. Autonomous Periodical Interrupt Control Register (CPMUAPICTL)
Read: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
348
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Write: Anytime
Table 10-16. CPMUAPICTL Field Descriptions
Field
7
APICLK
Description
Autonomous Periodical Interrupt Clock Select Bit — Selects the clock source for the API. Writable only if
APIFE = 0. APICLK cannot be changed if APIFE is set by the same write operation.
0 Autonomous Clock (ACLK) used as source.
1 Bus Clock used as source.
4
APIES
Autonomous Periodical Interrupt External Select Bit — Selects the waveform at the external pin
API_EXTCLK as shown in Figure 10-18. See device level specification for connectivity of API_EXTCLK pin.
0 If APIEA and APIFE are set, at the external pin API_EXTCLK periodic high pulses are visible at the end of
every selected period with the size of half of the minimum period (APIR=0x0000 in Table 10-20).
1 If APIEA and APIFE are set, at the external pin API_EXTCLK a clock is visible with 2 times the selected API
Period.
3
APIEA
Autonomous Periodical Interrupt External Access Enable Bit — If set, the waveform selected by bit APIES
can be accessed externally. See device level specification for connectivity.
0 Waveform selected by APIES can not be accessed externally.
1 Waveform selected by APIES can be accessed externally, if APIFE is set.
2
APIFE
Autonomous Periodical Interrupt Feature Enable Bit — Enables the API feature and starts the API timer
when set.
0 Autonomous periodical interrupt is disabled.
1 Autonomous periodical interrupt is enabled and timer starts running.
1
APIE
Autonomous Periodical Interrupt Enable Bit
0 API interrupt request is disabled.
1 API interrupt will be requested whenever APIF is set.
0
APIF
Autonomous Periodical Interrupt Flag — APIF is set to 1 when the in the API configured time has elapsed.
This flag can only be cleared by writing a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect. If enabled (APIE = 1), APIF causes an
interrupt request.
0 API time-out has not yet occurred.
1 API time-out has occurred.
Figure 10-18. Waveform selected on API_EXTCLK pin (APIEA=1, APIFE=1)
API min. period / 2
APIES=0
API period
APIES=1
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
349
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
10.3.2.15 Autonomous Clock Trimming Register (CPMUACLKTR)
The CPMUACLKTR register configures the trimming of the Autonomous Clock (ACLK - trimmable
internal RC-Oscillator) which can be selected as clock source for some CPMU features.
0x02F3
7
R
W
Reset
6
5
4
3
2
ACLKTR5
ACLKTR4
ACLKTR3
ACLKTR2
ACLKTR1
ACLKTR0
F
F
F
F
F
F
1
0
0
0
0
0
After de-assert of System Reset a value is automatically loaded from the Flash memory.
Figure 10-19. Autonomous Periodical Interrupt Trimming Register (CPMUACLKTR)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 10-17. CPMUACLKTR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–2
Autonomous Clock Trimming Bits — See Table 10-18 for trimming effects. The ACLKTR[5:0] value
ACLKTR[5:0] represents a signed number influencing the ACLK period time.
Table 10-18. Trimming Effect of ACLKTR
Bit
Trimming Effect
ACLKTR[5]
Increases period
ACLKTR[4]
Decreases period less than ACLKTR[5] increased it
ACLKTR[3]
Decreases period less than ACLKTR[4]
ACLKTR[2]
Decreases period less than ACLKTR[3]
ACLKTR[1]
Decreases period less than ACLKTR[2]
ACLKTR[0]
Decreases period less than ACLKTR[1]
10.3.2.16 Autonomous Periodical Interrupt Rate High and Low Register
(CPMUAPIRH / CPMUAPIRL)
The CPMUAPIRH and CPMUAPIRL registers allow the configuration of the autonomous periodical
interrupt rate.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
350
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
0x02F4
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
APIR15
APIR14
APIR13
APIR12
APIR11
APIR10
APIR9
APIR8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-20. Autonomous Periodical Interrupt Rate High Register (CPMUAPIRH)
0x02F5
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
APIR7
APIR6
APIR5
APIR4
APIR3
APIR2
APIR1
APIR0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 10-21. Autonomous Periodical Interrupt Rate Low Register (CPMUAPIRL)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime if APIFE=0. Else writes have no effect.
Table 10-19. CPMUAPIRH / CPMUAPIRL Field Descriptions
Field
15-0
APIR[15:0]
Description
Autonomous Periodical Interrupt Rate Bits — These bits define the time-out period of the API. See
Table 10-20 for details of the effect of the autonomous periodical interrupt rate bits.
The period can be calculated as follows depending on logical value of the APICLK bit:
APICLK=0: Period = 2*(APIR[15:0] + 1) * fACLK
APICLK=1: Period = 2*(APIR[15:0] + 1) * Bus Clock period
NOTE
For APICLK bit clear the first time-out period of the API will show a latency
time between two to three fACLK cycles due to synchronous clock gate
release when the API feature gets enabled (APIFE bit set).
Table 10-20. Selectable Autonomous Periodical Interrupt Periods
APICLK
APIR[15:0]
Selected Period
0
0000
0.2 ms1
0
0001
0.4 ms1
0
0002
0.6 ms1
0
0003
0.8 ms1
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
351
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Table 10-20. Selectable Autonomous Periodical Interrupt Periods (continued)
1
APICLK
APIR[15:0]
Selected Period
0
0004
1.0 ms1
0
0005
1.2 ms1
0
.....
.....
0
FFFD
13106.8 ms1
0
FFFE
13107.0 ms1
0
FFFF
13107.2 ms1
1
0000
2 * Bus Clock period
1
0001
4 * Bus Clock period
1
0002
6 * Bus Clock period
1
0003
8 * Bus Clock period
1
0004
10 * Bus Clock period
1
0005
12 * Bus Clock period
1
.....
.....
1
FFFD
131068 * Bus Clock period
1
FFFE
131070 * Bus Clock period
1
FFFF
131072 * Bus Clock period
When fACLK is trimmed to 10KHz.
10.3.2.17 Reserved Register CPMUTEST3
NOTE
This reserved register is designed for factory test purposes only, and is not
intended for general user access. Writing to this register when in Special
Mode can alter the S12CPMU’s functionality.
0x02F6
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-22. Reserved Register (CPMUTEST3)
Read: Anytime
Write: Only in Special Mode
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
352
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
10.3.2.18 S12CPMU IRC1M Trim Registers (CPMUIRCTRIMH / CPMUIRCTRIML)
0x02F8
15
14
13
12
11
R
10
9
8
0
TCTRIM[4:0]
IRCTRIM[9:8]
W
Reset
F
F
F
F
0
0
F
F
After de-assert of System Reset a factory programmed trim value is automatically loaded from the Flash memory to
provide trimmed Internal Reference Frequency fIRC1M_TRIM.
Figure 10-23. S12CPMU IRC1M Trim High Register (CPMUIRCTRIMH)
0x02F9
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
F
F
F
R
IRCTRIM[7:0]
W
Reset
F
F
F
F
F
After de-assert of System Reset a factory programmed trim value is automatically loaded from the Flash memory to
provide trimmed Internal Reference Frequency fIRC1M_TRIM.
Figure 10-24. S12CPMU IRC1M Trim Low Register (CPMUIRCTRIML)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime if PROT=0 (CPMUPROT register). Else write has no effect
NOTE
Writes to these registers while PLLSEL=1 clears the LOCK and UPOSC
status bits.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
353
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Table 10-22. CPMUIRCTRIMH/L Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15-11
IRC1M temperature coefficient Trim Bits
TCTRIM[4:0] Trim bits for the Temperature Coefficient (TC) of the IRC1M frequency.
Figure 10-26 shows the influence of the bits TCTRIM4:0] on the relationship between frequency and
temperature.
Figure 10-26 shows an approximate TC variation, relative to the nominal TC of the IRC1M (i.e. for
TCTRIM[4:0]=0x00000 or 0x10000).
9-0
IRC1M Frequency Trim Bits — Trim bits for Internal Reference Clock
IRCTRIM[9:0] After System Reset the factory programmed trim value is automatically loaded into these registers, resulting in a
Internal Reference Frequency fIRC1M_TRIM. See device electrical characteristics for value of fIRC1M_TRIM.
The frequency trimming consists of two different trimming methods:
A rough trimming controlled by bits IRCTRIM[9:6] can be done with frequency leaps of about 6% in average.
A fine trimming controlled by the bits IRCTRIM[5:0] can be done with frequency leaps of about 0.3% (this
trimming determines the precision of the frequency setting of 0.15%, i.e. 0.3% is the distance between two
trimming values).
Figure 10-25 shows the relationship between the trim bits and the resulting IRC1M frequency.
IRC1M frequency (IRCCLK)
IRCTRIM[9:6]
{
1.5MHz
IRCTRIM[5:0]
......
1MHz
600KHz
IRCTRIM[9:0]
$000
$3FF
Figure 10-25. IRC1M Frequency Trimming Diagram
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
354
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
frequency
1
111
]
4:0
[
RIM
x1
=0
0x11111
...
0x10101
0x10100
0x10011
0x10010
0x10001
T
TC
TC increases
TCTRIM[4:0] = 0x10000 or 0x00000 (nominal TC)
TCT
RIM
[4:0
]=0
x01
111
0x00001
0x00010
0x00011
0x00100
0x00101
...
0x01111
TC decreases
150C
- 40C
temperature
Figure 10-26. Influence of TCTRIM[4:0] on the Temperature Coefficient
NOTE
The frequency is not necessarily linear with the temperature (in most cases
it will not be). The above diagram is meant only to give the direction
(positive or negative) of the variation of the TC, relative to the nominal TC.
Setting TCTRIM[4:0] to 0x00000 or 0x10000 does not mean that the
temperature coefficient will be zero. These two combinations basically
switch off the TC compensation module, which results in the nominal TC of
the IRC1M.
TCTRIM[4:0]
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
00101
00110
IRC1M indicative
relative TC variation
0 (nominal TC of the IRC)
-0.27%
-0.54%
-0.81%
-1.08%
-1.35%
-1.63%
IRC1M indicative frequency drift
for relative TC variation
0%
-0.5%
-0.9%
-1.3%
-1.7%
-2.0%
-2.2%
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
355
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
IRC1M indicative
IRC1M indicative frequency drift
relative TC variation
for relative TC variation
00111
-1.9%
-2.5%
01000
-2.20%
-3.0%
01001
-2.47%
-3.4%
01010
-2.77%
-3.9%
01011
-3.04
-4.3%
01100
-3.33%
-4.7%
01101
-3.6%
-5.1%
01110
-3.91%
-5.6%
01111
-4.18%
-5.9%
10000
0 (nominal TC of the IRC)
0%
10001
+0.27%
+0.5%
10010
+0.54%
+0.9%
10011
+0.81%
+1.3%
10100
+1.07%
+1.7%
10101
+1.34%
+2.0%
10110
+1.59%
+2.2%
10111
+1.86%
+2.5%
11000
+2.11%
+3.0%
11001
+2.38%
+3.4%
11010
+2.62%
+3.9%
11011
+2.89%
+4.3%
11100
+3.12%
+4.7%
11101
+3.39%
+5.1%
11110
+3.62%
+5.6%
11111
+3.89%
+5.9%
Table 10-23. TC trimming of the IRC1M frequency at ambient temperature
TCTRIM[4:0]
NOTE
Since the IRC1M frequency is not a linear function of the temperature, but
more like a parabola, the above relative variation is only an indication and
should be considered with care.
Be aware that the output frequency vary with TC trimming. A frequency
trimming correction is therefore necessary. The values provided in
Table 10-23 are typical values at ambient temperature which can vary from
device to device.
10.3.2.19 S12CPMU Oscillator Register (CPMUOSC)
This registers configures the external oscillator (XOSCLCP).
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
356
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
0x02FA
7
6
5
OSCE
Reserved
OSCPINS_E
N
0
0
0
R
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Reserved]
W
Reset
0
0
0
Figure 10-27. S12CPMU Oscillator Register (CPMUOSC)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime if PROT=0 (CPMUPROT register) and PLLSEL=1 (CPMUCLKS register). Else write has
no effect.
NOTE.
Write to this register clears the LOCK and UPOSC status bits.
Table 10-24. CPMUOSC Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
OSCE
Oscillator Enable Bit — This bit enables the external oscillator (XOSCLCP). The UPOSC status bit in the
CPMUFLG register indicates when the oscillation is stable and OSCCLK can be selected as Bus Clock or source
of the COP or RTI. A loss of oscillation will lead to a clock monitor reset.
0 External oscillator is disabled.
REFCLK for PLL is IRCCLK.
1 External oscillator is enabled.Clock monitor is enabled.External oscillator is qualified by PLLCLK
REFCLK for PLL is the external oscillator clock divided by REFDIV.
Note: When starting up the external oscillator (either by programming OSCE bit to 1 or on exit from Full Stop
Mode with OSCE bit already 1) the software must wait for a minimum time equivalent to the startup-time
of the external oscillator tUPOSC before entering Pseudo Stop Mode.
6
Reserved
Do not alter this bit from its reset value. It is for Manufacturer use only and can change the PLL behavior.
5
Oscillator Pins EXTAL and XTAL Enable Bit
OSCPINS_EN If OSCE=1 this read-only bit is set. It can only be cleared with the next reset.
Enabling the external oscillator reserves the EXTAL and XTAL pins exclusively for oscillator application.
0 EXTAL and XTAL pins are not reserved for oscillator.
1 EXTAL and XTAL pins exclusively reserved for oscillator.
4-0
Reserved
Do not alter these bits from their reset value. It is for Manufacturer use only and can change the PLL behavior.
10.3.2.20 S12CPMU Protection Register (CPMUPROT)
This register protects the following clock configuration registers from accidental overwrite:
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
357
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
CPMUSYNR, CPMUREFDIV, CPMUCLKS, CPMUPLL, CPMUIRCTRIMH/L and CPMUOSC
0x02FB
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PROT
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 10-28. S12CPMU Protection Register (CPMUPROT)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Field
0
PROT
Description
Clock Configuration Registers Protection Bit — This bit protects the clock configuration registers from
accidental overwrite (see list of affected registers above):
Writing 0x26 to the CPMUPROT register clears the PROT bit, other write accesses set the PROT bit.
0 Protection of clock configuration registers is disabled.
1 Protection of clock configuration registers is enabled. (see list of protected registers above).
10.3.2.21 Reserved Register CPMUTEST2
NOTE
This reserved register is designed for factory test purposes only, and is not
intended for general user access. Writing to this register when in Special
Mode can alter the S12CPMU’s functionality.
0x02FC
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-29. Reserved Register CPMUTEST2
Read: Anytime
Write: Only in Special Mode
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
358
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
10.4
10.4.1
Functional Description
Phase Locked Loop with Internal Filter (PLL)
The PLL is used to generate a high speed PLLCLK based on a low frequency REFCLK.
The REFCLK is by default the IRCCLK which is trimmed to fIRC1M_TRIM=1MHz.
If using the oscillator (OSCE=1) REFCLK will be based on OSCCLK. For increased flexibility, OSCCLK
can be divided in a range of 1 to 16 to generate the reference frequency REFCLK using the REFDIV[3:0]
bits. Based on the SYNDIV[5:0] bits the PLL generates the VCOCLK by multiplying the reference clock
by a 2, 4, 6,... 126, 128. Based on the POSTDIV[4:0] bits the VCOCLK can be divided in a range of 1,2,
3, 4, 5, 6,... to 32 to generate the PLLCLK.
If oscillator is enabled (OSCE=1)
f OSC
f REF = -----------------------------------( REFDIV + 1 )
If oscillator is disabled (OSCE=0)
f REF = f IRC1M
f VCO = 2 × f REF × ( SYNDIV + 1 )
If PLL is locked (LOCK=1)
f VCO
f PLL = ----------------------------------------( POSTDIV + 1 )
If PLL is not locked (LOCK=0)
f VCO
f PLL = --------------4
If PLL is selected (PLLSEL=1)
f PLL
f bus = ------------2
.
NOTE
Although it is possible to set the dividers to command a very high clock
frequency, do not exceed the specified bus frequency limit for the MCU.
Several examples of PLL divider settings are shown in Table 10-25. The following rules help to achieve
optimum stability and shortest lock time:
• Use lowest possible fVCO / fREF ratio (SYNDIV value).
• Use highest possible REFCLK frequency fREF.
Table 10-25. Examples of PLL Divider Settings
fosc
REFDIV[3:
0]
fREF
off
$00
1MHz
REFFRQ[1:0] SYNDIV[5:0]
00
$18
fVCO
VCOFRQ[1:0]
POSTDIV
[4:0]
fPLL
fbus
50MHz
01
$03
12.5MHz
6.25MHz
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
359
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Table 10-25. Examples of PLL Divider Settings
fosc
REFDIV[3:
0]
fREF
off
$00
1MHz
00
4MHz
$00
4MHz
01
fVCO
VCOFRQ[1:0]
POSTDIV
[4:0]
fPLL
fbus
$18
50MHz
01
$00
50MHz
25MHz
$05
48MHz
00
$00
48MHz
24MHz
REFFRQ[1:0] SYNDIV[5:0]
The phase detector inside the PLL compares the feedback clock (FBCLK = VCOCLK/(SYNDIV+1)) with
the reference clock (REFCLK = (IRC1M or OSCCLK)/(REFDIV+1)). Correction pulses are generated
based on the phase difference between the two signals. The loop filter alters the DC voltage on the internal
filter capacitor, based on the width and direction of the correction pulse, which leads to a higher or lower
VCO frequency.
The user must select the range of the REFCLK frequency (REFFRQ[1:0] bits) and the range of the
VCOCLK frequency (VCOFRQ[1:0] bits) to ensure that the correct PLL loop bandwidth is set.
The lock detector compares the frequencies of the FBCLK and the REFCLK. Therefore the speed of the
lock detector is directly proportional to the reference clock frequency. The circuit determines the lock
condition based on this comparison.
If PLL LOCK interrupt requests are enabled, the software can wait for an interrupt request and for instance
check the LOCK bit. If interrupt requests are disabled, software can poll the LOCK bit continuously
(during PLL start-up) or at periodic intervals. In either case, only when the LOCK bit is set, the VCOCLK
will have stabilized to the programmed frequency.
• The LOCK bit is a read-only indicator of the locked state of the PLL.
• The LOCK bit is set when the VCO frequency is within the tolerance ∆Lock and is cleared when
the VCO frequency is out of the tolerance ∆unl.
• Interrupt requests can occur if enabled (LOCKIE = 1) when the lock condition changes, toggling
the LOCK bit.
10.4.2
Startup from Reset
An example of startup of clock system from Reset is given in Figure 10-30.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
360
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Figure 10-30. Startup of clock system after Reset
System
Reset
768 cycles
PLLCLK
fPLL increasing
fVCORST
fPLL=32 MHz
fPLL=16MHz
)(
tlock
LOCK
SYNDIV
$18 (default target fVCO=50MHz)
POSTDIV
$03 (default target fPLL=fVCO/4 = 12.5MHz)
CPU
reset state
10.4.3
$01
vector fetch, program execution
example change
of POSTDIV
Stop Mode using PLLCLK as Bus Clock
An example of what happens going into Stop Mode and exiting Stop Mode after an interrupt is shown in
Figure 10-31. Disable PLL Lock interrupt (LOCKIE=0) before going into Stop Mode.
Figure 10-31. Stop Mode using PLLCLK as Bus Clock
wakeup
CPU
execution
interrupt
STOP instruction
continue execution
tSTP_REC
PLLCLK
tlock
LOCK
10.4.4
Full Stop Mode using Oscillator Clock as Bus Clock
An example of what happens going into Full Stop Mode and exiting Full Stop Mode after an interrupt is
shown in Figure 10-32.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
361
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Disable PLL Lock interrupt (LOCKIE=0) and oscillator status change interrupt (OSCIE=0) before going
into Full Stop Mode.
Figure 10-32. Full Stop Mode using Oscillator Clock as Bus Clock
wakeup
CPU
execution
interrupt
STOP instruction
Core
Clock
continue execution
tSTP_REC
tlock
PLLCLK
OSCCLK
UPOSC
select OSCCLK as Core/Bus Clock by writing PLLSEL to “0”
PLLSEL
automatically set when going into Full Stop Mode
10.4.5
10.4.5.1
External Oscillator
Enabling the External Oscillator
An example of how to use the oscillator as Bus Clock is shown in Figure 10-33.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
362
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Figure 10-33. Enabling the External Oscillator
enable external Oscillator by writing OSCE bit to one.
OSCE
crystal/resonator starts oscillating
EXTAL
UPOSC flag is set upon successful start of oscillation
UPOSC
OSCCLK
select OSCCLK as Core/Bus Clock by writing PLLSEL to zero
PLLSEL
Core
Clock
10.4.6
10.4.6.1
based on PLLCLK
based on OSCCLK
System Clock Configurations
PLL Engaged Internal Mode (PEI)
This mode is the default mode after System Reset or Power-On Reset.
The Bus clock is based on the PLLCLK, the reference clock for the PLL is internally generated (IRC1M).
The PLL is configured to 50 MHz VCOCLK with POSTDIV set to 0x03. If locked (LOCK=1) this results
in a PLLCLK of 12.5 MHz and a Bus clock of 6.25 MHz. The PLL can be re-configured to other bus
frequencies.
The clock sources for COP and RTI can be based on the internal reference clock generator (IRC1M) or the
RC-Oscillator (ACLK).
10.4.6.2
PLL Engaged External Mode (PEE)
In this mode, the Bus clock is based on the PLLCLK as well (like PEI). The reference clock for the PLL
is based on the external oscillator.
The clock sources for COP and RTI can be based on the internal reference clock generator or on the
external oscillator clock or the RC-Oscillator (ACLK).
This mode can be entered from default mode PEI by performing the following steps:
1. Configure the PLL for desired bus frequency.
2. Enable the external oscillator (OSCE bit).
3. Wait for oscillator to start-up and the PLL being locked (LOCK = 1) and (UPOSC =1).
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
363
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
4. Clear all flags in the CPMUFLG register to be able to detect any future status bit change.
5. Optionally status interrupts can be enabled (CPMUINT register).
Loosing PLL lock status (LOCK=0) means loosing the oscillator status information as well (UPOSC=0).
The impact of loosing the oscillator status (UPOSC=0) in PEE mode is as follows:
• The PLLCLK is derived from the VCO clock (with its actual frequency) divided by four until the
PLL locks again.
• The OSCCLK provided to the MSCAN module is off.
Application software needs to be prepared to deal with the impact of loosing the oscillator status at any
time.
10.4.6.3
PLL Bypassed External Mode (PBE)
In this mode, the Bus Clock is based on the external oscillator clock. The reference clock for the PLL is
based on the external oscillator.
The clock sources for COP and RTI can be based on the internal reference clock generator or on the
external oscillator clock or the RC-Oscillator (ACLK).
This mode can be entered from default mode PEI by performing the following steps:
1. Make sure the PLL configuration is valid.
2. Enable the external oscillator (OSCE bit)
3. Wait for the oscillator to start-up and the PLL being locked (LOCK = 1) and (UPOSC =1).
4. Clear all flags in the CPMUFLG register to be able to detect any status bit change.
5. Optionally status interrupts can be enabled (CPMUINT register).
6. Select the Oscillator Clock (OSCCLK) as Bus Clock (PLLSEL=0)
Loosing PLL lock status (LOCK=0) means loosing the oscillator status information as well (UPOSC=0).
The impact of loosing the oscillator status (UPOSC=0) in PBE mode is as follows:
• PLLSEL is set automatically and the Bus Clock is switched back to the PLLCLK.
• The PLLCLK is derived from the VCO clock (with its actual frequency) divided by four until the
PLL locks again.
• The OSCCLK provided to the MSCAN module is off.
Application software needs to be prepared to deal with the impact of loosing the oscillator status at any
time.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
364
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
10.5
10.5.1
Resets
General
All reset sources are listed in Table 10-26. Refer to MCU specification for related vector addresses and
priorities.
Table 10-26. Reset Summary
Reset Source
10.5.2
Local Enable
Power-On Reset (POR)
None
Low Voltage Reset (LVR)
None
External pin RESET
None
Illegal Address Reset
None
Clock Monitor Reset
OSCE Bit in CPMUOSC register
COP Reset
CR[2:0] in CPMUCOP register
Description of Reset Operation
Upon detection of any reset of Table 10-26, an internal circuit drives the RESET pin low for 512 PLLCLK
cycles. After 512 PLLCLK cycles the RESET pin is released. The reset generator of the S12CPMU waits
for additional 256 PLLCLK cycles and then samples the RESET pin to determine the originating source.
Table 10-27 shows which vector will be fetched.
Table 10-27. Reset Vector Selection
Sampled RESET Pin
(256 cycles after
release)
Oscillator monitor
fail pending
COP
time out
pending
1
0
0
POR
LVR
Illegal Address Reset
External pin RESET
1
1
X
Clock Monitor Reset
1
0
1
COP Reset
0
X
X
POR
LVR
Illegal Address Reset
External pin RESET
Vector Fetch
NOTE
While System Reset is asserted the PLLCLK runs with the frequency
fVCORST.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
365
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
The internal reset of the MCU remains asserted while the reset generator completes the 768 PLLCLK
cycles long reset sequence. In case the RESET pin is externally driven low for more than these 768
PLLCLK cycles (External Reset), the internal reset remains asserted longer.
Figure 10-34. RESET Timing
RESET
S12_CPMU drives
RESET pin low
fVCORST
fVCORST
)
)
PLLCLK
S12_CPMU releases
RESET pin
(
(
512 cycles
)
(
256 cycles
possibly
RESET
driven
low
10.5.2.1
Clock Monitor Reset
If the external oscillator is enabled (OSCE=1) in case of loss of oscillation or the oscillator frequency is
below the failure assert frequency fCMFA (see device electrical characteristics for values), the S12CPMU
generates a Clock Monitor Reset.In Full Stop Mode the external oscillator and the clock monitor are
disabled.
10.5.2.2
Computer Operating Properly Watchdog (COP) Reset
The COP (free running watchdog timer) enables the user to check that a program is running and
sequencing properly. When the COP is being used, software is responsible for keeping the COP from
timing out. If the COP times out it is an indication that the software is no longer being executed in the
intended sequence; thus COP reset is generated.
The clock source for the COP is either ACLK, IRCCLK or OSCCLK depending on the setting of the
COPOSCSEL0 and COPOSCSEL1 bit.
In Stop Mode with PSTP=1 (Pseudo Stop Mode), COPOSCSEL0=1 and COPOSCEL1=0 and PCE=1 the
COP continues to run, else the COP counter halts in Stop Mode with COPOSCSEL1 =0.
In Pseudo Stop Mode and Full Stop Mode with COPOSCSEL1=1 the COP continues to run.
Table 10-28.gives an overview of the COP condition (run, static) in Stop Mode depending on legal
configuration and status bit settings:
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
366
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Table 10-28. COP condition (run, static) in Stop Mode
COPOSCSEL1
PSTP
PCE
COPOSCSEL0
OSCE
UPOSC
COP counter behavior in Stop Mode
(clock source)
1
x
x
x
x
x
Run (ACLK)
0
1
1
1
1
1
Run (OSCCLK)
0
1
1
0
0
x
Static (IRCCLK)
0
1
1
0
1
x
Static (IRCCLK)
0
1
0
0
x
x
Static (IRCCLK)
0
1
0
1
1
1
Static (OSCCLK)
0
0
1
1
1
1
Static (OSCCLK)
0
0
1
0
1
x
Static (IRCCLK)
0
0
1
0
0
0
Static (IRCCLK)
0
0
0
1
1
1
Satic (OSCCLK)
0
0
0
0
1
1
Static (IRCCLK)
0
0
0
0
1
0
Static (IRCCLK)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Static (IRCCLK)
Three control bits in the CPMUCOP register allow selection of seven COP time-out periods.
When COP is enabled, the program must write $55 and $AA (in this order) to the CPMUARMCOP
register during the selected time-out period. Once this is done, the COP time-out period is restarted. If the
program fails to do this and the COP times out, a COP reset is generated. Also, if any value other than $55
or $AA is written, a COP reset is generated.
Windowed COP operation is enabled by setting WCOP in the CPMUCOP register. In this mode, writes to
the CPMUARMCOP register to clear the COP timer must occur in the last 25% of the selected time-out
period. A premature write will immediately reset the part.
10.5.3
Power-On Reset (POR)
The on-chip POR circuitry detects when the internal supply VDD drops below an appropriate voltage
level. The POR is deasserted, if the internal supply VDD exceeds an appropriate voltage level (voltage
levels are not specified in this document because this internal supply is not visible on device pins).
10.5.4
Low-Voltage Reset (LVR)
The on-chip LVR circuitry detects when one of the supply voltages VDD, VDDF or VDDX drops below
an appropriate voltage level. If LVR is deasserted the MCU is fully operational at the specified maximum
speed. The LVR assert and deassert levels for the supply voltage VDDX are VLVRXA and VLVRXD and are
specified in the device Reference Manual.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
367
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
10.6
Interrupts
The interrupt/reset vectors requested by the S12CPMU are listed in Table 10-29. Refer to MCU
specification for related vector addresses and priorities.
Table 10-29. S12CPMU Interrupt Vectors
10.6.1
10.6.1.1
Interrupt Source
CCR
Mask
Local Enable
RTI time-out interrupt
I bit
CPMUINT (RTIE)
PLL lock interrupt
I bit
CPMUINT (LOCKIE)
Oscillator status
interrupt
I bit
CPMUINT (OSCIE)
Low voltage interrupt
I bit
CPMULVCTL (LVIE)
Autonomous
Periodical Interrupt
I bit
CPMUAPICTL (APIE)
Description of Interrupt Operation
Real Time Interrupt (RTI)
The clock source for the RTI is either IRCCLK or OSCCLK depending on the setting of the RTIOSCSEL
bit. In Stop Mode with PSTP=1 (Pseudo Stop Mode), RTIOSCSEL=1 and PRE=1 the RTI continues to
run, else the RTI counter halts in Stop Mode.
The RTI can be used to generate hardware interrupts at a fixed periodic rate. If enabled (by setting
RTIE=1), this interrupt will occur at the rate selected by the CPMURTI register. At the end of the RTI
time-out period the RTIF flag is set to one and a new RTI time-out period starts immediately.
A write to the CPMURTI register restarts the RTI time-out period.
10.6.1.2
PLL Lock Interrupt
The S12CPMU generates a PLL Lock interrupt when the lock condition (LOCK status bit) of the PLL
changes, either from a locked state to an unlocked state or vice versa. Lock interrupts are locally disabled
by setting the LOCKIE bit to zero. The PLL Lock interrupt flag (LOCKIF) is set to 1 when the lock
condition has changed, and is cleared to 0 by writing a 1 to the LOCKIF bit.
10.6.1.3
Oscillator Status Interrupt
When the OSCE bit is 0, then UPOSC stays 0. When OSCE = 1 the UPOSC bit is set after the LOCK bit
is set.
Upon detection of a status change (UPOSC) the OSCIF flag is set. Going into Full Stop Mode or disabling
the oscillator can also cause a status change of UPOSC.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
368
Freescale Semiconductor
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
Any change in PLL configuration or any other event which causes the PLL lock status to be cleared leads
to a loss of the oscillator status information as well (UPOSC=0).
Oscillator status change interrupts are locally enabled with the OSCIE bit.
NOTE
Losing the oscillator status (UPOSC=0) affects the clock configuration of
the system1. This needs to be dealt with in application software.
10.6.1.4
Low-Voltage Interrupt (LVI)
In FPM the input voltage VDDA is monitored. Whenever VDDA drops below level VLVIA, the status bit
LVDS is set to 1. When VDDA rises above level VLVID the status bit LVDS is cleared to 0. An interrupt,
indicated by flag LVIF = 1, is triggered by any change of the status bit LVDS if interrupt enable bit
LVIE = 1.
10.6.1.5
Autonomous Periodical Interrupt (API)
The API sub-block can generate periodical interrupts independent of the clock source of the MCU. To
enable the timer, the bit APIFE needs to be set.
The API timer is either clocked by the Autonomous Clock (ACLK - trimmable internal RC oscillator) or
the Bus Clock. Timer operation will freeze when MCU clock source is selected and Bus Clock is turned
off. The clock source can be selected with bit APICLK. APICLK can only be written when APIFE is not
set.
The APIR[15:0] bits determine the interrupt period. APIR[15:0] can only be written when APIFE is
cleared. As soon as APIFE is set, the timer starts running for the period selected by APIR[15:0] bits. When
the configured time has elapsed, the flag APIF is set. An interrupt, indicated by flag APIF = 1, is triggered
if interrupt enable bit APIE = 1. The timer is re-started automatically again after it has set APIF.
The procedure to change APICLK or APIR[15:0] is first to clear APIFE, then write to APICLK or
APIR[15:0], and afterwards set APIFE.
The API Trimming bits APITR[5:0] must be set so the minimum period equals 0.2 ms if stable frequency
is desired.
See Table 10-18 for the trimming effect of APITR.
NOTE
The first period after enabling the counter by APIFE might be reduced by
API start up delay tsdel.
It is possible to generate with the API a waveform at the external pin API_EXTCLK by setting APIFE and
enabling the external access with setting APIEA.
1. For details please refer to “<st-blue>10.4.6 System Clock Configurations”
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
369
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU)
10.7
10.7.1
Initialization/Application Information
General Initialization information
Usually applications run in MCU Normal Mode.
It is recommended to write the CPMUCOP register in any case from the application program initialization
routine after reset no matter if the COP is used in the application or not, even if a configuration is loaded
via the flash memory after reset. By doing a “controlled” write access in MCU Normal Mode (with the
right value for the application) the write once for the COP configuration bits (WCOP,CR[2:0]) takes place
which protects these bits from further accidental change. In case of a program sequencing issue (code
runaway) the COP configuration can not be accidentally modified anymore.
10.7.2
Application information for COP and API usage
In many applications the COP is used to check that the program is running and sequencing properly. Often
the COP is kept running during Stop Mode and periodic wake-up events are needed to service the COP on
time and maybe to check the system status.
For such an application it is recommended to use the ACLK as clock source for both COP and API. This
guarantees lowest possible IDD current during Stop Mode. Additionally it eases software implementation
using the same clock source for both, COP and API.
The Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) of the Autonomous Periodic Interrupt API should contain the write
instruction to the CPMUARMCOP register. The value (byte) written is derived from the “main routine”
(alternating sequence of $55 and $AA) of the application software.
Using this method, then in the case of a runtime or program sequencing issue the application “main
routine” is not executed properly anymore and the alternating values are not provided properly. Hence the
COP is written at the correct time (due to independent API interrupt request) but the wrong value is written
(alternating sequence of $55 and $AA is no longer maintained) which causes a COP reset.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
370
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
Revision History
Version
Number
Revision
Date
Effective
Date
V02.00
13 May 2009
13 May 2009
Initial version copied from V01.05,
changed unused Bits in ATDDIEN to read logic 1
Author
Description of Changes
V02.01
17 Dec 2009
17 Dec 2009
Updated Table 11-15 Analog Input Channel Select Coding description of internal channels.
Updated register ATDDR (left/right justified result) description
in section 11.3.2.12.1/11-389 and 11.3.2.12.2/11-389 and
added Table 11-21 to improve feature description.
V02.02
09 Feb 2010
09 Feb 2010
Fixed typo in Table 11-9 - conversion result for 3mV and 10bit
resolution
V02.03
26 Feb 2010
26 Feb 2010
Corrected Table 11-15 Analog Input Channel Select Coding description of internal channels.
V02.04
14 Apr 2010
14 Apr 2010
Corrected typos to be in-line with SoC level pin naming
conventions for VDDA, VSSA, VRL and VRH.
V02.05
25 Aug 2010
25 Aug 2010
Removed feature of conversion during STOP and general
wording clean up done in Section 11.4, “Functional
Description
V02.06
09 Sep 2010
09 Sep 2010
Update of internal only information.
11 Feb 2011
Connectivity Information regarding internal channel_6 added
to Table 11-15.
V02.07
11 Feb 2011
11.1
Introduction
The ADC10B8C is a 8-channel, , multiplexed input successive approximation analog-to-digital converter.
Refer to device electrical specifications for ATD accuracy.
11.1.1
•
•
•
Features
8-, 10-bit resolution.
Automatic return to low power after conversion sequence
Automatic compare with interrupt for higher than or less/equal than programmable value
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
371
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable sample time.
Left/right justified result data.
External trigger control.
Sequence complete interrupt.
Analog input multiplexer for 8 analog input channels.
Special conversions for VRH, VRL, (VRL+VRH)/2.
1-to-8 conversion sequence lengths.
Continuous conversion mode.
Multiple channel scans.
Configurable external trigger functionality on any AD channel or any of four additional trigger
inputs. The four additional trigger inputs can be chip external or internal. Refer to device
specification for availability and connectivity.
Configurable location for channel wrap around (when converting multiple channels in a sequence).
11.1.2
11.1.2.1
Modes of Operation
Conversion Modes
There is software programmable selection between performing single or continuous conversion on a
single channel or multiple channels.
11.1.2.2
•
•
•
MCU Operating Modes
Stop Mode
Entering Stop Mode aborts any conversion sequence in progress and if a sequence was aborted
restarts it after exiting stop mode. This has the same effect/consequences as starting a conversion
sequence with write to ATDCTL5. So after exiting from stop mode with a previously aborted
sequence all flags are cleared etc.
Wait Mode
ADC10B8C behaves same in Run and Wait Mode. For reduced power consumption continuous
conversions should be aborted before entering Wait mode.
Freeze Mode
In Freeze Mode the ADC10B8C will either continue or finish or stop converting according to the
FRZ1 and FRZ0 bits. This is useful for debugging and emulation.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
372
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
11.1.3
Block Diagram
Bus Clock
Clock
Prescaler
ATD_12B8C
ATD Clock
ETRIG0
ETRIG1
ETRIG2
Trigger
Mux
Mode and
Sequence Complete
Interrupt
Compare Interrupt
Timing Control
ETRIG3
(See device specification for availability
and connectivity)
ATDCTL1
ATDDIEN
VDDA
VSSA
Successive
Approximation
Register (SAR)
and DAC
VRH
VRL
Results
ATD 0
ATD 1
ATD 2
ATD 3
ATD 4
ATD 5
ATD 6
ATD 7
+
Sample & Hold
AN7
-
AN6
AN5
Analog
MUX
Comparator
AN4
AN3
AN2
AN1
AN0
Figure 11-1. ADC10B8C Block Diagram
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
373
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
11.2
Signal Description
This section lists all inputs to the ADC10B8C block.
11.2.1
Detailed Signal Descriptions
11.2.1.1
ANx (x = 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0)
This pin serves as the analog input Channel x. It can also be configured as digital port or external trigger
for the ATD conversion.
11.2.1.2
ETRIG3, ETRIG2, ETRIG1, ETRIG0
These inputs can be configured to serve as an external trigger for the ATD conversion.
Refer to device specification for availability and connectivity of these inputs!
11.2.1.3
VRH, VRL
VRH is the high reference voltage, VRL is the low reference voltage for ATD conversion.
11.2.1.4
VDDA, VSSA
These pins are the power supplies for the analog circuitry of the ADC10B8C block.
11.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all registers accessible in the ADC10B8C.
11.3.1
Module Memory Map
Figure 11-2 gives an overview on all ADC10B8C registers.
NOTE
Register Address = Base Address + Address Offset, where the Base Address
is defined at the MCU level and the Address Offset is defined at the module
level.
Address
Name
0x0000
ATDCTL0
0x0001
ATDCTL1
0x0002
ATDCTL2
Bit 7
R
Reserved
W
R
ETRIGSEL
W
R
0
W
6
5
4
0
0
0
SRES1
SRES0
AFFC
3
2
1
Bit 0
WRAP3
WRAP2
WRAP1
WRAP0
SMP_DIS ETRIGCH3 ETRIGCH2 ETRIGCH1 ETRIGCH0
Reserved ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
ETRIGE
ASCIE
ACMPIE
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-2. ADC10B8C Register Summary (Sheet 1 of 2)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
374
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
Address
0x0003
0x0004
0x0005
0x0006
0x0007
0x0008
0x0009
0x000A
0x000B
0x000C
Name
R
W
R
ATDCTL4
W
R
ATDCTL5
W
R
ATDSTAT0
W
R
Unimplemented
W
R
ATDCMPEH
W
ATDCTL3
R
W
R
ATDSTAT2H
W
R
ATDSTAT2L
W
R
ATDDIENH
W
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
DJM
S8C
S4C
S2C
S1C
FIFO
FRZ1
FRZ0
SMP2
SMP1
SMP0
SC
SCAN
MULT
ETORF
FIFOR
0
SCF
0
PRS[4:0]
CD
CC
CB
CA
CC3
CC2
CC1
CC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
ATDCMPEL
R
W
R
0x000E ATDCMPHTH
W
R
0x000F ATDCMPHTL
W
R
0x0010
ATDDR0
W
R
0x0012
ATDDR1
W
R
0x0014
ATDDR2
W
R
0x0016
ATDDR3
W
R
0x0018
ATDDR4
W
R
0x001A
ATDDR5
W
R
0x001C
ATDDR6
W
R
0x001E
ATDDR7
W
R
Unimple0x0020 0x002F
W
mented
0x000D
Bit 7
CMPE[7:0]
0
0
0
0
0
CCF[7:0]
1
1
1
1
1
ATDDIENL
IEN[7:0]
0
0
0
0
0
CMPHT[7:0]
See Section 11.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 11.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 11.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 11.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 11.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 11.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 11.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 11.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 11.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 11.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 11.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 11.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 11.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 11.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 11.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 11.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-2. ADC10B8C Register Summary (Sheet 2 of 2)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
375
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
11.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section describes in address order all the ADC10B8C registers and their individual bits.
11.3.2.1
ATD Control Register 0 (ATDCTL0)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0000
7
R
W
Reserved
Reset
0
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
WRAP3
WRAP2
WRAP1
WRAP0
1
1
1
1
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-3. ATD Control Register 0 (ATDCTL0)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, in special modes always write 0 to Reserved Bit 7.
Table 11-1. ATDCTL0 Field Descriptions
Field
3-0
WRAP[3-0]
Description
Wrap Around Channel Select Bits — These bits determine the channel for wrap around when doing
multi-channel conversions. The coding is summarized in Table 11-2.
Table 11-2. Multi-Channel Wrap Around Coding
WRAP3 WRAP2 WRAP1 WRAP0
Multiple Channel Conversions (MULT = 1)
Wraparound to AN0 after Converting
0
0
0
0
Reserved1
0
0
0
1
AN1
0
0
1
0
AN2
0
0
1
1
AN3
0
1
0
0
AN4
0
1
0
1
AN5
0
1
1
0
AN6
0
1
1
1
AN7
1
0
0
0
AN7
1
0
0
1
AN7
1
0
1
0
AN7
1
0
1
1
AN7
1
1
0
0
AN7
1
1
0
1
AN7
1
1
1
0
AN7
1
1
1
1
AN7
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
376
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
1
If only AN0 should be converted use MULT=0.
11.3.2.2
ATD Control Register 1 (ATDCTL1)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0001
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ETRIGSEL
SRES1
SRES0
SMP_DIS
ETRIGCH3
ETRIGCH2
ETRIGCH1
ETRIGCH0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
R
W
Reset
Figure 11-4. ATD Control Register 1 (ATDCTL1)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 11-3. ATDCTL1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
ETRIGSEL
External Trigger Source Select — This bit selects the external trigger source to be either one of the AD
channels or one of the ETRIG3-0 inputs. See device specification for availability and connectivity of ETRIG3-0
inputs. If a particular ETRIG3-0 input option is not available, writing a 1 to ETRISEL only sets the bit but has
no effect, this means that one of the AD channels (selected by ETRIGCH3-0) is configured as the source for
external trigger. The coding is summarized in Table 11-5.
6–5
SRES[1:0]
A/D Resolution Select — These bits select the resolution of A/D conversion results. See Table 11-4 for
coding.
4
SMP_DIS
Discharge Before Sampling Bit
0 No discharge before sampling.
1 The internal sample capacitor is discharged before sampling the channel. This adds 2 ATD clock cycles to
the sampling time. This can help to detect an open circuit instead of measuring the previous sampled
channel.
3–0
External Trigger Channel Select — These bits select one of the AD channels or one of the ETRIG3-0 inputs
ETRIGCH[3:0] as source for the external trigger. The coding is summarized in Table 11-5.
Table 11-4. A/D Resolution Coding
SRES1
SRES0
A/D Resolution
0
0
8-bit data
0
1
10-bit data
1
0
1
1
Reserved
Table 11-5. External Trigger Channel Select Coding
ETRIGSEL
ETRIGCH3
ETRIGCH2
ETRIGCH1
ETRIGCH0
External trigger source is
0
0
0
0
0
AN0
0
0
0
0
1
AN1
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
377
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
Table 11-5. External Trigger Channel Select Coding
1
ETRIGSEL
ETRIGCH3
ETRIGCH2
ETRIGCH1
ETRIGCH0
External trigger source is
0
0
0
1
0
AN2
0
0
0
1
1
AN3
0
0
1
0
0
AN4
0
0
1
0
1
AN5
0
0
1
1
0
AN6
0
0
1
1
1
AN7
0
1
0
0
0
AN7
0
1
0
0
1
AN7
0
1
0
1
0
AN7
0
1
0
1
1
AN7
0
1
1
0
0
AN7
0
1
1
0
1
AN7
0
1
1
1
0
AN7
0
1
1
1
1
AN7
1
0
0
0
0
ETRIG01
1
0
0
0
1
ETRIG11
1
0
0
1
0
ETRIG21
1
0
0
1
1
ETRIG31
1
0
1
X
X
Reserved
1
1
X
X
X
Reserved
Only if ETRIG3-0 input option is available (see device specification), else ETRISEL is ignored, that means
external trigger source is still on one of the AD channels selected by ETRIGCH3-0
11.3.2.3
ATD Control Register 2 (ATDCTL2)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0002
7
R
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AFFC
Reserved
ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
ETRIGE
ASCIE
ACMPIE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-5. ATD Control Register 2 (ATDCTL2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
378
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
Table 11-6. ATDCTL2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
AFFC
ATD Fast Flag Clear All
0 ATD flag clearing done by write 1 to respective CCF[n] flag.
1 Changes all ATD conversion complete flags to a fast clear sequence.
For compare disabled (CMPE[n]=0) a read access to the result register will cause the associated CCF[n] flag
to clear automatically.
For compare enabled (CMPE[n]=1) a write access to the result register will cause the associated CCF[n] flag
to clear automatically.
5
Reserved
Do not alter this bit from its reset value.It is for Manufacturer use only and can change the ATD behavior.
4
ETRIGLE
External Trigger Level/Edge Control — This bit controls the sensitivity of the external trigger signal. See
Table 11-7 for details.
3
ETRIGP
External Trigger Polarity — This bit controls the polarity of the external trigger signal. See Table 11-7 for details.
2
ETRIGE
External Trigger Mode Enable — This bit enables the external trigger on one of the AD channels or one of the
ETRIG3-0 inputs as described in Table 11-5. If the external trigger source is one of the AD channels, the digital
input buffer of this channel is enabled. The external trigger allows to synchronize the start of conversion with
external events.
0 Disable external trigger
1 Enable external trigger
1
ASCIE
0
ACMPIE
ATD Sequence Complete Interrupt Enable
0 ATD Sequence Complete interrupt requests are disabled.
1 ATD Sequence Complete interrupt will be requested whenever SCF=1 is set.
ATD Compare Interrupt Enable — If automatic compare is enabled for conversion n (CMPE[n]=1 in ATDCMPE
register) this bit enables the compare interrupt. If the CCF[n] flag is set (showing a successful compare for
conversion n), the compare interrupt is triggered.
0 ATD Compare interrupt requests are disabled.
1 For the conversions in a sequence for which automatic compare is enabled (CMPE[n]=1), an ATD Compare
Interrupt will be requested whenever any of the respective CCF flags is set.
Table 11-7. External Trigger Configurations
11.3.2.4
ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
External Trigger Sensitivity
0
0
Falling edge
0
1
Rising edge
1
0
Low level
1
1
High level
ATD Control Register 3 (ATDCTL3)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
379
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
Module Base + 0x0003
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DJM
S8C
S4C
S2C
S1C
FIFO
FRZ1
FRZ0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-6. ATD Control Register 3 (ATDCTL3)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 11-8. ATDCTL3 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
DJM
Result Register Data Justification — Result data format is always unsigned. This bit controls justification of
conversion data in the result registers.
0 Left justified data in the result registers.
1 Right justified data in the result registers.
Table 11-9 gives example ATD results for an input signal range between 0 and 5.12 Volts.
6–3
S8C, S4C,
S2C, S1C
Conversion Sequence Length — These bits control the number of conversions per sequence. Table 11-10
shows all combinations. At reset, S4C is set to 1 (sequence length is 4). This is to maintain software continuity
to HC12 family.
2
FIFO
Result Register FIFO Mode — If this bit is zero (non-FIFO mode), the A/D conversion results map into the result
registers based on the conversion sequence; the result of the first conversion appears in the first result register
(ATDDR0), the second result in the second result register (ATDDR1), and so on.
If this bit is one (FIFO mode) the conversion counter is not reset at the beginning or end of a conversion
sequence; sequential conversion results are placed in consecutive result registers. In a continuously scanning
conversion sequence, the result register counter will wrap around when it reaches the end of the result register
file. The conversion counter value (CC3-0 in ATDSTAT0) can be used to determine where in the result register
file, the current conversion result will be placed.
Aborting a conversion or starting a new conversion clears the conversion counter even if FIFO=1. So the first
result of a new conversion sequence, started by writing to ATDCTL5, will always be place in the first result register
(ATDDDR0). Intended usage of FIFO mode is continuos conversion (SCAN=1) or triggered conversion
(ETRIG=1).
Which result registers hold valid data can be tracked using the conversion complete flags. Fast flag clear mode
may be useful in a particular application to track valid data.
If this bit is one, automatic compare of result registers is always disabled, that is ADC10B8C will behave as if
ACMPIE and all CPME[n] were zero.
0 Conversion results are placed in the corresponding result register up to the selected sequence length.
1 Conversion results are placed in consecutive result registers (wrap around at end).
1–0
FRZ[1:0]
Background Debug Freeze Enable — When debugging an application, it is useful in many cases to have the
ATD pause when a breakpoint (Freeze Mode) is encountered. These 2 bits determine how the ATD will respond
to a breakpoint as shown in Table 11-11. Leakage onto the storage node and comparator reference capacitors
may compromise the accuracy of an immediately frozen conversion depending on the length of the freeze period.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
380
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
Table 11-9. Examples of ideal decimal ATD Results
Input Signal
VRL = 0 Volts
VRH = 5.12 Volts
8-Bit
Codes
(resolution=20mV)
10-Bit
Codes
(resolution=5mV)
5.120 Volts
...
0.022
0.020
0.018
0.016
0.014
0.012
0.010
0.008
0.006
0.004
0.003
0.002
0.000
255
...
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1023
...
4
4
4
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
0
0
Table 11-10. Conversion Sequence Length Coding
S8C
S4C
S2C
S1C
Number of Conversions
per Sequence
0
0
0
0
8
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
0
0
4
0
1
0
1
5
0
1
1
0
6
0
1
1
1
7
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
8
1
0
1
0
8
1
0
1
1
8
1
1
0
0
8
1
1
0
1
8
1
1
1
0
8
1
1
1
1
8
Table 11-11. ATD Behavior in Freeze Mode (Breakpoint)
FRZ1
FRZ0
Behavior in Freeze Mode
0
0
Continue conversion
0
1
Reserved
1
0
Finish current conversion, then freeze
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
381
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
Table 11-11. ATD Behavior in Freeze Mode (Breakpoint)
11.3.2.5
FRZ1
FRZ0
1
1
Behavior in Freeze Mode
Freeze Immediately
ATD Control Register 4 (ATDCTL4)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0004
7
6
5
SMP2
SMP1
SMP0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
R
PRS[4:0]
W
Reset
0
0
1
Figure 11-7. ATD Control Register 4 (ATDCTL4)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 11-12. ATDCTL4 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–5
SMP[2:0]
Sample Time Select — These three bits select the length of the sample time in units of ATD conversion clock
cycles. Note that the ATD conversion clock period is itself a function of the prescaler value (bits PRS4-0).
Table 11-13 lists the available sample time lengths.
4–0
PRS[4:0]
ATD Clock Prescaler — These 5 bits are the binary prescaler value PRS. The ATD conversion clock frequency
is calculated as follows:
f BUS
f ATDCLK = ------------------------------------2 × ( PRS + 1 )
Refer to Device Specification for allowed frequency range of fATDCLK.
Table 11-13. Sample Time Select
SMP2
SMP1
SMP0
Sample Time
in Number of
ATD Clock Cycles
0
0
0
4
0
0
1
6
0
1
0
8
0
1
1
10
1
0
0
12
1
0
1
16
1
1
0
20
1
1
1
24
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
382
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
11.3.2.6
ATD Control Register 5 (ATDCTL5)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence and start a new conversion sequence. If the
external trigger function is enabled (ETRIGE=1) an initial write to ATDCTL5 is required to allow starting
of a conversion sequence which will then occur on each trigger event. Start of conversion means the
beginning of the sampling phase.
Module Base + 0x0005
7
R
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SC
SCAN
MULT
CD
CC
CB
CA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-8. ATD Control Register 5 (ATDCTL5)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 11-14. ATDCTL5 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
SC
Special Channel Conversion Bit — If this bit is set, then special channel conversion can be selected using CD,
CC, CB and CA of ATDCTL5. Table 11-15 lists the coding.
0 Special channel conversions disabled
1 Special channel conversions enabled
5
SCAN
Continuous Conversion Sequence Mode — This bit selects whether conversion sequences are performed
continuously or only once. If the external trigger function is enabled (ETRIGE=1) setting this bit has no effect,
thus the external trigger always starts a single conversion sequence.
0 Single conversion sequence
1 Continuous conversion sequences (scan mode)
4
MULT
Multi-Channel Sample Mode — When MULT is 0, the ATD sequence controller samples only from the specified
analog input channel for an entire conversion sequence. The analog channel is selected by channel selection
code (control bits CD/CC/CB/CA located in ATDCTL5). When MULT is 1, the ATD sequence controller samples
across channels. The number of channels sampled is determined by the sequence length value (S8C, S4C, S2C,
S1C). The first analog channel examined is determined by channel selection code (CD, CC, CB, CA control bits);
subsequent channels sampled in the sequence are determined by incrementing the channel selection code or
wrapping around to AN0 (channel 0).
0 Sample only one channel
1 Sample across several channels
3–0
CD, CC,
CB, CA
Analog Input Channel Select Code — These bits select the analog input channel(s). Table 11-15 lists the
coding used to select the various analog input channels.
In the case of single channel conversions (MULT=0), this selection code specifies the channel to be examined.
In the case of multiple channel conversions (MULT=1), this selection code specifies the first channel to be
examined in the conversion sequence. Subsequent channels are determined by incrementing the channel
selection code or wrapping around to AN0 (after converting the channel defined by the Wrap Around Channel
Select Bits WRAP3-0 in ATDCTL0). When starting with a channel number higher than the one defined by
WRAP3-0 the first wrap around will be AN7 to AN0.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
383
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
Table 11-15. Analog Input Channel Select Coding
SC
CD
CC
CB
CA
Analog Input
Channel
0
0
0
0
0
AN0
0
0
0
1
AN1
0
0
1
0
AN2
0
0
1
1
AN3
0
1
0
0
AN4
0
1
0
1
AN5
0
1
1
0
AN6
0
1
1
1
AN7
1
0
0
0
AN7
1
0
0
1
AN7
1
0
1
0
AN7
1
0
1
1
AN7
1
1
0
0
AN7
1
1
0
1
AN7
1
1
1
0
AN7
1
11.3.2.7
1
1
1
1
AN7
0
0
0
0
Internal_6,
0
0
0
1
Internal_7
0
0
1
0
Internal_0
0
0
1
1
Internal_1
0
1
0
0
VRH
0
1
0
1
VRL
0
1
1
0
(VRH+VRL) / 2
0
1
1
1
Reserved
1
0
0
0
Internal_2
1
0
0
1
Internal_3
1
0
1
0
Internal_4
1
0
1
1
Internal_5
1
1
X
X
Reserved
ATD Status Register 0 (ATDSTAT0)
This register contains the Sequence Complete Flag, overrun flags for external trigger and FIFO mode, and
the conversion counter.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
384
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
Module Base + 0x0006
7
R
6
5
4
ETORF
FIFOR
0
0
0
SCF
3
2
1
0
CC3
CC2
CC1
CC0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-9. ATD Status Register 0 (ATDSTAT0)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime (No effect on (CC3, CC2, CC1, CC0))
Table 11-16. ATDSTAT0 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
SCF
Sequence Complete Flag — This flag is set upon completion of a conversion sequence. If conversion
sequences are continuously performed (SCAN=1), the flag is set after each one is completed. This flag is cleared
when one of the following occurs:
A) Write “1” to SCF
B) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
C) If AFFC=1 and a result register is read
0 Conversion sequence not completed
1 Conversion sequence has completed
5
ETORF
External Trigger Overrun Flag — While in edge sensitive mode (ETRIGLE=0), if additional active edges are
detected while a conversion sequence is in process the overrun flag is set. This flag is cleared when one of the
following occurs:
A) Write “1” to ETORF
B) Write to ATDCTL0,1,2,3,4, ATDCMPE or ATDCMPHT (a conversion sequence is aborted)
C) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
0 No External trigger overrun error has occurred
1 External trigger overrun error has occurred
4
FIFOR
Result Register Overrun Flag — This bit indicates that a result register has been written to before its associated
conversion complete flag (CCF) has been cleared. This flag is most useful when using the FIFO mode because
the flag potentially indicates that result registers are out of sync with the input channels. However, it is also
practical for non-FIFO modes, and indicates that a result register has been overwritten before it has been read
(i.e. the old data has been lost). This flag is cleared when one of the following occurs:
A) Write “1” to FIFOR
B) Write to ATDCTL0,1,2,3,4, ATDCMPE or ATDCMPHT (a conversion sequence is aborted)
C) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
0 No overrun has occurred
1 Overrun condition exists (result register has been written while associated CCFx flag was still set)
3–0
CC[3:0]
Conversion Counter — These 4 read-only bits are the binary value of the conversion counter. The conversion
counter points to the result register that will receive the result of the current conversion. E.g. CC3=0, CC2=1,
CC1=1, CC0=0 indicates that the result of the current conversion will be in ATD Result Register 6. If in non-FIFO
mode (FIFO=0) the conversion counter is initialized to zero at the beginning and end of the conversion sequence.
If in FIFO mode (FIFO=1) the register counter is not initialized. The conversion counter wraps around when its
maximum value is reached.
Aborting a conversion or starting a new conversion clears the conversion counter even if FIFO=1.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
385
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
11.3.2.8
ATD Compare Enable Register (ATDCMPE)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Module Base + 0x0008
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
7
6
5
0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
CMPE[7:0]
W
Reset
4
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-10. ATD Compare Enable Register (ATDCMPE)
Table 11-17. ATDCMPE Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–0
CMPE[7:0]
Compare Enable for Conversion Number n (n= 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) of a Sequence (n conversion number,
NOT channel number!) — These bits enable automatic compare of conversion results individually for
conversions of a sequence. The sense of each comparison is determined by the CMPHT[n] bit in the ATDCMPHT
register.
For each conversion number with CMPE[n]=1 do the following:
1) Write compare value to ATDDRn result register
2) Write compare operator with CMPHT[n] in ATDCPMHT register
CCF[n] in ATDSTAT2 register will flag individual success of any comparison.
0 No automatic compare
1 Automatic compare of results for conversion n of a sequence is enabled.
11.3.2.9
ATD Status Register 2 (ATDSTAT2)
This read-only register contains the Conversion Complete Flags CCF[7:0].
Module Base + 0x000A
R
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
CCF[7:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-11. ATD Status Register 2 (ATDSTAT2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, no effect
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
386
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
Table 11-18. ATDSTAT2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–0
CCF[7:0]
Conversion Complete Flag n (n= 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) (n conversion number, NOT channel number!)— A
conversion complete flag is set at the end of each conversion in a sequence. The flags are associated with the
conversion position in a sequence (and also the result register number). Therefore in non-fifo mode, CCF[4] is
set when the fifth conversion in a sequence is complete and the result is available in result register ATDDR4;
CCF[5] is set when the sixth conversion in a sequence is complete and the result is available in ATDDR5, and
so forth.
If automatic compare of conversion results is enabled (CMPE[n]=1 in ATDCMPE), the conversion complete flag
is only set if comparison with ATDDRn is true. If ACMPIE=1 a compare interrupt will be requested. In this case,
as the ATDDRn result register is used to hold the compare value, the result will not be stored there at the end of
the conversion but is lost.
A flag CCF[n] is cleared when one of the following occurs:
A) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
B) If AFFC=0, write “1” to CCF[n]
C) If AFFC=1 and CMPE[n]=0, read of result register ATDDRn
D) If AFFC=1 and CMPE[n]=1, write to result register ATDDRn
In case of a concurrent set and clear on CCF[n]: The clearing by method A) will overwrite the set. The clearing
by methods B) or C) or D) will be overwritten by the set.
0 Conversion number n not completed or successfully compared
1 If (CMPE[n]=0): Conversion number n has completed. Result is ready in ATDDRn.
If (CMPE[n]=1): Compare for conversion result number n with compare value in ATDDRn, using compare
operator CMPGT[n] is true. (No result available in ATDDRn)
11.3.2.10 ATD Input Enable Register (ATDDIEN)
Module Base + 0x000C
R
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
6
5
1
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
IEN[7:0]
W
Reset
4
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-12. ATD Input Enable Register (ATDDIEN)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 11-19. ATDDIEN Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–0
IEN[7:0]
ATD Digital Input Enable on channel x (x= 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) — This bit controls the digital input buffer from
the analog input pin (ANx) to the digital data register.
0 Disable digital input buffer to ANx pin
1 Enable digital input buffer on ANx pin.
Note: Setting this bit will enable the corresponding digital input buffer continuously. If this bit is set while
simultaneously using it as an analog port, there is potentially increased power consumption because the
digital input buffer maybe in the linear region.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
387
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
11.3.2.11 ATD Compare Higher Than Register (ATDCMPHT)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Module Base + 0x000E
R
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
6
5
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
CMPHT[7:0]
W
Reset
4
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-13. ATD Compare Higher Than Register (ATDCMPHT)
Table 11-20. ATDCMPHT Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–0
CMPHT[7:0]
Compare Operation Higher Than Enable for conversion number n (n= 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) of a Sequence
(n conversion number, NOT channel number!) — This bit selects the operator for comparison of conversion
results.
0 If result of conversion n is lower or same than compare value in ATDDRn, this is flagged in ATDSTAT2
1 If result of conversion n is higher than compare value in ATDDRn, this is flagged in ATDSTAT2
11.3.2.12 ATD Conversion Result Registers (ATDDRn)
The A/D conversion results are stored in 8 result registers. Results are always in unsigned data
representation. Left and right justification is selected using the DJM control bit in ATDCTL3.
If automatic compare of conversions results is enabled (CMPE[n]=1 in ATDCMPE), these registers must
be written with the compare values in left or right justified format depending on the actual value of the
DJM bit. In this case, as the ATDDRn register is used to hold the compare value, the result will not be
stored there at the end of the conversion but is lost.
Attention, n is the conversion number, NOT the channel number!
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
NOTE
For conversions not using automatic compare, results are stored in the result
registers after each conversion. In this case avoid writing to ATDDRn except
for initial values, because an A/D result might be overwritten.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
388
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
11.3.2.12.1 Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)
Module Base +
0x0010 = ATDDR0, 0x0012 = ATDDR1, 0x0014 = ATDDR2, 0x0016 = ATDDR3
0x0018 = ATDDR4, 0x001A = ATDDR5, 0x001C = ATDDR6, 0x001E = ATDDR7
15
14
13
12
11
10
R
8
7
6
5
4
Result-Bit[11:0]
W
Reset
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-14. Left justified ATD conversion result register (ATDDRn)
Table 11-21 shows how depending on the A/D resolution the conversion result is transferred to the ATD
result registers for left justified data. Compare is always done using all 12 bits of both the conversion result
and the compare value in ATDDRn.
Table 11-21. Conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
A/D
resolution
DJM
conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
8-bit data
0
Result-Bit[11:4] = conversion result,
Result-Bit[3:0]=0000
10-bit data
0
Result-Bit[11:2] = conversion result,
Result-Bit[1:0]=00
11.3.2.12.2 Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)
Module Base +
0x0010 = ATDDR0, 0x0012 = ATDDR1, 0x0014 = ATDDR2, 0x0016 = ATDDR3
0x0018 = ATDDR4, 0x001A = ATDDR5, 0x001C = ATDDR6, 0x001E = ATDDR7
R
15
14
13
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
10
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Result-Bit[11:0]
W
Reset
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-15. Right justified ATD conversion result register (ATDDRn)
Table 11-22 shows how depending on the A/D resolution the conversion result is transferred to the ATD
result registers for right justified data. Compare is always done using all 12 bits of both the conversion
result and the compare value in ATDDRn.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
389
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
Table 11-22. Conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
A/D
resolution
11.4
conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
DJM
8-bit data
1
Result-Bit[7:0] = result,
Result-Bit[11:8]=0000
10-bit data
1
Result-Bit[9:0] = result,
Result-Bit[11:10]=00
Functional Description
The ADC10B8C consists of an analog sub-block and a digital sub-block.
11.4.1
Analog Sub-Block
The analog sub-block contains all analog electronics required to perform a single conversion. Separate
power supplies VDDA and VSSA allow to isolate noise of other MCU circuitry from the analog sub-block.
11.4.1.1
Sample and Hold Machine
The Sample and Hold Machine controls the storage and charge of the sample capacitor to the voltage level
of the analog signal at the selected ADC input channel.
During the sample process the analog input connects directly to the storage node.
The input analog signals are unipolar and must be within the potential range of VSSA to VDDA.
During the hold process the analog input is disconnected from the storage node.
11.4.1.2
Analog Input Multiplexer
The analog input multiplexer connects one of the 8 external analog input channels to the sample and hold
machine.
11.4.1.3
Analog-to-Digital (A/D) Machine
The A/D Machine performs analog to digital conversions. The resolution is program selectable to be either
8 or 10 bits. The A/D machine uses a successive approximation architecture. It functions by comparing the
sampled and stored analog voltage with a series of binary coded discrete voltages.
By following a binary search algorithm, the A/D machine identifies the discrete voltage that is nearest to
the sampled and stored voltage.
When not converting the A/D machine is automatically powered down.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
390
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
Only analog input signals within the potential range of VRL to VRH (A/D reference potentials) will result
in a non-railed digital output code.
11.4.2
Digital Sub-Block
This subsection describes some of the digital features in more detail. See Section 11.3.2, “Register
Descriptions” for all details.
11.4.2.1
External Trigger Input
The external trigger feature allows the user to synchronize ATD conversions to an external event rather
than relying only on software to trigger the ATD module when a conversion is about to take place. The
external trigger signal (out of reset ATD channel 7, configurable in ATDCTL1) is programmable to be edge
or level sensitive with polarity control. Table 11-23 gives a brief description of the different combinations
of control bits and their effect on the external trigger function.
Table 11-23. External Trigger Control Bits
ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
ETRIGE
SCAN
Description
X
X
0
0
Ignores external trigger. Performs one
conversion sequence and stops.
X
X
0
1
Ignores external trigger. Performs
continuous conversion sequences.
0
0
1
X
Trigger falling edge sensitive. Performs
one conversion sequence per trigger.
0
1
1
X
Trigger rising edge sensitive. Performs one
conversion sequence per trigger.
1
0
1
X
Trigger low level sensitive. Performs
continuous conversions while trigger level
is active.
1
1
1
X
Trigger high level sensitive. Performs
continuous conversions while trigger level
is active.
In either level or edge sensitive mode, the first conversion begins when the trigger is received.
Once ETRIGE is enabled a conversion must be triggered externally after writing the ATDCTL5 register.
During a conversion in edge sensitive mode, if additional trigger events are detected the overrun error flag
ETORF is set.
If level sensitive mode is active and the external trigger de-asserts and later asserts again during a
conversion sequence, this does not constitute an overrun. Therefore, the flag is not set. If the trigger is left
active in level sensitive mode when a sequence is about to complete, another sequence will be triggered
immediately.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
391
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B8CV2)
11.4.2.2
General-Purpose Digital Port Operation
Each ATD input pin can be switched between analog or digital input functionality. An analog multiplexer
makes each ATD input pin selected as analog input available to the A/D converter.
The pad of the ATD input pin is always connected to the analog input channel of the analog mulitplexer.
Each pad input signal is buffered to the digital port register.
This buffer can be turned on or off with the ATDDIEN register for each ATD input pin.
This is important so that the buffer does not draw excess current when an ATD input pin is selected as
analog input to the ADC10B8C.
11.5
Resets
At reset the ADC10B8C is in a power down state. The reset state of each individual bit is listed within the
Register Description section (see Section 11.3.2, “Register Descriptions”) which details the registers and
their bit-field.
11.6
Interrupts
The interrupts requested by the ADC10B8C are listed in Table 11-24. Refer to MCU specification for
related vector address and priority.
Table 11-24. ATD Interrupt Vectors
Interrupt Source
CCR
Mask
Local Enable
Sequence Complete Interrupt
I bit
ASCIE in ATDCTL2
Compare Interrupt
I bit
ACMPIE in ATDCTL2
See Section 11.3.2, “Register Descriptions” for further details.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
392
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Revision History
Version
Number
Revision
Date
Effective
Date
V02.00
13 May 2009
13 May 2009
Initial version copied from V01.06,
changed unused Bits in ATDDIEN to read logic 1
Author
Description of Changes
V02.01
30.Nov 2009
30.Nov 2009
Updated Table 12-15 Analog Input Channel Select Coding description of internal channels.
Updated register ATDDR (left/right justified result) description
in section 12.3.2.12.1/12-411 and 12.3.2.12.2/12-412 and
added table Table 12-21 to improve feature description.
V02.02
09 Feb 2010
09 Feb 2010
Fixed typo in Table 12-9- conversion result for 3mV and 10bit
resolution
V02.03
26 Feb 2010
26 Feb 2010
Corrected Table 12-15 Analog Input Channel Select Coding description of internal channels.
V02.04
14 Apr 2010
14 Apr 2010
Corrected typos to be in-line with SoC level pin naming
conventions for VDDA, VSSA, VRL and VRH.
V02.05
25 Aug 2010
25 Aug 2010
Removed feature of conversion during STOP and general
wording clean up done in Section 12.4, “Functional
Description
V02.06
09 Sep 2010
09 Sep 2010
Update of internal only information.
V02.07
11 Feb 2011
11 Feb 2011
Connectivity Information regarding internal channel_6 added
to Table 12-15.
V02.08
29 Mar 2011
29 Mar 2011
Fixed typo in bit description field Table 12-14 for bits CD, CC,
CB, CA. Last sentence contained a wrong highest channel
number (it is not AN7 to AN0 instead it is AN11 to AN0).
12.1
Introduction
The ADC10B12C is a 12-channel, , multiplexed input successive approximation analog-to-digital
converter. Refer to device electrical specifications for ATD accuracy.
12.1.1
•
Features
8-, 10-bit resolution.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
393
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Automatic return to low power after conversion sequence
Automatic compare with interrupt for higher than or less/equal than programmable value
Programmable sample time.
Left/right justified result data.
External trigger control.
Sequence complete interrupt.
Analog input multiplexer for 8 analog input channels.
Special conversions for VRH, VRL, (VRL+VRH)/2.
1-to-12 conversion sequence lengths.
Continuous conversion mode.
Multiple channel scans.
Configurable external trigger functionality on any AD channel or any of four additional trigger
inputs. The four additional trigger inputs can be chip external or internal. Refer to device
specification for availability and connectivity.
Configurable location for channel wrap around (when converting multiple channels in a sequence).
12.1.2
12.1.2.1
Modes of Operation
Conversion Modes
There is software programmable selection between performing single or continuous conversion on a
single channel or multiple channels.
12.1.2.2
•
•
•
MCU Operating Modes
Stop Mode
Entering Stop Mode aborts any conversion sequence in progress and if a sequence was aborted
restarts it after exiting stop mode. This has the same effect/consequences as starting a conversion
sequence with write to ATDCTL5. So after exiting from stop mode with a previously aborted
sequence all flags are cleared etc.
Wait Mode
ADC10B12C behaves same in Run and Wait Mode. For reduced power consumption continuous
conversions should be aborted before entering Wait mode.
Freeze Mode
In Freeze Mode the ADC10B12C will either continue or finish or stop converting according to the
FRZ1 and FRZ0 bits. This is useful for debugging and emulation.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
394
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
12.1.3
Block Diagram
Bus Clock
Clock
Prescaler
ATD_12B12C
ATD Clock
ETRIG0
ETRIG1
ETRIG2
Trigger
Mux
Mode and
Sequence Complete
Interrupt
Compare Interrupt
Timing Control
ETRIG3
(See device specification for availability
and connectivity)
ATDCTL1
ATDDIEN
VDDA
VSSA
Successive
Approximation
Register (SAR)
and DAC
VRH
VRL
Results
ATD 0
ATD 1
ATD 2
ATD 3
ATD 4
ATD 5
ATD 6
ATD 7
ATD 8
ATD 9
ATD 10
ATD 11
AN11
AN10
AN9
+
AN8
Sample & Hold
AN7
-
AN6
AN5
Analog
MUX
Comparator
AN4
AN3
AN2
AN1
AN0
Figure 12-1. ADC10B12C Block Diagram
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
395
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
12.2
Signal Description
This section lists all inputs to the ADC10B12C block.
12.2.1
Detailed Signal Descriptions
12.2.1.1
ANx (x = 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0)
This pin serves as the analog input Channel x. It can also be configured as digital port or external trigger
for the ATD conversion.
12.2.1.2
ETRIG3, ETRIG2, ETRIG1, ETRIG0
These inputs can be configured to serve as an external trigger for the ATD conversion.
Refer to device specification for availability and connectivity of these inputs!
12.2.1.3
VRH, VRL
VRH is the high reference voltage, VRL is the low reference voltage for ATD conversion.
12.2.1.4
VDDA, VSSA
These pins are the power supplies for the analog circuitry of the ADC10B12C block.
12.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all registers accessible in the ADC10B12C.
12.3.1
Module Memory Map
Figure 12-2 gives an overview on all ADC10B12C registers.
NOTE
Register Address = Base Address + Address Offset, where the Base Address
is defined at the MCU level and the Address Offset is defined at the module
level.
Address
Name
0x0000
ATDCTL0
0x0001
ATDCTL1
0x0002
ATDCTL2
Bit 7
R
Reserved
W
R
ETRIGSEL
W
R
0
W
6
5
4
0
0
0
SRES1
SRES0
AFFC
3
2
1
Bit 0
WRAP3
WRAP2
WRAP1
WRAP0
SMP_DIS ETRIGCH3 ETRIGCH2 ETRIGCH1 ETRIGCH0
Reserved ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
ETRIGE
ASCIE
ACMPIE
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-2. ADC10B12C Register Summary (Sheet 1 of 3)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
396
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Address
0x0003
0x0004
0x0005
0x0006
0x0007
0x0008
0x0009
0x000A
0x000B
0x000C
Name
R
W
R
ATDCTL4
W
R
ATDCTL5
W
R
ATDSTAT0
W
R
Unimplemented
W
R
ATDCMPEH
W
ATDCTL3
R
W
R
ATDSTAT2H
W
R
ATDSTAT2L
W
R
ATDDIENH
W
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
DJM
S8C
S4C
S2C
S1C
FIFO
FRZ1
FRZ0
SMP2
SMP1
SMP0
SC
SCAN
MULT
ETORF
FIFOR
0
SCF
0
PRS[4:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
ATDCMPEL
R
W
R
0x000E ATDCMPHTH
W
R
0x000F ATDCMPHTL
W
R
0x0010
ATDDR0
W
R
0x0012
ATDDR1
W
R
0x0014
ATDDR2
W
R
0x0016
ATDDR3
W
R
0x0018
ATDDR4
W
R
0x001A
ATDDR5
W
R
0x001C
ATDDR6
W
R
0x001E
ATDDR7
W
R
0x0020
ATDDR8
W
R
0x0022
ATDDR9
W
0x000D
Bit 7
CD
CC
CB
CA
CC3
CC2
CC1
CC0
0
0
0
0
CMPE[11:8]
CMPE[7:0]
0
0
0
0
CCF[11:8]
CCF[7:0]
1
1
1
1
IEN[11:8]
ATDDIENL
IEN[7:0]
0
0
0
0
CMPHT[11:8]
CMPHT[7:0]
See Section 12.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 12.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 12.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 12.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 12.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 12.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 12.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 12.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 12.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 12.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 12.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 12.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 12.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 12.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 12.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 12.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 12.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 12.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 12.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 12.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-2. ADC10B12C Register Summary (Sheet 2 of 3)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
397
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Address
Name
Bit 7
0x0024
ATDDR10
0x0026
ATDDR11
0x0028 0x002F
Unimplemented
R
W
R
W
R
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
See Section 12.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 12.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 12.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 12.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-2. ADC10B12C Register Summary (Sheet 3 of 3)
12.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section describes in address order all the ADC10B12C registers and their individual bits.
12.3.2.1
ATD Control Register 0 (ATDCTL0)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0000
7
R
W
Reserved
Reset
0
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
WRAP3
WRAP2
WRAP1
WRAP0
1
1
1
1
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-3. ATD Control Register 0 (ATDCTL0)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, in special modes always write 0 to Reserved Bit 7.
Table 12-1. ATDCTL0 Field Descriptions
Field
3-0
WRAP[3-0]
Description
Wrap Around Channel Select Bits — These bits determine the channel for wrap around when doing
multi-channel conversions. The coding is summarized in Table 12-2.
Table 12-2. Multi-Channel Wrap Around Coding
WRAP3 WRAP2 WRAP1 WRAP0
Multiple Channel Conversions (MULT = 1)
Wraparound to AN0 after Converting
0
0
0
0
Reserved1
0
0
0
1
AN1
0
0
1
0
AN2
0
0
1
1
AN3
0
1
0
0
AN4
0
1
0
1
AN5
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
398
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Table 12-2. Multi-Channel Wrap Around Coding
Multiple Channel Conversions (MULT = 1)
Wraparound to AN0 after Converting
WRAP3 WRAP2 WRAP1 WRAP0
1If
12.3.2.2
0
1
1
0
AN6
0
1
1
1
AN7
1
0
0
0
AN8
1
0
0
1
AN9
1
0
1
0
AN10
1
0
1
1
AN11
1
1
0
0
AN11
1
1
0
1
AN11
1
1
1
0
AN11
1
1
1
1
AN11
only AN0 should be converted use MULT=0.
ATD Control Register 1 (ATDCTL1)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0001
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ETRIGSEL
SRES1
SRES0
SMP_DIS
ETRIGCH3
ETRIGCH2
ETRIGCH1
ETRIGCH0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
R
W
Reset
Figure 12-4. ATD Control Register 1 (ATDCTL1)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 12-3. ATDCTL1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
ETRIGSEL
External Trigger Source Select — This bit selects the external trigger source to be either one of the AD
channels or one of the ETRIG3-0 inputs. See device specification for availability and connectivity of ETRIG3-0
inputs. If a particular ETRIG3-0 input option is not available, writing a 1 to ETRISEL only sets the bit but has
no effect, this means that one of the AD channels (selected by ETRIGCH3-0) is configured as the source for
external trigger. The coding is summarized in Table 12-5.
6–5
SRES[1:0]
A/D Resolution Select — These bits select the resolution of A/D conversion results. See Table 12-4 for
coding.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
399
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Table 12-3. ATDCTL1 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
4
SMP_DIS
Discharge Before Sampling Bit
0 No discharge before sampling.
1 The internal sample capacitor is discharged before sampling the channel. This adds 2 ATD clock cycles to
the sampling time. This can help to detect an open circuit instead of measuring the previous sampled
channel.
3–0
External Trigger Channel Select — These bits select one of the AD channels or one of the ETRIG3-0 inputs
ETRIGCH[3:0] as source for the external trigger. The coding is summarized in Table 12-5.
Table 12-4. A/D Resolution Coding
SRES1
SRES0
A/D Resolution
0
0
8-bit data
0
1
10-bit data
1
0
1
1
Reserved
Table 12-5. External Trigger Channel Select Coding
1
ETRIGSEL
ETRIGCH3
ETRIGCH2
ETRIGCH1
ETRIGCH0
External trigger source is
0
0
0
0
0
AN0
0
0
0
0
1
AN1
0
0
0
1
0
AN2
0
0
0
1
1
AN3
0
0
1
0
0
AN4
0
0
1
0
1
AN5
0
0
1
1
0
AN6
0
0
1
1
1
AN7
0
1
0
0
0
AN8
0
1
0
0
1
AN9
0
1
0
1
0
AN10
0
1
0
1
1
AN11
0
1
1
0
0
AN11
0
1
1
0
1
AN11
0
1
1
1
0
AN11
0
1
1
1
1
AN11
1
0
0
0
0
ETRIG01
1
0
0
0
1
ETRIG11
1
0
0
1
0
ETRIG21
1
0
0
1
1
ETRIG31
1
0
1
X
X
Reserved
1
1
X
X
X
Reserved
Only if ETRIG3-0 input option is available (see device specification), else ETRISEL is ignored, that means
external trigger source is still on one of the AD channels selected by ETRIGCH3-0
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
400
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
12.3.2.3
ATD Control Register 2 (ATDCTL2)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0002
7
R
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AFFC
Reserved
ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
ETRIGE
ASCIE
ACMPIE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-5. ATD Control Register 2 (ATDCTL2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 12-6. ATDCTL2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
AFFC
ATD Fast Flag Clear All
0 ATD flag clearing done by write 1 to respective CCF[n] flag.
1 Changes all ATD conversion complete flags to a fast clear sequence.
For compare disabled (CMPE[n]=0) a read access to the result register will cause the associated CCF[n] flag
to clear automatically.
For compare enabled (CMPE[n]=1) a write access to the result register will cause the associated CCF[n] flag
to clear automatically.
5
Reserved
Do not alter this bit from its reset value.It is for Manufacturer use only and can change the ATD behavior.
4
ETRIGLE
External Trigger Level/Edge Control — This bit controls the sensitivity of the external trigger signal. See
Table 12-7 for details.
3
ETRIGP
External Trigger Polarity — This bit controls the polarity of the external trigger signal. See Table 12-7 for details.
2
ETRIGE
External Trigger Mode Enable — This bit enables the external trigger on one of the AD channels or one of the
ETRIG3-0 inputs as described in Table 12-5. If the external trigger source is one of the AD channels, the digital
input buffer of this channel is enabled. The external trigger allows to synchronize the start of conversion with
external events.
0 Disable external trigger
1 Enable external trigger
1
ASCIE
0
ACMPIE
ATD Sequence Complete Interrupt Enable
0 ATD Sequence Complete interrupt requests are disabled.
1 ATD Sequence Complete interrupt will be requested whenever SCF=1 is set.
ATD Compare Interrupt Enable — If automatic compare is enabled for conversion n (CMPE[n]=1 in ATDCMPE
register) this bit enables the compare interrupt. If the CCF[n] flag is set (showing a successful compare for
conversion n), the compare interrupt is triggered.
0 ATD Compare interrupt requests are disabled.
1 For the conversions in a sequence for which automatic compare is enabled (CMPE[n]=1), an ATD Compare
Interrupt will be requested whenever any of the respective CCF flags is set.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
401
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Table 12-7. External Trigger Configurations
12.3.2.4
ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
External Trigger Sensitivity
0
0
Falling edge
0
1
Rising edge
1
0
Low level
1
1
High level
ATD Control Register 3 (ATDCTL3)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0003
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DJM
S8C
S4C
S2C
S1C
FIFO
FRZ1
FRZ0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-6. ATD Control Register 3 (ATDCTL3)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 12-8. ATDCTL3 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
DJM
Result Register Data Justification — Result data format is always unsigned. This bit controls justification of
conversion data in the result registers.
0 Left justified data in the result registers.
1 Right justified data in the result registers.
Table 12-9 gives example ATD results for an input signal range between 0 and 5.12 Volts.
6–3
S8C, S4C,
S2C, S1C
Conversion Sequence Length — These bits control the number of conversions per sequence. Table 12-10
shows all combinations. At reset, S4C is set to 1 (sequence length is 4). This is to maintain software continuity
to HC12 family.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
402
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Table 12-8. ATDCTL3 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
2
FIFO
Result Register FIFO Mode — If this bit is zero (non-FIFO mode), the A/D conversion results map into the result
registers based on the conversion sequence; the result of the first conversion appears in the first result register
(ATDDR0), the second result in the second result register (ATDDR1), and so on.
If this bit is one (FIFO mode) the conversion counter is not reset at the beginning or end of a conversion
sequence; sequential conversion results are placed in consecutive result registers. In a continuously scanning
conversion sequence, the result register counter will wrap around when it reaches the end of the result register
file. The conversion counter value (CC3-0 in ATDSTAT0) can be used to determine where in the result register
file, the current conversion result will be placed.
Aborting a conversion or starting a new conversion clears the conversion counter even if FIFO=1. So the first
result of a new conversion sequence, started by writing to ATDCTL5, will always be place in the first result register
(ATDDDR0). Intended usage of FIFO mode is continuos conversion (SCAN=1) or triggered conversion
(ETRIG=1).
Which result registers hold valid data can be tracked using the conversion complete flags. Fast flag clear mode
may be useful in a particular application to track valid data.
If this bit is one, automatic compare of result registers is always disabled, that is ADC10B12C will behave as if
ACMPIE and all CPME[n] were zero.
0 Conversion results are placed in the corresponding result register up to the selected sequence length.
1 Conversion results are placed in consecutive result registers (wrap around at end).
1–0
FRZ[1:0]
Background Debug Freeze Enable — When debugging an application, it is useful in many cases to have the
ATD pause when a breakpoint (Freeze Mode) is encountered. These 2 bits determine how the ATD will respond
to a breakpoint as shown in Table 12-11. Leakage onto the storage node and comparator reference capacitors
may compromise the accuracy of an immediately frozen conversion depending on the length of the freeze period.
Table 12-9. Examples of ideal decimal ATD Results
Input Signal
VRL = 0 Volts
VRH = 5.12 Volts
8-Bit
Codes
(resolution=20mV)
10-Bit
Codes
(resolution=5mV)
5.120 Volts
...
0.022
0.020
0.018
0.016
0.014
0.012
0.010
0.008
0.006
0.004
0.003
0.002
0.000
255
...
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1023
...
4
4
4
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
0
0
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
403
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Table 12-10. Conversion Sequence Length Coding
S8C
S4C
S2C
S1C
Number of Conversions
per Sequence
0
0
0
0
12
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
0
0
4
0
1
0
1
5
0
1
1
0
6
0
1
1
1
7
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
1
0
1
0
10
1
0
1
1
11
1
1
0
0
12
1
1
0
1
12
1
1
1
0
12
1
1
1
1
12
Table 12-11. ATD Behavior in Freeze Mode (Breakpoint)
12.3.2.5
FRZ1
FRZ0
Behavior in Freeze Mode
0
0
Continue conversion
0
1
Reserved
1
0
Finish current conversion, then freeze
1
1
Freeze Immediately
ATD Control Register 4 (ATDCTL4)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0004
7
6
5
SMP2
SMP1
SMP0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
R
PRS[4:0]
W
Reset
0
0
1
Figure 12-7. ATD Control Register 4 (ATDCTL4)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
404
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Table 12-12. ATDCTL4 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–5
SMP[2:0]
Sample Time Select — These three bits select the length of the sample time in units of ATD conversion clock
cycles. Note that the ATD conversion clock period is itself a function of the prescaler value (bits PRS4-0).
Table 12-13 lists the available sample time lengths.
4–0
PRS[4:0]
ATD Clock Prescaler — These 5 bits are the binary prescaler value PRS. The ATD conversion clock frequency
is calculated as follows:
f BUS
f ATDCLK = ------------------------------------2 × ( PRS + 1 )
Refer to Device Specification for allowed frequency range of fATDCLK.
Table 12-13. Sample Time Select
12.3.2.6
SMP2
SMP1
SMP0
Sample Time
in Number of
ATD Clock Cycles
0
0
0
4
0
0
1
6
0
1
0
8
0
1
1
10
1
0
0
12
1
0
1
16
1
1
0
20
1
1
1
24
ATD Control Register 5 (ATDCTL5)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence and start a new conversion sequence. If the
external trigger function is enabled (ETRIGE=1) an initial write to ATDCTL5 is required to allow starting
of a conversion sequence which will then occur on each trigger event. Start of conversion means the
beginning of the sampling phase.
Module Base + 0x0005
7
R
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SC
SCAN
MULT
CD
CC
CB
CA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-8. ATD Control Register 5 (ATDCTL5)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
405
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Table 12-14. ATDCTL5 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
SC
Special Channel Conversion Bit — If this bit is set, then special channel conversion can be selected using CD,
CC, CB and CA of ATDCTL5. Table 12-15 lists the coding.
0 Special channel conversions disabled
1 Special channel conversions enabled
5
SCAN
Continuous Conversion Sequence Mode — This bit selects whether conversion sequences are performed
continuously or only once. If the external trigger function is enabled (ETRIGE=1) setting this bit has no effect,
thus the external trigger always starts a single conversion sequence.
0 Single conversion sequence
1 Continuous conversion sequences (scan mode)
4
MULT
Multi-Channel Sample Mode — When MULT is 0, the ATD sequence controller samples only from the specified
analog input channel for an entire conversion sequence. The analog channel is selected by channel selection
code (control bits CD/CC/CB/CA located in ATDCTL5). When MULT is 1, the ATD sequence controller samples
across channels. The number of channels sampled is determined by the sequence length value (S8C, S4C, S2C,
S1C). The first analog channel examined is determined by channel selection code (CD, CC, CB, CA control bits);
subsequent channels sampled in the sequence are determined by incrementing the channel selection code or
wrapping around to AN0 (channel 0).
0 Sample only one channel
1 Sample across several channels
3–0
CD, CC,
CB, CA
Analog Input Channel Select Code — These bits select the analog input channel(s). Table 12-15 lists the
coding used to select the various analog input channels.
In the case of single channel conversions (MULT=0), this selection code specifies the channel to be examined.
In the case of multiple channel conversions (MULT=1), this selection code specifies the first channel to be
examined in the conversion sequence. Subsequent channels are determined by incrementing the channel
selection code or wrapping around to AN0 (after converting the channel defined by the Wrap Around Channel
Select Bits WRAP3-0 in ATDCTL0). When starting with a channel number higher than the one defined by
WRAP3-0 the first wrap around will be AN11 to AN0.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
406
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Table 12-15. Analog Input Channel Select Coding
SC
CD
CC
CB
CA
Analog Input
Channel
0
0
0
0
0
AN0
0
0
0
1
AN1
0
0
1
0
AN2
0
0
1
1
AN3
0
1
0
0
AN4
0
1
0
1
AN5
0
1
1
0
AN6
0
1
1
1
AN7
1
0
0
0
AN8
1
12.3.2.7
1
0
0
1
AN9
1
0
1
0
AN10
1
0
1
1
AN11
1
1
0
0
AN11
1
1
0
1
AN11
1
1
1
0
AN11
1
1
1
1
AN11
0
0
0
0
Internal_6,
0
0
0
1
Internal_7
0
0
1
0
Internal_0
0
0
1
1
Internal_1
0
1
0
0
VRH
0
1
0
1
VRL
0
1
1
0
(VRH+VRL) / 2
0
1
1
1
Reserved
1
0
0
0
Internal_2
1
0
0
1
Internal_3
1
0
1
0
Internal_4
1
0
1
1
Internal_5
1
1
X
X
Reserved
ATD Status Register 0 (ATDSTAT0)
This register contains the Sequence Complete Flag, overrun flags for external trigger and FIFO mode, and
the conversion counter.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
407
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Module Base + 0x0006
7
R
6
5
4
ETORF
FIFOR
0
0
0
SCF
3
2
1
0
CC3
CC2
CC1
CC0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-9. ATD Status Register 0 (ATDSTAT0)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime (No effect on (CC3, CC2, CC1, CC0))
Table 12-16. ATDSTAT0 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
SCF
Sequence Complete Flag — This flag is set upon completion of a conversion sequence. If conversion
sequences are continuously performed (SCAN=1), the flag is set after each one is completed. This flag is cleared
when one of the following occurs:
A) Write “1” to SCF
B) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
C) If AFFC=1 and a result register is read
0 Conversion sequence not completed
1 Conversion sequence has completed
5
ETORF
External Trigger Overrun Flag — While in edge sensitive mode (ETRIGLE=0), if additional active edges are
detected while a conversion sequence is in process the overrun flag is set. This flag is cleared when one of the
following occurs:
A) Write “1” to ETORF
B) Write to ATDCTL0,1,2,3,4, ATDCMPE or ATDCMPHT (a conversion sequence is aborted)
C) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
0 No External trigger overrun error has occurred
1 External trigger overrun error has occurred
4
FIFOR
Result Register Overrun Flag — This bit indicates that a result register has been written to before its associated
conversion complete flag (CCF) has been cleared. This flag is most useful when using the FIFO mode because
the flag potentially indicates that result registers are out of sync with the input channels. However, it is also
practical for non-FIFO modes, and indicates that a result register has been overwritten before it has been read
(i.e. the old data has been lost). This flag is cleared when one of the following occurs:
A) Write “1” to FIFOR
B) Write to ATDCTL0,1,2,3,4, ATDCMPE or ATDCMPHT (a conversion sequence is aborted)
C) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
0 No overrun has occurred
1 Overrun condition exists (result register has been written while associated CCFx flag was still set)
3–0
CC[3:0]
Conversion Counter — These 4 read-only bits are the binary value of the conversion counter. The conversion
counter points to the result register that will receive the result of the current conversion. E.g. CC3=0, CC2=1,
CC1=1, CC0=0 indicates that the result of the current conversion will be in ATD Result Register 6. If in non-FIFO
mode (FIFO=0) the conversion counter is initialized to zero at the beginning and end of the conversion sequence.
If in FIFO mode (FIFO=1) the register counter is not initialized. The conversion counter wraps around when its
maximum value is reached.
Aborting a conversion or starting a new conversion clears the conversion counter even if FIFO=1.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
408
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
12.3.2.8
ATD Compare Enable Register (ATDCMPE)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Module Base + 0x0008
R
15
14
13
0
0
0
0
11
0
0
0
10
9
8
7
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
CMPE[11:0]
W
Reset
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-10. ATD Compare Enable Register (ATDCMPE)
Table 12-17. ATDCMPE Field Descriptions
Field
Description
11–0
Compare Enable for Conversion Number n (n= 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) of a Sequence (n conversion
CMPE[11:0] number, NOT channel number!) — These bits enable automatic compare of conversion results individually for
conversions of a sequence. The sense of each comparison is determined by the CMPHT[n] bit in the ATDCMPHT
register.
For each conversion number with CMPE[n]=1 do the following:
1) Write compare value to ATDDRn result register
2) Write compare operator with CMPHT[n] in ATDCPMHT register
CCF[n] in ATDSTAT2 register will flag individual success of any comparison.
0 No automatic compare
1 Automatic compare of results for conversion n of a sequence is enabled.
12.3.2.9
ATD Status Register 2 (ATDSTAT2)
This read-only register contains the Conversion Complete Flags CCF[11:0].
Module Base + 0x000A
R
15
14
13
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
CCF[11:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-11. ATD Status Register 2 (ATDSTAT2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, no effect
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
409
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Table 12-18. ATDSTAT2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
11–0
CCF[11:0]
Conversion Complete Flag n (n= 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) (n conversion number, NOT channel
number!)— A conversion complete flag is set at the end of each conversion in a sequence. The flags are
associated with the conversion position in a sequence (and also the result register number). Therefore in non-fifo
mode, CCF[4] is set when the fifth conversion in a sequence is complete and the result is available in result
register ATDDR4; CCF[5] is set when the sixth conversion in a sequence is complete and the result is available
in ATDDR5, and so forth.
If automatic compare of conversion results is enabled (CMPE[n]=1 in ATDCMPE), the conversion complete flag
is only set if comparison with ATDDRn is true. If ACMPIE=1 a compare interrupt will be requested. In this case,
as the ATDDRn result register is used to hold the compare value, the result will not be stored there at the end of
the conversion but is lost.
A flag CCF[n] is cleared when one of the following occurs:
A) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
B) If AFFC=0, write “1” to CCF[n]
C) If AFFC=1 and CMPE[n]=0, read of result register ATDDRn
D) If AFFC=1 and CMPE[n]=1, write to result register ATDDRn
In case of a concurrent set and clear on CCF[n]: The clearing by method A) will overwrite the set. The clearing
by methods B) or C) or D) will be overwritten by the set.
0 Conversion number n not completed or successfully compared
1 If (CMPE[n]=0): Conversion number n has completed. Result is ready in ATDDRn.
If (CMPE[n]=1): Compare for conversion result number n with compare value in ATDDRn, using compare
operator CMPGT[n] is true. (No result available in ATDDRn)
12.3.2.10 ATD Input Enable Register (ATDDIEN)
Module Base + 0x000C
R
15
14
13
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
10
9
8
7
1
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
IEN[11:0]
W
Reset
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-12. ATD Input Enable Register (ATDDIEN)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 12-19. ATDDIEN Field Descriptions
Field
Description
11–0
IEN[11:0]
ATD Digital Input Enable on channel x (x= 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) — This bit controls the digital input
buffer from the analog input pin (ANx) to the digital data register.
0 Disable digital input buffer to ANx pin
1 Enable digital input buffer on ANx pin.
Note: Setting this bit will enable the corresponding digital input buffer continuously. If this bit is set while
simultaneously using it as an analog port, there is potentially increased power consumption because the
digital input buffer maybe in the linear region.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
410
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
12.3.2.11 ATD Compare Higher Than Register (ATDCMPHT)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Module Base + 0x000E
R
15
14
13
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
10
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
CMPHT[11:0]
W
Reset
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-13. ATD Compare Higher Than Register (ATDCMPHT)
Table 12-20. ATDCMPHT Field Descriptions
Field
Description
11–0
Compare Operation Higher Than Enable for conversion number n (n= 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) of
CMPHT[11:0] a Sequence (n conversion number, NOT channel number!) — This bit selects the operator for comparison
of conversion results.
0 If result of conversion n is lower or same than compare value in ATDDRn, this is flagged in ATDSTAT2
1 If result of conversion n is higher than compare value in ATDDRn, this is flagged in ATDSTAT2
12.3.2.12 ATD Conversion Result Registers (ATDDRn)
The A/D conversion results are stored in 12 result registers. Results are always in unsigned data
representation. Left and right justification is selected using the DJM control bit in ATDCTL3.
If automatic compare of conversions results is enabled (CMPE[n]=1 in ATDCMPE), these registers must
be written with the compare values in left or right justified format depending on the actual value of the
DJM bit. In this case, as the ATDDRn register is used to hold the compare value, the result will not be
stored there at the end of the conversion but is lost.
Attention, n is the conversion number, NOT the channel number!
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
NOTE
For conversions not using automatic compare, results are stored in the result
registers after each conversion. In this case avoid writing to ATDDRn except
for initial values, because an A/D result might be overwritten.
12.3.2.12.1 Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
411
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Module Base +
0x0010 = ATDDR0, 0x0012 = ATDDR1, 0x0014 = ATDDR2, 0x0016 = ATDDR3
0x0018 = ATDDR4, 0x001A = ATDDR5, 0x001C = ATDDR6, 0x001E = ATDDR7
0x0020 = ATDDR8, 0x0022 = ATDDR9, 0x0024 = ATDDR10, 0x0026 = ATDDR11
15
14
13
12
11
10
R
8
7
6
5
4
Result-Bit[11:0]
W
Reset
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-14. Left justified ATD conversion result register (ATDDRn)
Table 12-21 shows how depending on the A/D resolution the conversion result is transferred to the ATD
result registers for left justified data. Compare is always done using all 12 bits of both the conversion result
and the compare value in ATDDRn.
Table 12-21. Conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
A/D
resolution
DJM
conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
8-bit data
0
Result-Bit[11:4] = conversion result,
Result-Bit[3:0]=0000
10-bit data
0
Result-Bit[11:2] = conversion result,
Result-Bit[1:0]=00
12.3.2.12.2 Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)
Module Base +
0x0010 = ATDDR0, 0x0012 = ATDDR1, 0x0014 = ATDDR2, 0x0016 = ATDDR3
0x0018 = ATDDR4, 0x001A = ATDDR5, 0x001C = ATDDR6, 0x001E = ATDDR7
0x0020 = ATDDR8, 0x0022 = ATDDR9, 0x0024 = ATDDR10, 0x0026 = ATDDR11
R
15
14
13
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
10
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Result-Bit[11:0]
W
Reset
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-15. Right justified ATD conversion result register (ATDDRn)
Table 12-22 shows how depending on the A/D resolution the conversion result is transferred to the ATD
result registers for right justified data. Compare is always done using all 12 bits of both the conversion
result and the compare value in ATDDRn.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
412
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
Table 12-22. Conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
A/D
resolution
12.4
conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
DJM
8-bit data
1
Result-Bit[11:8]=0000,
Result-Bit[7:0] = conversion result
10-bit data
1
Result-Bit[11:10]=00,
Result-Bit[9:0] = conversion result
Functional Description
The ADC10B12C consists of an analog sub-block and a digital sub-block.
12.4.1
Analog Sub-Block
The analog sub-block contains all analog electronics required to perform a single conversion. Separate
power supplies VDDA and VSSA allow to isolate noise of other MCU circuitry from the analog sub-block.
12.4.1.1
Sample and Hold Machine
The Sample and Hold Machine controls the storage and charge of the sample capacitor to the voltage level
of the analog signal at the selected ADC input channel.
During the sample process the analog input connects directly to the storage node.
The input analog signals are unipolar and must be within the potential range of VSSA to VDDA.
During the hold process the analog input is disconnected from the storage node.
12.4.1.2
Analog Input Multiplexer
The analog input multiplexer connects one of the 8 external analog input channels to the sample and hold
machine.
12.4.1.3
Analog-to-Digital (A/D) Machine
The A/D Machine performs analog to digital conversions. The resolution is program selectable to be either
8 or 10 bits. The A/D machine uses a successive approximation architecture. It functions by comparing the
sampled and stored analog voltage with a series of binary coded discrete voltages. By following a binary
search algorithm, the A/D machine identifies the discrete voltage that is nearest to the sampled and stored
voltage.
When not converting the A/D machine is automatically powered down.
Only analog input signals within the potential range of VRL to VRH (A/D reference potentials) will result
in a non-railed digital output code.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
413
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
12.4.2
Digital Sub-Block
This subsection describes some of the digital features in more detail. See Section 12.3.2, “Register
Descriptions” for all details.
12.4.2.1
External Trigger Input
The external trigger feature allows the user to synchronize ATD conversions to an external event rather
than relying only on software to trigger the ATD module when a conversions is about to take place. The
external trigger signal (out of reset ATD channel 11, configurable in ATDCTL1) is programmable to be
edge or level sensitive with polarity control. Table 12-23 gives a brief description of the different
combinations of control bits and their effect on the external trigger function.
Table 12-23. External Trigger Control Bits
ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
ETRIGE
SCAN
Description
X
X
0
0
Ignores external trigger. Performs one
conversion sequence and stops.
X
X
0
1
Ignores external trigger. Performs
continuous conversion sequences.
0
0
1
X
Trigger falling edge sensitive. Performs
one conversion sequence per trigger.
0
1
1
X
Trigger rising edge sensitive. Performs one
conversion sequence per trigger.
1
0
1
X
Trigger low level sensitive. Performs
continuous conversions while trigger level
is active.
1
1
1
X
Trigger high level sensitive. Performs
continuous conversions while trigger level
is active.
In either level or edge sensitive modes, the first conversion begins when the trigger is received.
Once ETRIGE is enabled a conversion must be triggered externally after writing to ATDCTL5 register.
During a conversion in edge sensitive mode, if additional trigger events are detected the overrun error flag
ETORF is set.
If level sensitive mode is active and the external trigger de-asserts and later asserts again during a
conversion sequence, this does not constitute an overrun. Therefore, the flag is not set. If the trigger is left
active in level sensitive mode when a sequence is about to complete, another sequence will be triggered
immediately.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
414
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
12.4.2.2
General-Purpose Digital Port Operation
Each ATD input pin can be switched between analog or digital input functionality. An analog multiplexer
makes each ATD input pin selected as analog input available to the A/D converter.
The pad of the ATD input pin is always connected to the analog input channel of the analog mulitplexer.
Each pad input signal is buffered to the digital port register.
This buffer can be turned on or off with the ATDDIEN register for each ATD input pin.
This is important so that the buffer does not draw excess current when an ATD input pin is selected as
analog input to the ADC10B12C.
12.5
Resets
At reset the ADC10B12C is in a power down state. The reset state of each individual bit is listed within
the Register Description section (see Section 12.3.2, “Register Descriptions”) which details the registers
and their bit-field.
12.6
Interrupts
The interrupts requested by the ADC10B12C are listed in Table 12-24. Refer to MCU specification for
related vector address and priority.
Table 12-24. ATD Interrupt Vectors
Interrupt Source
CCR
Mask
Local Enable
Sequence Complete Interrupt
I bit
ASCIE in ATDCTL2
Compare Interrupt
I bit
ACMPIE in ATDCTL2
See Section 12.3.2, “Register Descriptions” for further details.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
415
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B12CV2)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
416
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Revision History
Version
Number
Revision
Date
Effective
Date
V02.00
18 June 2009
18 June 2009
Initial version copied 12 channel block guide
Author
Description of Changes
V02.01
09 Feb 2010
09 Feb 2010
Updated Table 13-15 Analog Input Channel Select Coding description of internal channels.
Updated register ATDDR (left/right justified result) description
in section 13.3.2.12.1/13-436 and 13.3.2.12.2/13-436 and
added Table 13-21 to improve feature description.
Fixed typo in Table 13-9 - conversion result for 3mV and 10bit
resolution
V02.03
26 Feb 2010
26 Feb 2010
Corrected Table 13-15 Analog Input Channel Select Coding description of internal channels.
V02.04
26 Mar 2010
16 Mar 2010
Corrected typo: Reset value of ATDDIEN register
V02.05
14 Apr 2010
14 Apr 2010
Corrected typos to be in-line with SoC level pin naming
conventions for VDDA, VSSA, VRL and VRH.
V02.06
25 Aug 2010
25 Aug 2010
Removed feature of conversion during STOP and general
wording clean up done in Section 13.4, “Functional
Description
v02.07
09 Sep 2010
09 Sep 2010
Update of internal only information.
V02.08
11 Feb 2011
11 Feb 2011
Connectivity Information regarding internal channel_6 added
to Table 13-15.
V02.09
29 Mar 2011
29 Mar 2011
Fixed typo in bit description field Table 13-14 for bits CD, CC,
CB, CA. Last sentence contained a wrong highest channel
number (it is not AN7 to AN0 instead it is AN15 to AN0).
13.1
Introduction
The ADC10B16C is a 16-channel, , multiplexed input successive approximation analog-to-digital
converter. Refer to device electrical specifications for ATD accuracy.
13.1.1
•
Features
8-, 10-bit resolution.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
417
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Automatic return to low power after conversion sequence
Automatic compare with interrupt for higher than or less/equal than programmable value
Programmable sample time.
Left/right justified result data.
External trigger control.
Sequence complete interrupt.
Analog input multiplexer for 8 analog input channels.
Special conversions for VRH, VRL, (VRL+VRH)/2.
1-to-16 conversion sequence lengths.
Continuous conversion mode.
Multiple channel scans.
Configurable external trigger functionality on any AD channel or any of four additional trigger
inputs. The four additional trigger inputs can be chip external or internal. Refer to device
specification for availability and connectivity.
Configurable location for channel wrap around (when converting multiple channels in a sequence).
13.1.2
13.1.2.1
Modes of Operation
Conversion Modes
There is software programmable selection between performing single or continuous conversion on a
single channel or multiple channels.
13.1.2.2
•
•
•
MCU Operating Modes
Stop Mode
Entering Stop Mode aborts any conversion sequence in progress and if a sequence was aborted
restarts it after exiting stop mode. This has the same effect/consequences as starting a conversion
sequence with write to ATDCTL5. So after exiting from stop mode with a previously aborted
sequence all flags are cleared etc.
Wait Mode
ADC10B16C behaves same in Run and Wait Mode. For reduced power consumption continuous
conversions should be aborted before entering Wait mode.
Freeze Mode
In Freeze Mode the ADC10B16C will either continue or finish or stop converting according to the
FRZ1 and FRZ0 bits. This is useful for debugging and emulation.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
418
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
13.1.3
Block Diagram
Bus Clock
Clock
Prescaler
ATD_12B12C
ATD Clock
ETRIG0
ETRIG1
ETRIG2
Trigger
Mux
Mode and
Sequence Complete
Interrupt
Compare Interrupt
Timing Control
ETRIG3
(See device specification for availability
and connectivity)
ATDCTL1
ATDDIEN
VDDA
VSSA
Successive
Approximation
Register (SAR)
and DAC
VRH
VRL
AN15
AN14
AN13
Results
ATD 0
ATD 1
ATD 2
ATD 3
ATD 4
ATD 5
ATD 6
ATD 7
ATD 8
ATD 9
ATD 10
ATD 11
ATD 12
ATD 13
ATD 14
ATD 15
AN12
+
AN11
Sample & Hold
AN10
-
AN9
AN8
AN7
Analog
MUX
Comparator
AN6
AN5
AN4
AN3
AN2
AN1
AN0
Figure 13-1. ADC10B16C Block Diagram
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
419
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
13.2
Signal Description
This section lists all inputs to the ADC10B16C block.
13.2.1
Detailed Signal Descriptions
13.2.1.1
ANx (x = 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0)
This pin serves as the analog input Channel x. It can also be configured as digital port or external trigger
for the ATD conversion.
13.2.1.2
ETRIG3, ETRIG2, ETRIG1, ETRIG0
These inputs can be configured to serve as an external trigger for the ATD conversion.
Refer to device specification for availability and connectivity of these inputs!
13.2.1.3
VRH, VRL
VRH is the high reference voltage, VRL is the low reference voltage for ATD conversion.
13.2.1.4
VDDA, VSSA
These pins are the power supplies for the analog circuitry of the ADC10B16C block.
13.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all registers accessible in the ADC10B16C.
13.3.1
Module Memory Map
Figure 13-2 gives an overview on all ADC10B16C registers.
NOTE
Register Address = Base Address + Address Offset, where the Base Address
is defined at the MCU level and the Address Offset is defined at the module
level.
Address
Name
0x0000
ATDCTL0
0x0001
ATDCTL1
0x0002
ATDCTL2
Bit 7
R
Reserved
W
R
ETRIGSEL
W
R
0
W
6
5
4
0
0
0
SRES1
SRES0
AFFC
3
2
1
Bit 0
WRAP3
WRAP2
WRAP1
WRAP0
SMP_DIS ETRIGCH3 ETRIGCH2 ETRIGCH1 ETRIGCH0
Reserved ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
ETRIGE
ASCIE
ACMPIE
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-2. ADC10B16C Register Summary (Sheet 1 of 3)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
420
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Address
Name
0x0003
ATDCTL3
0x0004
ATDCTL4
0x0005
ATDCTL5
0x0006
ATDSTAT0
0x0007
Unimplemented
0x0008
ATDCMPEH
0x0009
ATDCMPEL
0x000A
ATDSTAT2H
0x000B
ATDSTAT2L
0x000C
ATDDIENH
0x000D
ATDDIENL
0x000E ATDCMPHTH
0x000F ATDCMPHTL
0x0010
ATDDR0
0x0012
ATDDR1
0x0014
ATDDR2
0x0016
ATDDR3
0x0018
ATDDR4
0x001A
ATDDR5
0x001C
ATDDR6
0x001E
ATDDR7
0x0020
ATDDR8
0x0022
ATDDR9
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
DJM
S8C
S4C
S2C
S1C
FIFO
FRZ1
FRZ0
SMP2
SMP1
SMP0
SC
SCAN
MULT
ETORF
FIFOR
0
0
0
SCF
0
0
0
PRS[4:0]
CD
CC
CB
CA
CC3
CC2
CC1
CC0
0
0
0
0
CMPE[15:8]
CMPE[7:0]
CCF[15:8]
CCF[7:0]
IEN[15:8]
IEN[7:0]
CMPHT[15:8]
CMPHT[7:0]
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-2. ADC10B16C Register Summary (Sheet 2 of 3)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
421
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Address
Name
0x0024
ATDDR10
0x0026
ATDDR11
0x0028
ATDDR12
0x002A
ATDDR13
0x002C
ATDDR14
0x002E
ATDDR15
Bit 7
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
W
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 13.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 13.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-2. ADC10B16C Register Summary (Sheet 3 of 3)
13.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section describes in address order all the ADC10B16C registers and their individual bits.
13.3.2.1
ATD Control Register 0 (ATDCTL0)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0000
7
R
W
Reserved
Reset
0
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
WRAP3
WRAP2
WRAP1
WRAP0
1
1
1
1
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-3. ATD Control Register 0 (ATDCTL0)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, in special modes always write 0 to Reserved Bit 7.
Table 13-1. ATDCTL0 Field Descriptions
Field
3-0
WRAP[3-0]
Description
Wrap Around Channel Select Bits — These bits determine the channel for wrap around when doing
multi-channel conversions. The coding is summarized in Table 13-2.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
422
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Table 13-2. Multi-Channel Wrap Around Coding
Multiple Channel Conversions (MULT = 1)
Wraparound to AN0 after Converting
WRAP3 WRAP2 WRAP1 WRAP0
1If
13.3.2.2
0
0
0
0
Reserved1
0
0
0
1
AN1
0
0
1
0
AN2
0
0
1
1
AN3
0
1
0
0
AN4
0
1
0
1
AN5
0
1
1
0
AN6
0
1
1
1
AN7
1
0
0
0
AN8
1
0
0
1
AN9
1
0
1
0
AN10
1
0
1
1
AN11
1
1
0
0
AN12
1
1
0
1
AN13
1
1
1
0
AN14
1
1
1
1
AN15
only AN0 should be converted use MULT=0.
ATD Control Register 1 (ATDCTL1)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0001
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ETRIGSEL
SRES1
SRES0
SMP_DIS
ETRIGCH3
ETRIGCH2
ETRIGCH1
ETRIGCH0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
R
W
Reset
Figure 13-4. ATD Control Register 1 (ATDCTL1)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
423
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Table 13-3. ATDCTL1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
ETRIGSEL
External Trigger Source Select — This bit selects the external trigger source to be either one of the AD
channels or one of the ETRIG3-0 inputs. See device specification for availability and connectivity of ETRIG3-0
inputs. If a particular ETRIG3-0 input option is not available, writing a 1 to ETRISEL only sets the bit but has
no effect, this means that one of the AD channels (selected by ETRIGCH3-0) is configured as the source for
external trigger. The coding is summarized in Table 13-5.
6–5
SRES[1:0]
A/D Resolution Select — These bits select the resolution of A/D conversion results. See Table 13-4 for
coding.
4
SMP_DIS
Discharge Before Sampling Bit
0 No discharge before sampling.
1 The internal sample capacitor is discharged before sampling the channel. This adds 2 ATD clock cycles to
the sampling time. This can help to detect an open circuit instead of measuring the previous sampled
channel.
3–0
External Trigger Channel Select — These bits select one of the AD channels or one of the ETRIG3-0 inputs
ETRIGCH[3:0] as source for the external trigger. The coding is summarized in Table 13-5.
Table 13-4. A/D Resolution Coding
SRES1
SRES0
A/D Resolution
0
0
8-bit data
0
1
10-bit data
1
0
1
1
Reserved
Table 13-5. External Trigger Channel Select Coding
ETRIGSEL
ETRIGCH3
ETRIGCH2
ETRIGCH1
ETRIGCH0
External trigger source is
0
0
0
0
0
AN0
0
0
0
0
1
AN1
0
0
0
1
0
AN2
0
0
0
1
1
AN3
0
0
1
0
0
AN4
0
0
1
0
1
AN5
0
0
1
1
0
AN6
0
0
1
1
1
AN7
0
1
0
0
0
AN8
0
1
0
0
1
AN9
0
1
0
1
0
AN10
0
1
0
1
1
AN11
0
1
1
0
0
AN12
0
1
1
0
1
AN13
0
1
1
1
0
AN14
0
1
1
1
1
AN15
1
0
0
0
0
ETRIG01
1
0
0
0
1
ETRIG11
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
424
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Table 13-5. External Trigger Channel Select Coding
ETRIGSEL
ETRIGCH3
ETRIGCH2
ETRIGCH1
ETRIGCH0
External trigger source is
1
0
0
1
0
ETRIG21
1
0
0
1
1
ETRIG31
1
0
1
X
X
Reserved
1
1
X
X
X
Reserved
1
Only if ETRIG3-0 input option is available (see device specification), else ETRISEL is ignored, that means
external trigger source is still on one of the AD channels selected by ETRIGCH3-0
13.3.2.3
ATD Control Register 2 (ATDCTL2)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0002
7
R
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AFFC
Reserved
ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
ETRIGE
ASCIE
ACMPIE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-5. ATD Control Register 2 (ATDCTL2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 13-6. ATDCTL2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
AFFC
ATD Fast Flag Clear All
0 ATD flag clearing done by write 1 to respective CCF[n] flag.
1 Changes all ATD conversion complete flags to a fast clear sequence.
For compare disabled (CMPE[n]=0) a read access to the result register will cause the associated CCF[n] flag
to clear automatically.
For compare enabled (CMPE[n]=1) a write access to the result register will cause the associated CCF[n] flag
to clear automatically.
5
Reserved
Do not alter this bit from its reset value.It is for Manufacturer use only and can change the ATD behavior.
4
ETRIGLE
External Trigger Level/Edge Control — This bit controls the sensitivity of the external trigger signal. See
Table 13-7 for details.
3
ETRIGP
External Trigger Polarity — This bit controls the polarity of the external trigger signal. See Table 13-7 for details.
2
ETRIGE
External Trigger Mode Enable — This bit enables the external trigger on one of the AD channels or one of the
ETRIG3-0 inputs as described in Table 13-5. If the external trigger source is one of the AD channels, the digital
input buffer of this channel is enabled. The external trigger allows to synchronize the start of conversion with
external events.
0 Disable external trigger
1 Enable external trigger
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
425
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Table 13-6. ATDCTL2 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
1
ASCIE
0
ACMPIE
Description
ATD Sequence Complete Interrupt Enable
0 ATD Sequence Complete interrupt requests are disabled.
1 ATD Sequence Complete interrupt will be requested whenever SCF=1 is set.
ATD Compare Interrupt Enable — If automatic compare is enabled for conversion n (CMPE[n]=1 in ATDCMPE
register) this bit enables the compare interrupt. If the CCF[n] flag is set (showing a successful compare for
conversion n), the compare interrupt is triggered.
0 ATD Compare interrupt requests are disabled.
1 For the conversions in a sequence for which automatic compare is enabled (CMPE[n]=1), an ATD Compare
Interrupt will be requested whenever any of the respective CCF flags is set.
Table 13-7. External Trigger Configurations
13.3.2.4
ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
External Trigger Sensitivity
0
0
Falling edge
0
1
Rising edge
1
0
Low level
1
1
High level
ATD Control Register 3 (ATDCTL3)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0003
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DJM
S8C
S4C
S2C
S1C
FIFO
FRZ1
FRZ0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-6. ATD Control Register 3 (ATDCTL3)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
426
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Table 13-8. ATDCTL3 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
DJM
Result Register Data Justification — Result data format is always unsigned. This bit controls justification of
conversion data in the result registers.
0 Left justified data in the result registers.
1 Right justified data in the result registers.
Table 13-9 gives example ATD results for an input signal range between 0 and 5.12 Volts.
6–3
S8C, S4C,
S2C, S1C
Conversion Sequence Length — These bits control the number of conversions per sequence. Table 13-10
shows all combinations. At reset, S4C is set to 1 (sequence length is 4). This is to maintain software continuity
to HC12 family.
2
FIFO
Result Register FIFO Mode — If this bit is zero (non-FIFO mode), the A/D conversion results map into the result
registers based on the conversion sequence; the result of the first conversion appears in the first result register
(ATDDR0), the second result in the second result register (ATDDR1), and so on.
If this bit is one (FIFO mode) the conversion counter is not reset at the beginning or end of a conversion
sequence; sequential conversion results are placed in consecutive result registers. In a continuously scanning
conversion sequence, the result register counter will wrap around when it reaches the end of the result register
file. The conversion counter value (CC3-0 in ATDSTAT0) can be used to determine where in the result register
file, the current conversion result will be placed.
Aborting a conversion or starting a new conversion clears the conversion counter even if FIFO=1. So the first
result of a new conversion sequence, started by writing to ATDCTL5, will always be place in the first result register
(ATDDDR0). Intended usage of FIFO mode is continuos conversion (SCAN=1) or triggered conversion
(ETRIG=1).
Which result registers hold valid data can be tracked using the conversion complete flags. Fast flag clear mode
may be useful in a particular application to track valid data.
If this bit is one, automatic compare of result registers is always disabled, that is ADC10B16C will behave as if
ACMPIE and all CPME[n] were zero.
0 Conversion results are placed in the corresponding result register up to the selected sequence length.
1 Conversion results are placed in consecutive result registers (wrap around at end).
1–0
FRZ[1:0]
Background Debug Freeze Enable — When debugging an application, it is useful in many cases to have the
ATD pause when a breakpoint (Freeze Mode) is encountered. These 2 bits determine how the ATD will respond
to a breakpoint as shown in Table 13-11. Leakage onto the storage node and comparator reference capacitors
may compromise the accuracy of an immediately frozen conversion depending on the length of the freeze period.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
427
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Table 13-9. Examples of ideal decimal ATD Results
Input Signal
VRL = 0 Volts
VRH = 5.12 Volts
8-Bit
Codes
(resolution=20mV)
10-Bit
Codes
(resolution=5mV)
5.120 Volts
...
0.022
0.020
0.018
0.016
0.014
0.012
0.010
0.008
0.006
0.004
0.003
0.002
0.000
255
...
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1023
...
4
4
4
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
0
0
Table 13-10. Conversion Sequence Length Coding
S8C
S4C
S2C
S1C
Number of Conversions
per Sequence
0
0
0
0
16
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
0
0
4
0
1
0
1
5
0
1
1
0
6
0
1
1
1
7
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
1
0
1
0
10
1
0
1
1
11
1
1
0
0
12
1
1
0
1
13
1
1
1
0
14
1
1
1
1
15
Table 13-11. ATD Behavior in Freeze Mode (Breakpoint)
FRZ1
FRZ0
Behavior in Freeze Mode
0
0
Continue conversion
0
1
Reserved
1
0
Finish current conversion, then freeze
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
428
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Table 13-11. ATD Behavior in Freeze Mode (Breakpoint)
13.3.2.5
FRZ1
FRZ0
1
1
Behavior in Freeze Mode
Freeze Immediately
ATD Control Register 4 (ATDCTL4)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0004
7
6
5
SMP2
SMP1
SMP0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
R
PRS[4:0]
W
Reset
0
0
1
Figure 13-7. ATD Control Register 4 (ATDCTL4)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 13-12. ATDCTL4 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–5
SMP[2:0]
Sample Time Select — These three bits select the length of the sample time in units of ATD conversion clock
cycles. Note that the ATD conversion clock period is itself a function of the prescaler value (bits PRS4-0).
Table 13-13 lists the available sample time lengths.
4–0
PRS[4:0]
ATD Clock Prescaler — These 5 bits are the binary prescaler value PRS. The ATD conversion clock frequency
is calculated as follows:
f BUS
f ATDCLK = ------------------------------------2 × ( PRS + 1 )
Refer to Device Specification for allowed frequency range of fATDCLK.
Table 13-13. Sample Time Select
SMP2
SMP1
SMP0
Sample Time
in Number of
ATD Clock Cycles
0
0
0
4
0
0
1
6
0
1
0
8
0
1
1
10
1
0
0
12
1
0
1
16
1
1
0
20
1
1
1
24
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
429
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
13.3.2.6
ATD Control Register 5 (ATDCTL5)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence and start a new conversion sequence. If the
external trigger function is enabled (ETRIGE=1) an initial write to ATDCTL5 is required to allow starting
of a conversion sequence which will then occur on each trigger event. Start of conversion means the
beginning of the sampling phase.
Module Base + 0x0005
7
R
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SC
SCAN
MULT
CD
CC
CB
CA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-8. ATD Control Register 5 (ATDCTL5)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 13-14. ATDCTL5 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
SC
Special Channel Conversion Bit — If this bit is set, then special channel conversion can be selected using CD,
CC, CB and CA of ATDCTL5. Table 13-15 lists the coding.
0 Special channel conversions disabled
1 Special channel conversions enabled
5
SCAN
Continuous Conversion Sequence Mode — This bit selects whether conversion sequences are performed
continuously or only once. If the external trigger function is enabled (ETRIGE=1) setting this bit has no effect,
thus the external trigger always starts a single conversion sequence.
0 Single conversion sequence
1 Continuous conversion sequences (scan mode)
4
MULT
Multi-Channel Sample Mode — When MULT is 0, the ATD sequence controller samples only from the specified
analog input channel for an entire conversion sequence. The analog channel is selected by channel selection
code (control bits CD/CC/CB/CA located in ATDCTL5). When MULT is 1, the ATD sequence controller samples
across channels. The number of channels sampled is determined by the sequence length value (S8C, S4C, S2C,
S1C). The first analog channel examined is determined by channel selection code (CD, CC, CB, CA control bits);
subsequent channels sampled in the sequence are determined by incrementing the channel selection code or
wrapping around to AN0 (channel 0).
0 Sample only one channel
1 Sample across several channels
3–0
CD, CC,
CB, CA
Analog Input Channel Select Code — These bits select the analog input channel(s). Table 13-15 lists the
coding used to select the various analog input channels.
In the case of single channel conversions (MULT=0), this selection code specifies the channel to be examined.
In the case of multiple channel conversions (MULT=1), this selection code specifies the first channel to be
examined in the conversion sequence. Subsequent channels are determined by incrementing the channel
selection code or wrapping around to AN0 (after converting the channel defined by the Wrap Around Channel
Select Bits WRAP3-0 in ATDCTL0). When starting with a channel number higher than the one defined by
WRAP3-0 the first wrap around will be AN16 to AN0.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
430
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Table 13-15. Analog Input Channel Select Coding
SC
CD
CC
CB
CA
Analog Input
Channel
0
0
0
0
0
AN0
0
0
0
1
AN1
0
0
1
0
AN2
0
0
1
1
AN3
0
1
0
0
AN4
0
1
0
1
AN5
0
1
1
0
AN6
0
1
1
1
AN7
1
0
0
0
AN8
1
0
0
1
AN9
1
0
1
0
AN10
1
0
1
1
AN11
1
1
0
0
AN12
1
1
0
1
AN13
1
1
1
0
AN14
1
13.3.2.7
1
1
1
1
AN15
0
0
0
0
Internal_6,
0
0
0
1
Internal_7
0
0
1
0
Internal_0
0
0
1
1
Internal_1
0
1
0
0
VRH
0
1
0
1
VRL
0
1
1
0
(VRH+VRL) / 2
0
1
1
1
Reserved
1
0
0
0
Internal_2
1
0
0
1
Internal_3
1
0
1
0
Internal_4
1
0
1
1
Internal_5
1
1
X
X
Reserved
ATD Status Register 0 (ATDSTAT0)
This register contains the Sequence Complete Flag, overrun flags for external trigger and FIFO mode, and
the conversion counter.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
431
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Module Base + 0x0006
7
R
6
5
4
ETORF
FIFOR
0
0
0
SCF
3
2
1
0
CC3
CC2
CC1
CC0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-9. ATD Status Register 0 (ATDSTAT0)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime (No effect on (CC3, CC2, CC1, CC0))
Table 13-16. ATDSTAT0 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
SCF
Sequence Complete Flag — This flag is set upon completion of a conversion sequence. If conversion
sequences are continuously performed (SCAN=1), the flag is set after each one is completed. This flag is cleared
when one of the following occurs:
A) Write “1” to SCF
B) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
C) If AFFC=1 and a result register is read
0 Conversion sequence not completed
1 Conversion sequence has completed
5
ETORF
External Trigger Overrun Flag — While in edge sensitive mode (ETRIGLE=0), if additional active edges are
detected while a conversion sequence is in process the overrun flag is set. This flag is cleared when one of the
following occurs:
A) Write “1” to ETORF
B) Write to ATDCTL0,1,2,3,4, ATDCMPE or ATDCMPHT (a conversion sequence is aborted)
C) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
0 No External trigger overrun error has occurred
1 External trigger overrun error has occurred
4
FIFOR
Result Register Overrun Flag — This bit indicates that a result register has been written to before its associated
conversion complete flag (CCF) has been cleared. This flag is most useful when using the FIFO mode because
the flag potentially indicates that result registers are out of sync with the input channels. However, it is also
practical for non-FIFO modes, and indicates that a result register has been overwritten before it has been read
(i.e. the old data has been lost). This flag is cleared when one of the following occurs:
A) Write “1” to FIFOR
B) Write to ATDCTL0,1,2,3,4, ATDCMPE or ATDCMPHT (a conversion sequence is aborted)
C) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
0 No overrun has occurred
1 Overrun condition exists (result register has been written while associated CCFx flag was still set)
3–0
CC[3:0]
Conversion Counter — These 4 read-only bits are the binary value of the conversion counter. The conversion
counter points to the result register that will receive the result of the current conversion. E.g. CC3=0, CC2=1,
CC1=1, CC0=0 indicates that the result of the current conversion will be in ATD Result Register 6. If in non-FIFO
mode (FIFO=0) the conversion counter is initialized to zero at the beginning and end of the conversion sequence.
If in FIFO mode (FIFO=1) the register counter is not initialized. The conversion counter wraps around when its
maximum value is reached.
Aborting a conversion or starting a new conversion clears the conversion counter even if FIFO=1.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
432
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
13.3.2.8
ATD Compare Enable Register (ATDCMPE)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Module Base + 0x0008
15
14
13
11
10
9
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CMPE[15:0]
W
Reset
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-10. ATD Compare Enable Register (ATDCMPE)
Table 13-17. ATDCMPE Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15–0
Compare Enable for Conversion Number n (n= 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) of a Sequence
CMPE[15:0] (n conversion number, NOT channel number!) — These bits enable automatic compare of conversion results
individually for conversions of a sequence. The sense of each comparison is determined by the CMPHT[n] bit in
the ATDCMPHT register.
For each conversion number with CMPE[n]=1 do the following:
1) Write compare value to ATDDRn result register
2) Write compare operator with CMPHT[n] in ATDCPMHT register
CCF[n] in ATDSTAT2 register will flag individual success of any comparison.
0 No automatic compare
1 Automatic compare of results for conversion n of a sequence is enabled.
13.3.2.9
ATD Status Register 2 (ATDSTAT2)
This read-only register contains the Conversion Complete Flags CCF[15:0].
Module Base + 0x000A
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CCF[15:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-11. ATD Status Register 2 (ATDSTAT2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, no effect
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
433
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Table 13-18. ATDSTAT2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15–0
CCF[15:0]
Conversion Complete Flag n (n= 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) (n conversion number, NOT
channel number!)— A conversion complete flag is set at the end of each conversion in a sequence. The flags
are associated with the conversion position in a sequence (and also the result register number). Therefore in
non-fifo mode, CCF[4] is set when the fifth conversion in a sequence is complete and the result is available in
result register ATDDR4; CCF[5] is set when the sixth conversion in a sequence is complete and the result is
available in ATDDR5, and so forth.
If automatic compare of conversion results is enabled (CMPE[n]=1 in ATDCMPE), the conversion complete flag
is only set if comparison with ATDDRn is true. If ACMPIE=1 a compare interrupt will be requested. In this case,
as the ATDDRn result register is used to hold the compare value, the result will not be stored there at the end of
the conversion but is lost.
A flag CCF[n] is cleared when one of the following occurs:
A) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
B) If AFFC=0, write “1” to CCF[n]
C) If AFFC=1 and CMPE[n]=0, read of result register ATDDRn
D) If AFFC=1 and CMPE[n]=1, write to result register ATDDRn
In case of a concurrent set and clear on CCF[n]: The clearing by method A) will overwrite the set. The clearing
by methods B) or C) or D) will be overwritten by the set.
0 Conversion number n not completed or successfully compared
1 If (CMPE[n]=0): Conversion number n has completed. Result is ready in ATDDRn.
If (CMPE[n]=1): Compare for conversion result number n with compare value in ATDDRn, using compare
operator CMPGT[n] is true. (No result available in ATDDRn)
13.3.2.10 ATD Input Enable Register (ATDDIEN)
Module Base + 0x000C
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
IEN[15:0]
W
Reset
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-12. ATD Input Enable Register (ATDDIEN)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 13-19. ATDDIEN Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15–0
IEN[15:0]
ATD Digital Input Enable on channel x (x= 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) — This bit controls
the digital input buffer from the analog input pin (ANx) to the digital data register.
0 Disable digital input buffer to ANx pin
1 Enable digital input buffer on ANx pin.
Note: Setting this bit will enable the corresponding digital input buffer continuously. If this bit is set while
simultaneously using it as an analog port, there is potentially increased power consumption because the
digital input buffer maybe in the linear region.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
434
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
13.3.2.11 ATD Compare Higher Than Register (ATDCMPHT)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Module Base + 0x000E
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CMPHT[15:0]
W
Reset
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-13. ATD Compare Higher Than Register (ATDCMPHT)
Table 13-20. ATDCMPHT Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15–0
Compare Operation Higher Than Enable for conversion number n (n= 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5,
CMPHT[15:0] 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) of a Sequence (n conversion number, NOT channel number!) — This bit selects the operator
for comparison of conversion results.
0 If result of conversion n is lower or same than compare value in ATDDRn, this is flagged in ATDSTAT2
1 If result of conversion n is higher than compare value in ATDDRn, this is flagged in ATDSTAT2
13.3.2.12 ATD Conversion Result Registers (ATDDRn)
The A/D conversion results are stored in 16 result registers. Results are always in unsigned data
representation. Left and right justification is selected using the DJM control bit in ATDCTL3.
If automatic compare of conversions results is enabled (CMPE[n]=1 in ATDCMPE), these registers must
be written with the compare values in left or right justified format depending on the actual value of the
DJM bit. In this case, as the ATDDRn register is used to hold the compare value, the result will not be
stored there at the end of the conversion but is lost.
Attention, n is the conversion number, NOT the channel number!
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
NOTE
For conversions not using automatic compare, results are stored in the result
registers after each conversion. In this case avoid writing to ATDDRn except
for initial values, because an A/D result might be overwritten.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
435
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
13.3.2.12.1 Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)
Module Base +
0x0010 = ATDDR0, 0x0012 = ATDDR1, 0x0014 = ATDDR2, 0x0016 = ATDDR3
0x0018 = ATDDR4, 0x001A = ATDDR5, 0x001C = ATDDR6, 0x001E = ATDDR7
0x0020 = ATDDR8, 0x0022 = ATDDR9, 0x0024 = ATDDR10, 0x0026 = ATDDR11
0x0028 = ATDDR12, 0x002A = ATDDR13, 0x002C = ATDDR14, 0x002E = ATDDR15
15
14
13
12
11
10
R
8
7
6
5
4
Result-Bit[11:0]
W
Reset
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-14. Left justified ATD conversion result register (ATDDRn)
Table 13-21 shows how depending on the A/D resolution the conversion result is transferred to the ATD
result registers for left justified data. Compare is always done using all 12 bits of both the conversion result
and the compare value in ATDDRn.
Table 13-21. Conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
A/D
resolution
DJM
conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
8-bit data
0
Result-Bit[11:4] = conversion result,
Result-Bit[3:0]=0000
10-bit data
0
Result-Bit[11:2] = conversion result,
Result-Bit[1:0]=00
13.3.2.12.2 Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)
Module Base +
0x0010 = ATDDR0, 0x0012 = ATDDR1, 0x0014 = ATDDR2, 0x0016 = ATDDR3
0x0018 = ATDDR4, 0x001A = ATDDR5, 0x001C = ATDDR6, 0x001E = ATDDR7
0x0020 = ATDDR8, 0x0022 = ATDDR9, 0x0024 = ATDDR10, 0x0026 = ATDDR11
0x0028 = ATDDR12, 0x002A = ATDDR13, 0x002C = ATDDR14, 0x002E = ATDDR15
R
15
14
13
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
10
9
8
7
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Result-Bit[11:0]
W
Reset
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-15. Right justified ATD conversion result register (ATDDRn)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
436
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Table 13-22 shows how depending on the A/D resolution the conversion result is transferred to the ATD
result registers for right justified data. Compare is always done using all 12 bits of both the conversion
result and the compare value in ATDDRn.
Table 13-22. Conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
A/D
resolution
13.4
conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
DJM
8-bit data
1
Result-Bit[7:0] = result,
Result-Bit[11:8]=0000
10-bit data
1
Result-Bit[9:0] = result,
Result-Bit[11:10]=00
Functional Description
The ADC10B16C consists of an analog sub-block and a digital sub-block.
13.4.1
Analog Sub-Block
The analog sub-block contains all analog electronics required to perform a single conversion. Separate
power supplies VDDA and VSSA allow to isolate noise of other MCU circuitry from the analog sub-block.
13.4.1.1
Sample and Hold Machine
The Sample and Hold Machine controls the storage and charge of the sample capacitor to the voltage level
of the analog signal at the selected ADC input channel.
During the sample process the analog input connects directly to the storage node.
The input analog signals are unipolar and must be within the potential range of VSSA to VDDA.
During the hold process the analog input is disconnected from the storage node.
13.4.1.2
Analog Input Multiplexer
The analog input multiplexer connects one of the 8 external analog input channels to the sample and hold
machine.
13.4.1.3
Analog-to-Digital (A/D) Machine
The A/D Machine performs analog to digital conversions. The resolution is program selectable to be either
8 or 10 bits. The A/D machine uses a successive approximation architecture. It functions by comparing the
sampled and stored analog voltage with a series of binary coded discrete voltages.
By following a binary search algorithm, the A/D machine identifies the discrete voltage that is nearest to
the sampled and stored voltage.
When not converting the A/D machine is automatically powered down.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
437
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
Only analog input signals within the potential range of VRL to VRH (A/D reference potentials) will result
in a non-railed digital output code.
13.4.2
Digital Sub-Block
This subsection describes some of the digital features in more detail. See Section 13.3.2, “Register
Descriptions” for all details.
13.4.2.1
External Trigger Input
The external trigger feature allows the user to synchronize ATD conversions to an external event rather
than relying only on software to trigger the ATD module when a conversion is about to take place. The
external trigger signal (out of reset ATD channel 15, configurable in ATDCTL1) is programmable to be
edge or level sensitive with polarity control. Table 13-23 gives a brief description of the different
combinations of control bits and their effect on the external trigger function.
Table 13-23. External Trigger Control Bits
ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
ETRIGE
SCAN
Description
X
X
0
0
Ignores external trigger. Performs one
conversion sequence and stops.
X
X
0
1
Ignores external trigger. Performs
continuous conversion sequences.
0
0
1
X
Trigger falling edge sensitive. Performs
one conversion sequence per trigger.
0
1
1
X
Trigger rising edge sensitive. Performs one
conversion sequence per trigger.
1
0
1
X
Trigger low level sensitive. Performs
continuous conversions while trigger level
is active.
1
1
1
X
Trigger high level sensitive. Performs
continuous conversions while trigger level
is active.
In either level or edge sensitive mode, the first conversion begins when the trigger is received.
Once ETRIGE is enabled a conversion must be triggered externally after writing to ATDCTL5 register.
During a conversion in edge sensitive mode, if additional trigger events are detected the overrun error flag
ETORF is set.
If level sensitive mode is active and the external trigger de-asserts and later asserts again during a
conversion sequence, this does not constitute an overrun. Therefore, the flag is not set. If the trigger is left
active in level sensitive mode when a sequence is about to complete, another sequence will be triggered
immediately.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
438
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
13.4.2.2
General-Purpose Digital Port Operation
Each ATD input pin can be switched between analog or digital input functionality. An analog multiplexer
makes each ATD input pin selected as analog input available to the A/D converter.
The pad of the ATD input pin is always connected to the analog input channel of the analog mulitplexer.
Each pad input signal is buffered to the digital port register.
This buffer can be turned on or off with the ATDDIEN register for each ATD input pin.
This is important so that the buffer does not draw excess current when an ATD input pin is selected as
analog input to the ADC10B16C.
13.5
Resets
At reset the ADC10B16C is in a power down state. The reset state of each individual bit is listed within
the Register Description section (see Section 13.3.2, “Register Descriptions”) which details the registers
and their bit-field.
13.6
Interrupts
The interrupts requested by the ADC10B16C are listed in Table 13-24. Refer to MCU specification for
related vector address and priority.
Table 13-24. ATD Interrupt Vectors
Interrupt Source
CCR
Mask
Local Enable
Sequence Complete Interrupt
I bit
ASCIE in ATDCTL2
Compare Interrupt
I bit
ACMPIE in ATDCTL2
See Section 13.3.2, “Register Descriptions” for further details.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
439
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC10B16CV2)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
440
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Revision History
Version
Number
Revision
Date
Effective
Date
V02.00
18 June 2009
18 June 2009
Initial version copied 12 channel block guide
Author
Description of Changes
V02.01
09 Feb 2010
09 Feb 2010
Updated Table 14-15 Analog Input Channel Select Coding description of internal channels.
Updated register ATDDR (left/right justified result) description
in section 14.3.2.12.1/14-461 and 14.3.2.12.2/14-461 and
added Table 14-21 to improve feature description.
Fixed typo in Table 14-9 - conversion result for 3mV and 10bit
resolution
V02.03
26 Feb 2010
26 Feb 2010
Corrected Table 14-15 Analog Input Channel Select Coding description of internal channels.
V02.04
26 Mar 2010
16 Mar 2010
Corrected typo: Reset value of ATDDIEN register
V02.05
14 Apr 2010
14 Apr 2010
Corrected typos to be in-line with SoC level pin naming
conventions for VDDA, VSSA, VRL and VRH.
V02.06
25 Aug 2010
25 Aug 2010
Removed feature of conversion during STOP and general
wording clean up done in Section 14.4, “Functional
Description
v02.07
09 Sep 2010
09 Sep 2010
Update of internal only information.
V02.08
11 Feb 2011
11 Feb 2011
Connectivity Information regarding internal channel_6 added
to Table 14-15.
V02.09
29 Mar 2011
29 Mar 2011
Fixed typo in bit description field Table 14-14 for bits CD, CC,
CB, CA. Last sentence contained a wrong highest channel
number (it is not AN7 to AN0 instead it is AN15 to AN0).
14.1
Introduction
The ADC12B16C is a 16-channel, 12-bit, multiplexed input successive approximation analog-to-digital
converter. Refer to device electrical specifications for ATD accuracy.
14.1.1
•
Features
8-, 10-, or 12-bit resolution.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
441
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Automatic return to low power after conversion sequence
Automatic compare with interrupt for higher than or less/equal than programmable value
Programmable sample time.
Left/right justified result data.
External trigger control.
Sequence complete interrupt.
Analog input multiplexer for 8 analog input channels.
Special conversions for VRH, VRL, (VRL+VRH)/2 and ADC temperature sensor.
1-to-16 conversion sequence lengths.
Continuous conversion mode.
Multiple channel scans.
Configurable external trigger functionality on any AD channel or any of four additional trigger
inputs. The four additional trigger inputs can be chip external or internal. Refer to device
specification for availability and connectivity.
Configurable location for channel wrap around (when converting multiple channels in a sequence).
14.1.2
14.1.2.1
Modes of Operation
Conversion Modes
There is software programmable selection between performing single or continuous conversion on a
single channel or multiple channels.
14.1.2.2
•
•
•
MCU Operating Modes
Stop Mode
Entering Stop Mode aborts any conversion sequence in progress and if a sequence was aborted
restarts it after exiting stop mode. This has the same effect/consequences as starting a conversion
sequence with write to ATDCTL5. So after exiting from stop mode with a previously aborted
sequence all flags are cleared etc.
Wait Mode
ADC12B16C behaves same in Run and Wait Mode. For reduced power consumption continuous
conversions should be aborted before entering Wait mode.
Freeze Mode
In Freeze Mode the ADC12B16C will either continue or finish or stop converting according to the
FRZ1 and FRZ0 bits. This is useful for debugging and emulation.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
442
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
14.1.3
Block Diagram
Bus Clock
Clock
Prescaler
ATD_12B12C
ATD Clock
ETRIG0
ETRIG1
ETRIG2
Trigger
Mux
Mode and
Sequence Complete
Interrupt
Compare Interrupt
Timing Control
ETRIG3
(See device specification for availability
and connectivity)
ATDCTL1
ATDDIEN
VDDA
VSSA
Successive
Approximation
Register (SAR)
and DAC
VRH
VRL
AN15
AN14
AN13
Results
ATD 0
ATD 1
ATD 2
ATD 3
ATD 4
ATD 5
ATD 6
ATD 7
ATD 8
ATD 9
ATD 10
ATD 11
ATD 12
ATD 13
ATD 14
ATD 15
AN12
+
AN11
Sample & Hold
AN10
-
AN9
AN8
AN7
Analog
MUX
Comparator
AN6
AN5
AN4
AN3
AN2
AN1
AN0
Figure 14-1. ADC12B16C Block Diagram
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
443
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
14.2
Signal Description
This section lists all inputs to the ADC12B16C block.
14.2.1
Detailed Signal Descriptions
14.2.1.1
ANx (x = 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0)
This pin serves as the analog input Channel x. It can also be configured as digital port or external trigger
for the ATD conversion.
14.2.1.2
ETRIG3, ETRIG2, ETRIG1, ETRIG0
These inputs can be configured to serve as an external trigger for the ATD conversion.
Refer to device specification for availability and connectivity of these inputs!
14.2.1.3
VRH, VRL
VRH is the high reference voltage, VRL is the low reference voltage for ATD conversion.
14.2.1.4
VDDA, VSSA
These pins are the power supplies for the analog circuitry of the ADC12B16C block.
14.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all registers accessible in the ADC12B16C.
14.3.1
Module Memory Map
Figure 14-2 gives an overview on all ADC12B16C registers.
NOTE
Register Address = Base Address + Address Offset, where the Base Address
is defined at the MCU level and the Address Offset is defined at the module
level.
Address
Name
0x0000
ATDCTL0
0x0001
ATDCTL1
0x0002
ATDCTL2
Bit 7
R
Reserved
W
R
ETRIGSEL
W
R
0
W
6
5
4
0
0
0
SRES1
SRES0
AFFC
3
2
1
Bit 0
WRAP3
WRAP2
WRAP1
WRAP0
SMP_DIS ETRIGCH3 ETRIGCH2 ETRIGCH1 ETRIGCH0
Reserved ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
ETRIGE
ASCIE
ACMPIE
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-2. ADC12B16C Register Summary (Sheet 1 of 3)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
444
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Address
Name
0x0003
ATDCTL3
0x0004
ATDCTL4
0x0005
ATDCTL5
0x0006
ATDSTAT0
0x0007
Unimplemented
0x0008
ATDCMPEH
0x0009
ATDCMPEL
0x000A
ATDSTAT2H
0x000B
ATDSTAT2L
0x000C
ATDDIENH
0x000D
ATDDIENL
0x000E ATDCMPHTH
0x000F ATDCMPHTL
0x0010
ATDDR0
0x0012
ATDDR1
0x0014
ATDDR2
0x0016
ATDDR3
0x0018
ATDDR4
0x001A
ATDDR5
0x001C
ATDDR6
0x001E
ATDDR7
0x0020
ATDDR8
0x0022
ATDDR9
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
DJM
S8C
S4C
S2C
S1C
FIFO
FRZ1
FRZ0
SMP2
SMP1
SMP0
SC
SCAN
MULT
ETORF
FIFOR
0
0
0
SCF
0
0
0
PRS[4:0]
CD
CC
CB
CA
CC3
CC2
CC1
CC0
0
0
0
0
CMPE[15:8]
CMPE[7:0]
CCF[15:8]
CCF[7:0]
IEN[15:8]
IEN[7:0]
CMPHT[15:8]
CMPHT[7:0]
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-2. ADC12B16C Register Summary (Sheet 2 of 3)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
445
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Address
Name
0x0024
ATDDR10
0x0026
ATDDR11
0x0028
ATDDR12
0x002A
ATDDR13
0x002C
ATDDR14
0x002E
ATDDR15
Bit 7
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
W
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
See Section 14.3.2.12.1, “Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)”
and Section 14.3.2.12.2, “Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)”
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-2. ADC12B16C Register Summary (Sheet 3 of 3)
14.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section describes in address order all the ADC12B16C registers and their individual bits.
14.3.2.1
ATD Control Register 0 (ATDCTL0)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0000
7
R
W
Reserved
Reset
0
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
WRAP3
WRAP2
WRAP1
WRAP0
1
1
1
1
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-3. ATD Control Register 0 (ATDCTL0)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, in special modes always write 0 to Reserved Bit 7.
Table 14-1. ATDCTL0 Field Descriptions
Field
3-0
WRAP[3-0]
Description
Wrap Around Channel Select Bits — These bits determine the channel for wrap around when doing
multi-channel conversions. The coding is summarized in Table 14-2.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
446
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Table 14-2. Multi-Channel Wrap Around Coding
Multiple Channel Conversions (MULT = 1)
Wraparound to AN0 after Converting
WRAP3 WRAP2 WRAP1 WRAP0
1If
14.3.2.2
0
0
0
0
Reserved1
0
0
0
1
AN1
0
0
1
0
AN2
0
0
1
1
AN3
0
1
0
0
AN4
0
1
0
1
AN5
0
1
1
0
AN6
0
1
1
1
AN7
1
0
0
0
AN8
1
0
0
1
AN9
1
0
1
0
AN10
1
0
1
1
AN11
1
1
0
0
AN12
1
1
0
1
AN13
1
1
1
0
AN14
1
1
1
1
AN15
only AN0 should be converted use MULT=0.
ATD Control Register 1 (ATDCTL1)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0001
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ETRIGSEL
SRES1
SRES0
SMP_DIS
ETRIGCH3
ETRIGCH2
ETRIGCH1
ETRIGCH0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
R
W
Reset
Figure 14-4. ATD Control Register 1 (ATDCTL1)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
447
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Table 14-3. ATDCTL1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
ETRIGSEL
External Trigger Source Select — This bit selects the external trigger source to be either one of the AD
channels or one of the ETRIG3-0 inputs. See device specification for availability and connectivity of ETRIG3-0
inputs. If a particular ETRIG3-0 input option is not available, writing a 1 to ETRISEL only sets the bit but has
no effect, this means that one of the AD channels (selected by ETRIGCH3-0) is configured as the source for
external trigger. The coding is summarized in Table 14-5.
6–5
SRES[1:0]
A/D Resolution Select — These bits select the resolution of A/D conversion results. See Table 14-4 for
coding.
4
SMP_DIS
Discharge Before Sampling Bit
0 No discharge before sampling.
1 The internal sample capacitor is discharged before sampling the channel. This adds 2 ATD clock cycles to
the sampling time. This can help to detect an open circuit instead of measuring the previous sampled
channel.
3–0
External Trigger Channel Select — These bits select one of the AD channels or one of the ETRIG3-0 inputs
ETRIGCH[3:0] as source for the external trigger. The coding is summarized in Table 14-5.
Table 14-4. A/D Resolution Coding
SRES1
SRES0
A/D Resolution
0
0
8-bit data
0
1
10-bit data
1
0
12-bit data
1
1
Reserved
Table 14-5. External Trigger Channel Select Coding
ETRIGSEL
ETRIGCH3
ETRIGCH2
ETRIGCH1
ETRIGCH0
External trigger source is
0
0
0
0
0
AN0
0
0
0
0
1
AN1
0
0
0
1
0
AN2
0
0
0
1
1
AN3
0
0
1
0
0
AN4
0
0
1
0
1
AN5
0
0
1
1
0
AN6
0
0
1
1
1
AN7
0
1
0
0
0
AN8
0
1
0
0
1
AN9
0
1
0
1
0
AN10
0
1
0
1
1
AN11
0
1
1
0
0
AN12
0
1
1
0
1
AN13
0
1
1
1
0
AN14
0
1
1
1
1
AN15
1
0
0
0
0
ETRIG01
1
0
0
0
1
ETRIG11
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
448
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Table 14-5. External Trigger Channel Select Coding
ETRIGSEL
ETRIGCH3
ETRIGCH2
ETRIGCH1
ETRIGCH0
External trigger source is
1
0
0
1
0
ETRIG21
1
0
0
1
1
ETRIG31
1
0
1
X
X
Reserved
1
1
X
X
X
Reserved
1
Only if ETRIG3-0 input option is available (see device specification), else ETRISEL is ignored, that means
external trigger source is still on one of the AD channels selected by ETRIGCH3-0
14.3.2.3
ATD Control Register 2 (ATDCTL2)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0002
7
R
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AFFC
Reserved
ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
ETRIGE
ASCIE
ACMPIE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-5. ATD Control Register 2 (ATDCTL2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 14-6. ATDCTL2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
AFFC
ATD Fast Flag Clear All
0 ATD flag clearing done by write 1 to respective CCF[n] flag.
1 Changes all ATD conversion complete flags to a fast clear sequence.
For compare disabled (CMPE[n]=0) a read access to the result register will cause the associated CCF[n] flag
to clear automatically.
For compare enabled (CMPE[n]=1) a write access to the result register will cause the associated CCF[n] flag
to clear automatically.
5
Reserved
Do not alter this bit from its reset value.It is for Manufacturer use only and can change the ATD behavior.
4
ETRIGLE
External Trigger Level/Edge Control — This bit controls the sensitivity of the external trigger signal. See
Table 14-7 for details.
3
ETRIGP
External Trigger Polarity — This bit controls the polarity of the external trigger signal. See Table 14-7 for details.
2
ETRIGE
External Trigger Mode Enable — This bit enables the external trigger on one of the AD channels or one of the
ETRIG3-0 inputs as described in Table 14-5. If the external trigger source is one of the AD channels, the digital
input buffer of this channel is enabled. The external trigger allows to synchronize the start of conversion with
external events.
0 Disable external trigger
1 Enable external trigger
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
449
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Table 14-6. ATDCTL2 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
1
ASCIE
0
ACMPIE
Description
ATD Sequence Complete Interrupt Enable
0 ATD Sequence Complete interrupt requests are disabled.
1 ATD Sequence Complete interrupt will be requested whenever SCF=1 is set.
ATD Compare Interrupt Enable — If automatic compare is enabled for conversion n (CMPE[n]=1 in ATDCMPE
register) this bit enables the compare interrupt. If the CCF[n] flag is set (showing a successful compare for
conversion n), the compare interrupt is triggered.
0 ATD Compare interrupt requests are disabled.
1 For the conversions in a sequence for which automatic compare is enabled (CMPE[n]=1), an ATD Compare
Interrupt will be requested whenever any of the respective CCF flags is set.
Table 14-7. External Trigger Configurations
14.3.2.4
ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
External Trigger Sensitivity
0
0
Falling edge
0
1
Rising edge
1
0
Low level
1
1
High level
ATD Control Register 3 (ATDCTL3)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0003
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DJM
S8C
S4C
S2C
S1C
FIFO
FRZ1
FRZ0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-6. ATD Control Register 3 (ATDCTL3)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
450
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Table 14-8. ATDCTL3 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
DJM
Result Register Data Justification — Result data format is always unsigned. This bit controls justification of
conversion data in the result registers.
0 Left justified data in the result registers.
1 Right justified data in the result registers.
Table 14-9 gives example ATD results for an input signal range between 0 and 5.12 Volts.
6–3
S8C, S4C,
S2C, S1C
Conversion Sequence Length — These bits control the number of conversions per sequence. Table 14-10
shows all combinations. At reset, S4C is set to 1 (sequence length is 4). This is to maintain software continuity
to HC12 family.
2
FIFO
Result Register FIFO Mode — If this bit is zero (non-FIFO mode), the A/D conversion results map into the result
registers based on the conversion sequence; the result of the first conversion appears in the first result register
(ATDDR0), the second result in the second result register (ATDDR1), and so on.
If this bit is one (FIFO mode) the conversion counter is not reset at the beginning or end of a conversion
sequence; sequential conversion results are placed in consecutive result registers. In a continuously scanning
conversion sequence, the result register counter will wrap around when it reaches the end of the result register
file. The conversion counter value (CC3-0 in ATDSTAT0) can be used to determine where in the result register
file, the current conversion result will be placed.
Aborting a conversion or starting a new conversion clears the conversion counter even if FIFO=1. So the first
result of a new conversion sequence, started by writing to ATDCTL5, will always be place in the first result register
(ATDDDR0). Intended usage of FIFO mode is continuos conversion (SCAN=1) or triggered conversion
(ETRIG=1).
Which result registers hold valid data can be tracked using the conversion complete flags. Fast flag clear mode
may be useful in a particular application to track valid data.
If this bit is one, automatic compare of result registers is always disabled, that is ADC12B16C will behave as if
ACMPIE and all CPME[n] were zero.
0 Conversion results are placed in the corresponding result register up to the selected sequence length.
1 Conversion results are placed in consecutive result registers (wrap around at end).
1–0
FRZ[1:0]
Background Debug Freeze Enable — When debugging an application, it is useful in many cases to have the
ATD pause when a breakpoint (Freeze Mode) is encountered. These 2 bits determine how the ATD will respond
to a breakpoint as shown in Table 14-11. Leakage onto the storage node and comparator reference capacitors
may compromise the accuracy of an immediately frozen conversion depending on the length of the freeze period.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
451
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Table 14-9. Examples of ideal decimal ATD Results
Input Signal
VRL = 0 Volts
VRH = 5.12 Volts
8-Bit
Codes
(resolution=20mV)
10-Bit
Codes
(resolution=5mV)
5.120 Volts
...
0.022
0.020
0.018
0.016
0.014
0.012
0.010
0.008
0.006
0.004
0.003
0.002
0.000
255
...
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1023
...
4
4
4
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
0
0
12-Bit
Codes
(transfer curve has
1.25mV offset)
(resolution=1.25mV)
4095
...
17
16
14
12
11
9
8
6
4
3
2
1
0
Table 14-10. Conversion Sequence Length Coding
S8C
S4C
S2C
S1C
Number of Conversions
per Sequence
0
0
0
0
16
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
0
0
4
0
1
0
1
5
0
1
1
0
6
0
1
1
1
7
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
1
0
1
0
10
1
0
1
1
11
1
1
0
0
12
1
1
0
1
13
1
1
1
0
14
1
1
1
1
15
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
452
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Table 14-11. ATD Behavior in Freeze Mode (Breakpoint)
14.3.2.5
FRZ1
FRZ0
Behavior in Freeze Mode
0
0
Continue conversion
0
1
Reserved
1
0
Finish current conversion, then freeze
1
1
Freeze Immediately
ATD Control Register 4 (ATDCTL4)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Module Base + 0x0004
7
6
5
SMP2
SMP1
SMP0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
R
PRS[4:0]
W
Reset
0
0
1
Figure 14-7. ATD Control Register 4 (ATDCTL4)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 14-12. ATDCTL4 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–5
SMP[2:0]
Sample Time Select — These three bits select the length of the sample time in units of ATD conversion clock
cycles. Note that the ATD conversion clock period is itself a function of the prescaler value (bits PRS4-0).
Table 14-13 lists the available sample time lengths.
4–0
PRS[4:0]
ATD Clock Prescaler — These 5 bits are the binary prescaler value PRS. The ATD conversion clock frequency
is calculated as follows:
f BUS
f ATDCLK = ------------------------------------2 × ( PRS + 1 )
Refer to Device Specification for allowed frequency range of fATDCLK.
Table 14-13. Sample Time Select
SMP2
SMP1
SMP0
Sample Time
in Number of
ATD Clock Cycles
0
0
0
4
0
0
1
6
0
1
0
8
0
1
1
10
1
0
0
12
1
0
1
16
1
1
0
20
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
453
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Table 14-13. Sample Time Select
14.3.2.6
SMP2
SMP1
SMP0
Sample Time
in Number of
ATD Clock Cycles
1
1
1
24
ATD Control Register 5 (ATDCTL5)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence and start a new conversion sequence. If the
external trigger function is enabled (ETRIGE=1) an initial write to ATDCTL5 is required to allow starting
of a conversion sequence which will then occur on each trigger event. Start of conversion means the
beginning of the sampling phase.
Module Base + 0x0005
7
R
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SC
SCAN
MULT
CD
CC
CB
CA
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-8. ATD Control Register 5 (ATDCTL5)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 14-14. ATDCTL5 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
SC
Special Channel Conversion Bit — If this bit is set, then special channel conversion can be selected using CD,
CC, CB and CA of ATDCTL5. Table 14-15 lists the coding.
0 Special channel conversions disabled
1 Special channel conversions enabled
5
SCAN
Continuous Conversion Sequence Mode — This bit selects whether conversion sequences are performed
continuously or only once. If the external trigger function is enabled (ETRIGE=1) setting this bit has no effect,
thus the external trigger always starts a single conversion sequence.
0 Single conversion sequence
1 Continuous conversion sequences (scan mode)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
454
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Table 14-14. ATDCTL5 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
4
MULT
Multi-Channel Sample Mode — When MULT is 0, the ATD sequence controller samples only from the specified
analog input channel for an entire conversion sequence. The analog channel is selected by channel selection
code (control bits CD/CC/CB/CA located in ATDCTL5). When MULT is 1, the ATD sequence controller samples
across channels. The number of channels sampled is determined by the sequence length value (S8C, S4C, S2C,
S1C). The first analog channel examined is determined by channel selection code (CD, CC, CB, CA control bits);
subsequent channels sampled in the sequence are determined by incrementing the channel selection code or
wrapping around to AN0 (channel 0).
0 Sample only one channel
1 Sample across several channels
3–0
CD, CC,
CB, CA
Analog Input Channel Select Code — These bits select the analog input channel(s). Table 14-15 lists the
coding used to select the various analog input channels.
In the case of single channel conversions (MULT=0), this selection code specifies the channel to be examined.
In the case of multiple channel conversions (MULT=1), this selection code specifies the first channel to be
examined in the conversion sequence. Subsequent channels are determined by incrementing the channel
selection code or wrapping around to AN0 (after converting the channel defined by the Wrap Around Channel
Select Bits WRAP3-0 in ATDCTL0). When starting with a channel number higher than the one defined by
WRAP3-0 the first wrap around will be AN16 to AN0.
Table 14-15. Analog Input Channel Select Coding
CA
Analog Input
Channel
SC
CD
CC
CB
0
0
0
0
0
AN0
0
0
0
1
AN1
0
0
1
0
AN2
0
0
1
1
AN3
0
1
0
0
AN4
0
1
0
1
AN5
0
1
1
0
AN6
0
1
1
1
AN7
1
0
0
0
AN8
1
0
0
1
AN9
1
0
1
0
AN10
1
0
1
1
AN11
1
1
0
0
AN12
1
1
0
1
AN13
1
1
1
0
AN14
1
1
1
1
AN15
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
455
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Table 14-15. Analog Input Channel Select Coding
14.3.2.7
Analog Input
Channel
SC
CD
CC
CB
CA
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Internal_7
0
0
1
0
Internal_0
0
0
1
1
Internal_1
0
1
0
0
VRH
Internal_6,
Temperature sense of ADC
hardmacro
0
1
0
1
VRL
0
1
1
0
(VRH+VRL) / 2
0
1
1
1
Reserved
1
0
0
0
Internal_2
1
0
0
1
Internal_3
1
0
1
0
Internal_4
1
0
1
1
Internal_5
1
1
X
X
Reserved
ATD Status Register 0 (ATDSTAT0)
This register contains the Sequence Complete Flag, overrun flags for external trigger and FIFO mode, and
the conversion counter.
Module Base + 0x0006
7
R
6
5
4
ETORF
FIFOR
0
0
0
SCF
3
2
1
0
CC3
CC2
CC1
CC0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-9. ATD Status Register 0 (ATDSTAT0)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime (No effect on (CC3, CC2, CC1, CC0))
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
456
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Table 14-16. ATDSTAT0 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
SCF
Sequence Complete Flag — This flag is set upon completion of a conversion sequence. If conversion
sequences are continuously performed (SCAN=1), the flag is set after each one is completed. This flag is cleared
when one of the following occurs:
A) Write “1” to SCF
B) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
C) If AFFC=1 and a result register is read
0 Conversion sequence not completed
1 Conversion sequence has completed
5
ETORF
External Trigger Overrun Flag — While in edge sensitive mode (ETRIGLE=0), if additional active edges are
detected while a conversion sequence is in process the overrun flag is set. This flag is cleared when one of the
following occurs:
A) Write “1” to ETORF
B) Write to ATDCTL0,1,2,3,4, ATDCMPE or ATDCMPHT (a conversion sequence is aborted)
C) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
0 No External trigger overrun error has occurred
1 External trigger overrun error has occurred
4
FIFOR
Result Register Overrun Flag — This bit indicates that a result register has been written to before its associated
conversion complete flag (CCF) has been cleared. This flag is most useful when using the FIFO mode because
the flag potentially indicates that result registers are out of sync with the input channels. However, it is also
practical for non-FIFO modes, and indicates that a result register has been overwritten before it has been read
(i.e. the old data has been lost). This flag is cleared when one of the following occurs:
A) Write “1” to FIFOR
B) Write to ATDCTL0,1,2,3,4, ATDCMPE or ATDCMPHT (a conversion sequence is aborted)
C) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
0 No overrun has occurred
1 Overrun condition exists (result register has been written while associated CCFx flag was still set)
3–0
CC[3:0]
Conversion Counter — These 4 read-only bits are the binary value of the conversion counter. The conversion
counter points to the result register that will receive the result of the current conversion. E.g. CC3=0, CC2=1,
CC1=1, CC0=0 indicates that the result of the current conversion will be in ATD Result Register 6. If in non-FIFO
mode (FIFO=0) the conversion counter is initialized to zero at the beginning and end of the conversion sequence.
If in FIFO mode (FIFO=1) the register counter is not initialized. The conversion counter wraps around when its
maximum value is reached.
Aborting a conversion or starting a new conversion clears the conversion counter even if FIFO=1.
14.3.2.8
ATD Compare Enable Register (ATDCMPE)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
457
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Module Base + 0x0008
15
14
13
11
10
9
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CMPE[15:0]
W
Reset
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-10. ATD Compare Enable Register (ATDCMPE)
Table 14-17. ATDCMPE Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15–0
Compare Enable for Conversion Number n (n= 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) of a Sequence
CMPE[15:0] (n conversion number, NOT channel number!) — These bits enable automatic compare of conversion results
individually for conversions of a sequence. The sense of each comparison is determined by the CMPHT[n] bit in
the ATDCMPHT register.
For each conversion number with CMPE[n]=1 do the following:
1) Write compare value to ATDDRn result register
2) Write compare operator with CMPHT[n] in ATDCPMHT register
CCF[n] in ATDSTAT2 register will flag individual success of any comparison.
0 No automatic compare
1 Automatic compare of results for conversion n of a sequence is enabled.
14.3.2.9
ATD Status Register 2 (ATDSTAT2)
This read-only register contains the Conversion Complete Flags CCF[15:0].
Module Base + 0x000A
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CCF[15:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-11. ATD Status Register 2 (ATDSTAT2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, no effect
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
458
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Table 14-18. ATDSTAT2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15–0
CCF[15:0]
Conversion Complete Flag n (n= 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) (n conversion number, NOT
channel number!)— A conversion complete flag is set at the end of each conversion in a sequence. The flags
are associated with the conversion position in a sequence (and also the result register number). Therefore in
non-fifo mode, CCF[4] is set when the fifth conversion in a sequence is complete and the result is available in
result register ATDDR4; CCF[5] is set when the sixth conversion in a sequence is complete and the result is
available in ATDDR5, and so forth.
If automatic compare of conversion results is enabled (CMPE[n]=1 in ATDCMPE), the conversion complete flag
is only set if comparison with ATDDRn is true. If ACMPIE=1 a compare interrupt will be requested. In this case,
as the ATDDRn result register is used to hold the compare value, the result will not be stored there at the end of
the conversion but is lost.
A flag CCF[n] is cleared when one of the following occurs:
A) Write to ATDCTL5 (a new conversion sequence is started)
B) If AFFC=0, write “1” to CCF[n]
C) If AFFC=1 and CMPE[n]=0, read of result register ATDDRn
D) If AFFC=1 and CMPE[n]=1, write to result register ATDDRn
In case of a concurrent set and clear on CCF[n]: The clearing by method A) will overwrite the set. The clearing
by methods B) or C) or D) will be overwritten by the set.
0 Conversion number n not completed or successfully compared
1 If (CMPE[n]=0): Conversion number n has completed. Result is ready in ATDDRn.
If (CMPE[n]=1): Compare for conversion result number n with compare value in ATDDRn, using compare
operator CMPGT[n] is true. (No result available in ATDDRn)
14.3.2.10 ATD Input Enable Register (ATDDIEN)
Module Base + 0x000C
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
IEN[15:0]
W
Reset
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-12. ATD Input Enable Register (ATDDIEN)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 14-19. ATDDIEN Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15–0
IEN[15:0]
ATD Digital Input Enable on channel x (x= 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) — This bit controls
the digital input buffer from the analog input pin (ANx) to the digital data register.
0 Disable digital input buffer to ANx pin
1 Enable digital input buffer on ANx pin.
Note: Setting this bit will enable the corresponding digital input buffer continuously. If this bit is set while
simultaneously using it as an analog port, there is potentially increased power consumption because the
digital input buffer maybe in the linear region.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
459
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
14.3.2.11 ATD Compare Higher Than Register (ATDCMPHT)
Writes to this register will abort current conversion sequence.
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Module Base + 0x000E
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CMPHT[15:0]
W
Reset
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-13. ATD Compare Higher Than Register (ATDCMPHT)
Table 14-20. ATDCMPHT Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15–0
Compare Operation Higher Than Enable for conversion number n (n= 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5,
CMPHT[15:0] 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) of a Sequence (n conversion number, NOT channel number!) — This bit selects the operator
for comparison of conversion results.
0 If result of conversion n is lower or same than compare value in ATDDRn, this is flagged in ATDSTAT2
1 If result of conversion n is higher than compare value in ATDDRn, this is flagged in ATDSTAT2
14.3.2.12 ATD Conversion Result Registers (ATDDRn)
The A/D conversion results are stored in 16 result registers. Results are always in unsigned data
representation. Left and right justification is selected using the DJM control bit in ATDCTL3.
If automatic compare of conversions results is enabled (CMPE[n]=1 in ATDCMPE), these registers must
be written with the compare values in left or right justified format depending on the actual value of the
DJM bit. In this case, as the ATDDRn register is used to hold the compare value, the result will not be
stored there at the end of the conversion but is lost.
Attention, n is the conversion number, NOT the channel number!
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
NOTE
For conversions not using automatic compare, results are stored in the result
registers after each conversion. In this case avoid writing to ATDDRn except
for initial values, because an A/D result might be overwritten.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
460
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
14.3.2.12.1 Left Justified Result Data (DJM=0)
Module Base +
0x0010 = ATDDR0, 0x0012 = ATDDR1, 0x0014 = ATDDR2, 0x0016 = ATDDR3
0x0018 = ATDDR4, 0x001A = ATDDR5, 0x001C = ATDDR6, 0x001E = ATDDR7
0x0020 = ATDDR8, 0x0022 = ATDDR9, 0x0024 = ATDDR10, 0x0026 = ATDDR11
0x0028 = ATDDR12, 0x002A = ATDDR13, 0x002C = ATDDR14, 0x002E = ATDDR15
15
14
13
12
11
10
R
8
7
6
5
4
Result-Bit[11:0]
W
Reset
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-14. Left justified ATD conversion result register (ATDDRn)
Table 14-21 shows how depending on the A/D resolution the conversion result is transferred to the ATD
result registers for left justified data. Compare is always done using all 12 bits of both the conversion result
and the compare value in ATDDRn.
Table 14-21. Conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
A/D
resolution
DJM
conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
8-bit data
0
Result-Bit[11:4] = conversion result,
Result-Bit[3:0]=0000
10-bit data
0
Result-Bit[11:2] = conversion result,
Result-Bit[1:0]=00
12-bit data
0
Result-Bit[11:0] = result
14.3.2.12.2 Right Justified Result Data (DJM=1)
Module Base +
0x0010 = ATDDR0, 0x0012 = ATDDR1, 0x0014 = ATDDR2, 0x0016 = ATDDR3
0x0018 = ATDDR4, 0x001A = ATDDR5, 0x001C = ATDDR6, 0x001E = ATDDR7
0x0020 = ATDDR8, 0x0022 = ATDDR9, 0x0024 = ATDDR10, 0x0026 = ATDDR11
0x0028 = ATDDR12, 0x002A = ATDDR13, 0x002C = ATDDR14, 0x002E = ATDDR15
R
15
14
13
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
10
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Result-Bit[11:0]
W
Reset
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-15. Right justified ATD conversion result register (ATDDRn)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
461
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Table 14-22 shows how depending on the A/D resolution the conversion result is transferred to the ATD
result registers for right justified data. Compare is always done using all 12 bits of both the conversion
result and the compare value in ATDDRn.
Table 14-22. Conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
A/D
resolution
14.4
conversion result mapping to ATDDRn
DJM
8-bit data
1
Result-Bit[7:0] = result,
Result-Bit[11:8]=0000
10-bit data
1
Result-Bit[9:0] = result,
Result-Bit[11:10]=00
12-bit data
1
Result-Bit[11:0] = result
Functional Description
The ADC12B16C consists of an analog sub-block and a digital sub-block.
14.4.1
Analog Sub-Block
The analog sub-block contains all analog electronics required to perform a single conversion. Separate
power supplies VDDA and VSSA allow to isolate noise of other MCU circuitry from the analog sub-block.
14.4.1.1
Sample and Hold Machine
The Sample and Hold Machine controls the storage and charge of the sample capacitor to the voltage level
of the analog signal at the selected ADC input channel.
During the sample process the analog input connects directly to the storage node.
The input analog signals are unipolar and must be within the potential range of VSSA to VDDA.
During the hold process the analog input is disconnected from the storage node.
14.4.1.2
Analog Input Multiplexer
The analog input multiplexer connects one of the 8 external analog input channels to the sample and hold
machine.
14.4.1.3
Analog-to-Digital (A/D) Machine
The A/D Machine performs analog to digital conversions. The resolution is program selectable to be either
8 or 10 or 12 bits. The A/D machine uses a successive approximation architecture. It functions by
comparing the sampled and stored analog voltage with a series of binary coded discrete voltages.
By following a binary search algorithm, the A/D machine identifies the discrete voltage that is nearest to
the sampled and stored voltage.
When not converting the A/D machine is automatically powered down.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
462
Freescale Semiconductor
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
Only analog input signals within the potential range of VRL to VRH (A/D reference potentials) will result
in a non-railed digital output code.
14.4.2
Digital Sub-Block
This subsection describes some of the digital features in more detail. See Section 14.3.2, “Register
Descriptions” for all details.
14.4.2.1
External Trigger Input
The external trigger feature allows the user to synchronize ATD conversions to an external event rather
than relying only on software to trigger the ATD module when a conversion is about to take place. The
external trigger signal (out of reset ATD channel 15, configurable in ATDCTL1) is programmable to be
edge or level sensitive with polarity control. Table 14-23 gives a brief description of the different
combinations of control bits and their effect on the external trigger function.
Table 14-23. External Trigger Control Bits
ETRIGLE
ETRIGP
ETRIGE
SCAN
Description
X
X
0
0
Ignores external trigger. Performs one
conversion sequence and stops.
X
X
0
1
Ignores external trigger. Performs
continuous conversion sequences.
0
0
1
X
Trigger falling edge sensitive. Performs
one conversion sequence per trigger.
0
1
1
X
Trigger rising edge sensitive. Performs one
conversion sequence per trigger.
1
0
1
X
Trigger low level sensitive. Performs
continuous conversions while trigger level
is active.
1
1
1
X
Trigger high level sensitive. Performs
continuous conversions while trigger level
is active.
In either level or edge sensitive mode, the first conversion begins when the trigger is received.
Once ETRIGE is enabled a conversion must be triggered externally after writing to ATDCTL5 register.
During a conversion in edge sensitive mode, if additional trigger events are detected the overrun error flag
ETORF is set.
If level sensitive mode is active and the external trigger de-asserts and later asserts again during a
conversion sequence, this does not constitute an overrun. Therefore, the flag is not set. If the trigger is left
active in level sensitive mode when a sequence is about to complete, another sequence will be triggered
immediately.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
463
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B16CV2)
14.4.2.2
General-Purpose Digital Port Operation
Each ATD input pin can be switched between analog or digital input functionality. An analog multiplexer
makes each ATD input pin selected as analog input available to the A/D converter.
The pad of the ATD input pin is always connected to the analog input channel of the analog mulitplexer.
Each pad input signal is buffered to the digital port register.
This buffer can be turned on or off with the ATDDIEN register for each ATD input pin.
This is important so that the buffer does not draw excess current when an ATD input pin is selected as
analog input to the ADC12B16C.
14.5
Resets
At reset the ADC12B16C is in a power down state. The reset state of each individual bit is listed within
the Register Description section (see Section 14.3.2, “Register Descriptions”) which details the registers
and their bit-field.
14.6
Interrupts
The interrupts requested by the ADC12B16C are listed in Table 14-24. Refer to MCU specification for
related vector address and priority.
Table 14-24. ATD Interrupt Vectors
Interrupt Source
CCR
Mask
Local Enable
Sequence Complete Interrupt
I bit
ASCIE in ATDCTL2
Compare Interrupt
I bit
ACMPIE in ATDCTL2
See Section 14.3.2, “Register Descriptions” for further details.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
464
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 15
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V)
15.1
Revision History
Table 15-1. Revision History Table
Rev. No.
(Item No.)
Data
Sections
Affected
Substantial Change(s)
0.1
28-Oct.-09
all
Initial Version
0.4
28-Oct.-09 (Thomas Becker)
all
Initial Version
0.5
12-Nov.-09 (Thomas Becker)
all
Reworked all sections, renamed pin names
0.6
17-Nov.-09 (Thomas Becker)
1.2.4
Added CPU stop mode
0.7
18-Nov.-09 (Thomas Becker)
1.2, 1.3
Update block diagram, removed analog and digital submodule,
added section 1.3
0.8
04-Dec.-09 (Thomas Becker)
1.4.2
- changed reset value of FVR bit to 1’b1
- added new bit “Load” to DACCTL register
- removed S3 switch description
0.9
05-Jan.-10 (Thomas Becker)
1.3, 1.4.2.1, 1.5
- renamed register bit “Load” to “Drive”, request by analog team
- renamed pin DAC to DACU
0.91
13-Jan.-10 (Thomas Becker)
1.4.2.3
- added debug register
0.92
12-Feb.-10 (Thomas Becker)
all
- fixed typo
1.0
12-Apr.-10
1.4.2.1
Added DACCTL register bit DACDIEN
1.01
04-May-10,
Table 1.2,
Section 1.4
Replaced VRL,VRL with variable
correct wrong figure, table numbering
1.02
12-May-10
Section 1.4
replaced ipt_test_mode with ips_test_access
new description/address of DACDEBUG register
1.1
25-May-10
15.4.2.1
Removed DACCTL register bit DACDIEN
1.2
25-Jun.-10
15.4
Correct table and figure title format
1.3
29-Jul.-10
15.2
Fixed typos
1.4
17-Nov.-10
15.2.2
Update the behavior of the DACU pin during stop mode
Glossary
Table 15-2. Terminology
Term
Meaning
DAC
Digital to Analog Converter
VRL
Low Reference Voltage
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
465
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V)
Table 15-2. Terminology (continued)
Term
Meaning
VRH
High Reference Voltage
FVR
Full Voltage Range
SSC
Special Single Chip
15.2
Introduction
The DAC_8B5V module is a digital to analog converter. The converter works with a resolution of 8 bit and
generates an output voltage between VRL and VRH.
The module consists of configuration registers and two analog functional units, a DAC resistor network
and an operational amplifier.
The configuration registers provide all required control bits for the DAC resistor network and for the
operational amplifier.
The DAC resistor network generates the desired analog output voltage. The unbuffered voltage from the
DAC resistor network output can be routed to the external DACU pin. When enabled, the buffered voltage
from the operational amplifier output is available on the external AMP pin.
The operational amplifier is also stand alone usable.
Figure 15-1 shows the block diagram of the DAC_8B5V module.
15.2.1
Features
The DAC_8B5V module includes these distinctive features:
• 1 digital-analog converter channel with:
— 8 bit resolution
— full and reduced output voltage range
— buffered or unbuffered analog output voltage usable
• operational amplifier stand alone usable
15.2.2
Modes of Operation
The DAC_8B5V module behaves as follows in the system power modes:
1. CPU run mode
The functionality of the DAC_8B5V module is available.
2. CPU stop mode
Independent from the mode settings, the operational amplifier is disabled, switch S1 and S2 are
open.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
466
Freescale Semiconductor
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V)
If the “Unbuffered DAC” mode was used before entering stop mode, then the DACU pin will reach
VRH voltage level during stop mode.
The content of the configuration registers is unchanged.
15.2.3
Block Diagram
S3
VRH
DACU
S1
AMPM
S2
S2
–
AMP
+
S1
AMPP
DAC
Resistor
Network
Operational Amplifier
VRL
Internal
Bus
Configuration
Registers
Figure 15-1. DAC_8B5V Block Diagram
15.3
External Signal Description
This section lists the name and description of all external ports.
15.3.1
DACU Output Pin
This analog pin drives the unbuffered analog output voltage from the DAC resistor network output, if the
according mode is selected.
15.3.2
AMP Output Pin
This analog pin is used for the buffered analog output voltage from the operational amplifier output, if the
according mode is selected.
15.3.3
AMPP Input Pin
This analog input pin is used as input signal for the operational amplifier positive input pin, if the according
mode is selected.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
467
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V)
15.3.4
AMPM Input Pin
This analog pin is used as input for the operational amplifier negative input pin, if the according mode is
selected.
15.4
Memory Map and Register Definition
This sections provides the detailed information of all registers for the DAC_8B5V module.
15.4.1
Register Summary
Figure 15-2 shows the summary of all implemented registers inside the DAC_8B5V module.
NOTE
Register Address = Module Base Address + Address Offset, where the
Module Base Address is defined at the MCU level and the Address Offset is
defined at the module level.
Address Offset
Register Name
Bit 7
6
W
FVR
DRIVE
0x0001
Reserved
R
0
0
0x0002
DACVOL
R
0x0003 - 0x0006
Reserved
R
0x0007
Reserved
R
0x0000
DACCTL
R
5
4
3
0
0
0
2
1
Bit 0
DACM[2:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
VOLTAGE[7:0]
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
W
W Reserved
= Unimplemented
Figure 15-2. DAC_8B5V Register Summaryfv_dac_8b5v_RESERVED
15.4.2
Register Descriptions
This section consists of register descriptions in address order. Each description includes a standard register
diagram with an associated figure number. Details of register bit and field function follow the register
diagrams, in bit order.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
468
Freescale Semiconductor
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V)
15.4.2.1
Control Register (DACCTL)
)
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0000
7
6
FVR
DRIVE
1
0
R
5
4
3
0
0
0
2
1
0
DACM[2:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 15-3. Control Register (DACCTL)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 15-3. DACCTL Field Description
Field
7
FVR
6
DRIVE
Description
Full Voltage Range — This bit defines the voltage range of the DAC.
0 DAC resistor network operates with the reduced voltage range
1 DAC resistor network operates with the full voltage range
Note: For more details see Section 15.5.7, “Analog output voltage calculation”.
Drive Select — This bit selects the output drive capability of the operational amplifier, see electrical Spec. for
more details.
0 Low output drive for high resistive loads
1 High output drive for low resistive loads
2:0
Mode Select — These bits define the mode of the DAC. A write access with an unsupported mode will be ignored.
DACM[2:0] 000 Off
001 Operational Amplifier
100 Unbuffered DAC
101 Unbuffered DAC with Operational Amplifier
111 Buffered DAC
other Reserved
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
469
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V)
15.4.2.2
Analog Output Voltage Level Register (DACVOL)
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0002
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
R
VOLTAGE[7:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 15-4. Analog Output Voltage Level Register (DACVOL)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 15-4. DACVOL Field Description
Field
Description
7:0
VOLTAGE — This register defines (together with the FVR bit) the analog output voltage. For more detail see
VOLTAGE[7:0] Equation 15-1 and Equation 15-2.
15.4.2.3
Reserved Register
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0007
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
R
W
Reset
Figure 15-5. Reserved Registerfv_dac_8b5v_RESERVED
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Only in special mode
15.5
15.5.1
Functional Description
Functional Overview
The DAC resistor network and the operational amplifier can be used together or stand alone. Following
modes are supported:
Table 15-5. DAC Modes of Operation
Description
Submodules
DACM[2:0]
Off
000
Output
DAC resistor
network
Operational
Amplifier
DACU
AMP
disabled
disabled
disconnected
disconnected
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
470
Freescale Semiconductor
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V)
Table 15-5. DAC Modes of Operation
Operational amplifier
001
disabled
enabled
disabled
depend on AMPP
and AMPM input
Unbuffered DAC
100
enabled
disabled
unbuffered resistor
output voltage
disconnected
Unbuffered DAC with
Operational amplifier
101
enabled
enabled
unbuffered resistor
output voltage
depend on AMPP
and AMPM input
Buffered DAC
111
enabled
enabled
disconnected
buffered resistor
output voltage
The DAC resistor network itself can work on two different voltage ranges:
Table 15-6. DAC Resistor Network Voltage ranges
DAC Mode
Description
Full Voltage Range (FVR)
DAC resistor network provides a output voltage over the complete input voltage range,
default after reset
Reduced Voltage Range
DAC resistor network provides a output voltage over a reduced input voltage range
Table 15-7 shows the control signal decoding for each mode. For more detailed mode description see the
sections below.
Table 15-7. DAC Control Signals
DACM
DAC resistor
network
Operational
Amplifier
Switch S1
Switch S2
Switch S3
Off
000
disabled
disabled
open
open
open
Operational amplifier
001
disabled
enabled
closed
open
open
Unbuffered DAC
100
enabled
disabled
open
open
closed
Unbuffered DAC with
Operational amplifier
101
enabled
enabled
closed
open
closed
Buffered DAC
111
enabled
enabled
open
closed
open
15.5.2
Mode “Off”
The “Off” mode is the default mode after reset and is selected by DACCTL.DACM[2:0] = 0x0. During this
mode the DAC resistor network and the operational amplifier are disabled and all switches are open. This
mode provides the lowest power consumption. For decoding of the control signals see Table 15-7.
15.5.3
Mode “Operational Amplifier”
The “Operational Amplifier” mode is selected by DACCTL.DACM[2:0] = 0x1. During this mode the
operational amplifier can be used independent from the DAC resister network. All required amplifier
signals, AMP, AMPP and AMPM are available on the pins. The DAC resistor network output is
disconnected from the DACU pin. The connection between the amplifier output and the negative amplifier
input is open. For decoding of the control signals see Table 15-7.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
471
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V)
15.5.4
Mode “Unbuffered DAC”
The “Unbuffered DAC” mode is selected by DACCNTL.DACM[2:0] = 0x4. During this mode the
unbuffered analog voltage from the DAC resistor network output is available on the DACU output pin. The
operational amplifier is disabled and the operational amplifier signals are disconnected from the AMP pins.
For decoding of the control signals see Table 15-7.
15.5.5
Mode “Unbuffered DAC with Operational Amplifier”
The “Unbuffered DAC with Operational Amplifier” mode is selected by DACCTL.DACM[2:0] = 0x5.
During this mode the DAC resistor network and the operational amplifier are enabled and usable
independent from each other. The unbuffered analog voltage from the DAC resistor network output is
available on the DACU output pin.
The operational amplifier is disconnected from the DAC resistor network. All required amplifier signals,
AMP, AMPP and AMPM are available on the pins. The connection between the amplifier output and the
negative amplifier input is open. For decoding of the control signals see Table 15-7.
15.5.6
Mode “Buffered DAC”
The “Buffered DAC” mode is selected by DACCTL.DACM[2:0] = 0x7. During this is mode the DAC
resistor network and the operational amplifier are enabled. The analog output voltage from the DAC
resistor network output is buffered by the operational amplifier and is available on the AMP output pin.
The DAC resistor network output is disconnected from the DACU pin. For the decoding of the control
signals see Table 15-7.
15.5.7
Analog output voltage calculation
The DAC can provide an analog output voltage in two different voltage ranges:
• FVR = 0, reduced voltage range
The DAC generates an analog output voltage inside the range from 0.1 x (VRH - VRL) + VRL to
0.9 x (VRH-VRL) + VRL with a resolution ((VRH-VRL) x 0.8) / 256, see equation below:
analog output voltage = VOLATGE[7:0] x ((VRH-VRL) x 0.8) / 256) + 0.1 x (VRH-VRL) + VRL
•
Eqn. 15-1
FVR = 1, full voltage range
The DAC generates an analog output voltage inside the range from VRL to VRH with a resolution
(VRH-VRL) / 256, see equation below:
analog output voltage = VOLTAGE[7:0] x (VRH-VRL) / 256 +VRL
Eqn. 15-2
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
472
Freescale Semiconductor
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V)
See Table 15-8 for an example for VRL = 0.0 V and VRH = 5.0 V.
Table 15-8. Analog output voltage calculation
FVR
min.
voltage
max.
voltage
Resolution
Equation
0
0.5V
4.484V
15.625mV
VOLTAGE[7:0] x (4.0V) / 256) + 0.5V
1
0.0V
4.980V
19.531mV
VOLTAGE[7:0] x (5.0V) / 256
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
473
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
474
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
475
Digital Analog Converter (DAC_8B5V)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
476
Chapter 16
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network
(S12MSCANV3)
Table 16-1. Revision History
Revision
Number
Revision Date
V03.11
31 Mar 2009
V03.12
09 Aug 2010
Table 16-37
• Added ‘Bosch CAN 2.0A/B’ to bit time settings table
V03.13
03 Mar 2011
Figure 16-4
Table 16-3
• Corrected CANE write restrictions
• Removed footnote from RXFRM bit
16.1
Sections
Affected
Description of Changes
• Orthographic corrections
Introduction
Freescale’s scalable controller area network (S12MSCANV3) definition is based on the MSCAN12
definition, which is the specific implementation of the MSCAN concept targeted for the M68HC12
microcontroller family.
The module is a communication controller implementing the CAN 2.0A/B protocol as defined in the
Bosch specification dated September 1991. For users to fully understand the MSCAN specification, it is
recommended that the Bosch specification be read first to familiarize the reader with the terms and
concepts contained within this document.
Though not exclusively intended for automotive applications, CAN protocol is designed to meet the
specific requirements of a vehicle serial data bus: real-time processing, reliable operation in the EMI
environment of a vehicle, cost-effectiveness, and required bandwidth.
MSCAN uses an advanced buffer arrangement resulting in predictable real-time behavior and simplified
application software.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
477
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.1.1
Glossary
Table 16-2. Terminology
ACK
Acknowledge of CAN message
CAN
Controller Area Network
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Code
EOF
End of Frame
FIFO
First-In-First-Out Memory
IFS
Inter-Frame Sequence
SOF
Start of Frame
CPU bus
CPU related read/write data bus
CAN bus
CAN protocol related serial bus
oscillator clock
16.1.2
Direct clock from external oscillator
bus clock
CPU bus related clock
CAN clock
CAN protocol related clock
Block Diagram
MSCAN
Oscillator Clock
Bus Clock
CANCLK
MUX
Presc.
Tq Clk
Receive/
Transmit
Engine
RXCAN
TXCAN
Transmit Interrupt Req.
Receive Interrupt Req.
Errors Interrupt Req.
Message
Filtering
and
Buffering
Control
and
Status
Wake-Up Interrupt Req.
Configuration
Registers
Wake-Up
Low Pass Filter
Figure 16-1. MSCAN Block Diagram
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
478
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.1.3
Features
The basic features of the MSCAN are as follows:
• Implementation of the CAN protocol — Version 2.0A/B
— Standard and extended data frames
— Zero to eight bytes data length
— Programmable bit rate up to 1 Mbps1
— Support for remote frames
• Five receive buffers with FIFO storage scheme
• Three transmit buffers with internal prioritization using a “local priority” concept
• Flexible maskable identifier filter supports two full-size (32-bit) extended identifier filters, or four
16-bit filters, or eight 8-bit filters
• Programmable wake-up functionality with integrated low-pass filter
• Programmable loopback mode supports self-test operation
• Programmable listen-only mode for monitoring of CAN bus
• Programmable bus-off recovery functionality
• Separate signalling and interrupt capabilities for all CAN receiver and transmitter error states
(warning, error passive, bus-off)
• Programmable MSCAN clock source either bus clock or oscillator clock
• Internal timer for time-stamping of received and transmitted messages
• Three low-power modes: sleep, power down, and MSCAN enable
• Global initialization of configuration registers
16.1.4
Modes of Operation
For a description of the specific MSCAN modes and the module operation related to the system operating
modes refer to Section 16.4.4, “Modes of Operation”.
16.2
External Signal Description
The MSCAN uses two external pins.
NOTE
On MCUs with an integrated CAN physical interface (transceiver) the
MSCAN interface is connected internally to the transceiver interface. In
these cases the external availability of signals TXCAN and RXCAN is
optional.
16.2.1
RXCAN — CAN Receiver Input Pin
RXCAN is the MSCAN receiver input pin.
1. Depending on the actual bit timing and the clock jitter of the PLL.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
479
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.2.2
TXCAN — CAN Transmitter Output Pin
TXCAN is the MSCAN transmitter output pin. The TXCAN output pin represents the logic level on the
CAN bus:
0 = Dominant state
1 = Recessive state
16.2.3
CAN System
A typical CAN system with MSCAN is shown in Figure 16-2. Each CAN station is connected physically
to the CAN bus lines through a transceiver device. The transceiver is capable of driving the large current
needed for the CAN bus and has current protection against defective CAN or defective stations.
CAN node 2
CAN node 1
CAN node n
MCU
CAN Controller
(MSCAN)
TXCAN
RXCAN
Transceiver
CANH
CANL
CAN Bus
Figure 16-2. CAN System
16.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all registers accessible in the MSCAN.
16.3.1
Module Memory Map
Figure 16-3 gives an overview on all registers and their individual bits in the MSCAN memory map. The
register address results from the addition of base address and address offset. The base address is
determined at the MCU level and can be found in the MCU memory map description. The address offset
is defined at the module level.
The MSCAN occupies 64 bytes in the memory space. The base address of the MSCAN module is
determined at the MCU level when the MCU is defined. The register decode map is fixed and begins at the
first address of the module address offset.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
480
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
The detailed register descriptions follow in the order they appear in the register map.
Register
Name
0x0000
CANCTL0
0x0001
CANCTL1
Bit 7
R
W
R
W
0x0002
CANBTR0
R
0x0003
CANBTR1
R
0x0004
CANRFLG
R
0x0005
CANRIER
R
0x0006
CANTFLG
R
W
0x0007
CANTIER
W
0x0008
CANTARQ
0x0009
CANTAAK
W
W
W
W
R
R
RXFRM
6
RXACT
5
CSWAI
4
SYNCH
3
2
1
Bit 0
TIME
WUPE
SLPRQ
INITRQ
SLPAK
INITAK
CANE
CLKSRC
LOOPB
LISTEN
BORM
WUPM
SJW1
SJW0
BRP5
BRP4
BRP3
BRP2
BRP1
BRP0
SAMP
TSEG22
TSEG21
TSEG20
TSEG13
TSEG12
TSEG11
TSEG10
WUPIF
CSCIF
RSTAT1
RSTAT0
TSTAT1
TSTAT0
OVRIF
RXF
WUPIE
CSCIE
RSTATE1
RSTATE0
TSTATE1
TSTATE0
OVRIE
RXFIE
0
0
0
0
0
TXE2
TXE1
TXE0
0
0
0
0
0
TXEIE2
TXEIE1
TXEIE0
0
0
0
0
0
ABTRQ2
ABTRQ1
ABTRQ0
0
0
0
0
0
ABTAK2
ABTAK1
ABTAK0
0
0
0
0
0
TX2
TX1
TX0
0
0
IDAM1
IDAM0
0
IDHIT2
IDHIT1
IDHIT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
R
W
0x000A
CANTBSEL
R
W
0x000B
CANIDAC
W
R
0x000C
Reserved
R
0x000D
CANMISC
R
W
W
BOHOLD
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 16-3. MSCAN Register Summary
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
481
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Register
Name
0x000E
CANRXERR
R
0x000F
CANTXERR
R
0x0010–0x0013
CANIDAR0–3
R
0x0014–0x0017
CANIDMRx
R
0x0018–0x001B
CANIDAR4–7
R
0x001C–0x001F
CANIDMR4–7
R
0x0020–0x002F
CANRXFG
R
0x0030–0x003F
CANTXFG
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
RXERR7
RXERR6
RXERR5
RXERR4
RXERR3
RXERR2
RXERR1
RXERR0
TXERR7
TXERR6
TXERR5
TXERR4
TXERR3
TXERR2
TXERR1
TXERR0
AC7
AC6
AC5
AC4
AC3
AC2
AC1
AC0
AM7
AM6
AM5
AM4
AM3
AM2
AM1
AM0
AC7
AC6
AC5
AC4
AC3
AC2
AC1
AC0
AM7
AM6
AM5
AM4
AM3
AM2
AM1
AM0
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
See Section 16.3.3, “Programmer’s Model of Message Storage”
See Section 16.3.3, “Programmer’s Model of Message Storage”
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 16-3. MSCAN Register Summary (continued)
16.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section describes in detail all the registers and register bits in the MSCAN module. Each description
includes a standard register diagram with an associated figure number. Details of register bit and field
function follow the register diagrams, in bit order. All bits of all registers in this module are completely
synchronous to internal clocks during a register read.
16.3.2.1
MSCAN Control Register 0 (CANCTL0)
The CANCTL0 register provides various control bits of the MSCAN module as described below.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
482
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0000
7
R
6
5
RXACT
RXFRM
4
3
2
1
0
TIME
WUPE
SLPRQ
INITRQ
0
0
0
1
SYNCH
CSWAI
W
Reset:
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 16-4. MSCAN Control Register 0 (CANCTL0)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime when out of initialization mode; exceptions are read-only RXACT and SYNCH, RXFRM (which is set by the
module only), and INITRQ (which is also writable in initialization mode)
NOTE
The CANCTL0 register, except WUPE, INITRQ, and SLPRQ, is held in the
reset state when the initialization mode is active (INITRQ = 1 and
INITAK = 1). This register is writable again as soon as the initialization
mode is exited (INITRQ = 0 and INITAK = 0).
Table 16-3. CANCTL0 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
RXFRM
Received Frame Flag — This bit is read and clear only. It is set when a receiver has received a valid message
correctly, independently of the filter configuration. After it is set, it remains set until cleared by software or reset.
Clearing is done by writing a 1. Writing a 0 is ignored. This bit is not valid in loopback mode.
0 No valid message was received since last clearing this flag
1 A valid message was received since last clearing of this flag
6
RXACT
Receiver Active Status — This read-only flag indicates the MSCAN is receiving a message1. The flag is
controlled by the receiver front end. This bit is not valid in loopback mode.
0 MSCAN is transmitting or idle
1 MSCAN is receiving a message (including when arbitration is lost)
5
CSWAI2
CAN Stops in Wait Mode — Enabling this bit allows for lower power consumption in wait mode by disabling all
the clocks at the CPU bus interface to the MSCAN module.
0 The module is not affected during wait mode
1 The module ceases to be clocked during wait mode
4
SYNCH
Synchronized Status — This read-only flag indicates whether the MSCAN is synchronized to the CAN bus and
able to participate in the communication process. It is set and cleared by the MSCAN.
0 MSCAN is not synchronized to the CAN bus
1 MSCAN is synchronized to the CAN bus
3
TIME
Timer Enable — This bit activates an internal 16-bit wide free running timer which is clocked by the bit clock rate.
If the timer is enabled, a 16-bit time stamp will be assigned to each transmitted/received message within the
active TX/RX buffer. Right after the EOF of a valid message on the CAN bus, the time stamp is written to the
highest bytes (0x000E, 0x000F) in the appropriate buffer (see Section 16.3.3, “Programmer’s Model of Message
Storage”). The internal timer is reset (all bits set to 0) when disabled. This bit is held low in initialization mode.
0 Disable internal MSCAN timer
1 Enable internal MSCAN timer
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
483
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 16-3. CANCTL0 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Field
Description
2
WUPE3
Wake-Up Enable — This configuration bit allows the MSCAN to restart from sleep mode or from power down
mode (entered from sleep) when traffic on CAN is detected (see Section 16.4.5.5, “MSCAN Sleep Mode”). This
bit must be configured before sleep mode entry for the selected function to take effect.
0 Wake-up disabled — The MSCAN ignores traffic on CAN
1 Wake-up enabled — The MSCAN is able to restart
1
SLPRQ4
Sleep Mode Request — This bit requests the MSCAN to enter sleep mode, which is an internal power saving
mode (see Section 16.4.5.5, “MSCAN Sleep Mode”). The sleep mode request is serviced when the CAN bus is
idle, i.e., the module is not receiving a message and all transmit buffers are empty. The module indicates entry
to sleep mode by setting SLPAK = 1 (see Section 16.3.2.2, “MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)”). SLPRQ
cannot be set while the WUPIF flag is set (see Section 16.3.2.5, “MSCAN Receiver Flag Register (CANRFLG)”).
Sleep mode will be active until SLPRQ is cleared by the CPU or, depending on the setting of WUPE, the MSCAN
detects activity on the CAN bus and clears SLPRQ itself.
0 Running — The MSCAN functions normally
1 Sleep mode request — The MSCAN enters sleep mode when CAN bus idle
0
INITRQ5,6
Initialization Mode Request — When this bit is set by the CPU, the MSCAN skips to initialization mode (see
Section 16.4.4.5, “MSCAN Initialization Mode”). Any ongoing transmission or reception is aborted and
synchronization to the CAN bus is lost. The module indicates entry to initialization mode by setting INITAK = 1
(Section 16.3.2.2, “MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)”).
The following registers enter their hard reset state and restore their default values: CANCTL07, CANRFLG8,
CANRIER9, CANTFLG, CANTIER, CANTARQ, CANTAAK, and CANTBSEL.
The registers CANCTL1, CANBTR0, CANBTR1, CANIDAC, CANIDAR0-7, and CANIDMR0-7 can only be
written by the CPU when the MSCAN is in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1). The values of the
error counters are not affected by initialization mode.
When this bit is cleared by the CPU, the MSCAN restarts and then tries to synchronize to the CAN bus. If the
MSCAN is not in bus-off state, it synchronizes after 11 consecutive recessive bits on the CAN bus; if the MSCAN
is in bus-off state, it continues to wait for 128 occurrences of 11 consecutive recessive bits.
Writing to other bits in CANCTL0, CANRFLG, CANRIER, CANTFLG, or CANTIER must be done only after
initialization mode is exited, which is INITRQ = 0 and INITAK = 0.
0 Normal operation
1 MSCAN in initialization mode
See the Bosch CAN 2.0A/B specification for a detailed definition of transmitter and receiver states.
In order to protect from accidentally violating the CAN protocol, TXCAN is immediately forced to a recessive state when the
CPU enters wait (CSWAI = 1) or stop mode (see Section 16.4.5.2, “Operation in Wait Mode” and Section 16.4.5.3, “Operation
in Stop Mode”).
The CPU has to make sure that the WUPE register and the WUPIE wake-up interrupt enable register (see Section 16.3.2.6,
“MSCAN Receiver Interrupt Enable Register (CANRIER)) is enabled, if the recovery mechanism from stop or wait is required.
The CPU cannot clear SLPRQ before the MSCAN has entered sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1).
The CPU cannot clear INITRQ before the MSCAN has entered initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1).
In order to protect from accidentally violating the CAN protocol, TXCAN is immediately forced to a recessive state when the
initialization mode is requested by the CPU. Thus, the recommended procedure is to bring the MSCAN into sleep mode
(SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1) before requesting initialization mode.
Not including WUPE, INITRQ, and SLPRQ.
TSTAT1 and TSTAT0 are not affected by initialization mode.
RSTAT1 and RSTAT0 are not affected by initialization mode.
16.3.2.2
MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)
The CANCTL1 register provides various control bits and handshake status information of the MSCAN
module as described below.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
484
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0001
7
6
5
4
3
2
CANE
CLKSRC
LOOPB
LISTEN
BORM
WUPM
0
0
0
1
0
0
R
1
0
SLPAK
INITAK
0
1
W
Reset:
= Unimplemented
Figure 16-5. MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1), except CANE which is write once in normal and anytime in
special system operation modes when the MSCAN is in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Table 16-4. CANCTL1 Register Field Descriptions
Field
7
CANE
Description
MSCAN Enable
0 MSCAN module is disabled
1 MSCAN module is enabled
6
CLKSRC
MSCAN Clock Source — This bit defines the clock source for the MSCAN module (only for systems with a clock
generation module; Section 16.4.3.2, “Clock System,” and Section Figure 16-43., “MSCAN Clocking Scheme,”).
0 MSCAN clock source is the oscillator clock
1 MSCAN clock source is the bus clock
5
LOOPB
Loopback Self Test Mode — When this bit is set, the MSCAN performs an internal loopback which can be used
for self test operation. The bit stream output of the transmitter is fed back to the receiver internally. The RXCAN
input is ignored and the TXCAN output goes to the recessive state (logic 1). The MSCAN behaves as it does
normally when transmitting and treats its own transmitted message as a message received from a remote node.
In this state, the MSCAN ignores the bit sent during the ACK slot in the CAN frame acknowledge field to ensure
proper reception of its own message. Both transmit and receive interrupts are generated.
0 Loopback self test disabled
1 Loopback self test enabled
4
LISTEN
Listen Only Mode — This bit configures the MSCAN as a CAN bus monitor. When LISTEN is set, all valid CAN
messages with matching ID are received, but no acknowledgement or error frames are sent out (see
Section 16.4.4.4, “Listen-Only Mode”). In addition, the error counters are frozen. Listen only mode supports
applications which require “hot plugging” or throughput analysis. The MSCAN is unable to transmit any
messages when listen only mode is active.
0 Normal operation
1 Listen only mode activated
3
BORM
Bus-Off Recovery Mode — This bit configures the bus-off state recovery mode of the MSCAN. Refer to
Section 16.5.2, “Bus-Off Recovery,” for details.
0 Automatic bus-off recovery (see Bosch CAN 2.0A/B protocol specification)
1 Bus-off recovery upon user request
2
WUPM
Wake-Up Mode — If WUPE in CANCTL0 is enabled, this bit defines whether the integrated low-pass filter is
applied to protect the MSCAN from spurious wake-up (see Section 16.4.5.5, “MSCAN Sleep Mode”).
0 MSCAN wakes up on any dominant level on the CAN bus
1 MSCAN wakes up only in case of a dominant pulse on the CAN bus that has a length of Twup
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
485
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 16-4. CANCTL1 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
1
SLPAK
Sleep Mode Acknowledge — This flag indicates whether the MSCAN module has entered sleep mode (see
Section 16.4.5.5, “MSCAN Sleep Mode”). It is used as a handshake flag for the SLPRQ sleep mode request.
Sleep mode is active when SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1. Depending on the setting of WUPE, the MSCAN will
clear the flag if it detects activity on the CAN bus while in sleep mode.
0 Running — The MSCAN operates normally
1 Sleep mode active — The MSCAN has entered sleep mode
0
INITAK
Initialization Mode Acknowledge — This flag indicates whether the MSCAN module is in initialization mode
(see Section 16.4.4.5, “MSCAN Initialization Mode”). It is used as a handshake flag for the INITRQ initialization
mode request. Initialization mode is active when INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1. The registers CANCTL1,
CANBTR0, CANBTR1, CANIDAC, CANIDAR0–CANIDAR7, and CANIDMR0–CANIDMR7 can be written only by
the CPU when the MSCAN is in initialization mode.
0 Running — The MSCAN operates normally
1 Initialization mode active — The MSCAN has entered initialization mode
16.3.2.3
MSCAN Bus Timing Register 0 (CANBTR0)
The CANBTR0 register configures various CAN bus timing parameters of the MSCAN module.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0002
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SJW1
SJW0
BRP5
BRP4
BRP3
BRP2
BRP1
BRP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset:
Figure 16-6. MSCAN Bus Timing Register 0 (CANBTR0)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Table 16-5. CANBTR0 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-6
SJW[1:0]
Synchronization Jump Width — The synchronization jump width defines the maximum number of time quanta
(Tq) clock cycles a bit can be shortened or lengthened to achieve resynchronization to data transitions on the
CAN bus (see Table 16-6).
5-0
BRP[5:0]
Baud Rate Prescaler — These bits determine the time quanta (Tq) clock which is used to build up the bit timing
(see Table 16-7).
Table 16-6. Synchronization Jump Width
SJW1
SJW0
Synchronization Jump Width
0
0
1 Tq clock cycle
0
1
2 Tq clock cycles
1
0
3 Tq clock cycles
1
1
4 Tq clock cycles
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
486
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 16-7. Baud Rate Prescaler
16.3.2.4
BRP5
BRP4
BRP3
BRP2
BRP1
BRP0
Prescaler value (P)
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
0
0
0
0
1
0
3
0
0
0
0
1
1
4
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1
1
1
1
1
1
64
MSCAN Bus Timing Register 1 (CANBTR1)
The CANBTR1 register configures various CAN bus timing parameters of the MSCAN module.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0003
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SAMP
TSEG22
TSEG21
TSEG20
TSEG13
TSEG12
TSEG11
TSEG10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset:
Figure 16-7. MSCAN Bus Timing Register 1 (CANBTR1)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Table 16-8. CANBTR1 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
SAMP
Sampling — This bit determines the number of CAN bus samples taken per bit time.
0 One sample per bit.
1 Three samples per bit1.
If SAMP = 0, the resulting bit value is equal to the value of the single bit positioned at the sample point. If
SAMP = 1, the resulting bit value is determined by using majority rule on the three total samples. For higher bit
rates, it is recommended that only one sample is taken per bit time (SAMP = 0).
6-4
Time Segment 2 — Time segments within the bit time fix the number of clock cycles per bit time and the location
TSEG2[2:0] of the sample point (see Figure 16-44). Time segment 2 (TSEG2) values are programmable as shown in
Table 16-9.
3-0
Time Segment 1 — Time segments within the bit time fix the number of clock cycles per bit time and the location
TSEG1[3:0] of the sample point (see Figure 16-44). Time segment 1 (TSEG1) values are programmable as shown in
Table 16-10.
1
In this case, PHASE_SEG1 must be at least 2 time quanta (Tq).
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
487
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 16-9. Time Segment 2 Values
1
TSEG22
TSEG21
TSEG20
Time Segment 2
0
0
0
1 Tq clock cycle1
0
0
1
2 Tq clock cycles
:
:
:
:
1
1
0
7 Tq clock cycles
1
1
1
8 Tq clock cycles
This setting is not valid. Please refer to Table 16-37 for valid settings.
Table 16-10. Time Segment 1 Values
1
TSEG13
TSEG12
TSEG11
TSEG10
Time segment 1
0
0
0
0
1 Tq clock cycle1
0
0
0
1
2 Tq clock cycles1
0
0
1
0
3 Tq clock cycles1
0
0
1
1
4 Tq clock cycles
:
:
:
:
:
1
1
1
0
15 Tq clock cycles
1
1
1
1
16 Tq clock cycles
This setting is not valid. Please refer to Table 16-37 for valid settings.
The bit time is determined by the oscillator frequency, the baud rate prescaler, and the number of time
quanta (Tq) clock cycles per bit (as shown in Table 16-9 and Table 16-10).
Eqn. 16-1
( Prescaler value )
Bit Time = ------------------------------------------------------ • ( 1 + TimeSegment1 + TimeSegment2 )
f CANCLK
16.3.2.5
MSCAN Receiver Flag Register (CANRFLG)
A flag can be cleared only by software (writing a 1 to the corresponding bit position) when the condition
which caused the setting is no longer valid. Every flag has an associated interrupt enable bit in the
CANRIER register.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0004
7
6
WUPIF
CSCIF
0
0
R
5
4
3
2
RSTAT1
RSTAT0
TSTAT1
TSTAT0
1
0
OVRIF
RXF
0
0
W
Reset:
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 16-8. MSCAN Receiver Flag Register (CANRFLG)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
488
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime when not in initialization mode, except RSTAT[1:0] and TSTAT[1:0] flags which are read-only; write of 1 clears
flag; write of 0 is ignored
NOTE
The CANRFLG register is held in the reset state1 when the initialization
mode is active (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1). This register is writable again
as soon as the initialization mode is exited (INITRQ = 0 and INITAK = 0).
Table 16-11. CANRFLG Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
WUPIF
Wake-Up Interrupt Flag — If the MSCAN detects CAN bus activity while in sleep mode (see Section 16.4.5.5,
“MSCAN Sleep Mode,”) and WUPE = 1 in CANTCTL0 (see Section 16.3.2.1, “MSCAN Control Register 0
(CANCTL0)”), the module will set WUPIF. If not masked, a wake-up interrupt is pending while this flag is set.
0 No wake-up activity observed while in sleep mode
1 MSCAN detected activity on the CAN bus and requested wake-up
6
CSCIF
CAN Status Change Interrupt Flag — This flag is set when the MSCAN changes its current CAN bus status
due to the actual value of the transmit error counter (TEC) and the receive error counter (REC). An additional
4-bit (RSTAT[1:0], TSTAT[1:0]) status register, which is split into separate sections for TEC/REC, informs the
system on the actual CAN bus status (see Section 16.3.2.6, “MSCAN Receiver Interrupt Enable Register
(CANRIER)”). If not masked, an error interrupt is pending while this flag is set. CSCIF provides a blocking
interrupt. That guarantees that the receiver/transmitter status bits (RSTAT/TSTAT) are only updated when no
CAN status change interrupt is pending. If the TECs/RECs change their current value after the CSCIF is
asserted, which would cause an additional state change in the RSTAT/TSTAT bits, these bits keep their status
until the current CSCIF interrupt is cleared again.
0 No change in CAN bus status occurred since last interrupt
1 MSCAN changed current CAN bus status
5-4
RSTAT[1:0]
Receiver Status Bits — The values of the error counters control the actual CAN bus status of the MSCAN. As
soon as the status change interrupt flag (CSCIF) is set, these bits indicate the appropriate receiver related CAN
bus status of the MSCAN. The coding for the bits RSTAT1, RSTAT0 is:
00 RxOK: 0 ≤ receive error counter ≤ 96
01 RxWRN: 96 < receive error counter ≤ 127
10 RxERR: 127 < receive error counter
11 Bus-off1: transmit error counter > 255
3-2
TSTAT[1:0]
Transmitter Status Bits — The values of the error counters control the actual CAN bus status of the MSCAN.
As soon as the status change interrupt flag (CSCIF) is set, these bits indicate the appropriate transmitter related
CAN bus status of the MSCAN. The coding for the bits TSTAT1, TSTAT0 is:
00 TxOK: 0 ≤ transmit error counter ≤ 96
01 TxWRN: 96 < transmit error counter ≤ 127
10 TxERR: 127 < transmit error counter ≤ 255
11 Bus-Off: transmit error counter > 255
1. The RSTAT[1:0], TSTAT[1:0] bits are not affected by initialization mode.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
489
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 16-11. CANRFLG Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
1
OVRIF
Overrun Interrupt Flag — This flag is set when a data overrun condition occurs. If not masked, an error interrupt
is pending while this flag is set.
0
No data overrun condition
1
A data overrun detected
0
RXF2
Receive Buffer Full Flag — RXF is set by the MSCAN when a new message is shifted in the receiver FIFO.
This flag indicates whether the shifted buffer is loaded with a correctly received message (matching identifier,
matching cyclic redundancy code (CRC) and no other errors detected). After the CPU has read that message
from the RxFG buffer in the receiver FIFO, the RXF flag must be cleared to release the buffer. A set RXF flag
prohibits the shifting of the next FIFO entry into the foreground buffer (RxFG). If not masked, a receive interrupt
is pending while this flag is set.
0
No new message available within the RxFG
1
The receiver FIFO is not empty. A new message is available in the RxFG
1
Redundant Information for the most critical CAN bus status which is “bus-off”. This only occurs if the Tx error counter exceeds
a number of 255 errors. Bus-off affects the receiver state. As soon as the transmitter leaves its bus-off state the receiver state
skips to RxOK too. Refer also to TSTAT[1:0] coding in this register.
2 To ensure data integrity, do not read the receive buffer registers while the RXF flag is cleared. For MCUs with dual CPUs,
reading the receive buffer registers while the RXF flag is cleared may result in a CPU fault condition.
16.3.2.6
MSCAN Receiver Interrupt Enable Register (CANRIER)
This register contains the interrupt enable bits for the interrupt flags described in the CANRFLG register.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0005
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WUPIE
CSCIE
RSTATE1
RSTATE0
TSTATE1
TSTATE0
OVRIE
RXFIE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset:
Figure 16-9. MSCAN Receiver Interrupt Enable Register (CANRIER)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime when not in initialization mode
NOTE
The CANRIER register is held in the reset state when the initialization mode
is active (INITRQ=1 and INITAK=1). This register is writable when not in
initialization mode (INITRQ=0 and INITAK=0).
The RSTATE[1:0], TSTATE[1:0] bits are not affected by initialization
mode.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
490
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 16-12. CANRIER Register Field Descriptions
Field
7
WUPIE1
6
CSCIE
Description
Wake-Up Interrupt Enable
0 No interrupt request is generated from this event.
1 A wake-up event causes a Wake-Up interrupt request.
CAN Status Change Interrupt Enable
0 No interrupt request is generated from this event.
1 A CAN Status Change event causes an error interrupt request.
5-4
Receiver Status Change Enable — These RSTAT enable bits control the sensitivity level in which receiver state
RSTATE[1:0] changes are causing CSCIF interrupts. Independent of the chosen sensitivity level the RSTAT flags continue to
indicate the actual receiver state and are only updated if no CSCIF interrupt is pending.
00 Do not generate any CSCIF interrupt caused by receiver state changes.
01 Generate CSCIF interrupt only if the receiver enters or leaves “bus-off” state. Discard other receiver state
changes for generating CSCIF interrupt.
10 Generate CSCIF interrupt only if the receiver enters or leaves “RxErr” or “bus-off”2 state. Discard other
receiver state changes for generating CSCIF interrupt.
11 Generate CSCIF interrupt on all state changes.
3-2
Transmitter Status Change Enable — These TSTAT enable bits control the sensitivity level in which transmitter
TSTATE[1:0] state changes are causing CSCIF interrupts. Independent of the chosen sensitivity level, the TSTAT flags
continue to indicate the actual transmitter state and are only updated if no CSCIF interrupt is pending.
00 Do not generate any CSCIF interrupt caused by transmitter state changes.
01 Generate CSCIF interrupt only if the transmitter enters or leaves “bus-off” state. Discard other transmitter
state changes for generating CSCIF interrupt.
10 Generate CSCIF interrupt only if the transmitter enters or leaves “TxErr” or “bus-off” state. Discard other
transmitter state changes for generating CSCIF interrupt.
11 Generate CSCIF interrupt on all state changes.
1
OVRIE
Overrun Interrupt Enable
0 No interrupt request is generated from this event.
1 An overrun event causes an error interrupt request.
0
RXFIE
Receiver Full Interrupt Enable
0 No interrupt request is generated from this event.
1 A receive buffer full (successful message reception) event causes a receiver interrupt request.
1
WUPIE and WUPE (see Section 16.3.2.1, “MSCAN Control Register 0 (CANCTL0)”) must both be enabled if the recovery
mechanism from stop or wait is required.
2
Bus-off state is only defined for transmitters by the CAN standard (see Bosch CAN 2.0A/B protocol specification). Because
the only possible state change for the transmitter from bus-off to TxOK also forces the receiver to skip its current state to RxOK,
the coding of the RXSTAT[1:0] flags define an additional bus-off state for the receiver (see Section 16.3.2.5, “MSCAN Receiver
Flag Register (CANRFLG)”).
16.3.2.7
MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG)
The transmit buffer empty flags each have an associated interrupt enable bit in the CANTIER register.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
491
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0006
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
TXE2
TXE1
TXE0
1
1
1
W
Reset:
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 16-10. MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime when not in initialization mode; write of 1 clears flag, write of 0 is ignored
NOTE
The CANTFLG register is held in the reset state when the initialization
mode is active (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1). This register is writable when
not in initialization mode (INITRQ = 0 and INITAK = 0).
Table 16-13. CANTFLG Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2-0
TXE[2:0]
Transmitter Buffer Empty — This flag indicates that the associated transmit message buffer is empty, and thus
not scheduled for transmission. The CPU must clear the flag after a message is set up in the transmit buffer and
is due for transmission. The MSCAN sets the flag after the message is sent successfully. The flag is also set by
the MSCAN when the transmission request is successfully aborted due to a pending abort request (see
Section 16.3.2.9, “MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Request Register (CANTARQ)”). If not masked, a
transmit interrupt is pending while this flag is set.
Clearing a TXEx flag also clears the corresponding ABTAKx (see Section 16.3.2.10, “MSCAN Transmitter
Message Abort Acknowledge Register (CANTAAK)”). When a TXEx flag is set, the corresponding ABTRQx bit
is cleared (see Section 16.3.2.9, “MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Request Register (CANTARQ)”).
When listen-mode is active (see Section 16.3.2.2, “MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)”) the TXEx flags
cannot be cleared and no transmission is started.
Read and write accesses to the transmit buffer will be blocked, if the corresponding TXEx bit is cleared
(TXEx = 0) and the buffer is scheduled for transmission.
0 The associated message buffer is full (loaded with a message due for transmission)
1 The associated message buffer is empty (not scheduled)
16.3.2.8
MSCAN Transmitter Interrupt Enable Register (CANTIER)
This register contains the interrupt enable bits for the transmit buffer empty interrupt flags.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0007
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
TXEIE2
TXEIE1
TXEIE0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 16-11. MSCAN Transmitter Interrupt Enable Register (CANTIER)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
492
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime when not in initialization mode
NOTE
The CANTIER register is held in the reset state when the initialization mode
is active (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1). This register is writable when not
in initialization mode (INITRQ = 0 and INITAK = 0).
Table 16-14. CANTIER Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2-0
TXEIE[2:0]
16.3.2.9
Transmitter Empty Interrupt Enable
0 No interrupt request is generated from this event.
1 A transmitter empty (transmit buffer available for transmission) event causes a transmitter empty interrupt
request.
MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Request Register (CANTARQ)
The CANTARQ register allows abort request of queued messages as described below.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0008
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
ABTRQ2
ABTRQ1
ABTRQ0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 16-12. MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Request Register (CANTARQ)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime when not in initialization mode
NOTE
The CANTARQ register is held in the reset state when the initialization
mode is active (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1). This register is writable when
not in initialization mode (INITRQ = 0 and INITAK = 0).
Table 16-15. CANTARQ Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2-0
Abort Request — The CPU sets the ABTRQx bit to request that a scheduled message buffer (TXEx = 0) be
ABTRQ[2:0] aborted. The MSCAN grants the request if the message has not already started transmission, or if the
transmission is not successful (lost arbitration or error). When a message is aborted, the associated TXE (see
Section 16.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG)”) and abort acknowledge flags (ABTAK, see
Section 16.3.2.10, “MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Acknowledge Register (CANTAAK)”) are set and a
transmit interrupt occurs if enabled. The CPU cannot reset ABTRQx. ABTRQx is reset whenever the associated
TXE flag is set.
0 No abort request
1 Abort request pending
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
493
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.3.2.10 MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Acknowledge Register (CANTAAK)
The CANTAAK register indicates the successful abort of a queued message, if requested by the
appropriate bits in the CANTARQ register.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0009
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
ABTAK2
ABTAK1
ABTAK0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
= Unimplemented
Figure 16-13. MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Acknowledge Register (CANTAAK)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Unimplemented
NOTE
The CANTAAK register is held in the reset state when the initialization
mode is active (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1).
Table 16-16. CANTAAK Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2-0
Abort Acknowledge — This flag acknowledges that a message was aborted due to a pending abort request
ABTAK[2:0] from the CPU. After a particular message buffer is flagged empty, this flag can be used by the application
software to identify whether the message was aborted successfully or was sent anyway. The ABTAKx flag is
cleared whenever the corresponding TXE flag is cleared.
0 The message was not aborted.
1 The message was aborted.
16.3.2.11 MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register (CANTBSEL)
The CANTBSEL register allows the selection of the actual transmit message buffer, which then will be
accessible in the CANTXFG register space.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x000A
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
TX2
TX1
TX0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 16-14. MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register (CANTBSEL)
1
Read: Find the lowest ordered bit set to 1, all other bits will be read as 0
Write: Anytime when not in initialization mode
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
494
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
NOTE
The CANTBSEL register is held in the reset state when the initialization
mode is active (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK=1). This register is writable when
not in initialization mode (INITRQ = 0 and INITAK = 0).
Table 16-17. CANTBSEL Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2-0
TX[2:0]
Transmit Buffer Select — The lowest numbered bit places the respective transmit buffer in the CANTXFG
register space (e.g., TX1 = 1 and TX0 = 1 selects transmit buffer TX0; TX1 = 1 and TX0 = 0 selects transmit
buffer TX1). Read and write accesses to the selected transmit buffer will be blocked, if the corresponding TXEx
bit is cleared and the buffer is scheduled for transmission (see Section 16.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag
Register (CANTFLG)”).
0 The associated message buffer is deselected
1 The associated message buffer is selected, if lowest numbered bit
The following gives a short programming example of the usage of the CANTBSEL register:
To get the next available transmit buffer, application software must read the CANTFLG register and write
this value back into the CANTBSEL register. In this example Tx buffers TX1 and TX2 are available. The
value read from CANTFLG is therefore 0b0000_0110. When writing this value back to CANTBSEL, the
Tx buffer TX1 is selected in the CANTXFG because the lowest numbered bit set to 1 is at bit position 1.
Reading back this value out of CANTBSEL results in 0b0000_0010, because only the lowest numbered
bit position set to 1 is presented. This mechanism eases the application software’s selection of the next
available Tx buffer.
• LDAA CANTFLG; value read is 0b0000_0110
• STAA CANTBSEL; value written is 0b0000_0110
• LDAA CANTBSEL; value read is 0b0000_0010
If all transmit message buffers are deselected, no accesses are allowed to the CANTXFG registers.
16.3.2.12 MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Control Register (CANIDAC)
The CANIDAC register is used for identifier acceptance control as described below.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x000B
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
IDAM1
IDAM0
0
0
3
2
1
0
0
IDHIT2
IDHIT1
IDHIT0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 16-15. MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Control Register (CANIDAC)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1), except bits IDHITx, which are read-only
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
495
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 16-18. CANIDAC Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
5-4
IDAM[1:0]
Identifier Acceptance Mode — The CPU sets these flags to define the identifier acceptance filter organization
(see Section 16.4.3, “Identifier Acceptance Filter”). Table 16-19 summarizes the different settings. In filter closed
mode, no message is accepted such that the foreground buffer is never reloaded.
2-0
IDHIT[2:0]
Identifier Acceptance Hit Indicator — The MSCAN sets these flags to indicate an identifier acceptance hit (see
Section 16.4.3, “Identifier Acceptance Filter”). Table 16-20 summarizes the different settings.
Table 16-19. Identifier Acceptance Mode Settings
IDAM1
IDAM0
Identifier Acceptance Mode
0
0
Two 32-bit acceptance filters
0
1
Four 16-bit acceptance filters
1
0
Eight 8-bit acceptance filters
1
1
Filter closed
Table 16-20. Identifier Acceptance Hit Indication
IDHIT2
IDHIT1
IDHIT0
Identifier Acceptance Hit
0
0
0
Filter 0 hit
0
0
1
Filter 1 hit
0
1
0
Filter 2 hit
0
1
1
Filter 3 hit
1
0
0
Filter 4 hit
1
0
1
Filter 5 hit
1
1
0
Filter 6 hit
1
1
1
Filter 7 hit
The IDHITx indicators are always related to the message in the foreground buffer (RxFG). When a
message gets shifted into the foreground buffer of the receiver FIFO the indicators are updated as well.
16.3.2.13 MSCAN Reserved Register
This register is reserved for factory testing of the MSCAN module and is not available in normal system
operating modes.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
496
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x000C to Module Base + 0x000D
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
= Unimplemented
Figure 16-16. MSCAN Reserved Register
1
Read: Always reads zero in normal system operation modes
Write: Unimplemented in normal system operation modes
NOTE
Writing to this register when in special system operating modes can alter the
MSCAN functionality.
16.3.2.14 MSCAN Miscellaneous Register (CANMISC)
This register provides additional features.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x000D
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BOHOLD
W
Reset:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 16-17. MSCAN Miscellaneous Register (CANMISC)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime; write of ‘1’ clears flag; write of ‘0’ ignored
Table 16-21. CANMISC Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
0
BOHOLD
Bus-off State Hold Until User Request — If BORM is set in MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1), this bit
indicates whether the module has entered the bus-off state. Clearing this bit requests the recovery from bus-off.
Refer to Section 16.5.2, “Bus-Off Recovery,” for details.
0 Module is not bus-off or recovery has been requested by user in bus-off state
1 Module is bus-off and holds this state until user request
16.3.2.15 MSCAN Receive Error Counter (CANRXERR)
This register reflects the status of the MSCAN receive error counter.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
497
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x000E
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RXERR7
RXERR6
RXERR5
RXERR4
RXERR3
RXERR2
RXERR1
RXERR0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
= Unimplemented
Figure 16-18. MSCAN Receive Error Counter (CANRXERR)
1
Read: Only when in sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1) or initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Write: Unimplemented
NOTE
Reading this register when in any other mode other than sleep or
initialization mode may return an incorrect value. For MCUs with dual
CPUs, this may result in a CPU fault condition.
Writing to this register when in special modes can alter the MSCAN
functionality.
16.3.2.16 MSCAN Transmit Error Counter (CANTXERR)
This register reflects the status of the MSCAN transmit error counter.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x000F
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TXERR7
TXERR6
TXERR5
TXERR4
TXERR3
TXERR2
TXERR1
TXERR0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
= Unimplemented
Figure 16-19. MSCAN Transmit Error Counter (CANTXERR)
1
Read: Only when in sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1) or initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Write: Unimplemented
NOTE
Reading this register when in any other mode other than sleep or
initialization mode, may return an incorrect value. For MCUs with dual
CPUs, this may result in a CPU fault condition.
Writing to this register when in special modes can alter the MSCAN
functionality.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
498
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.3.2.17 MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Registers (CANIDAR0-7)
On reception, each message is written into the background receive buffer. The CPU is only signalled to
read the message if it passes the criteria in the identifier acceptance and identifier mask registers
(accepted); otherwise, the message is overwritten by the next message (dropped).
The acceptance registers of the MSCAN are applied on the IDR0–IDR3 registers (see Section 16.3.3.1,
“Identifier Registers (IDR0–IDR3)”) of incoming messages in a bit by bit manner (see Section 16.4.3,
“Identifier Acceptance Filter”).
For extended identifiers, all four acceptance and mask registers are applied. For standard identifiers, only
the first two (CANIDAR0/1, CANIDMR0/1) are applied.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0010 to Module Base + 0x0013
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AC7
AC6
AC5
AC4
AC3
AC2
AC1
AC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 16-20. MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Registers (First Bank) — CANIDAR0–CANIDAR3
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Table 16-22. CANIDAR0–CANIDAR3 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
AC[7:0]
Acceptance Code Bits — AC[7:0] comprise a user-defined sequence of bits with which the corresponding bits
of the related identifier register (IDRn) of the receive message buffer are compared. The result of this comparison
is then masked with the corresponding identifier mask register.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0018 to Module Base + 0x001B
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AC7
AC6
AC5
AC4
AC3
AC2
AC1
AC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 16-21. MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Registers (Second Bank) — CANIDAR4–CANIDAR7
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
499
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 16-23. CANIDAR4–CANIDAR7 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
AC[7:0]
Acceptance Code Bits — AC[7:0] comprise a user-defined sequence of bits with which the corresponding bits
of the related identifier register (IDRn) of the receive message buffer are compared. The result of this comparison
is then masked with the corresponding identifier mask register.
16.3.2.18 MSCAN Identifier Mask Registers (CANIDMR0–CANIDMR7)
The identifier mask register specifies which of the corresponding bits in the identifier acceptance register
are relevant for acceptance filtering. To receive standard identifiers in 32 bit filter mode, it is required to
program the last three bits (AM[2:0]) in the mask registers CANIDMR1 and CANIDMR5 to “don’t care.”
To receive standard identifiers in 16 bit filter mode, it is required to program the last three bits (AM[2:0])
in the mask registers CANIDMR1, CANIDMR3, CANIDMR5, and CANIDMR7 to “don’t care.”
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x0014 to Module Base + 0x0017
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AM7
AM6
AM5
AM4
AM3
AM2
AM1
AM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 16-22. MSCAN Identifier Mask Registers (First Bank) — CANIDMR0–CANIDMR3
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Table 16-24. CANIDMR0–CANIDMR3 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
AM[7:0]
Acceptance Mask Bits — If a particular bit in this register is cleared, this indicates that the corresponding bit in
the identifier acceptance register must be the same as its identifier bit before a match is detected. The message
is accepted if all such bits match. If a bit is set, it indicates that the state of the corresponding bit in the identifier
acceptance register does not affect whether or not the message is accepted.
0 Match corresponding acceptance code register and identifier bits
1 Ignore corresponding acceptance code register bit
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x001C to Module Base + 0x001F
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AM7
AM6
AM5
AM4
AM3
AM2
AM1
AM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
Figure 16-23. MSCAN Identifier Mask Registers (Second Bank) — CANIDMR4–CANIDMR7
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
500
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
1
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Table 16-25. CANIDMR4–CANIDMR7 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
AM[7:0]
Acceptance Mask Bits — If a particular bit in this register is cleared, this indicates that the corresponding bit in
the identifier acceptance register must be the same as its identifier bit before a match is detected. The message
is accepted if all such bits match. If a bit is set, it indicates that the state of the corresponding bit in the identifier
acceptance register does not affect whether or not the message is accepted.
0 Match corresponding acceptance code register and identifier bits
1 Ignore corresponding acceptance code register bit
16.3.3
Programmer’s Model of Message Storage
The following section details the organization of the receive and transmit message buffers and the
associated control registers.
To simplify the programmer interface, the receive and transmit message buffers have the same outline.
Each message buffer allocates 16 bytes in the memory map containing a 13 byte data structure.
An additional transmit buffer priority register (TBPR) is defined for the transmit buffers. Within the last
two bytes of this memory map, the MSCAN stores a special 16-bit time stamp, which is sampled from an
internal timer after successful transmission or reception of a message. This feature is only available for
transmit and receiver buffers, if the TIME bit is set (see Section 16.3.2.1, “MSCAN Control Register 0
(CANCTL0)”).
The time stamp register is written by the MSCAN. The CPU can only read these registers.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
501
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 16-26. Message Buffer Organization
Offset
Address
1
Register
Access
0x00X0
Identifier Register 0
R/W
0x00X1
Identifier Register 1
R/W
0x00X2
Identifier Register 2
R/W
0x00X3
Identifier Register 3
R/W
0x00X4
Data Segment Register 0
R/W
0x00X5
Data Segment Register 1
R/W
0x00X6
Data Segment Register 2
R/W
0x00X7
Data Segment Register 3
R/W
0x00X8
Data Segment Register 4
R/W
0x00X9
Data Segment Register 5
R/W
0x00XA
Data Segment Register 6
R/W
0x00XB
Data Segment Register 7
R/W
0x00XC
Data Length Register
R/W
1
0x00XD
Transmit Buffer Priority Register
R/W
0x00XE
Time Stamp Register (High Byte)
R
0x00XF
Time Stamp Register (Low Byte)
R
Not applicable for receive buffers
Figure 16-24 shows the common 13-byte data structure of receive and transmit buffers for extended
identifiers. The mapping of standard identifiers into the IDR registers is shown in Figure 16-25.
All bits of the receive and transmit buffers are ‘x’ out of reset because of RAM-based implementation1.
All reserved or unused bits of the receive and transmit buffers always read ‘x’.
1. Exception: The transmit buffer priority registers are 0 out of reset.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
502
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Figure 16-24. Receive/Transmit Message Buffer — Extended Identifier Mapping
Register
Name
0x00X0
IDR0
0x00X1
IDR1
0x00X2
IDR2
0x00X3
IDR3
0x00X4
DSR0
0x00X5
DSR1
0x00X6
DSR2
0x00X7
DSR3
0x00X8
DSR4
0x00X9
DSR5
0x00XA
DSR6
0x00XB
DSR7
0x00XC
DLR
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit0
ID28
ID27
ID26
ID25
ID24
ID23
ID22
ID21
ID20
ID19
ID18
SRR (=1)
IDE (=1)
ID17
ID16
ID15
ID14
ID13
ID12
ID11
ID10
ID9
ID8
ID7
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
ID2
ID1
ID0
RTR
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
503
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Figure 16-24. Receive/Transmit Message Buffer — Extended Identifier Mapping (continued)
Register
Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit0
= Unused, always read ‘x’
Read:
• For transmit buffers, anytime when TXEx flag is set (see Section 16.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter
Flag Register (CANTFLG)”) and the corresponding transmit buffer is selected in CANTBSEL (see
Section 16.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register (CANTBSEL)”).
• For receive buffers, only when RXF flag is set (see Section 16.3.2.5, “MSCAN Receiver Flag
Register (CANRFLG)”).
Write:
• For transmit buffers, anytime when TXEx flag is set (see Section 16.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter
Flag Register (CANTFLG)”) and the corresponding transmit buffer is selected in CANTBSEL (see
Section 16.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register (CANTBSEL)”).
• Unimplemented for receive buffers.
Reset: Undefined because of RAM-based implementation
Figure 16-25. Receive/Transmit Message Buffer — Standard Identifier Mapping
Register
Name
IDR0
0x00X0
IDR1
0x00X1
IDR2
0x00X2
IDR3
0x00X3
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
ID10
ID9
ID8
ID7
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
ID2
ID1
ID0
RTR
IDE (=0)
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
= Unused, always read ‘x’
16.3.3.1
Identifier Registers (IDR0–IDR3)
The identifier registers for an extended format identifier consist of a total of 32 bits: ID[28:0], SRR, IDE,
and RTR. The identifier registers for a standard format identifier consist of a total of 13 bits: ID[10:0],
RTR, and IDE.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
504
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.3.3.1.1
IDR0–IDR3 for Extended Identifier Mapping
Module Base + 0x00X0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ID28
ID27
ID26
ID25
ID24
ID23
ID22
ID21
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
R
W
Reset:
Figure 16-26. Identifier Register 0 (IDR0) — Extended Identifier Mapping
Table 16-27. IDR0 Register Field Descriptions — Extended
Field
Description
7-0
ID[28:21]
Extended Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 29 bits (ID[28:0]) for the extended format. ID28 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number.
Module Base + 0x00X1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ID20
ID19
ID18
SRR (=1)
IDE (=1)
ID17
ID16
ID15
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
R
W
Reset:
Figure 16-27. Identifier Register 1 (IDR1) — Extended Identifier Mapping
Table 16-28. IDR1 Register Field Descriptions — Extended
Field
Description
7-5
ID[20:18]
Extended Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 29 bits (ID[28:0]) for the extended format. ID28 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number.
4
SRR
Substitute Remote Request — This fixed recessive bit is used only in extended format. It must be set to 1 by
the user for transmission buffers and is stored as received on the CAN bus for receive buffers.
3
IDE
ID Extended — This flag indicates whether the extended or standard identifier format is applied in this buffer. In
the case of a receive buffer, the flag is set as received and indicates to the CPU how to process the buffer
identifier registers. In the case of a transmit buffer, the flag indicates to the MSCAN what type of identifier to send.
0 Standard format (11 bit)
1 Extended format (29 bit)
2-0
ID[17:15]
Extended Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 29 bits (ID[28:0]) for the extended format. ID28 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
505
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Module Base + 0x00X2
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ID14
ID13
ID12
ID11
ID10
ID9
ID8
ID7
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
R
W
Reset:
Figure 16-28. Identifier Register 2 (IDR2) — Extended Identifier Mapping
Table 16-29. IDR2 Register Field Descriptions — Extended
Field
Description
7-0
ID[14:7]
Extended Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 29 bits (ID[28:0]) for the extended format. ID28 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number.
Module Base + 0x00X3
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
ID2
ID1
ID0
RTR
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
R
W
Reset:
Figure 16-29. Identifier Register 3 (IDR3) — Extended Identifier Mapping
Table 16-30. IDR3 Register Field Descriptions — Extended
Field
Description
7-1
ID[6:0]
Extended Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 29 bits (ID[28:0]) for the extended format. ID28 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number.
0
RTR
Remote Transmission Request — This flag reflects the status of the remote transmission request bit in the
CAN frame. In the case of a receive buffer, it indicates the status of the received frame and supports the
transmission of an answering frame in software. In the case of a transmit buffer, this flag defines the setting of
the RTR bit to be sent.
0 Data frame
1 Remote frame
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
506
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.3.3.1.2
IDR0–IDR3 for Standard Identifier Mapping
Module Base + 0x00X0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ID10
ID9
ID8
ID7
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
R
W
Reset:
Figure 16-30. Identifier Register 0 — Standard Mapping
Table 16-31. IDR0 Register Field Descriptions — Standard
Field
Description
7-0
ID[10:3]
Standard Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 11 bits (ID[10:0]) for the standard format. ID10 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number. See also ID bits in Table 16-32.
Module Base + 0x00X1
7
6
5
4
3
ID2
ID1
ID0
RTR
IDE (=0)
x
x
x
x
x
2
1
0
x
x
x
R
W
Reset:
= Unused; always read ‘x’
Figure 16-31. Identifier Register 1 — Standard Mapping
Table 16-32. IDR1 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-5
ID[2:0]
Standard Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 11 bits (ID[10:0]) for the standard format. ID10 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number. See also ID bits in Table 16-31.
4
RTR
Remote Transmission Request — This flag reflects the status of the Remote Transmission Request bit in the
CAN frame. In the case of a receive buffer, it indicates the status of the received frame and supports the
transmission of an answering frame in software. In the case of a transmit buffer, this flag defines the setting of
the RTR bit to be sent.
0 Data frame
1 Remote frame
3
IDE
ID Extended — This flag indicates whether the extended or standard identifier format is applied in this buffer. In
the case of a receive buffer, the flag is set as received and indicates to the CPU how to process the buffer
identifier registers. In the case of a transmit buffer, the flag indicates to the MSCAN what type of identifier to send.
0 Standard format (11 bit)
1 Extended format (29 bit)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
507
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Module Base + 0x00X2
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
R
W
Reset:
= Unused; always read ‘x’
Figure 16-32. Identifier Register 2 — Standard Mapping
Module Base + 0x00X3
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
R
W
Reset:
= Unused; always read ‘x’
Figure 16-33. Identifier Register 3 — Standard Mapping
16.3.3.2
Data Segment Registers (DSR0-7)
The eight data segment registers, each with bits DB[7:0], contain the data to be transmitted or received.
The number of bytes to be transmitted or received is determined by the data length code in the
corresponding DLR register.
Module Base + 0x00X4 to Module Base + 0x00XB
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
R
W
Reset:
Figure 16-34. Data Segment Registers (DSR0–DSR7) — Extended Identifier Mapping
Table 16-33. DSR0–DSR7 Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
DB[7:0]
Description
Data bits 7-0
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
508
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.3.3.3
Data Length Register (DLR)
This register keeps the data length field of the CAN frame.
Module Base + 0x00XC
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
x
x
x
x
R
W
Reset:
x
x
x
x
= Unused; always read “x”
Figure 16-35. Data Length Register (DLR) — Extended Identifier Mapping
Table 16-34. DLR Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3-0
DLC[3:0]
Data Length Code Bits — The data length code contains the number of bytes (data byte count) of the respective
message. During the transmission of a remote frame, the data length code is transmitted as programmed while
the number of transmitted data bytes is always 0. The data byte count ranges from 0 to 8 for a data frame.
Table 16-35 shows the effect of setting the DLC bits.
Table 16-35. Data Length Codes
Data Length Code
16.3.3.4
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
Data Byte
Count
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
0
0
4
0
1
0
1
5
0
1
1
0
6
0
1
1
1
7
1
0
0
0
8
Transmit Buffer Priority Register (TBPR)
This register defines the local priority of the associated message buffer. The local priority is used for the
internal prioritization process of the MSCAN and is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number.
The MSCAN implements the following internal prioritization mechanisms:
• All transmission buffers with a cleared TXEx flag participate in the prioritization immediately
before the SOF (start of frame) is sent.
• The transmission buffer with the lowest local priority field wins the prioritization.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
509
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
In cases of more than one buffer having the same lowest priority, the message buffer with the lower index
number wins.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x00XD
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PRIO7
PRIO6
PRIO5
PRIO4
PRIO3
PRIO2
PRIO1
PRIO0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset:
Figure 16-36. Transmit Buffer Priority Register (TBPR)
1
Read: Anytime when TXEx flag is set (see Section 16.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG)”) and the
corresponding transmit buffer is selected in CANTBSEL (see Section 16.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register
(CANTBSEL)”)
Write: Anytime when TXEx flag is set (see Section 16.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG)”) and the
corresponding transmit buffer is selected in CANTBSEL (see Section 16.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register
(CANTBSEL)”)
16.3.3.5
Time Stamp Register (TSRH–TSRL)
If the TIME bit is enabled, the MSCAN will write a time stamp to the respective registers in the active
transmit or receive buffer right after the EOF of a valid message on the CAN bus (see Section 16.3.2.1,
“MSCAN Control Register 0 (CANCTL0)”). In case of a transmission, the CPU can only read the time
stamp after the respective transmit buffer has been flagged empty.
The timer value, which is used for stamping, is taken from a free running internal CAN bit clock. A timer
overrun is not indicated by the MSCAN. The timer is reset (all bits set to 0) during initialization mode. The
CPU can only read the time stamp registers.
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x00XE
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TSR15
TSR14
TSR13
TSR12
TSR11
TSR10
TSR9
TSR8
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
W
Reset:
Figure 16-37. Time Stamp Register — High Byte (TSRH)
1
Read: Anytime when TXEx flag is set (see Section 16.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG)”) and the
corresponding transmit buffer is selected in CANTBSEL (see Section 16.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register
(CANTBSEL)”)
Write: Unimplemented
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
510
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Access: User read/write1
Module Base + 0x00XF
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TSR7
TSR6
TSR5
TSR4
TSR3
TSR2
TSR1
TSR0
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
W
Reset:
Figure 16-38. Time Stamp Register — Low Byte (TSRL)
1
Read: Anytime when TXEx flag is set (see Section 16.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG)”) and the
corresponding transmit buffer is selected in CANTBSEL (see Section 16.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register
(CANTBSEL)”)
Write: Unimplemented
16.4
16.4.1
Functional Description
General
This section provides a complete functional description of the MSCAN.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
511
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.4.2
Message Storage
CAN Receive / Transmit Engine
Memory Mapped I/O
Rx0
RXF
CPU bus
RxFG
RxBG
MSCAN
Rx1
Rx2
Rx3
Rx4
Receiver
TxBG
Tx0
MSCAN
TxFG
Tx1
Transmitter
TxBG
Tx2
TXE0
PRIO
TXE1
CPU bus
PRIO
TXE2
PRIO
Figure 16-39. User Model for Message Buffer Organization
The MSCAN facilitates a sophisticated message storage system which addresses the requirements of a
broad range of network applications.
16.4.2.1
Message Transmit Background
Modern application layer software is built upon two fundamental assumptions:
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
512
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
•
•
Any CAN node is able to send out a stream of scheduled messages without releasing the CAN bus
between the two messages. Such nodes arbitrate for the CAN bus immediately after sending the
previous message and only release the CAN bus in case of lost arbitration.
The internal message queue within any CAN node is organized such that the highest priority
message is sent out first, if more than one message is ready to be sent.
The behavior described in the bullets above cannot be achieved with a single transmit buffer. That buffer
must be reloaded immediately after the previous message is sent. This loading process lasts a finite amount
of time and must be completed within the inter-frame sequence (IFS) to be able to send an uninterrupted
stream of messages. Even if this is feasible for limited CAN bus speeds, it requires that the CPU reacts
with short latencies to the transmit interrupt.
A double buffer scheme de-couples the reloading of the transmit buffer from the actual message sending
and, therefore, reduces the reactiveness requirements of the CPU. Problems can arise if the sending of a
message is finished while the CPU re-loads the second buffer. No buffer would then be ready for
transmission, and the CAN bus would be released.
At least three transmit buffers are required to meet the first of the above requirements under all
circumstances. The MSCAN has three transmit buffers.
The second requirement calls for some sort of internal prioritization which the MSCAN implements with
the “local priority” concept described in Section 16.4.2.2, “Transmit Structures.”
16.4.2.2
Transmit Structures
The MSCAN triple transmit buffer scheme optimizes real-time performance by allowing multiple
messages to be set up in advance. The three buffers are arranged as shown in Figure 16-39.
All three buffers have a 13-byte data structure similar to the outline of the receive buffers (see
Section 16.3.3, “Programmer’s Model of Message Storage”). An additional Transmit Buffer Priority
Register (TBPR) contains an 8-bit local priority field (PRIO) (see Section 16.3.3.4, “Transmit Buffer
Priority Register (TBPR)”). The remaining two bytes are used for time stamping of a message, if required
(see Section 16.3.3.5, “Time Stamp Register (TSRH–TSRL)”).
To transmit a message, the CPU must identify an available transmit buffer, which is indicated by a set
transmitter buffer empty (TXEx) flag (see Section 16.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register
(CANTFLG)”). If a transmit buffer is available, the CPU must set a pointer to this buffer by writing to the
CANTBSEL register (see Section 16.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register
(CANTBSEL)”). This makes the respective buffer accessible within the CANTXFG address space (see
Section 16.3.3, “Programmer’s Model of Message Storage”). The algorithmic feature associated with the
CANTBSEL register simplifies the transmit buffer selection. In addition, this scheme makes the handler
software simpler because only one address area is applicable for the transmit process, and the required
address space is minimized.
The CPU then stores the identifier, the control bits, and the data content into one of the transmit buffers.
Finally, the buffer is flagged as ready for transmission by clearing the associated TXE flag.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
513
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
The MSCAN then schedules the message for transmission and signals the successful transmission of the
buffer by setting the associated TXE flag. A transmit interrupt (see Section 16.4.7.2, “Transmit Interrupt”)
is generated1 when TXEx is set and can be used to drive the application software to re-load the buffer.
If more than one buffer is scheduled for transmission when the CAN bus becomes available for arbitration,
the MSCAN uses the local priority setting of the three buffers to determine the prioritization. For this
purpose, every transmit buffer has an 8-bit local priority field (PRIO). The application software programs
this field when the message is set up. The local priority reflects the priority of this particular message
relative to the set of messages being transmitted from this node. The lowest binary value of the PRIO field
is defined to be the highest priority. The internal scheduling process takes place whenever the MSCAN
arbitrates for the CAN bus. This is also the case after the occurrence of a transmission error.
When a high priority message is scheduled by the application software, it may become necessary to abort
a lower priority message in one of the three transmit buffers. Because messages that are already in
transmission cannot be aborted, the user must request the abort by setting the corresponding abort request
bit (ABTRQ) (see Section 16.3.2.9, “MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Request Register
(CANTARQ)”.) The MSCAN then grants the request, if possible, by:
1. Setting the corresponding abort acknowledge flag (ABTAK) in the CANTAAK register.
2. Setting the associated TXE flag to release the buffer.
3. Generating a transmit interrupt. The transmit interrupt handler software can determine from the
setting of the ABTAK flag whether the message was aborted (ABTAK = 1) or sent (ABTAK = 0).
16.4.2.3
Receive Structures
The received messages are stored in a five stage input FIFO. The five message buffers are alternately
mapped into a single memory area (see Figure 16-39). The background receive buffer (RxBG) is
exclusively associated with the MSCAN, but the foreground receive buffer (RxFG) is addressable by the
CPU (see Figure 16-39). This scheme simplifies the handler software because only one address area is
applicable for the receive process.
All receive buffers have a size of 15 bytes to store the CAN control bits, the identifier (standard or
extended), the data contents, and a time stamp, if enabled (see Section 16.3.3, “Programmer’s Model of
Message Storage”).
The receiver full flag (RXF) (see Section 16.3.2.5, “MSCAN Receiver Flag Register (CANRFLG)”)
signals the status of the foreground receive buffer. When the buffer contains a correctly received message
with a matching identifier, this flag is set.
On reception, each message is checked to see whether it passes the filter (see Section 16.4.3, “Identifier
Acceptance Filter”) and simultaneously is written into the active RxBG. After successful reception of a
valid message, the MSCAN shifts the content of RxBG into the receiver FIFO, sets the RXF flag, and
generates a receive interrupt2 (see Section 16.4.7.3, “Receive Interrupt”) to the CPU. The user’s receive
handler must read the received message from the RxFG and then reset the RXF flag to acknowledge the
interrupt and to release the foreground buffer. A new message, which can follow immediately after the IFS
field of the CAN frame, is received into the next available RxBG. If the MSCAN receives an invalid
1. The transmit interrupt occurs only if not masked. A polling scheme can be applied on TXEx also.
2. The receive interrupt occurs only if not masked. A polling scheme can be applied on RXF also.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
514
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
message in its RxBG (wrong identifier, transmission errors, etc.) the actual contents of the buffer will be
over-written by the next message. The buffer will then not be shifted into the FIFO.
When the MSCAN module is transmitting, the MSCAN receives its own transmitted messages into the
background receive buffer, RxBG, but does not shift it into the receiver FIFO, generate a receive interrupt,
or acknowledge its own messages on the CAN bus. The exception to this rule is in loopback mode (see
Section 16.3.2.2, “MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)”) where the MSCAN treats its own messages
exactly like all other incoming messages. The MSCAN receives its own transmitted messages in the event
that it loses arbitration. If arbitration is lost, the MSCAN must be prepared to become a receiver.
An overrun condition occurs when all receive message buffers in the FIFO are filled with correctly
received messages with accepted identifiers and another message is correctly received from the CAN bus
with an accepted identifier. The latter message is discarded and an error interrupt with overrun indication
is generated if enabled (see Section 16.4.7.5, “Error Interrupt”). The MSCAN remains able to transmit
messages while the receiver FIFO is being filled, but all incoming messages are discarded. As soon as a
receive buffer in the FIFO is available again, new valid messages will be accepted.
16.4.3
Identifier Acceptance Filter
The MSCAN identifier acceptance registers (see Section 16.3.2.12, “MSCAN Identifier Acceptance
Control Register (CANIDAC)”) define the acceptable patterns of the standard or extended identifier
(ID[10:0] or ID[28:0]). Any of these bits can be marked ‘don’t care’ in the MSCAN identifier mask
registers (see Section 16.3.2.18, “MSCAN Identifier Mask Registers (CANIDMR0–CANIDMR7)”).
A filter hit is indicated to the application software by a set receive buffer full flag (RXF = 1) and three bits
in the CANIDAC register (see Section 16.3.2.12, “MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Control Register
(CANIDAC)”). These identifier hit flags (IDHIT[2:0]) clearly identify the filter section that caused the
acceptance. They simplify the application software’s task to identify the cause of the receiver interrupt. If
more than one hit occurs (two or more filters match), the lower hit has priority.
A very flexible programmable generic identifier acceptance filter has been introduced to reduce the CPU
interrupt loading. The filter is programmable to operate in four different modes:
• Two identifier acceptance filters, each to be applied to:
— The full 29 bits of the extended identifier and to the following bits of the CAN 2.0B frame:
– Remote transmission request (RTR)
– Identifier extension (IDE)
– Substitute remote request (SRR)
— The 11 bits of the standard identifier plus the RTR and IDE bits of the CAN 2.0A/B messages.
This mode implements two filters for a full length CAN 2.0B compliant extended identifier.
Although this mode can be used for standard identifiers, it is recommended to use the four or
eight identifier acceptance filters.
Figure 16-40 shows how the first 32-bit filter bank (CANIDAR0–CANIDAR3,
CANIDMR0–CANIDMR3) produces a filter 0 hit. Similarly, the second filter bank
(CANIDAR4–CANIDAR7, CANIDMR4–CANIDMR7) produces a filter 1 hit.
• Four identifier acceptance filters, each to be applied to:
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
515
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
•
•
— The 14 most significant bits of the extended identifier plus the SRR and IDE bits of CAN 2.0B
messages.
— The 11 bits of the standard identifier, the RTR and IDE bits of CAN 2.0A/B messages.
Figure 16-41 shows how the first 32-bit filter bank (CANIDAR0–CANIDAR3,
CANIDMR0–CANIDMR3) produces filter 0 and 1 hits. Similarly, the second filter bank
(CANIDAR4–CANIDAR7, CANIDMR4–CANIDMR7) produces filter 2 and 3 hits.
Eight identifier acceptance filters, each to be applied to the first 8 bits of the identifier. This mode
implements eight independent filters for the first 8 bits of a CAN 2.0A/B compliant standard
identifier or a CAN 2.0B compliant extended identifier.
Figure 16-42 shows how the first 32-bit filter bank (CANIDAR0–CANIDAR3,
CANIDMR0–CANIDMR3) produces filter 0 to 3 hits. Similarly, the second filter bank
(CANIDAR4–CANIDAR7, CANIDMR4–CANIDMR7) produces filter 4 to 7 hits.
Closed filter. No CAN message is copied into the foreground buffer RxFG, and the RXF flag is
never set.
CAN 2.0B
Extended Identifier ID28
IDR0
ID21
ID20
IDR1
CAN 2.0A/B
Standard Identifier ID10
IDR0
ID3
ID2
IDR1
ID15
IDE
ID14
IDR2
ID7
ID6
IDR3
RTR
ID10
IDR2
ID3
ID10
IDR3
ID3
AM7
CANIDMR0
AM0
AM7
CANIDMR1
AM0
AM7
CANIDMR2
AM0
AM7
CANIDMR3
AM0
AC7
CANIDAR0
AC0
AC7
CANIDAR1
AC0
AC7
CANIDAR2
AC0
AC7
CANIDAR3
AC0
ID Accepted (Filter 0 Hit)
Figure 16-40. 32-bit Maskable Identifier Acceptance Filter
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
516
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
CAN 2.0B
Extended Identifier
ID28
IDR0
ID21
ID20
IDR1
CAN 2.0A/B
Standard Identifier
ID10
IDR0
ID3
ID2
IDR1
AM7
CANIDMR0
AM0
AM7
CANIDMR1
AM0
AC7
CANIDAR0
AC0
AC7
CANIDAR1
AC0
ID15
IDE
ID14
IDR2
ID7
ID6
IDR3
RTR
ID10
IDR2
ID3
ID10
IDR3
ID3
ID Accepted (Filter 0 Hit)
AM7
CANIDMR2
AM0
AM7
CANIDMR3
AM0
AC7
CANIDAR2
AC0
AC7
CANIDAR3
AC0
ID Accepted (Filter 1 Hit)
Figure 16-41. 16-bit Maskable Identifier Acceptance Filters
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
517
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
CAN 2.0B
Extended Identifier ID28
IDR0
ID21
ID20
IDR1
CAN 2.0A/B
Standard Identifier ID10
IDR0
ID3
ID2
IDR1
AM7
CIDMR0
AM0
AC7
CIDAR0
AC0
ID15
IDE
ID14
IDR2
ID7
ID6
IDR3
RTR
ID10
IDR2
ID3
ID10
IDR3
ID3
ID Accepted (Filter 0 Hit)
AM7
CIDMR1
AM0
AC7
CIDAR1
AC0
ID Accepted (Filter 1 Hit)
AM7
CIDMR2
AM0
AC7
CIDAR2
AC0
ID Accepted (Filter 2 Hit)
AM7
CIDMR3
AM0
AC7
CIDAR3
AC0
ID Accepted (Filter 3 Hit)
Figure 16-42. 8-bit Maskable Identifier Acceptance Filters
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
518
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.4.3.1
Protocol Violation Protection
The MSCAN protects the user from accidentally violating the CAN protocol through programming errors.
The protection logic implements the following features:
• The receive and transmit error counters cannot be written or otherwise manipulated.
• All registers which control the configuration of the MSCAN cannot be modified while the MSCAN
is on-line. The MSCAN has to be in Initialization Mode. The corresponding INITRQ/INITAK
handshake bits in the CANCTL0/CANCTL1 registers (see Section 16.3.2.1, “MSCAN Control
Register 0 (CANCTL0)”) serve as a lock to protect the following registers:
— MSCAN control 1 register (CANCTL1)
— MSCAN bus timing registers 0 and 1 (CANBTR0, CANBTR1)
— MSCAN identifier acceptance control register (CANIDAC)
— MSCAN identifier acceptance registers (CANIDAR0–CANIDAR7)
— MSCAN identifier mask registers (CANIDMR0–CANIDMR7)
• The TXCAN is immediately forced to a recessive state when the MSCAN goes into the power
down mode or initialization mode (see Section 16.4.5.6, “MSCAN Power Down Mode,” and
Section 16.4.4.5, “MSCAN Initialization Mode”).
• The MSCAN enable bit (CANE) is writable only once in normal system operation modes, which
provides further protection against inadvertently disabling the MSCAN.
16.4.3.2
Clock System
Figure 16-43 shows the structure of the MSCAN clock generation circuitry.
MSCAN
Bus Clock
CANCLK
CLKSRC
Prescaler
(1 .. 64)
Time quanta clock (Tq)
CLKSRC
Oscillator Clock
Figure 16-43. MSCAN Clocking Scheme
The clock source bit (CLKSRC) in the CANCTL1 register (16.3.2.2/16-484) defines whether the internal
CANCLK is connected to the output of a crystal oscillator (oscillator clock) or to the bus clock.
The clock source has to be chosen such that the tight oscillator tolerance requirements (up to 0.4%) of the
CAN protocol are met. Additionally, for high CAN bus rates (1 Mbps), a 45% to 55% duty cycle of the
clock is required.
If the bus clock is generated from a PLL, it is recommended to select the oscillator clock rather than the
bus clock due to jitter considerations, especially at the faster CAN bus rates.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
519
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
For microcontrollers without a clock and reset generator (CRG), CANCLK is driven from the crystal
oscillator (oscillator clock).
A programmable prescaler generates the time quanta (Tq) clock from CANCLK. A time quantum is the
atomic unit of time handled by the MSCAN.
Eqn. 16-2
f CANCLK
=
----------------------------------------------------Tq ( Prescaler value -)
A bit time is subdivided into three segments as described in the Bosch CAN 2.0A/B specification. (see
Figure 16-44):
• SYNC_SEG: This segment has a fixed length of one time quantum. Signal edges are expected to
happen within this section.
• Time Segment 1: This segment includes the PROP_SEG and the PHASE_SEG1 of the CAN
standard. It can be programmed by setting the parameter TSEG1 to consist of 4 to 16 time quanta.
• Time Segment 2: This segment represents the PHASE_SEG2 of the CAN standard. It can be
programmed by setting the TSEG2 parameter to be 2 to 8 time quanta long.
Eqn. 16-3
f Tq
Bit Rate = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------( number of Time Quanta )
NRZ Signal
SYNC_SEG
Time Segment 1
(PROP_SEG + PHASE_SEG1)
Time Segment 2
(PHASE_SEG2)
1
4 ... 16
2 ... 8
8 ... 25 Time Quanta
= 1 Bit Time
Transmit Point
Sample Point
(single or triple sampling)
Figure 16-44. Segments within the Bit Time
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
520
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 16-36. Time Segment Syntax
Syntax
Description
System expects transitions to occur on the CAN bus during this
period.
SYNC_SEG
Transmit Point
A node in transmit mode transfers a new value to the CAN bus at
this point.
Sample Point
A node in receive mode samples the CAN bus at this point. If the
three samples per bit option is selected, then this point marks the
position of the third sample.
The synchronization jump width (see the Bosch CAN 2.0A/B specification for details) can be programmed
in a range of 1 to 4 time quanta by setting the SJW parameter.
The SYNC_SEG, TSEG1, TSEG2, and SJW parameters are set by programming the MSCAN bus timing
registers (CANBTR0, CANBTR1) (see Section 16.3.2.3, “MSCAN Bus Timing Register 0 (CANBTR0)”
and Section 16.3.2.4, “MSCAN Bus Timing Register 1 (CANBTR1)”).
Table 16-37 gives an overview of the Bosch CAN 2.0A/B specification compliant segment settings and the
related parameter values.
NOTE
It is the user’s responsibility to ensure the bit time settings are in compliance
with the CAN standard.
Table 16-37. Bosch CAN 2.0A/B Compliant Bit Time Segment Settings
Synchronization
Jump Width
Time Segment 1
TSEG1
Time Segment 2
TSEG2
5 .. 10
4 .. 9
2
1
1 .. 2
0 .. 1
4 .. 11
3 .. 10
3
2
1 .. 3
0 .. 2
5 .. 12
4 .. 11
4
3
1 .. 4
0 .. 3
6 .. 13
5 .. 12
5
4
1 .. 4
0 .. 3
7 .. 14
6 .. 13
6
5
1 .. 4
0 .. 3
8 .. 15
7 .. 14
7
6
1 .. 4
0 .. 3
9 .. 16
8 .. 15
8
7
1 .. 4
0 .. 3
16.4.4
16.4.4.1
SJW
Modes of Operation
Normal System Operating Modes
The MSCAN module behaves as described within this specification in all normal system operating modes.
Write restrictions exist for some registers.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
521
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.4.4.2
Special System Operating Modes
The MSCAN module behaves as described within this specification in all special system operating modes.
Write restrictions which exist on specific registers in normal modes are lifted for test purposes in special
modes.
16.4.4.3
Emulation Modes
In all emulation modes, the MSCAN module behaves just like in normal system operating modes as
described within this specification.
16.4.4.4
Listen-Only Mode
In an optional CAN bus monitoring mode (listen-only), the CAN node is able to receive valid data frames
and valid remote frames, but it sends only “recessive” bits on the CAN bus. In addition, it cannot start a
transmission.
If the MAC sub-layer is required to send a “dominant” bit (ACK bit, overload flag, or active error flag), the
bit is rerouted internally so that the MAC sub-layer monitors this “dominant” bit, although the CAN bus
may remain in recessive state externally.
16.4.4.5
MSCAN Initialization Mode
The MSCAN enters initialization mode when it is enabled (CANE=1).
When entering initialization mode during operation, any on-going transmission or reception is
immediately aborted and synchronization to the CAN bus is lost, potentially causing CAN protocol
violations. To protect the CAN bus system from fatal consequences of violations, the MSCAN
immediately drives TXCAN into a recessive state.
NOTE
The user is responsible for ensuring that the MSCAN is not active when
initialization mode is entered. The recommended procedure is to bring the
MSCAN into sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1) before setting the
INITRQ bit in the CANCTL0 register. Otherwise, the abort of an on-going
message can cause an error condition and can impact other CAN bus
devices.
In initialization mode, the MSCAN is stopped. However, interface registers remain accessible. This mode
is used to reset the CANCTL0, CANRFLG, CANRIER, CANTFLG, CANTIER, CANTARQ,
CANTAAK, and CANTBSEL registers to their default values. In addition, the MSCAN enables the
configuration of the CANBTR0, CANBTR1 bit timing registers; CANIDAC; and the CANIDAR,
CANIDMR message filters. See Section 16.3.2.1, “MSCAN Control Register 0 (CANCTL0),” for a
detailed description of the initialization mode.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
522
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Bus Clock Domain
CAN Clock Domain
INITRQ
SYNC
sync.
INITRQ
sync.
SYNC
INITAK
CPU
Init Request
INITAK
Flag
INITAK
INIT
Flag
Figure 16-45. Initialization Request/Acknowledge Cycle
Due to independent clock domains within the MSCAN, INITRQ must be synchronized to all domains by
using a special handshake mechanism. This handshake causes additional synchronization delay (see
Figure 16-45).
If there is no message transfer ongoing on the CAN bus, the minimum delay will be two additional bus
clocks and three additional CAN clocks. When all parts of the MSCAN are in initialization mode, the
INITAK flag is set. The application software must use INITAK as a handshake indication for the request
(INITRQ) to go into initialization mode.
NOTE
The CPU cannot clear INITRQ before initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and
INITAK = 1) is active.
16.4.5
Low-Power Options
If the MSCAN is disabled (CANE = 0), the MSCAN clocks are stopped for power saving.
If the MSCAN is enabled (CANE = 1), the MSCAN has two additional modes with reduced power
consumption, compared to normal mode: sleep and power down mode. In sleep mode, power consumption
is reduced by stopping all clocks except those to access the registers from the CPU side. In power down
mode, all clocks are stopped and no power is consumed.
Table 16-38 summarizes the combinations of MSCAN and CPU modes. A particular combination of
modes is entered by the given settings on the CSWAI and SLPRQ/SLPAK bits.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
523
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 16-38. CPU vs. MSCAN Operating Modes
MSCAN Mode
Reduced Power Consumption
CPU Mode
Normal
Sleep
RUN
CSWAI = X1
SLPRQ = 0
SLPAK = 0
CSWAI = X
SLPRQ = 1
SLPAK = 1
WAIT
CSWAI = 0
SLPRQ = 0
SLPAK = 0
CSWAI = 0
SLPRQ = 1
SLPAK = 1
STOP
1
Power Down
Disabled
(CANE=0)
CSWAI = X
SLPRQ = X
SLPAK = X
CSWAI = 1
SLPRQ = X
SLPAK = X
CSWAI = X
SLPRQ = X
SLPAK = X
CSWAI = X
SLPRQ = X
SLPAK = X
CSWAI = X
SLPRQ = X
SLPAK = X
‘X’ means don’t care.
16.4.5.1
Operation in Run Mode
As shown in Table 16-38, only MSCAN sleep mode is available as low power option when the CPU is in
run mode.
16.4.5.2
Operation in Wait Mode
The WAI instruction puts the MCU in a low power consumption stand-by mode. If the CSWAI bit is set,
additional power can be saved in power down mode because the CPU clocks are stopped. After leaving
this power down mode, the MSCAN restarts and enters normal mode again.
While the CPU is in wait mode, the MSCAN can be operated in normal mode and generate interrupts
(registers can be accessed via background debug mode).
16.4.5.3
Operation in Stop Mode
The STOP instruction puts the MCU in a low power consumption stand-by mode. In stop mode, the
MSCAN is set in power down mode regardless of the value of the SLPRQ/SLPAK and CSWAI bits
(Table 16-38).
16.4.5.4
MSCAN Normal Mode
This is a non-power-saving mode. Enabling the MSCAN puts the module from disabled mode into normal
mode. In this mode the module can either be in initialization mode or out of initialization mode. See
Section 16.4.4.5, “MSCAN Initialization Mode”.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
524
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.4.5.5
MSCAN Sleep Mode
The CPU can request the MSCAN to enter this low power mode by asserting the SLPRQ bit in the
CANCTL0 register. The time when the MSCAN enters sleep mode depends on a fixed synchronization
delay and its current activity:
• If there are one or more message buffers scheduled for transmission (TXEx = 0), the MSCAN will
continue to transmit until all transmit message buffers are empty (TXEx = 1, transmitted
successfully or aborted) and then goes into sleep mode.
• If the MSCAN is receiving, it continues to receive and goes into sleep mode as soon as the CAN
bus next becomes idle.
• If the MSCAN is neither transmitting nor receiving, it immediately goes into sleep mode.
Bus Clock Domain
CAN Clock Domain
SLPRQ
SYNC
sync.
SLPRQ
sync.
SYNC
SLPAK
CPU
Sleep Request
SLPAK
Flag
SLPAK
SLPRQ
Flag
MSCAN
in Sleep Mode
Figure 16-46. Sleep Request / Acknowledge Cycle
NOTE
The application software must avoid setting up a transmission (by clearing
one or more TXEx flag(s)) and immediately request sleep mode (by setting
SLPRQ). Whether the MSCAN starts transmitting or goes into sleep mode
directly depends on the exact sequence of operations.
If sleep mode is active, the SLPRQ and SLPAK bits are set (Figure 16-46). The application software must
use SLPAK as a handshake indication for the request (SLPRQ) to go into sleep mode.
When in sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1), the MSCAN stops its internal clocks. However, clocks
that allow register accesses from the CPU side continue to run.
If the MSCAN is in bus-off state, it stops counting the 128 occurrences of 11 consecutive recessive bits
due to the stopped clocks. TXCAN remains in a recessive state. If RXF = 1, the message can be read and
RXF can be cleared. Shifting a new message into the foreground buffer of the receiver FIFO (RxFG) does
not take place while in sleep mode.
It is possible to access the transmit buffers and to clear the associated TXE flags. No message abort takes
place while in sleep mode.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
525
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
If the WUPE bit in CANCTL0 is not asserted, the MSCAN will mask any activity it detects on CAN.
RXCAN is therefore held internally in a recessive state. This locks the MSCAN in sleep mode. WUPE
must be set before entering sleep mode to take effect.
The MSCAN is able to leave sleep mode (wake up) only when:
• CAN bus activity occurs and WUPE = 1
or
• the CPU clears the SLPRQ bit
NOTE
The CPU cannot clear the SLPRQ bit before sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1 and
SLPAK = 1) is active.
After wake-up, the MSCAN waits for 11 consecutive recessive bits to synchronize to the CAN bus. As a
consequence, if the MSCAN is woken-up by a CAN frame, this frame is not received.
The receive message buffers (RxFG and RxBG) contain messages if they were received before sleep mode
was entered. All pending actions will be executed upon wake-up; copying of RxBG into RxFG, message
aborts and message transmissions. If the MSCAN remains in bus-off state after sleep mode was exited, it
continues counting the 128 occurrences of 11 consecutive recessive bits.
16.4.5.6
MSCAN Power Down Mode
The MSCAN is in power down mode (Table 16-38) when
• CPU is in stop mode
or
• CPU is in wait mode and the CSWAI bit is set
When entering the power down mode, the MSCAN immediately stops all ongoing transmissions and
receptions, potentially causing CAN protocol violations. To protect the CAN bus system from fatal
consequences of violations to the above rule, the MSCAN immediately drives TXCAN into a recessive
state.
NOTE
The user is responsible for ensuring that the MSCAN is not active when
power down mode is entered. The recommended procedure is to bring the
MSCAN into Sleep mode before the STOP or WAI instruction (if CSWAI
is set) is executed. Otherwise, the abort of an ongoing message can cause an
error condition and impact other CAN bus devices.
In power down mode, all clocks are stopped and no registers can be accessed. If the MSCAN was not in
sleep mode before power down mode became active, the module performs an internal recovery cycle after
powering up. This causes some fixed delay before the module enters normal mode again.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
526
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.4.5.7
Disabled Mode
The MSCAN is in disabled mode out of reset (CANE=0). All module clocks are stopped for power saving,
however the register map can still be accessed as specified.
16.4.5.8
Programmable Wake-Up Function
The MSCAN can be programmed to wake up from sleep or power down mode as soon as CAN bus activity
is detected (see control bit WUPE in MSCAN Control Register 0 (CANCTL0). The sensitivity to existing
CAN bus action can be modified by applying a low-pass filter function to the RXCAN input line (see
control bit WUPM in Section 16.3.2.2, “MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)”).
This feature can be used to protect the MSCAN from wake-up due to short glitches on the CAN bus lines.
Such glitches can result from—for example—electromagnetic interference within noisy environments.
16.4.6
Reset Initialization
The reset state of each individual bit is listed in Section 16.3.2, “Register Descriptions,” which details all
the registers and their bit-fields.
16.4.7
Interrupts
This section describes all interrupts originated by the MSCAN. It documents the enable bits and generated
flags. Each interrupt is listed and described separately.
16.4.7.1
Description of Interrupt Operation
The MSCAN supports four interrupt vectors (see Table 16-39), any of which can be individually masked
(for details see Section 16.3.2.6, “MSCAN Receiver Interrupt Enable Register (CANRIER)” to
Section 16.3.2.8, “MSCAN Transmitter Interrupt Enable Register (CANTIER)”).
Refer to the device overview section to determine the dedicated interrupt vector addresses.
Table 16-39. Interrupt Vectors
Interrupt Source
Wake-Up Interrupt (WUPIF)
16.4.7.2
CCR Mask
I bit
Local Enable
CANRIER (WUPIE)
Error Interrupts Interrupt (CSCIF, OVRIF)
I bit
CANRIER (CSCIE, OVRIE)
Receive Interrupt (RXF)
I bit
CANRIER (RXFIE)
Transmit Interrupts (TXE[2:0])
I bit
CANTIER (TXEIE[2:0])
Transmit Interrupt
At least one of the three transmit buffers is empty (not scheduled) and can be loaded to schedule a message
for transmission. The TXEx flag of the empty message buffer is set.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
527
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.4.7.3
Receive Interrupt
A message is successfully received and shifted into the foreground buffer (RxFG) of the receiver FIFO.
This interrupt is generated immediately after receiving the EOF symbol. The RXF flag is set. If there are
multiple messages in the receiver FIFO, the RXF flag is set as soon as the next message is shifted to the
foreground buffer.
16.4.7.4
Wake-Up Interrupt
A wake-up interrupt is generated if activity on the CAN bus occurs during MSCAN sleep or power-down
mode.
NOTE
This interrupt can only occur if the MSCAN was in sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1
and SLPAK = 1) before entering power down mode, the wake-up option is
enabled (WUPE = 1), and the wake-up interrupt is enabled (WUPIE = 1).
16.4.7.5
Error Interrupt
An error interrupt is generated if an overrun of the receiver FIFO, error, warning, or bus-off condition
occurrs. MSCAN Receiver Flag Register (CANRFLG) indicates one of the following conditions:
• Overrun — An overrun condition of the receiver FIFO as described in Section 16.4.2.3, “Receive
Structures,” occurred.
• CAN Status Change — The actual value of the transmit and receive error counters control the
CAN bus state of the MSCAN. As soon as the error counters skip into a critical range
(Tx/Rx-warning, Tx/Rx-error, bus-off) the MSCAN flags an error condition. The status change,
which caused the error condition, is indicated by the TSTAT and RSTAT flags (see
Section 16.3.2.5, “MSCAN Receiver Flag Register (CANRFLG)” and Section 16.3.2.6, “MSCAN
Receiver Interrupt Enable Register (CANRIER)”).
16.4.7.6
Interrupt Acknowledge
Interrupts are directly associated with one or more status flags in either the MSCAN Receiver Flag Register
(CANRFLG) or the MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG). Interrupts are pending as long as
one of the corresponding flags is set. The flags in CANRFLG and CANTFLG must be reset within the
interrupt handler to handshake the interrupt. The flags are reset by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit
position. A flag cannot be cleared if the respective condition prevails.
NOTE
It must be guaranteed that the CPU clears only the bit causing the current
interrupt. For this reason, bit manipulation instructions (BSET) must not be
used to clear interrupt flags. These instructions may cause accidental
clearing of interrupt flags which are set after entering the current interrupt
service routine.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
528
Freescale Semiconductor
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
16.5
16.5.1
Initialization/Application Information
MSCAN initialization
The procedure to initially start up the MSCAN module out of reset is as follows:
1. Assert CANE
2. Write to the configuration registers in initialization mode
3. Clear INITRQ to leave initialization mode
If the configuration of registers which are only writable in initialization mode shall be changed:
1. Bring the module into sleep mode by setting SLPRQ and awaiting SLPAK to assert after the CAN
bus becomes idle.
2. Enter initialization mode: assert INITRQ and await INITAK
3. Write to the configuration registers in initialization mode
4. Clear INITRQ to leave initialization mode and continue
16.5.2
Bus-Off Recovery
The bus-off recovery is user configurable. The bus-off state can either be left automatically or on user
request.
For reasons of backwards compatibility, the MSCAN defaults to automatic recovery after reset. In this
case, the MSCAN will become error active again after counting 128 occurrences of 11 consecutive
recessive bits on the CAN bus (see the Bosch CAN 2.0 A/B specification for details).
If the MSCAN is configured for user request (BORM set in MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)), the
recovery from bus-off starts after both independent events have become true:
• 128 occurrences of 11 consecutive recessive bits on the CAN bus have been monitored
• BOHOLD in MSCAN Miscellaneous Register (CANMISC) has been cleared by the user
These two events may occur in any order.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
529
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
530
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 17
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
17.1
Introduction
The Version 2 of S12 PWM module is a channel scalable and optimized implementation of S12
PWM8B8C Version 1. The channel is scalable in pairs from PWM0 to PWM7 and the available channel
number is 2, 4, 6 and 8. The shutdown feature has been removed and the flexibility to select one of four
clock sources per channel has improved. If the corresponding channels exist and shutdown feature is not
used, the Version 2 is fully software compatible to Version 1.
17.1.1
Features
The scalable PWM block includes these distinctive features:
• Up to eight independent PWM channels, scalable in pairs (PWM0 to PWM7)
• Available channel number could be 2, 4, 6, 8 (refer to device specification for exact number)
• Programmable period and duty cycle for each channel
• Dedicated counter for each PWM channel
• Programmable PWM enable/disable for each channel
• Software selection of PWM duty pulse polarity for each channel
• Period and duty cycle are double buffered. Change takes effect when the end of the effective period
is reached (PWM counter reaches zero) or when the channel is disabled.
• Programmable center or left aligned outputs on individual channels
• Up to eight 8-bit channel or four 16-bit channel PWM resolution
• Four clock sources (A, B, SA, and SB) provide for a wide range of frequencies
• Programmable clock select logic
17.1.2
Modes of Operation
There is a software programmable option for low power consumption in wait mode that disables the input
clock to the prescaler.
In freeze mode there is a software programmable option to disable the input clock to the prescaler. This is
useful for emulation.
Wait:
The prescaler keeps on running, unless PSWAI in PWMCTL is set to 1.
Freeze:
The prescaler keeps on running, unless PFRZ in PWMCTL is set to 1.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
531
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
17.1.3
Block Diagram
Figure 17-1 shows the block diagram for the 8-bit up to 8-channel scalable PWM block.
PWM8B8C
PWM Channels
Channel 7
Period and Duty
Counter
Channel 6
Bus Clock
Clock Select
PWM Clock
Period and Duty
PWM6
Counter
Channel 5
Period and Duty
PWM7
PWM5
Counter
Control
Channel 4
Period and Duty
PWM4
Counter
Channel 3
Period and Duty
Enable
PWM3
Counter
Channel 2
Polarity
Period and Duty
Alignment
PWM2
Counter
Channel 1
Period and Duty
PWM1
Counter
Channel 0
Period and Duty
Counter
PWM0
Maximum possible channels, scalable in pairs from PWM0 to PWM7.
Figure 17-1. Scalable PWM Block Diagram
17.2
External Signal Description
The scalable PWM module has a selected number of external pins. Refer to device specification for exact
number.
17.2.1
PWM7 - PWM0 — PWM Channel 7 - 0
Those pins serve as waveform output of PWM channel 7 - 0.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
532
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
17.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
17.3.1
Module Memory Map
This section describes the content of the registers in the scalable PWM module. The base address of the
scalable PWM module is determined at the MCU level when the MCU is defined. The register decode map
is fixed and begins at the first address of the module address offset. The figure below shows the registers
associated with the scalable PWM and their relative offset from the base address. The register detail
description follows the order they appear in the register map.
Reserved bits within a register will always read as 0 and the write will be unimplemented. Unimplemented
functions are indicated by shading the bit.
NOTE
Register Address = Base Address + Address Offset, where the Base Address
is defined at the MCU level and the Address Offset is defined at the module
level.
17.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section describes in detail all the registers and register bits in the scalable PWM module.
Register
Name
0x0000
PWME1
R
W
0x0001
PWMPOL1
W
0x0002
PWMCLK1
W
R
R
0x0003
R
PWMPRCLK W
0x0004
R
PWMCAE1 W
0x0005
PWMCTL1
R
W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
PWME7
PWME6
PWME5
PWME4
PWME3
PWME2
PWME1
PWME0
PPOL7
PPOL6
PPOL5
PPOL4
PPOL3
PPOL2
PPOL1
PPOL0
PCLK7
PCLKL6
PCLK5
PCLK4
PCLK3
PCLK2
PCLK1
PCLK0
PCKB2
PCKB1
PCKB0
PCKA2
PCKA1
PCKA0
CAE7
CAE6
CAE5
CAE4
CAE3
CAE2
CAE1
CAE0
CON67
CON45
CON23
CON01
PSWAI
PFRZ
0
0
PCLKAB6
PCLKAB5
PCLKAB4
PCLKAB3
PCLKAB2
PCLKAB1
PCLKAB0
0
0x0006
R
PWMCLKAB1 W PCLKAB7
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 17-2. The scalable PWM Register Summary (Sheet 1 of 4)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
533
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Register
Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0008
R
PWMSCLA W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0009
R
PWMSCLB W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x000A
R
RESERVED W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x000B
R
RESERVED W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x000C
R
PWMCNT02 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
0x000D
PWMCNT12 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
0x000E
PWMCNT22 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
0x000F
PWMCNT32 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
0x0010
PWMCNT42 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
0x0011
PWMCNT52 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
0x0012
PWMCNT62 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
0x0013
PWMCNT72 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
0x0014
PWMPER02 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0015
R
PWMPER12 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0007
R
RESERVED W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 17-2. The scalable PWM Register Summary (Sheet 1 of 4)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
534
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Register
Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0016
R
PWMPER22 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0017
R
PWMPER32 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0018
R
PWMPER42 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0019
R
PWMPER52 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x001A
R
PWMPER62 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x001B
R
PWMPER72 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x001C
R
PWMDTY02 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x001D
R
PWMDTY12 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x001E
R
PWMDTY22 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x001F
R
PWMDTY32 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0010
R
PWMDTY42 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0021
R
PWMDTY52 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0022
R
PWMDTY62 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0023
R
PWMDTY72 W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0024
R
RESERVED W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 17-2. The scalable PWM Register Summary (Sheet 1 of 4)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
535
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Register
Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0025
R
RESERVED W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0026
R
RESERVED W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0027
R
RESERVED W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 17-2. The scalable PWM Register Summary (Sheet 1 of 4)
1
The related bit is available only if corresponding channel exists.
2 The register is available only if corresponding channel exists.
17.3.2.1
PWM Enable Register (PWME)
Each PWM channel has an enable bit (PWMEx) to start its waveform output. When any of the PWMEx
bits are set (PWMEx = 1), the associated PWM output is enabled immediately. However, the actual PWM
waveform is not available on the associated PWM output until its clock source begins its next cycle due to
the synchronization of PWMEx and the clock source.
NOTE
The first PWM cycle after enabling the channel can be irregular.
An exception to this is when channels are concatenated. Once concatenated mode is enabled (CONxx bits
set in PWMCTL register), enabling/disabling the corresponding 16-bit PWM channel is controlled by the
low order PWMEx bit. In this case, the high order bytes PWMEx bits have no effect and their
corresponding PWM output lines are disabled.
While in run mode, if all existing PWM channels are disabled (PWMEx–0 = 0), the prescaler counter shuts
off for power savings.
Module Base + 0x0000
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PWME7
PWME6
PWME5
PWME4
PWME3
PWME2
PWME1
PWME0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 17-3. PWM Enable Register (PWME)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
536
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Table 17-2. PWME Field Descriptions
Note: Bits related to available channels have functional significance. Writing to unavailable bits has no effect. Read from
unavailable bits return a zero
Field
Description
7
PWME7
Pulse Width Channel 7 Enable
0 Pulse width channel 7 is disabled.
1 Pulse width channel 7 is enabled. The pulse modulated signal becomes available at PWM output bit 7 when
its clock source begins its next cycle.
6
PWME6
Pulse Width Channel 6 Enable
0 Pulse width channel 6 is disabled.
1 Pulse width channel 6 is enabled. The pulse modulated signal becomes available at PWM output bit 6 when
its clock source begins its next cycle. If CON67=1, then bit has no effect and PWM output line 6 is disabled.
5
PWME5
Pulse Width Channel 5 Enable
0 Pulse width channel 5 is disabled.
1 Pulse width channel 5 is enabled. The pulse modulated signal becomes available at PWM output bit 5 when
its clock source begins its next cycle.
4
PWME4
Pulse Width Channel 4 Enable
0 Pulse width channel 4 is disabled.
1 Pulse width channel 4 is enabled. The pulse modulated signal becomes available at PWM, output bit 4 when
its clock source begins its next cycle. If CON45 = 1, then bit has no effect and PWM output line 4 is disabled.
3
PWME3
Pulse Width Channel 3 Enable
0 Pulse width channel 3 is disabled.
1 Pulse width channel 3 is enabled. The pulse modulated signal becomes available at PWM, output bit 3 when
its clock source begins its next cycle.
2
PWME2
Pulse Width Channel 2 Enable
0 Pulse width channel 2 is disabled.
1 Pulse width channel 2 is enabled. The pulse modulated signal becomes available at PWM, output bit 2 when
its clock source begins its next cycle. If CON23 = 1, then bit has no effect and PWM output line 2 is disabled.
1
PWME1
Pulse Width Channel 1 Enable
0 Pulse width channel 1 is disabled.
1 Pulse width channel 1 is enabled. The pulse modulated signal becomes available at PWM, output bit 1 when
its clock source begins its next cycle.
0
PWME0
Pulse Width Channel 0 Enable
0 Pulse width channel 0 is disabled.
1 Pulse width channel 0 is enabled. The pulse modulated signal becomes available at PWM, output bit 0 when
its clock source begins its next cycle. If CON01 = 1, then bit has no effect and PWM output line 0 is disabled.
17.3.2.2
PWM Polarity Register (PWMPOL)
The starting polarity of each PWM channel waveform is determined by the associated PPOLx bit in the
PWMPOL register. If the polarity bit is one, the PWM channel output is high at the beginning of the cycle
and then goes low when the duty count is reached. Conversely, if the polarity bit is zero, the output starts
low and then goes high when the duty count is reached.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
537
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Module Base + 0x0001
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPOL7
PPOL6
PPOL5
PPOL4
PPOL3
PPOL2
PPOL1
PPOL0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 17-4. PWM Polarity Register (PWMPOL)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
NOTE
PPOLx register bits can be written anytime. If the polarity is changed while
a PWM signal is being generated, a truncated or stretched pulse can occur
during the transition
Table 17-3. PWMPOL Field Descriptions
Note: Bits related to available channels have functional significance. Writing to unavailable bits has no effect. Read from
unavailable bits return a zero
Field
7–0
PPOL[7:0]
17.3.2.3
Description
Pulse Width Channel 7–0 Polarity Bits
0 PWM channel 7–0 outputs are low at the beginning of the period, then go high when the duty count is
reached.
1 PWM channel 7–0 outputs are high at the beginning of the period, then go low when the duty count is
reached.
PWM Clock Select Register (PWMCLK)
Each PWM channel has a choice of four clocks to use as the clock source for that channel as described
below.
Module Base + 0x0002
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PCLK7
PCLKL6
PCLK5
PCLK4
PCLK3
PCLK2
PCLK1
PCLK0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 17-5. PWM Clock Select Register (PWMCLK)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
NOTE
Register bits PCLK0 to PCLK7 can be written anytime. If a clock select is
changed while a PWM signal is being generated, a truncated or stretched
pulse can occur during the transition.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
538
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Table 17-4. PWMCLK Field Descriptions
Note: Bits related to available channels have functional significance. Writing to unavailable bits has no effect. Read from
unavailable bits return a zero
Field
7-0
PCLK[7:0]
Description
Pulse Width Channel 7-0 Clock Select
0 Clock A or B is the clock source for PWM channel 7-0, as shown in Table 17-5 and Table 17-6.
1 Clock SA or SB is the clock source for PWM channel 7-0, as shown in Table 17-5 and Table 17-6.
The clock source of each PWM channel is determined by PCLKx bits in PWMCLK and PCLKABx bits
in PWMCLKAB (see Section 17.3.2.7, “PWM Clock A/B Select Register (PWMCLKAB)). For Channel
0, 1, 4, 5, the selection is shown in Table 17-5; For Channel 2, 3, 6, 7, the selection is shown in Table 17-6.
Table 17-5. PWM Channel 0, 1, 4, 5 Clock Source Selection
PCLKAB[0,1,4,5]
PCLK[0,1,4,5]
Clock Source Selection
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Clock A
Clock SA
Clock B
Clock SB
Table 17-6. PWM Channel 2, 3, 6, 7 Clock Source Selection
17.3.2.4
PCLKAB[2,3,6,7]
PCLK[2,3,6,7]
Clock Source Selection
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Clock B
Clock SB
Clock A
Clock SA
PWM Prescale Clock Select Register (PWMPRCLK)
This register selects the prescale clock source for clocks A and B independently.
Module Base + 0x0003
7
R
6
0
W
Reset
0
5
4
PCKB2
PCKB1
PCKB0
0
0
0
3
0
2
1
0
PCKA2
PCKA1
PCKA0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 17-6. PWM Prescale Clock Select Register (PWMPRCLK)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
NOTE
PCKB2–0 and PCKA2–0 register bits can be written anytime. If the clock
pre-scale is changed while a PWM signal is being generated, a truncated or
stretched pulse can occur during the transition.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
539
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Table 17-7. PWMPRCLK Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6–4
PCKB[2:0]
Prescaler Select for Clock B — Clock B is one of two clock sources which can be used for all channels. These
three bits determine the rate of clock B, as shown in Table 17-8.
2–0
PCKA[2:0]
Prescaler Select for Clock A — Clock A is one of two clock sources which can be used for all channels. These
three bits determine the rate of clock A, as shown in Table 17-8.
s
Table 17-8. Clock A or Clock B Prescaler Selects
17.3.2.5
PCKA/B2
PCKA/B1
PCKA/B0
Value of Clock A/B
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Bus clock
Bus clock / 2
Bus clock / 4
Bus clock / 8
Bus clock / 16
Bus clock / 32
Bus clock / 64
Bus clock / 128
PWM Center Align Enable Register (PWMCAE)
The PWMCAE register contains eight control bits for the selection of center aligned outputs or left aligned
outputs for each PWM channel. If the CAEx bit is set to a one, the corresponding PWM output will be
center aligned. If the CAEx bit is cleared, the corresponding PWM output will be left aligned. See
Section 17.4.2.5, “Left Aligned Outputs” and Section 17.4.2.6, “Center Aligned Outputs” for a more
detailed description of the PWM output modes.
Module Base + 0x0004
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CAE7
CAE6
CAE5
CAE4
CAE3
CAE2
CAE1
CAE0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 17-7. PWM Center Align Enable Register (PWMCAE)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
NOTE
Write these bits only when the corresponding channel is disabled.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
540
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Table 17-9. PWMCAE Field Descriptions
Note: Bits related to available channels have functional significance. Writing to unavailable bits has no effect. Read from
unavailable bits return a zero
Field
7–0
CAE[7:0]
17.3.2.6
Description
Center Aligned Output Modes on Channels 7–0
0 Channels 7–0 operate in left aligned output mode.
1 Channels 7–0 operate in center aligned output mode.
PWM Control Register (PWMCTL)
The PWMCTL register provides for various control of the PWM module.
Module Base + 0x0005
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
CON67
CON45
CON23
CON01
PSWAI
PFRZ
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 17-8. PWM Control Register (PWMCTL)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
There are up to four control bits for concatenation, each of which is used to concatenate a pair of PWM
channels into one 16-bit channel. If the corresponding channels do not exist on a particular derivative, then
writes to these bits have no effect and reads will return zeroes. When channels 6 and 7are concatenated,
channel 6 registers become the high order bytes of the double byte channel. When channels 4 and 5 are
concatenated, channel 4 registers become the high order bytes of the double byte channel. When channels
2 and 3 are concatenated, channel 2 registers become the high order bytes of the double byte channel.
When channels 0 and 1 are concatenated, channel 0 registers become the high order bytes of the double
byte channel.
See Section 17.4.2.7, “PWM 16-Bit Functions” for a more detailed description of the concatenation PWM
Function.
NOTE
Change these bits only when both corresponding channels are disabled.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
541
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Table 17-10. PWMCTL Field Descriptions
Note: Bits related to available channels have functional significance. Writing to unavailable bits has no effect. Read from
unavailable bits return a zero
Field
Description
7
CON67
Concatenate Channels 6 and 7
0 Channels 6 and 7 are separate 8-bit PWMs.
1 Channels 6 and 7 are concatenated to create one 16-bit PWM channel. Channel 6 becomes the high order
byte and channel 7 becomes the low order byte. Channel 7 output pin is used as the output for this 16-bit
PWM (bit 7 of port PWMP). Channel 7 clock select control-bit determines the clock source, channel 7 polarity
bit determines the polarity, channel 7 enable bit enables the output and channel 7 center aligned enable bit
determines the output mode.
6
CON45
Concatenate Channels 4 and 5
0 Channels 4 and 5 are separate 8-bit PWMs.
1 Channels 4 and 5 are concatenated to create one 16-bit PWM channel. Channel 4 becomes the high order
byte and channel 5 becomes the low order byte. Channel 5 output pin is used as the output for this 16-bit
PWM (bit 5 of port PWMP). Channel 5 clock select control-bit determines the clock source, channel 5 polarity
bit determines the polarity, channel 5 enable bit enables the output and channel 5 center aligned enable bit
determines the output mode.
5
CON23
Concatenate Channels 2 and 3
0 Channels 2 and 3 are separate 8-bit PWMs.
1 Channels 2 and 3 are concatenated to create one 16-bit PWM channel. Channel 2 becomes the high order
byte and channel 3 becomes the low order byte. Channel 3 output pin is used as the output for this 16-bit
PWM (bit 3 of port PWMP). Channel 3 clock select control-bit determines the clock source, channel 3 polarity
bit determines the polarity, channel 3 enable bit enables the output and channel 3 center aligned enable bit
determines the output mode.
4
CON01
Concatenate Channels 0 and 1
0 Channels 0 and 1 are separate 8-bit PWMs.
1 Channels 0 and 1 are concatenated to create one 16-bit PWM channel. Channel 0 becomes the high order
byte and channel 1 becomes the low order byte. Channel 1 output pin is used as the output for this 16-bit
PWM (bit 1 of port PWMP). Channel 1 clock select control-bit determines the clock source, channel 1 polarity
bit determines the polarity, channel 1 enable bit enables the output and channel 1 center aligned enable bit
determines the output mode.
3
PSWAI
PWM Stops in Wait Mode — Enabling this bit allows for lower power consumption in wait mode by disabling the
input clock to the prescaler.
0 Allow the clock to the prescaler to continue while in wait mode.
1 Stop the input clock to the prescaler whenever the MCU is in wait mode.
2
PFRZ
PWM Counters Stop in Freeze Mode — In freeze mode, there is an option to disable the input clock to the
prescaler by setting the PFRZ bit in the PWMCTL register. If this bit is set, whenever the MCU is in freeze mode,
the input clock to the prescaler is disabled. This feature is useful during emulation as it allows the PWM function
to be suspended. In this way, the counters of the PWM can be stopped while in freeze mode so that once normal
program flow is continued, the counters are re-enabled to simulate real-time operations. Since the registers can
still be accessed in this mode, to re-enable the prescaler clock, either disable the PFRZ bit or exit freeze mode.
0 Allow PWM to continue while in freeze mode.
1 Disable PWM input clock to the prescaler whenever the part is in freeze mode. This is useful for emulation.
17.3.2.7
PWM Clock A/B Select Register (PWMCLKAB)
Each PWM channel has a choice of four clocks to use as the clock source for that channel as described
below.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
542
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Module Base + 0x00006
R
W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PCLKAB7
PCLKAB6
PCLKAB5
PCLKAB4
PCLKAB3
PCLKAB2
PCLKAB1
PCLKAB0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reset
Figure 17-9. PWM Clock Select Register (PWMCLKAB)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
NOTE
Register bits PCLKAB0 to PCLKAB7 can be written anytime. If a clock
select is changed while a PWM signal is being generated, a truncated or
stretched pulse can occur during the transition.
Table 17-11. PWMCLK Field Descriptions
Note: Bits related to available channels have functional significance. Writing to unavailable bits has no effect. Read from
unavailable bits return a zero
Field
Description
7
PCLKAB7
Pulse Width Channel 7 Clock A/B Select
0 Clock B or SB is the clock source for PWM channel 7, as shown in Table 17-6.
1 Clock A or SA is the clock source for PWM channel 7, as shown in Table 17-6.
6
PCLKAB6
Pulse Width Channel 6 Clock A/B Select
0 Clock B or SB is the clock source for PWM channel 6, as shown in Table 17-6.
1 Clock A or SA is the clock source for PWM channel 6, as shown in Table 17-6.
5
PCLKAB5
Pulse Width Channel 5 Clock A/B Select
0 Clock A or SA is the clock source for PWM channel 5, as shown in Table 17-5.
1 Clock B or SB is the clock source for PWM channel 5, as shown in Table 17-5.
4
PCLKAB4
Pulse Width Channel 4 Clock A/B Select
0 Clock A or SA is the clock source for PWM channel 4, as shown in Table 17-5.
1 Clock B or SB is the clock source for PWM channel 4, as shown in Table 17-5.
3
PCLKAB3
Pulse Width Channel 3 Clock A/B Select
0 Clock B or SB is the clock source for PWM channel 3, as shown in Table 17-6.
1 Clock A or SA is the clock source for PWM channel 3, as shown in Table 17-6.
2
PCLKAB2
Pulse Width Channel 2 Clock A/B Select
0 Clock B or SB is the clock source for PWM channel 2, as shown in Table 17-6.
1 Clock A or SA is the clock source for PWM channel 2, as shown in Table 17-6.
1
PCLKAB1
Pulse Width Channel 1 Clock A/B Select
0 Clock A or SA is the clock source for PWM channel 1, as shown in Table 17-5.
1 Clock B or SB is the clock source for PWM channel 1, as shown in Table 17-5.
0
PCLKAB0
Pulse Width Channel 0 Clock A/B Select
0 Clock A or SA is the clock source for PWM channel 0, as shown in Table 17-5.
1 Clock B or SB is the clock source for PWM channel 0, as shown in Table 17-5.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
543
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
The clock source of each PWM channel is determined by PCLKx bits in PWMCLK (see Section 17.3.2.3,
“PWM Clock Select Register (PWMCLK)) and PCLKABx bits in PWMCLKAB as shown in Table 17-5
and Table 17-6.
17.3.2.8
PWM Scale A Register (PWMSCLA)
PWMSCLA is the programmable scale value used in scaling clock A to generate clock SA. Clock SA is
generated by taking clock A, dividing it by the value in the PWMSCLA register and dividing that by two.
Clock SA = Clock A / (2 * PWMSCLA)
NOTE
When PWMSCLA = $00, PWMSCLA value is considered a full scale value
of 256. Clock A is thus divided by 512.
Any value written to this register will cause the scale counter to load the new scale value (PWMSCLA).
Module Base + 0x0008
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 17-10. PWM Scale A Register (PWMSCLA)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime (causes the scale counter to load the PWMSCLA value)
17.3.2.9
PWM Scale B Register (PWMSCLB)
PWMSCLB is the programmable scale value used in scaling clock B to generate clock SB. Clock SB is
generated by taking clock B, dividing it by the value in the PWMSCLB register and dividing that by two.
Clock SB = Clock B / (2 * PWMSCLB)
NOTE
When PWMSCLB = $00, PWMSCLB value is considered a full scale value
of 256. Clock B is thus divided by 512.
Any value written to this register will cause the scale counter to load the new scale value (PWMSCLB).
Module Base + 0x0009
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 17-11. PWM Scale B Register (PWMSCLB)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime (causes the scale counter to load the PWMSCLB value).
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
544
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
17.3.2.10 PWM Channel Counter Registers (PWMCNTx)
Each channel has a dedicated 8-bit up/down counter which runs at the rate of the selected clock source.
The counter can be read at any time without affecting the count or the operation of the PWM channel. In
left aligned output mode, the counter counts from 0 to the value in the period register - 1. In center aligned
output mode, the counter counts from 0 up to the value in the period register and then back down to 0.
Any value written to the counter causes the counter to reset to $00, the counter direction to be set to up,
the immediate load of both duty and period registers with values from the buffers, and the output to change
according to the polarity bit. The counter is also cleared at the end of the effective period (see
Section 17.4.2.5, “Left Aligned Outputs” and Section 17.4.2.6, “Center Aligned Outputs” for more
details). When the channel is disabled (PWMEx = 0), the PWMCNTx register does not count. When a
channel becomes enabled (PWMEx = 1), the associated PWM counter starts at the count in the
PWMCNTx register. For more detailed information on the operation of the counters, see Section 17.4.2.4,
“PWM Timer Counters”.
In concatenated mode, writes to the 16-bit counter by using a 16-bit access or writes to either the low or
high order byte of the counter will reset the 16-bit counter. Reads of the 16-bit counter must be made by
16-bit access to maintain data coherency.
NOTE
Writing to the counter while the channel is enabled can cause an irregular
PWM cycle to occur.
Module Base + 0x000C = PWMCNT0, 0x000D = PWMCNT1, 0x000E = PWMCNT2, 0x000F = PWMCNT3
Module Base + 0x0010 = PWMCNT4, 0x0011 = PWMCNT5, 0x0012 = PWMCNT6, 0x0013 = PWMCNT7
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 17-12. PWM Channel Counter Registers (PWMCNTx)
1
This register is available only when the corresponding channel exists and is reserved if that channel does not exist. Writes to
a reserved register have no functional effect. Reads from a reserved register return zeroes.
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime (any value written causes PWM counter to be reset to $00).
17.3.2.11 PWM Channel Period Registers (PWMPERx)
There is a dedicated period register for each channel. The value in this register determines the period of
the associated PWM channel.
The period registers for each channel are double buffered so that if they change while the channel is
enabled, the change will NOT take effect until one of the following occurs:
• The effective period ends
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
545
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
•
•
The counter is written (counter resets to $00)
The channel is disabled
In this way, the output of the PWM will always be either the old waveform or the new waveform, not some
variation in between. If the channel is not enabled, then writes to the period register will go directly to the
latches as well as the buffer.
NOTE
Reads of this register return the most recent value written. Reads do not
necessarily return the value of the currently active period due to the double
buffering scheme.
See Section 17.4.2.3, “PWM Period and Duty” for more information.
To calculate the output period, take the selected clock source period for the channel of interest (A, B, SA,
or SB) and multiply it by the value in the period register for that channel:
• Left aligned output (CAEx = 0)
PWMx Period = Channel Clock Period * PWMPERx
• Center Aligned Output (CAEx = 1)
PWMx Period = Channel Clock Period * (2 * PWMPERx)
For boundary case programming values, please refer to Section 17.4.2.8, “PWM Boundary Cases”.
Module Base + 0x0014 = PWMPER0, 0x0015 = PWMPER1, 0x0016 = PWMPER2, 0x0017 = PWMPER3
Module Base + 0x0018 = PWMPER4, 0x0019 = PWMPER5, 0x001A = PWMPER6, 0x001B = PWMPER7
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Figure 17-13. PWM Channel Period Registers (PWMPERx)
1
This register is available only when the corresponding channel exists and is reserved if that channel does not exist. Writes to
a reserved register have no functional effect. Reads from a reserved register return zeroes.
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
17.3.2.12 PWM Channel Duty Registers (PWMDTYx)
There is a dedicated duty register for each channel. The value in this register determines the duty of the
associated PWM channel. The duty value is compared to the counter and if it is equal to the counter value
a match occurs and the output changes state.
The duty registers for each channel are double buffered so that if they change while the channel is enabled,
the change will NOT take effect until one of the following occurs:
• The effective period ends
• The counter is written (counter resets to $00)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
546
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
•
The channel is disabled
In this way, the output of the PWM will always be either the old duty waveform or the new duty waveform,
not some variation in between. If the channel is not enabled, then writes to the duty register will go directly
to the latches as well as the buffer.
NOTE
Reads of this register return the most recent value written. Reads do not
necessarily return the value of the currently active duty due to the double
buffering scheme.
See Section 17.4.2.3, “PWM Period and Duty” for more information.
NOTE
Depending on the polarity bit, the duty registers will contain the count of
either the high time or the low time. If the polarity bit is one, the output starts
high and then goes low when the duty count is reached, so the duty registers
contain a count of the high time. If the polarity bit is zero, the output starts
low and then goes high when the duty count is reached, so the duty registers
contain a count of the low time.
To calculate the output duty cycle (high time as a% of period) for a particular channel:
• Polarity = 0 (PPOL x =0)
Duty Cycle = [(PWMPERx-PWMDTYx)/PWMPERx] * 100%
• Polarity = 1 (PPOLx = 1)
Duty Cycle = [PWMDTYx / PWMPERx] * 100%
For boundary case programming values, please refer to Section 17.4.2.8, “PWM Boundary Cases”.
Module Base + 0x001C = PWMDTY0, 0x001D = PWMDTY1, 0x001E = PWMDTY2, 0x001F = PWMDTY3
Module Base + 0x0020 = PWMDTY4, 0x0021 = PWMDTY5, 0x0022 = PWMDTY6, 0x0023 = PWMDTY7
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Figure 17-14. PWM Channel Duty Registers (PWMDTYx)
1
This register is available only when the corresponding channel exists and is reserved if that channel does not exist. Writes to
a reserved register have no functional effect. Reads from a reserved register return zeroes.
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
547
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
17.4
Functional Description
17.4.1
PWM Clock Select
There are four available clocks: clock A, clock B, clock SA (scaled A), and clock SB (scaled B). These
four clocks are based on the bus clock.
Clock A and B can be software selected to be 1, 1/2, 1/4, 1/8,..., 1/64, 1/128 times the bus clock. Clock SA
uses clock A as an input and divides it further with a reloadable counter. Similarly, clock SB uses clock B
as an input and divides it further with a reloadable counter. The rates available for clock SA are software
selectable to be clock A divided by 2, 4, 6, 8,..., or 512 in increments of divide by 2. Similar rates are
available for clock SB. Each PWM channel has the capability of selecting one of four clocks, clock A,
Clock B, clock SA or clock SB.
The block diagram in Figure 17-15 shows the four different clocks and how the scaled clocks are created.
17.4.1.1
Prescale
The input clock to the PWM prescaler is the bus clock. It can be disabled whenever the part is in freeze
mode by setting the PFRZ bit in the PWMCTL register. If this bit is set, whenever the MCU is in freeze
mode (freeze mode signal active) the input clock to the prescaler is disabled. This is useful for emulation
in order to freeze the PWM. The input clock can also be disabled when all available PWM channels are
disabled (PWMEx-0 = 0). This is useful for reducing power by disabling the prescale counter.
Clock A and clock B are scaled values of the input clock. The value is software selectable for both clock
A and clock B and has options of 1, 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64, or 1/128 times the bus clock. The value
selected for clock A is determined by the PCKA2, PCKA1, PCKA0 bits in the PWMPRCLK register. The
value selected for clock B is determined by the PCKB2, PCKB1, PCKB0 bits also in the PWMPRCLK
register.
17.4.1.2
Clock Scale
The scaled A clock uses clock A as an input and divides it further with a user programmable value and
then divides this by 2. The scaled B clock uses clock B as an input and divides it further with a user
programmable value and then divides this by 2. The rates available for clock SA are software selectable to
be clock A divided by 2, 4, 6, 8,..., or 512 in increments of divide by 2. Similar rates are available for clock
SB.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
548
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Clock A
PCKA2
PCKA1
PCKA0
Clock A/2, A/4, A/6,....A/512
M
U
X
Load
PWMSCLA
DIV 2
Clock to
PWM Ch 0
PCLK0 PCLKAB0
Count = 1
8-Bit Down
Counter
M
U
X
Clock SA
PCLK1 PCLKAB1
M
U
X
M
Clock to
PWM Ch 1
Clock to
PWM Ch 2
U
PCLK2 PCLKAB2
M
U
X
2 4 8 16 32 64 128
Divide by
Prescaler Taps:
X
PCLK3 PCLKAB3
Clock B
Clock B/2, B/4, B/6,....B/512
M
U
X
Clock to
PWM Ch 4
PCLK4 PCLKAB4
M
Count = 1
8-Bit Down
Counter
U
X
M
U
X
Load
PWMSCLB
DIV 2
Clock SB
PCKB2
PCKB1
PCKB0
Clock to
PWM Ch 5
PCLK5 PCLKAB5
M
U
X
Clock to
PWM Ch 6
PCLK6 PCLKAB6
PWME7-0
Bus Clock
PFRZ
Freeze Mode Signal
Clock to
PWM Ch 3
M
U
X
Clock to
PWM Ch 7
PCLK7 PCLKAB7
Prescale
Scale
Clock Select
Maximum possible channels, scalable in pairs from PWM0 to PWM7.
Figure 17-15. PWM Clock Select Block Diagram
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
549
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Clock A is used as an input to an 8-bit down counter. This down counter loads a user programmable scale
value from the scale register (PWMSCLA). When the down counter reaches one, a pulse is output and the
8-bit counter is re-loaded. The output signal from this circuit is further divided by two. This gives a greater
range with only a slight reduction in granularity. Clock SA equals clock A divided by two times the value
in the PWMSCLA register.
NOTE
Clock SA = Clock A / (2 * PWMSCLA)
When PWMSCLA = $00, PWMSCLA value is considered a full scale value
of 256. Clock A is thus divided by 512.
Similarly, clock B is used as an input to an 8-bit down counter followed by a divide by two producing clock
SB. Thus, clock SB equals clock B divided by two times the value in the PWMSCLB register.
NOTE
Clock SB = Clock B / (2 * PWMSCLB)
When PWMSCLB = $00, PWMSCLB value is considered a full scale value
of 256. Clock B is thus divided by 512.
As an example, consider the case in which the user writes $FF into the PWMSCLA register. Clock A for
this case will be E (bus clock) divided by 4. A pulse will occur at a rate of once every 255x4 E cycles.
Passing this through the divide by two circuit produces a clock signal at an E divided by 2040 rate.
Similarly, a value of $01 in the PWMSCLA register when clock A is E divided by 4 will produce a clock
at an E divided by 8 rate.
Writing to PWMSCLA or PWMSCLB causes the associated 8-bit down counter to be re-loaded.
Otherwise, when changing rates the counter would have to count down to $01 before counting at the proper
rate. Forcing the associated counter to re-load the scale register value every time PWMSCLA or
PWMSCLB is written prevents this.
NOTE
Writing to the scale registers while channels are operating can cause
irregularities in the PWM outputs.
17.4.1.3
Clock Select
Each PWM channel has the capability of selecting one of four clocks, clock A, clock SA, clock B or clock
SB. The clock selection is done with the PCLKx control bits in the PWMCLK register and PCLKABx
control bits in PWMCLKAB register. For backward compatibility consideration, the reset value of
PWMCLK and PWMCLKAB configures following default clock selection.
For channels 0, 1, 4, and 5 the clock choices are clock A.
For channels 2, 3, 6, and 7 the clock choices are clock B.
NOTE
Changing clock control bits while channels are operating can cause
irregularities in the PWM outputs.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
550
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
17.4.2
PWM Channel Timers
The main part of the PWM module are the actual timers. Each of the timer channels has a counter, a period
register and a duty register (each are 8-bit). The waveform output period is controlled by a match between
the period register and the value in the counter. The duty is controlled by a match between the duty register
and the counter value and causes the state of the output to change during the period. The starting polarity
of the output is also selectable on a per channel basis. Shown below in Figure 17-16 is the block diagram
for the PWM timer.
Clock Source
From Port PWMP
Data Register
8-Bit Counter
Gate
PWMCNTx
(Clock Edge
Sync)
Up/Down
Reset
8-bit Compare =
T
M
U
X
Q
PWMDTYx
Q
R
M
U
X
To Pin
Driver
8-bit Compare =
PWMPERx
PPOLx
Q
T
CAEx
Q
R
PWMEx
Figure 17-16. PWM Timer Channel Block Diagram
17.4.2.1
PWM Enable
Each PWM channel has an enable bit (PWMEx) to start its waveform output. When any of the PWMEx
bits are set (PWMEx = 1), the associated PWM output signal is enabled immediately. However, the actual
PWM waveform is not available on the associated PWM output until its clock source begins its next cycle
due to the synchronization of PWMEx and the clock source. An exception to this is when channels are
concatenated. Refer to Section 17.4.2.7, “PWM 16-Bit Functions” for more detail.
NOTE
The first PWM cycle after enabling the channel can be irregular.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
551
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
On the front end of the PWM timer, the clock is enabled to the PWM circuit by the PWMEx bit being high.
There is an edge-synchronizing circuit to guarantee that the clock will only be enabled or disabled at an
edge. When the channel is disabled (PWMEx = 0), the counter for the channel does not count.
17.4.2.2
PWM Polarity
Each channel has a polarity bit to allow starting a waveform cycle with a high or low signal. This is shown
on the block diagram Figure 17-16 as a mux select of either the Q output or the Q output of the PWM
output flip flop. When one of the bits in the PWMPOL register is set, the associated PWM channel output
is high at the beginning of the waveform, then goes low when the duty count is reached. Conversely, if the
polarity bit is zero, the output starts low and then goes high when the duty count is reached.
17.4.2.3
PWM Period and Duty
Dedicated period and duty registers exist for each channel and are double buffered so that if they change
while the channel is enabled, the change will NOT take effect until one of the following occurs:
• The effective period ends
• The counter is written (counter resets to $00)
• The channel is disabled
In this way, the output of the PWM will always be either the old waveform or the new waveform, not some
variation in between. If the channel is not enabled, then writes to the period and duty registers will go
directly to the latches as well as the buffer.
A change in duty or period can be forced into effect “immediately” by writing the new value to the duty
and/or period registers and then writing to the counter. This forces the counter to reset and the new duty
and/or period values to be latched. In addition, since the counter is readable, it is possible to know where
the count is with respect to the duty value and software can be used to make adjustments
NOTE
When forcing a new period or duty into effect immediately, an irregular
PWM cycle can occur.
Depending on the polarity bit, the duty registers will contain the count of
either the high time or the low time.
17.4.2.4
PWM Timer Counters
Each channel has a dedicated 8-bit up/down counter which runs at the rate of the selected clock source (see
Section 17.4.1, “PWM Clock Select” for the available clock sources and rates). The counter compares to
two registers, a duty register and a period register as shown in Figure 17-16. When the PWM counter
matches the duty register, the output flip-flop changes state, causing the PWM waveform to also change
state. A match between the PWM counter and the period register behaves differently depending on what
output mode is selected as shown in Figure 17-16 and described in Section 17.4.2.5, “Left Aligned
Outputs” and Section 17.4.2.6, “Center Aligned Outputs”.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
552
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Each channel counter can be read at anytime without affecting the count or the operation of the PWM
channel.
Any value written to the counter causes the counter to reset to $00, the counter direction to be set to up,
the immediate load of both duty and period registers with values from the buffers, and the output to change
according to the polarity bit. When the channel is disabled (PWMEx = 0), the counter stops. When a
channel becomes enabled (PWMEx = 1), the associated PWM counter continues from the count in the
PWMCNTx register. This allows the waveform to continue where it left off when the channel is
re-enabled. When the channel is disabled, writing “0” to the period register will cause the counter to reset
on the next selected clock.
NOTE
If the user wants to start a new “clean” PWM waveform without any
“history” from the old waveform, the user must write to channel counter
(PWMCNTx) prior to enabling the PWM channel (PWMEx = 1).
Generally, writes to the counter are done prior to enabling a channel in order to start from a known state.
However, writing a counter can also be done while the PWM channel is enabled (counting). The effect is
similar to writing the counter when the channel is disabled, except that the new period is started
immediately with the output set according to the polarity bit.
NOTE
Writing to the counter while the channel is enabled can cause an irregular
PWM cycle to occur.
The counter is cleared at the end of the effective period (see Section 17.4.2.5, “Left Aligned Outputs” and
Section 17.4.2.6, “Center Aligned Outputs” for more details).
Table 17-12. PWM Timer Counter Conditions
Counter Clears ($00)
Counter Counts
Counter Stops
When PWMCNTx register written to
any value
When PWM channel is enabled
(PWMEx = 1). Counts from last value in
PWMCNTx.
When PWM channel is disabled
(PWMEx = 0)
Effective period ends
17.4.2.5
Left Aligned Outputs
The PWM timer provides the choice of two types of outputs, left aligned or center aligned. They are
selected with the CAEx bits in the PWMCAE register. If the CAEx bit is cleared (CAEx = 0), the
corresponding PWM output will be left aligned.
In left aligned output mode, the 8-bit counter is configured as an up counter only. It compares to two
registers, a duty register and a period register as shown in the block diagram in Figure 17-16. When the
PWM counter matches the duty register the output flip-flop changes state causing the PWM waveform to
also change state. A match between the PWM counter and the period register resets the counter and the
output flip-flop, as shown in Figure 17-16, as well as performing a load from the double buffer period and
duty register to the associated registers, as described in Section 17.4.2.3, “PWM Period and Duty”. The
counter counts from 0 to the value in the period register – 1.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
553
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
NOTE
Changing the PWM output mode from left aligned to center aligned output
(or vice versa) while channels are operating can cause irregularities in the
PWM output. It is recommended to program the output mode before
enabling the PWM channel.
PPOLx = 0
PPOLx = 1
PWMDTYx
Period = PWMPERx
Figure 17-17. PWM Left Aligned Output Waveform
To calculate the output frequency in left aligned output mode for a particular channel, take the selected
clock source frequency for the channel (A, B, SA, or SB) and divide it by the value in the period register
for that channel.
• PWMx Frequency = Clock (A, B, SA, or SB) / PWMPERx
• PWMx Duty Cycle (high time as a% of period):
— Polarity = 0 (PPOLx = 0)
Duty Cycle = [(PWMPERx-PWMDTYx)/PWMPERx] * 100%
— Polarity = 1 (PPOLx = 1)
Duty Cycle = [PWMDTYx / PWMPERx] * 100%
As an example of a left aligned output, consider the following case:
Clock Source = E, where E = 10 MHz (100 ns period)
PPOLx = 0
PWMPERx = 4
PWMDTYx = 1
PWMx Frequency = 10 MHz/4 = 2.5 MHz
PWMx Period = 400 ns
PWMx Duty Cycle = 3/4 *100% = 75%
The output waveform generated is shown in Figure 17-18.
E = 100 ns
Duty Cycle = 75%
Period = 400 ns
Figure 17-18. PWM Left Aligned Output Example Waveform
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
554
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
17.4.2.6
Center Aligned Outputs
For center aligned output mode selection, set the CAEx bit (CAEx = 1) in the PWMCAE register and the
corresponding PWM output will be center aligned.
The 8-bit counter operates as an up/down counter in this mode and is set to up whenever the counter is
equal to $00. The counter compares to two registers, a duty register and a period register as shown in the
block diagram in Figure 17-16. When the PWM counter matches the duty register, the output flip-flop
changes state, causing the PWM waveform to also change state. A match between the PWM counter and
the period register changes the counter direction from an up-count to a down-count. When the PWM
counter decrements and matches the duty register again, the output flip-flop changes state causing the
PWM output to also change state. When the PWM counter decrements and reaches zero, the counter
direction changes from a down-count back to an up-count and a load from the double buffer period and
duty registers to the associated registers is performed, as described in Section 17.4.2.3, “PWM Period and
Duty”. The counter counts from 0 up to the value in the period register and then back down to 0. Thus the
effective period is PWMPERx*2.
NOTE
Changing the PWM output mode from left aligned to center aligned output
(or vice versa) while channels are operating can cause irregularities in the
PWM output. It is recommended to program the output mode before
enabling the PWM channel.
PPOLx = 0
PPOLx = 1
PWMDTYx
PWMDTYx
PWMPERx
PWMPERx
Period = PWMPERx*2
Figure 17-19. PWM Center Aligned Output Waveform
To calculate the output frequency in center aligned output mode for a particular channel, take the selected
clock source frequency for the channel (A, B, SA, or SB) and divide it by twice the value in the period
register for that channel.
• PWMx Frequency = Clock (A, B, SA, or SB) / (2*PWMPERx)
• PWMx Duty Cycle (high time as a% of period):
— Polarity = 0 (PPOLx = 0)
Duty Cycle = [(PWMPERx-PWMDTYx)/PWMPERx] * 100%
— Polarity = 1 (PPOLx = 1)
Duty Cycle = [PWMDTYx / PWMPERx] * 100%
As an example of a center aligned output, consider the following case:
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
555
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Clock Source = E, where E = 10 MHz (100 ns period)
PPOLx = 0
PWMPERx = 4
PWMDTYx = 1
PWMx Frequency = 10 MHz/8 = 1.25 MHz
PWMx Period = 800 ns
PWMx Duty Cycle = 3/4 *100% = 75%
Shown in Figure 17-20 is the output waveform generated.
E = 100 ns
E = 100 ns
DUTY CYCLE = 75%
PERIOD = 800 ns
Figure 17-20. PWM Center Aligned Output Example Waveform
17.4.2.7
PWM 16-Bit Functions
The scalable PWM timer also has the option of generating up to 8-channels of 8-bits or 4-channels of
16-bits for greater PWM resolution. This 16-bit channel option is achieved through the concatenation of
two 8-bit channels.
The PWMCTL register contains four control bits, each of which is used to concatenate a pair of PWM
channels into one 16-bit channel. Channels 6 and 7 are concatenated with the CON67 bit, channels 4 and
5 are concatenated with the CON45 bit, channels 2 and 3 are concatenated with the CON23 bit, and
channels 0 and 1 are concatenated with the CON01 bit.
NOTE
Change these bits only when both corresponding channels are disabled.
When channels 6 and 7 are concatenated, channel 6 registers become the high order bytes of the double
byte channel, as shown in Figure 17-21. Similarly, when channels 4 and 5 are concatenated, channel 4
registers become the high order bytes of the double byte channel. When channels 2 and 3 are concatenated,
channel 2 registers become the high order bytes of the double byte channel. When channels 0 and 1 are
concatenated, channel 0 registers become the high order bytes of the double byte channel.
When using the 16-bit concatenated mode, the clock source is determined by the low order 8-bit channel
clock select control bits. That is channel 7 when channels 6 and 7 are concatenated, channel 5 when
channels 4 and 5 are concatenated, channel 3 when channels 2 and 3 are concatenated, and channel 1 when
channels 0 and 1 are concatenated. The resulting PWM is output to the pins of the corresponding low order
8-bit channel as also shown in Figure 17-21. The polarity of the resulting PWM output is controlled by the
PPOLx bit of the corresponding low order 8-bit channel as well.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
556
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
Clock Source 7
High
Low
PWMCNT6
PWMCNT7
Period/Duty Compare
PWM7
Clock Source 5
High
Low
PWMCNT4
PWMCNT5
Period/Duty Compare
PWM5
Clock Source 3
High
Low
PWMCNT2
PWMCNT3
Period/Duty Compare
PWM3
Clock Source 1
High
Low
PWMCNT0
PWMCNT1
Period/Duty Compare
PWM1
Maximum possible 16-bit channels
Figure 17-21. PWM 16-Bit Mode
Once concatenated mode is enabled (CONxx bits set in PWMCTL register), enabling/disabling the
corresponding 16-bit PWM channel is controlled by the low order PWMEx bit. In this case, the high order
bytes PWMEx bits have no effect and their corresponding PWM output is disabled.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
557
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
In concatenated mode, writes to the 16-bit counter by using a 16-bit access or writes to either the low or
high order byte of the counter will reset the 16-bit counter. Reads of the 16-bit counter must be made by
16-bit access to maintain data coherency.
Either left aligned or center aligned output mode can be used in concatenated mode and is controlled by
the low order CAEx bit. The high order CAEx bit has no effect.
Table 17-13 is used to summarize which channels are used to set the various control bits when in 16-bit
mode.
Table 17-13. 16-bit Concatenation Mode Summary
Note: Bits related to available channels have functional significance.
17.4.2.8
CONxx
PWMEx
PPOLx
PCLKx
CAEx
PWMx
Output
CON67
PWME7
PPOL7
PCLK7
CAE7
PWM7
CON45
PWME5
PPOL5
PCLK5
CAE5
PWM5
CON23
PWME3
PPOL3
PCLK3
CAE3
PWM3
CON01
PWME1
PPOL1
PCLK1
CAE1
PWM1
PWM Boundary Cases
Table 17-14 summarizes the boundary conditions for the PWM regardless of the output mode (left aligned
or center aligned) and 8-bit (normal) or 16-bit (concatenation).
Table 17-14. PWM Boundary Cases
1
17.5
PWMDTYx
PWMPERx
PPOLx
PWMx Output
$00
(indicates no duty)
>$00
1
Always low
$00
(indicates no duty)
>$00
0
Always high
XX
$001
(indicates no period)
1
Always high
XX
$001
(indicates no period)
0
Always low
>= PWMPERx
XX
1
Always high
>= PWMPERx
XX
0
Always low
Counter = $00 and does not count.
Resets
The reset state of each individual bit is listed within the Section 17.3.2, “Register Descriptions” which
details the registers and their bit-fields. All special functions or modes which are initialized during or just
following reset are described within this section.
• The 8-bit up/down counter is configured as an up counter out of reset.
• All the channels are disabled and all the counters do not count.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
558
Freescale Semiconductor
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
•
•
17.6
For channels 0, 1, 4, and 5 the clock choices are clock A.
For channels 2, 3, 6, and 7 the clock choices are clock B.
Interrupts
The PWM module has no interrupt.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
559
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
560
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 18
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
Table 18-1. Revision History
Version Revision Effective
Number
Date
Date
05.03 12/25/2008
Author
Description of Changes
05.04
08/05/2009
remove redundancy comments in Figure1-2
fix typo, SCIBDL reset value be 0x04, not 0x00
05.05
06/03/2010
fix typo, Table 18-4,SCICR1 Even parity should be PT=0
fix typo, on page 18-582,should be BKDIF,not BLDIF
18.1
Introduction
This block guide provides an overview of the serial communication interface (SCI) module.
The SCI allows asynchronous serial communications with peripheral devices and other CPUs.
18.1.1
Glossary
IR: InfraRed
IrDA: Infrared Design Associate
IRQ: Interrupt Request
LIN: Local Interconnect Network
LSB: Least Significant Bit
MSB: Most Significant Bit
NRZ: Non-Return-to-Zero
RZI: Return-to-Zero-Inverted
RXD: Receive Pin
SCI : Serial Communication Interface
TXD: Transmit Pin
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
561
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
18.1.2
Features
The SCI includes these distinctive features:
• Full-duplex or single-wire operation
• Standard mark/space non-return-to-zero (NRZ) format
• Selectable IrDA 1.4 return-to-zero-inverted (RZI) format with programmable pulse widths
• 13-bit baud rate selection
• Programmable 8-bit or 9-bit data format
• Separately enabled transmitter and receiver
• Programmable polarity for transmitter and receiver
• Programmable transmitter output parity
• Two receiver wakeup methods:
— Idle line wakeup
— Address mark wakeup
• Interrupt-driven operation with eight flags:
— Transmitter empty
— Transmission complete
— Receiver full
— Idle receiver input
— Receiver overrun
— Noise error
— Framing error
— Parity error
— Receive wakeup on active edge
— Transmit collision detect supporting LIN
— Break Detect supporting LIN
• Receiver framing error detection
• Hardware parity checking
• 1/16 bit-time noise detection
18.1.3
Modes of Operation
The SCI functions the same in normal, special, and emulation modes. It has two low power modes, wait
and stop modes.
• Run mode
• Wait mode
• Stop mode
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
562
Freescale Semiconductor
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
18.1.4
Block Diagram
Figure 18-1 is a high level block diagram of the SCI module, showing the interaction of various function
blocks.
SCI Data Register
RXD Data In
Infrared
Decoder
Receive Shift Register
Receive & Wakeup
Control
Bus Clock
Baud Rate
Generator
IDLE
Receive
RDRF/OR
Interrupt
Generation BRKD
RXEDG
BERR
Data Format Control
Transmit Control
1/16
Transmit Shift Register
SCI
Interrupt
Request
Transmit
TDRE
Interrupt
Generation TC
Infrared
Encoder
Data Out TXD
SCI Data Register
Figure 18-1. SCI Block Diagram
18.2
External Signal Description
The SCI module has a total of two external pins.
18.2.1
TXD — Transmit Pin
The TXD pin transmits SCI (standard or infrared) data. It will idle high in either mode and is high
impedance anytime the transmitter is disabled.
18.2.2
RXD — Receive Pin
The RXD pin receives SCI (standard or infrared) data. An idle line is detected as a line high. This input is
ignored when the receiver is disabled and should be terminated to a known voltage.
18.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all the SCI registers.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
563
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
18.3.1
Module Memory Map and Register Definition
The memory map for the SCI module is given below in Figure 18-2. The address listed for each register is
the address offset. The total address for each register is the sum of the base address for the SCI module and
the address offset for each register.
18.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section consists of register descriptions in address order. Each description includes a standard register
diagram with an associated figure number. Writes to a reserved register locations do not have any effect
and reads of these locations return a zero. Details of register bit and field function follow the register
diagrams, in bit order.
Register
Name
0x0000
SCIBDH1
0x0001
SCIBDL1
R
W
R
W
0x0002
SCICR11
W
0x0000
SCIASR12
W
0x0001
SCIACR12
0x0002
SCIACR22
R
R
R
W
R
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
IREN
TNP1
TNP0
SBR12
SBR11
SBR10
SBR9
SBR8
SBR7
SBR6
SBR5
SBR4
SBR3
SBR2
SBR1
SBR0
LOOPS
SCISWAI
RSRC
M
WAKE
ILT
PE
PT
0
0
0
0
BERRV
BERRIF
BKDIF
0
0
0
0
BERRIE
BKDIE
0
0
0
0
0
BERRM1
BERRM0
BKDFE
TIE
TCIE
RIE
ILIE
TE
RE
RWU
SBK
TDRE
TC
RDRF
IDLE
OR
NF
FE
PF
0
0
TXPOL
RXPOL
BRK13
TXDIR
RXEDGIF
RXEDGIE
W
0x0003
SCICR2
W
0x0004
SCISR1
W
0x0005
SCISR2
Bit 7
R
R
R
W
AMAP
0
RAF
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 18-2. SCI Register Summary (Sheet 1 of 2)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
564
Freescale Semiconductor
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
Register
Name
Bit 7
R
6
R8
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0006
SCIDRH
W
0x0007
SCIDRL
R
R7
R6
R5
R4
R3
R2
R1
R0
W
T7
T6
T5
T4
T3
T2
T1
T0
T8
1.These registers are accessible if the AMAP bit in the SCISR2 register is set to zero.
2,These registers are accessible if the AMAP bit in the SCISR2 register is set to one.
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 18-2. SCI Register Summary (Sheet 2 of 2)
18.3.2.1
SCI Baud Rate Registers (SCIBDH, SCIBDL)
Module Base + 0x0000
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IREN
TNP1
TNP0
SBR12
SBR11
SBR10
SBR9
SBR8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 18-3. SCI Baud Rate Register (SCIBDH)
Module Base + 0x0001
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SBR7
SBR6
SBR5
SBR4
SBR3
SBR2
SBR1
SBR0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
Figure 18-4. SCI Baud Rate Register (SCIBDL)
Read: Anytime, if AMAP = 0. If only SCIBDH is written to, a read will not return the correct data until
SCIBDL is written to as well, following a write to SCIBDH.
Write: Anytime, if AMAP = 0.
NOTE
Those two registers are only visible in the memory map if AMAP = 0 (reset
condition).
The SCI baud rate register is used by to determine the baud rate of the SCI, and to control the infrared
modulation/demodulation submodule.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
565
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
Table 18-2. SCIBDH and SCIBDL Field Descriptions
Field
7
IREN
Description
Infrared Enable Bit — This bit enables/disables the infrared modulation/demodulation submodule.
0 IR disabled
1 IR enabled
6:5
TNP[1:0]
Transmitter Narrow Pulse Bits — These bits enable whether the SCI transmits a 1/16, 3/16, 1/32 or 1/4 narrow
pulse. See Table 18-3.
4:0
7:0
SBR[12:0]
SCI Baud Rate Bits — The baud rate for the SCI is determined by the bits in this register. The baud rate is
calculated two different ways depending on the state of the IREN bit.
The formulas for calculating the baud rate are:
When IREN = 0 then,
SCI baud rate = SCI bus clock / (16 x SBR[12:0])
When IREN = 1 then,
SCI baud rate = SCI bus clock / (32 x SBR[12:1])
Note: The baud rate generator is disabled after reset and not started until the TE bit or the RE bit is set for the
first time. The baud rate generator is disabled when (SBR[12:0] = 0 and IREN = 0) or (SBR[12:1] = 0 and
IREN = 1).
Note: Writing to SCIBDH has no effect without writing to SCIBDL, because writing to SCIBDH puts the data in
a temporary location until SCIBDL is written to.
Table 18-3. IRSCI Transmit Pulse Width
TNP[1:0]
18.3.2.2
Narrow Pulse Width
11
1/4
10
1/32
01
1/16
00
3/16
SCI Control Register 1 (SCICR1)
Module Base + 0x0002
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LOOPS
SCISWAI
RSRC
M
WAKE
ILT
PE
PT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 18-5. SCI Control Register 1 (SCICR1)
Read: Anytime, if AMAP = 0.
Write: Anytime, if AMAP = 0.
NOTE
This register is only visible in the memory map if AMAP = 0 (reset
condition).
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
566
Freescale Semiconductor
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
Table 18-4. SCICR1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
LOOPS
Loop Select Bit — LOOPS enables loop operation. In loop operation, the RXD pin is disconnected from the SCI
and the transmitter output is internally connected to the receiver input. Both the transmitter and the receiver must
be enabled to use the loop function.
0 Normal operation enabled
1 Loop operation enabled
The receiver input is determined by the RSRC bit.
6
SCISWAI
5
RSRC
4
M
SCI Stop in Wait Mode Bit — SCISWAI disables the SCI in wait mode.
0 SCI enabled in wait mode
1 SCI disabled in wait mode
Receiver Source Bit — When LOOPS = 1, the RSRC bit determines the source for the receiver shift register
input. See Table 18-5.
0 Receiver input internally connected to transmitter output
1 Receiver input connected externally to transmitter
Data Format Mode Bit — MODE determines whether data characters are eight or nine bits long.
0 One start bit, eight data bits, one stop bit
1 One start bit, nine data bits, one stop bit
3
WAKE
Wakeup Condition Bit — WAKE determines which condition wakes up the SCI: a logic 1 (address mark) in the
most significant bit position of a received data character or an idle condition on the RXD pin.
0 Idle line wakeup
1 Address mark wakeup
2
ILT
Idle Line Type Bit — ILT determines when the receiver starts counting logic 1s as idle character bits. The
counting begins either after the start bit or after the stop bit. If the count begins after the start bit, then a string of
logic 1s preceding the stop bit may cause false recognition of an idle character. Beginning the count after the
stop bit avoids false idle character recognition, but requires properly synchronized transmissions.
0 Idle character bit count begins after start bit
1 Idle character bit count begins after stop bit
1
PE
Parity Enable Bit — PE enables the parity function. When enabled, the parity function inserts a parity bit in the
most significant bit position.
0 Parity function disabled
1 Parity function enabled
0
PT
Parity Type Bit — PT determines whether the SCI generates and checks for even parity or odd parity. With even
parity, an even number of 1s clears the parity bit and an odd number of 1s sets the parity bit. With odd parity, an
odd number of 1s clears the parity bit and an even number of 1s sets the parity bit.
0 Even parity
1 Odd parity
Table 18-5. Loop Functions
LOOPS
RSRC
Function
0
x
Normal operation
1
0
Loop mode with transmitter output internally connected to receiver input
1
1
Single-wire mode with TXD pin connected to receiver input
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
567
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
18.3.2.3
SCI Alternative Status Register 1 (SCIASR1)
Module Base + 0x0000
7
R
W
Reset
RXEDGIF
0
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
BERRV
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
BERRIF
BKDIF
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 18-6. SCI Alternative Status Register 1 (SCIASR1)
Read: Anytime, if AMAP = 1
Write: Anytime, if AMAP = 1
Table 18-6. SCIASR1 Field Descriptions
Field
7
RXEDGIF
Description
Receive Input Active Edge Interrupt Flag — RXEDGIF is asserted, if an active edge (falling if RXPOL = 0,
rising if RXPOL = 1) on the RXD input occurs. RXEDGIF bit is cleared by writing a “1” to it.
0 No active receive on the receive input has occurred
1 An active edge on the receive input has occurred
2
BERRV
Bit Error Value — BERRV reflects the state of the RXD input when the bit error detect circuitry is enabled and
a mismatch to the expected value happened. The value is only meaningful, if BERRIF = 1.
0 A low input was sampled, when a high was expected
1 A high input reassembled, when a low was expected
1
BERRIF
Bit Error Interrupt Flag — BERRIF is asserted, when the bit error detect circuitry is enabled and if the value
sampled at the RXD input does not match the transmitted value. If the BERRIE interrupt enable bit is set an
interrupt will be generated. The BERRIF bit is cleared by writing a “1” to it.
0 No mismatch detected
1 A mismatch has occurred
0
BKDIF
18.3.2.4
Break Detect Interrupt Flag — BKDIF is asserted, if the break detect circuitry is enabled and a break signal is
received. If the BKDIE interrupt enable bit is set an interrupt will be generated. The BKDIF bit is cleared by writing
a “1” to it.
0 No break signal was received
1 A break signal was received
SCI Alternative Control Register 1 (SCIACR1)
Module Base + 0x0001
7
R
W
Reset
RXEDGIE
0
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
BERRIE
BKDIE
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 18-7. SCI Alternative Control Register 1 (SCIACR1)
Read: Anytime, if AMAP = 1
Write: Anytime, if AMAP = 1
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
568
Freescale Semiconductor
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
Table 18-7. SCIACR1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
RSEDGIE
Receive Input Active Edge Interrupt Enable — RXEDGIE enables the receive input active edge interrupt flag,
RXEDGIF, to generate interrupt requests.
0 RXEDGIF interrupt requests disabled
1 RXEDGIF interrupt requests enabled
1
BERRIE
0
BKDIE
18.3.2.5
Bit Error Interrupt Enable — BERRIE enables the bit error interrupt flag, BERRIF, to generate interrupt
requests.
0 BERRIF interrupt requests disabled
1 BERRIF interrupt requests enabled
Break Detect Interrupt Enable — BKDIE enables the break detect interrupt flag, BKDIF, to generate interrupt
requests.
0 BKDIF interrupt requests disabled
1 BKDIF interrupt requests enabled
SCI Alternative Control Register 2 (SCIACR2)
Module Base + 0x0002
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
2
1
0
BERRM1
BERRM0
BKDFE
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 18-8. SCI Alternative Control Register 2 (SCIACR2)
Read: Anytime, if AMAP = 1
Write: Anytime, if AMAP = 1
Table 18-8. SCIACR2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2:1
Bit Error Mode — Those two bits determines the functionality of the bit error detect feature. See Table 18-9.
BERRM[1:0]
0
BKDFE
Break Detect Feature Enable — BKDFE enables the break detect circuitry.
0 Break detect circuit disabled
1 Break detect circuit enabled
Table 18-9. Bit Error Mode Coding
BERRM1
BERRM0
Function
0
0
Bit error detect circuit is disabled
0
1
Receive input sampling occurs during the 9th time tick of a transmitted bit
(refer to Figure 18-19)
1
0
Receive input sampling occurs during the 13th time tick of a transmitted bit
(refer to Figure 18-19)
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
569
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
Table 18-9. Bit Error Mode Coding
18.3.2.6
BERRM1
BERRM0
1
1
Function
Reserved
SCI Control Register 2 (SCICR2)
Module Base + 0x0003
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TIE
TCIE
RIE
ILIE
TE
RE
RWU
SBK
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 18-9. SCI Control Register 2 (SCICR2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 18-10. SCICR2 Field Descriptions
Field
7
TIE
Description
Transmitter Interrupt Enable Bit — TIE enables the transmit data register empty flag, TDRE, to generate
interrupt requests.
0 TDRE interrupt requests disabled
1 TDRE interrupt requests enabled
6
TCIE
Transmission Complete Interrupt Enable Bit — TCIE enables the transmission complete flag, TC, to generate
interrupt requests.
0 TC interrupt requests disabled
1 TC interrupt requests enabled
5
RIE
Receiver Full Interrupt Enable Bit — RIE enables the receive data register full flag, RDRF, or the overrun flag,
OR, to generate interrupt requests.
0 RDRF and OR interrupt requests disabled
1 RDRF and OR interrupt requests enabled
4
ILIE
Idle Line Interrupt Enable Bit — ILIE enables the idle line flag, IDLE, to generate interrupt requests.
0 IDLE interrupt requests disabled
1 IDLE interrupt requests enabled
3
TE
Transmitter Enable Bit — TE enables the SCI transmitter and configures the TXD pin as being controlled by
the SCI. The TE bit can be used to queue an idle preamble.
0 Transmitter disabled
1 Transmitter enabled
2
RE
Receiver Enable Bit — RE enables the SCI receiver.
0 Receiver disabled
1 Receiver enabled
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
570
Freescale Semiconductor
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
Table 18-10. SCICR2 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
1
RWU
Receiver Wakeup Bit — Standby state
0 Normal operation.
1 RWU enables the wakeup function and inhibits further receiver interrupt requests. Normally, hardware wakes
the receiver by automatically clearing RWU.
0
SBK
Send Break Bit — Toggling SBK sends one break character (10 or 11 logic 0s, respectively 13 or 14 logics 0s
if BRK13 is set). Toggling implies clearing the SBK bit before the break character has finished transmitting. As
long as SBK is set, the transmitter continues to send complete break characters (10 or 11 bits, respectively 13
or 14 bits).
0 No break characters
1 Transmit break characters
18.3.2.7
SCI Status Register 1 (SCISR1)
The SCISR1 and SCISR2 registers provides inputs to the MCU for generation of SCI interrupts. Also,
these registers can be polled by the MCU to check the status of these bits. The flag-clearing procedures
require that the status register be read followed by a read or write to the SCI data register.It is permissible
to execute other instructions between the two steps as long as it does not compromise the handling of I/O,
but the order of operations is important for flag clearing.
Module Base + 0x0004
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TDRE
TC
RDRF
IDLE
OR
NF
FE
PF
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
1
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 18-10. SCI Status Register 1 (SCISR1)
Read: Anytime
Write: Has no meaning or effect
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
571
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
Table 18-11. SCISR1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
TDRE
Transmit Data Register Empty Flag — TDRE is set when the transmit shift register receives a byte from the
SCI data register. When TDRE is 1, the transmit data register (SCIDRH/L) is empty and can receive a new value
to transmit.Clear TDRE by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1), with TDRE set and then writing to SCI data
register low (SCIDRL).
0 No byte transferred to transmit shift register
1 Byte transferred to transmit shift register; transmit data register empty
6
TC
Transmit Complete Flag — TC is set low when there is a transmission in progress or when a preamble or break
character is loaded. TC is set high when the TDRE flag is set and no data, preamble, or break character is being
transmitted.When TC is set, the TXD pin becomes idle (logic 1). Clear TC by reading SCI status register 1
(SCISR1) with TC set and then writing to SCI data register low (SCIDRL). TC is cleared automatically when data,
preamble, or break is queued and ready to be sent. TC is cleared in the event of a simultaneous set and clear of
the TC flag (transmission not complete).
0 Transmission in progress
1 No transmission in progress
5
RDRF
Receive Data Register Full Flag — RDRF is set when the data in the receive shift register transfers to the SCI
data register. Clear RDRF by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1) with RDRF set and then reading SCI data
register low (SCIDRL).
0 Data not available in SCI data register
1 Received data available in SCI data register
4
IDLE
Idle Line Flag — IDLE is set when 10 consecutive logic 1s (if M = 0) or 11 consecutive logic 1s (if M =1) appear
on the receiver input. Once the IDLE flag is cleared, a valid frame must again set the RDRF flag before an idle
condition can set the IDLE flag.Clear IDLE by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1) with IDLE set and then
reading SCI data register low (SCIDRL).
0 Receiver input is either active now or has never become active since the IDLE flag was last cleared
1 Receiver input has become idle
Note: When the receiver wakeup bit (RWU) is set, an idle line condition does not set the IDLE flag.
3
OR
Overrun Flag — OR is set when software fails to read the SCI data register before the receive shift register
receives the next frame. The OR bit is set immediately after the stop bit has been completely received for the
second frame. The data in the shift register is lost, but the data already in the SCI data registers is not affected.
Clear OR by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1) with OR set and then reading SCI data register low
(SCIDRL).
0 No overrun
1 Overrun
Note: OR flag may read back as set when RDRF flag is clear. This may happen if the following sequence of
events occurs:
1. After the first frame is received, read status register SCISR1 (returns RDRF set and OR flag clear);
2. Receive second frame without reading the first frame in the data register (the second frame is not
received and OR flag is set);
3. Read data register SCIDRL (returns first frame and clears RDRF flag in the status register);
4. Read status register SCISR1 (returns RDRF clear and OR set).
Event 3 may be at exactly the same time as event 2 or any time after. When this happens, a dummy
SCIDRL read following event 4 will be required to clear the OR flag if further frames are to be received.
2
NF
Noise Flag — NF is set when the SCI detects noise on the receiver input. NF bit is set during the same cycle as
the RDRF flag but does not get set in the case of an overrun. Clear NF by reading SCI status register 1(SCISR1),
and then reading SCI data register low (SCIDRL).
0 No noise
1 Noise
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
572
Freescale Semiconductor
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
Table 18-11. SCISR1 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
1
FE
Framing Error Flag — FE is set when a logic 0 is accepted as the stop bit. FE bit is set during the same cycle
as the RDRF flag but does not get set in the case of an overrun. FE inhibits further data reception until it is
cleared. Clear FE by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1) with FE set and then reading the SCI data register
low (SCIDRL).
0 No framing error
1 Framing error
0
PF
Parity Error Flag — PF is set when the parity enable bit (PE) is set and the parity of the received data does not
match the parity type bit (PT). PF bit is set during the same cycle as the RDRF flag but does not get set in the
case of an overrun. Clear PF by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1), and then reading SCI data register low
(SCIDRL).
0 No parity error
1 Parity error
18.3.2.8
SCI Status Register 2 (SCISR2)
Module Base + 0x0005
7
R
W
Reset
AMAP
0
6
5
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
TXPOL
RXPOL
BRK13
TXDIR
0
0
0
0
0
RAF
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 18-11. SCI Status Register 2 (SCISR2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 18-12. SCISR2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
AMAP
Alternative Map — This bit controls which registers sharing the same address space are accessible. In the reset
condition the SCI behaves as previous versions. Setting AMAP=1 allows the access to another set of control and
status registers and hides the baud rate and SCI control Register 1.
0 The registers labelled SCIBDH (0x0000),SCIBDL (0x0001), SCICR1 (0x0002) are accessible
1 The registers labelled SCIASR1 (0x0000),SCIACR1 (0x0001), SCIACR2 (0x00002) are accessible
4
TXPOL
Transmit Polarity — This bit control the polarity of the transmitted data. In NRZ format, a one is represented by
a mark and a zero is represented by a space for normal polarity, and the opposite for inverted polarity. In IrDA
format, a zero is represented by short high pulse in the middle of a bit time remaining idle low for a one for normal
polarity, and a zero is represented by short low pulse in the middle of a bit time remaining idle high for a one for
inverted polarity.
0 Normal polarity
1 Inverted polarity
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
573
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
Table 18-12. SCISR2 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
3
RXPOL
Receive Polarity — This bit control the polarity of the received data. In NRZ format, a one is represented by a
mark and a zero is represented by a space for normal polarity, and the opposite for inverted polarity. In IrDA
format, a zero is represented by short high pulse in the middle of a bit time remaining idle low for a one for normal
polarity, and a zero is represented by short low pulse in the middle of a bit time remaining idle high for a one for
inverted polarity.
0 Normal polarity
1 Inverted polarity
2
BRK13
Break Transmit Character Length — This bit determines whether the transmit break character is 10 or 11 bit
respectively 13 or 14 bits long. The detection of a framing error is not affected by this bit.
0 Break character is 10 or 11 bit long
1 Break character is 13 or 14 bit long
1
TXDIR
Transmitter Pin Data Direction in Single-Wire Mode — This bit determines whether the TXD pin is going to
be used as an input or output, in the single-wire mode of operation. This bit is only relevant in the single-wire
mode of operation.
0 TXD pin to be used as an input in single-wire mode
1 TXD pin to be used as an output in single-wire mode
0
RAF
Receiver Active Flag — RAF is set when the receiver detects a logic 0 during the RT1 time period of the start
bit search. RAF is cleared when the receiver detects an idle character.
0 No reception in progress
1 Reception in progress
18.3.2.9
SCI Data Registers (SCIDRH, SCIDRL)
Module Base + 0x0006
7
R
R8
W
Reset
0
6
T8
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 18-12. SCI Data Registers (SCIDRH)
Module Base + 0x0007
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R
R7
R6
R5
R4
R3
R2
R1
R0
W
T7
T6
T5
T4
T3
T2
T1
T0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reset
Figure 18-13. SCI Data Registers (SCIDRL)
Read: Anytime; reading accesses SCI receive data register
Write: Anytime; writing accesses SCI transmit data register; writing to R8 has no effect
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
574
Freescale Semiconductor
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
Table 18-13. SCIDRH and SCIDRL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
SCIDRH
7
R8
Received Bit 8 — R8 is the ninth data bit received when the SCI is configured for 9-bit data format (M = 1).
SCIDRH
6
T8
Transmit Bit 8 — T8 is the ninth data bit transmitted when the SCI is configured for 9-bit data format (M = 1).
SCIDRL
7:0
R[7:0]
T[7:0]
R7:R0 — Received bits seven through zero for 9-bit or 8-bit data formats
T7:T0 — Transmit bits seven through zero for 9-bit or 8-bit formats
NOTE
If the value of T8 is the same as in the previous transmission, T8 does not
have to be rewritten.The same value is transmitted until T8 is rewritten
In 8-bit data format, only SCI data register low (SCIDRL) needs to be
accessed.
When transmitting in 9-bit data format and using 8-bit write instructions,
write first to SCI data register high (SCIDRH), then SCIDRL.
18.4
Functional Description
This section provides a complete functional description of the SCI block, detailing the operation of the
design from the end user perspective in a number of subsections.
Figure 18-14 shows the structure of the SCI module. The SCI allows full duplex, asynchronous, serial
communication between the CPU and remote devices, including other CPUs. The SCI transmitter and
receiver operate independently, although they use the same baud rate generator. The CPU monitors the
status of the SCI, writes the data to be transmitted, and processes received data.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
575
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
R8
IREN
SCI Data
Register
NF
FE
Ir_RXD
Bus
Clock
Receive
Shift Register
SCRXD
Receive
and Wakeup
Control
PF
RAF
RE
IDLE
RWU
RDRF
LOOPS
OR
RSRC
M
Baud Rate
Generator
IDLE
ILIE
RDRF/OR
Infrared
Receive
Decoder
R16XCLK
RXD
RIE
TIE
WAKE
Data Format
Control
ILT
PE
SBR12:SBR0
TDRE
TDRE
TC
SCI
Interrupt
Request
PT
TC
TCIE
TE
÷16
Transmit
Control
LOOPS
SBK
RSRC
T8
Transmit
Shift Register
RXEDGIE
Active Edge
Detect
RXEDGIF
BKDIF
RXD
SCI Data
Register
Break Detect
BKDFE
SCTXD
BKDIE
LIN Transmit BERRIF
Collision
Detect
BERRIE
R16XCLK
Infrared
Transmit
Encoder
BERRM[1:0]
Ir_TXD
TXD
R32XCLK
TNP[1:0]
IREN
Figure 18-14. Detailed SCI Block Diagram
18.4.1
Infrared Interface Submodule
This module provides the capability of transmitting narrow pulses to an IR LED and receiving narrow
pulses and transforming them to serial bits, which are sent to the SCI. The IrDA physical layer
specification defines a half-duplex infrared communication link for exchange data. The full standard
includes data rates up to 16 Mbits/s. This design covers only data rates between 2.4 Kbits/s and 115.2
Kbits/s.
The infrared submodule consists of two major blocks: the transmit encoder and the receive decoder. The
SCI transmits serial bits of data which are encoded by the infrared submodule to transmit a narrow pulse
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
576
Freescale Semiconductor
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
for every zero bit. No pulse is transmitted for every one bit. When receiving data, the IR pulses should be
detected using an IR photo diode and transformed to CMOS levels by the IR receive decoder (external
from the MCU). The narrow pulses are then stretched by the infrared submodule to get back to a serial bit
stream to be received by the SCI.The polarity of transmitted pulses and expected receive pulses can be
inverted so that a direct connection can be made to external IrDA transceiver modules that uses active low
pulses.
The infrared submodule receives its clock sources from the SCI. One of these two clocks are selected in
the infrared submodule in order to generate either 3/16, 1/16, 1/32 or 1/4 narrow pulses during
transmission. The infrared block receives two clock sources from the SCI, R16XCLK and R32XCLK,
which are configured to generate the narrow pulse width during transmission. The R16XCLK and
R32XCLK are internal clocks with frequencies 16 and 32 times the baud rate respectively. Both
R16XCLK and R32XCLK clocks are used for transmitting data. The receive decoder uses only the
R16XCLK clock.
18.4.1.1
Infrared Transmit Encoder
The infrared transmit encoder converts serial bits of data from transmit shift register to the TXD pin. A
narrow pulse is transmitted for a zero bit and no pulse for a one bit. The narrow pulse is sent in the middle
of the bit with a duration of 1/32, 1/16, 3/16 or 1/4 of a bit time. A narrow high pulse is transmitted for a
zero bit when TXPOL is cleared, while a narrow low pulse is transmitted for a zero bit when TXPOL is set.
18.4.1.2
Infrared Receive Decoder
The infrared receive block converts data from the RXD pin to the receive shift register. A narrow pulse is
expected for each zero received and no pulse is expected for each one received. A narrow high pulse is
expected for a zero bit when RXPOL is cleared, while a narrow low pulse is expected for a zero bit when
RXPOL is set. This receive decoder meets the edge jitter requirement as defined by the IrDA serial infrared
physical layer specification.
18.4.2
LIN Support
This module provides some basic support for the LIN protocol. At first this is a break detect circuitry
making it easier for the LIN software to distinguish a break character from an incoming data stream. As a
further addition is supports a collision detection at the bit level as well as cancelling pending transmissions.
18.4.3
Data Format
The SCI uses the standard NRZ mark/space data format. When Infrared is enabled, the SCI uses RZI data
format where zeroes are represented by light pulses and ones remain low. See Figure 18-15 below.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
577
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
8-Bit Data Format
(Bit M in SCICR1 Clear)
Start
Bit
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Possible
Parity
Bit
Bit 6
STOP
Bit
Bit 7
Next
Start
Bit
Standard
SCI Data
Infrared
SCI Data
9-Bit Data Format
(Bit M in SCICR1 Set)
Start
Bit
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
POSSIBLE
PARITY
Bit
Bit 6
Bit 7
Bit 8
STOP
Bit
NEXT
START
Bit
Standard
SCI Data
Infrared
SCI Data
Figure 18-15. SCI Data Formats
Each data character is contained in a frame that includes a start bit, eight or nine data bits, and a stop bit.
Clearing the M bit in SCI control register 1 configures the SCI for 8-bit data characters. A frame with eight
data bits has a total of 10 bits. Setting the M bit configures the SCI for nine-bit data characters. A frame
with nine data bits has a total of 11 bits.
Table 18-14. Example of 8-Bit Data Formats
Start
Bit
Data
Bits
Address
Bits
Parity
Bits
Stop
Bit
1
8
0
0
1
1
7
0
1
1
7
1
0
1
1
1
1
The address bit identifies the frame as an address
character. See Section 18.4.6.6, “Receiver Wakeup”.
When the SCI is configured for 9-bit data characters, the ninth data bit is the T8 bit in SCI data register
high (SCIDRH). It remains unchanged after transmission and can be used repeatedly without rewriting it.
A frame with nine data bits has a total of 11 bits.
Table 18-15. Example of 9-Bit Data Formats
Start
Bit
Data
Bits
Address
Bits
Parity
Bits
Stop
Bit
1
9
0
0
1
1
8
0
1
1
8
1
0
1
1
1
1
The address bit identifies the frame as an address
character. See Section 18.4.6.6, “Receiver Wakeup”.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
578
Freescale Semiconductor
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
18.4.4
Baud Rate Generation
A 13-bit modulus counter in the baud rate generator derives the baud rate for both the receiver and the
transmitter. The value from 0 to 8191 written to the SBR12:SBR0 bits determines the bus clock divisor.
The SBR bits are in the SCI baud rate registers (SCIBDH and SCIBDL). The baud rate clock is
synchronized with the bus clock and drives the receiver. The baud rate clock divided by 16 drives the
transmitter. The receiver has an acquisition rate of 16 samples per bit time.
Baud rate generation is subject to one source of error:
• Integer division of the bus clock may not give the exact target frequency.
Table 18-16 lists some examples of achieving target baud rates with a bus clock frequency of 25 MHz.
When IREN = 0 then,
SCI baud rate = SCI bus clock / (16 * SCIBR[12:0])
Table 18-16. Baud Rates (Example: Bus Clock = 25 MHz)
Bits
SBR[12:0]
Receiver
Clock (Hz)
Transmitter
Clock (Hz)
Target
Baud Rate
Error
(%)
41
609,756.1
38,109.8
38,400
.76
81
308,642.0
19,290.1
19,200
.47
163
153,374.2
9585.9
9,600
.16
326
76,687.1
4792.9
4,800
.15
651
38,402.5
2400.2
2,400
.01
1302
19,201.2
1200.1
1,200
.01
2604
9600.6
600.0
600
.00
5208
4800.0
300.0
300
.00
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
579
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
18.4.5
Transmitter
Internal Bus
Bus
Clock
÷ 16
Baud Divider
SCI Data Registers
11-Bit Transmit Register
H
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TXPOL
SCTXD
L
MSB
M
Start
Stop
SBR12:SBR0
LOOP
CONTROL
TIE
Break (All 0s)
TDRE IRQ
Parity
Generation
Preamble (All 1s)
PT
Shift Enable
PE
Load from SCIDR
T8
To Receiver
LOOPS
RSRC
TDRE
Transmitter Control
TC IRQ
TC
TCIE
TE
BERRIF
BER IRQ
TCIE
SBK
BERRM[1:0]
Transmit
Collision Detect
SCTXD
SCRXD
(From Receiver)
Figure 18-16. Transmitter Block Diagram
18.4.5.1
Transmitter Character Length
The SCI transmitter can accommodate either 8-bit or 9-bit data characters. The state of the M bit in SCI
control register 1 (SCICR1) determines the length of data characters. When transmitting 9-bit data, bit T8
in SCI data register high (SCIDRH) is the ninth bit (bit 8).
18.4.5.2
Character Transmission
To transmit data, the MCU writes the data bits to the SCI data registers (SCIDRH/SCIDRL), which in turn
are transferred to the transmitter shift register. The transmit shift register then shifts a frame out through
the TXD pin, after it has prefaced them with a start bit and appended them with a stop bit. The SCI data
registers (SCIDRH and SCIDRL) are the write-only buffers between the internal data bus and the transmit
shift register.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
580
Freescale Semiconductor
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
The SCI also sets a flag, the transmit data register empty flag (TDRE), every time it transfers data from the
buffer (SCIDRH/L) to the transmitter shift register.The transmit driver routine may respond to this flag by
writing another byte to the Transmitter buffer (SCIDRH/SCIDRL), while the shift register is still shifting
out the first byte.
To initiate an SCI transmission:
1. Configure the SCI:
a) Select a baud rate. Write this value to the SCI baud registers (SCIBDH/L) to begin the baud
rate generator. Remember that the baud rate generator is disabled when the baud rate is zero.
Writing to the SCIBDH has no effect without also writing to SCIBDL.
b) Write to SCICR1 to configure word length, parity, and other configuration bits
(LOOPS,RSRC,M,WAKE,ILT,PE,PT).
c) Enable the transmitter, interrupts, receive, and wake up as required, by writing to the SCICR2
register bits (TIE,TCIE,RIE,ILIE,TE,RE,RWU,SBK). A preamble or idle character will now
be shifted out of the transmitter shift register.
2. Transmit Procedure for each byte:
a) Poll the TDRE flag by reading the SCISR1 or responding to the TDRE interrupt. Keep in mind
that the TDRE bit resets to one.
b) If the TDRE flag is set, write the data to be transmitted to SCIDRH/L, where the ninth bit is
written to the T8 bit in SCIDRH if the SCI is in 9-bit data format. A new transmission will not
result until the TDRE flag has been cleared.
3. Repeat step 2 for each subsequent transmission.
NOTE
The TDRE flag is set when the shift register is loaded with the next data to
be transmitted from SCIDRH/L, which happens, generally speaking, a little
over half-way through the stop bit of the previous frame. Specifically, this
transfer occurs 9/16ths of a bit time AFTER the start of the stop bit of the
previous frame.
Writing the TE bit from 0 to a 1 automatically loads the transmit shift register with a preamble of 10 logic
1s (if M = 0) or 11 logic 1s (if M = 1). After the preamble shifts out, control logic transfers the data from
the SCI data register into the transmit shift register. A logic 0 start bit automatically goes into the least
significant bit position of the transmit shift register. A logic 1 stop bit goes into the most significant bit
position.
Hardware supports odd or even parity. When parity is enabled, the most significant bit (MSB) of the data
character is the parity bit.
The transmit data register empty flag, TDRE, in SCI status register 1 (SCISR1) becomes set when the SCI
data register transfers a byte to the transmit shift register. The TDRE flag indicates that the SCI data
register can accept new data from the internal data bus. If the transmit interrupt enable bit, TIE, in SCI
control register 2 (SCICR2) is also set, the TDRE flag generates a transmitter interrupt request.
MC9S12G Family Reference Manual, Rev.1.10
Freescale Semiconductor
581
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV5)
When the transmit shift register is not transmitting a frame, the TXD pin goes to the idle condition, logic
1. If at any time software clears the TE bit in SCI control register 2 (SCICR2), the transmitter enable signal
goes low and the transmit signal goes idle.
If software clears TE while a transmission is in progress (TC = 0), the frame in the transmit shift register
continues to shift out. To avoid accidentally cutting off the last frame in a message, always wait for TDRE
to go high after the last frame before clearing TE.
To separate messages with preambles with minimum idle line time, use this sequence between messages:
1. Write the last byte of the first message to SCIDRH/L.
2. Wait for the TDRE flag to go high, indicating the transfer of the last frame to the transmit shift
register.
3. Queue a preamble by clearing and then setting the TE bit.
4. Write the first byte of the second message to SCIDRH/L.
18.4.5.3
Break Characters
Writing a logic 1 to the send break bit, SBK, in SCI control register 2 (SCICR2) loads the transmit shift
register with a break character. A break character contains all logic 0s and has no start, stop, or parity bit.
Break character length depends on the M bit in SCI control register 1 (SCICR1). As long as SBK is at logic
1, transmitter logic continuously loads break characters into the transmit shift register. After software
clears the SBK bit, the shift register finishes transmitting the last break character and then transmits at least
one logic 1. The automatic logic 1 at the end of a break character guarantees the recognition of the start bit
of the next frame.
The SCI recognizes a break cha